merge trunk
[bpt/emacs.git] / doc / lispintro / emacs-lisp-intro.texi
CommitLineData
8cda6f8f
GM
1\input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2@comment %**start of header
fb3dc846 3@setfilename ../../info/eintr
8cda6f8f
GM
4@c setfilename emacs-lisp-intro.info
5@c sethtmlfilename emacs-lisp-intro.html
6@settitle Programming in Emacs Lisp
7@syncodeindex vr cp
8@syncodeindex fn cp
8cda6f8f
GM
9@finalout
10
11@c ---------
12@c <<<< For hard copy printing, this file is now
13@c set for smallbook, which works for all sizes
7877f373 14@c of paper, and with PostScript figures >>>>
a9097c6d
KB
15@set smallbook
16@ifset smallbook
8cda6f8f
GM
17@smallbook
18@clear largebook
a9097c6d 19@end ifset
8cda6f8f
GM
20@set print-postscript-figures
21@c set largebook
22@c clear print-postscript-figures
23@c ---------
24
25@comment %**end of header
26
a9097c6d 27@c per rms and peterb, use 10pt fonts for the main text, mostly to
867d4bb3 28@c save on paper cost.
a9097c6d
KB
29@c Do this inside @tex for now, so current makeinfo does not complain.
30@tex
31@ifset smallbook
32@fonttextsize 10
6e3da0ae 33
a9097c6d
KB
34@end ifset
35\global\hbadness=6666 % don't worry about not-too-underfull boxes
36@end tex
37
6e3da0ae
RC
38@set edition-number 3.10
39@set update-date 28 October 2009
45cf6cbd 40
8cda6f8f
GM
41@ignore
42 ## Summary of shell commands to create various output formats:
43
44 pushd /usr/local/src/emacs/lispintro/
45 ## pushd /u/intro/
46
47 ## Info output
48 makeinfo --paragraph-indent=0 --verbose emacs-lisp-intro.texi
49
50 ## ;; (progn (when (bufferp (get-buffer "*info*")) (kill-buffer "*info*")) (info "/usr/local/src/emacs/info/eintr"))
51
52 ## DVI output
53 texi2dvi emacs-lisp-intro.texi
54
55 ## xdvi -margins 24pt -topmargin 4pt -offsets 24pt -geometry 760x1140 -s 5 -useTeXpages -mousemode 1 emacs-lisp-intro.dvi &
56
57 ## HTML output
58 makeinfo --html --no-split --verbose emacs-lisp-intro.texi
59
60 ## galeon emacs-lisp-intro.html
61
62 ## Plain text output
63 makeinfo --fill-column=70 --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
64 --verbose --no-headers --output=emacs-lisp-intro.txt emacs-lisp-intro.texi
65
66 popd
67
68# as user `root'
69# insert thumbdrive
70 mtusb # mount -v -t ext3 /dev/sda /mnt
71 cp -v /u/intro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi /mnt/backup/intro/emacs-lisp-intro.texi
72 umtusb # umount -v /mnt
73# remove thumbdrive
74
75 ## Other shell commands
76
77 pushd /usr/local/src/emacs/lispintro/
78 ## pushd /u/intro/
79
80 ## PDF
81 texi2dvi --pdf emacs-lisp-intro.texi
82 # xpdf emacs-lisp-intro.pdf &
83
84 ## DocBook -- note file extension
85 makeinfo --docbook --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
86 --verbose --output=emacs-lisp-intro.docbook emacs-lisp-intro.texi
87
88 ## XML with a Texinfo DTD -- note file extension
89 makeinfo --xml --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 \
90 --verbose --output=emacs-lisp-intro.texinfoxml emacs-lisp-intro.texi
91
92 ## PostScript (needs DVI)
93 # gv emacs-lisp-intro.ps &
94 # Create DVI if we lack it
95 # texi2dvi emacs-lisp-intro.texi
96 dvips emacs-lisp-intro.dvi -o emacs-lisp-intro.ps
97
98 ## RTF (needs HTML)
99 # Use OpenOffice to view RTF
100 # Create HTML if we lack it
101 # makeinfo --no-split --html emacs-lisp-intro.texi
102 /usr/local/src/html2rtf.pl emacs-lisp-intro.html
103
104 ## LaTeX (needs RTF)
105 /usr/bin/rtf2latex emacs-lisp-intro.rtf
106
107 popd
108
109@end ignore
110
111@c ================ Included Figures ================
112
113@c Set print-postscript-figures if you print PostScript figures.
114@c If you clear this, the ten figures will be printed as ASCII diagrams.
115@c (This is not relevant to Info, since Info only handles ASCII.)
116@c Your site may require editing changes to print PostScript; in this
117@c case, search for `print-postscript-figures' and make appropriate changes.
118
119@c ================ How to Create an Info file ================
120
121@c If you have `makeinfo' installed, run the following command
122
123@c makeinfo emacs-lisp-intro.texi
124
125@c or, if you want a single, large Info file, and no paragraph indents:
126@c makeinfo --no-split --paragraph-indent=0 --verbose emacs-lisp-intro.texi
127
128@c After creating the Info file, edit your Info `dir' file, if the
129@c `dircategory' section below does not enable your system to
130@c install the manual automatically.
131@c (The `dir' file is often in the `/usr/local/share/info/' directory.)
132
133@c ================ How to Create an HTML file ================
134
135@c To convert to HTML format
136@c makeinfo --html --no-split --verbose emacs-lisp-intro.texi
137
138@c ================ How to Print a Book in Various Sizes ================
139
140@c This book can be printed in any of three different sizes.
141@c In the above header, set @-commands appropriately.
142
143@c 7 by 9.25 inches:
144@c @smallbook
145@c @clear largebook
146
147@c 8.5 by 11 inches:
148@c @c smallbook
149@c @set largebook
150
151@c European A4 size paper:
152@c @c smallbook
153@c @afourpaper
154@c @set largebook
155
156@c ================ How to Typeset and Print ================
157
158@c If you do not include PostScript figures, run either of the
159@c following command sequences, or similar commands suited to your
160@c system:
161
162@c texi2dvi emacs-lisp-intro.texi
163@c lpr -d emacs-lisp-intro.dvi
164
165@c or else:
166
167@c tex emacs-lisp-intro.texi
168@c texindex emacs-lisp-intro.??
169@c tex emacs-lisp-intro.texi
170@c lpr -d emacs-lisp-intro.dvi
171
172@c If you include the PostScript figures, and you have old software,
173@c you may need to convert the .dvi file to a .ps file before
174@c printing. Run either of the following command sequences, or one
175@c similar:
176@c
177@c dvips -f < emacs-lisp-intro.dvi > emacs-lisp-intro.ps
178@c
179@c or else:
180@c
181@c postscript -p < emacs-lisp-intro.dvi > emacs-lisp-intro.ps
182@c
183
184@c (Note: if you edit the book so as to change the length of the
185@c table of contents, you may have to change the value of `pageno' below.)
186
187@c ================ End of Formatting Sections ================
188
189@c For next or subsequent edition:
190@c create function using with-output-to-temp-buffer
191@c create a major mode, with keymaps
192@c run an asynchronous process, like grep or diff
193
194@c For 8.5 by 11 inch format: do not use such a small amount of
195@c whitespace between paragraphs as smallbook format
196@ifset largebook
197@tex
198\global\parskip 6pt plus 1pt
199@end tex
200@end ifset
201
202@c For all sized formats: print within-book cross
203@c reference with ``...'' rather than [...]
204
205@c This works with the texinfo.tex file, version 2003-05-04.08,
206@c in the Texinfo version 4.6 of the 2003 Jun 13 distribution.
207
208@tex
209\if \xrefprintnodename
210 \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{\unskip, ``#1''}
211 \else
212 \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{ ``#1''}
213\fi
214% \global\def\xrefprintnodename#1{, ``#1''}
215@end tex
216
217@c ----------------------------------------------------
218
e979a521 219@dircategory GNU Emacs Lisp
8cda6f8f
GM
220@direntry
221* Emacs Lisp Intro: (eintr).
222 A simple introduction to Emacs Lisp programming.
223@end direntry
224
225@copying
226This is an @cite{Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp}, for
227people who are not programmers.
228@sp 1
229Edition @value{edition-number}, @value{update-date}
230@sp 1
acaf905b 231Copyright @copyright{} 1990-1995, 1997, 2001-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
8cda6f8f
GM
232@sp 1
233
234@iftex
235Published by the:@*
236
237GNU Press, @hfill @uref{http://www.gnupress.org}@*
238a division of the @hfill General: @email{press@@gnu.org}@*
239Free Software Foundation, Inc. @hfill Orders:@w{ } @email{sales@@gnu.org}@*
24051 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @hfill Tel: +1 (617) 542-5942@*
241Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @hfill Fax: +1 (617) 542-2652@*
242@end iftex
243
244@ifnottex
245Published by the:
246
247@example
248GNU Press, Website: http://www.gnupress.org
249a division of the General: press@@gnu.org
250Free Software Foundation, Inc. Orders: sales@@gnu.org
25151 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor Tel: +1 (617) 542-5942
252Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA Fax: +1 (617) 542-2652
253@end example
254@end ifnottex
255
256@sp 1
257@c Printed copies are available for $30 each.@*
258ISBN 1-882114-43-4
259
260Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
e41dfb1e 261under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
8cda6f8f
GM
262any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; there
263being no Invariant Section, with the Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU
264Manual'', and with the Back-Cover Texts as in (a) below. A copy of
265the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU Free
266Documentation License''.
267
868a6b71
RC
268(a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You have the freedom to
269copy and modify this GNU manual. Buying copies from the FSF
270supports it in developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
8cda6f8f
GM
271@end copying
272
273@c half title; two lines here, so do not use `shorttitlepage'
274@tex
275{\begingroup%
276 \hbox{}\vskip 1.5in \chaprm \centerline{An Introduction to}%
277 \endgroup}%
278{\begingroup\hbox{}\vskip 0.25in \chaprm%
279 \centerline{Programming in Emacs Lisp}%
280 \endgroup\page\hbox{}\page}
281@end tex
282
283@titlepage
284@sp 6
285@center @titlefont{An Introduction to}
286@sp 2
287@center @titlefont{Programming in Emacs Lisp}
288@sp 2
289@center Revised Third Edition
290@sp 4
291@center by Robert J. Chassell
292
293@page
294@vskip 0pt plus 1filll
295@insertcopying
296@end titlepage
297
298@iftex
299@headings off
300@evenheading @thispage @| @| @thischapter
301@oddheading @thissection @| @| @thispage
302@end iftex
303
304@ifnothtml
305@c Keep T.O.C. short by tightening up for largebook
306@ifset largebook
307@tex
308\global\parskip 2pt plus 1pt
309\global\advance\baselineskip by -1pt
310@end tex
311@end ifset
312@end ifnothtml
313
314@shortcontents
315@contents
316
317@ifnottex
318@node Top, Preface, (dir), (dir)
319@top An Introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp
320
321@insertcopying
322
323This master menu first lists each chapter and index; then it lists
324every node in every chapter.
325@end ifnottex
326
327@c >>>> Set pageno appropriately <<<<
328
329@c The first page of the Preface is a roman numeral; it is the first
330@c right handed page after the Table of Contents; hence the following
331@c setting must be for an odd negative number.
332
a9097c6d
KB
333@c iftex
334@c global@pageno = -11
335@c end iftex
8cda6f8f 336
cb97cd2a
AS
337@set COUNT-WORDS count-words-example
338@c Length of variable name chosen so that things still line up when expanded.
339
8cda6f8f
GM
340@menu
341* Preface:: What to look for.
342* List Processing:: What is Lisp?
343* Practicing Evaluation:: Running several programs.
344* Writing Defuns:: How to write function definitions.
345* Buffer Walk Through:: Exploring a few buffer-related functions.
346* More Complex:: A few, even more complex functions.
347* Narrowing & Widening:: Restricting your and Emacs attention to
348 a region.
349* car cdr & cons:: Fundamental functions in Lisp.
350* Cutting & Storing Text:: Removing text and saving it.
351* List Implementation:: How lists are implemented in the computer.
352* Yanking:: Pasting stored text.
353* Loops & Recursion:: How to repeat a process.
354* Regexp Search:: Regular expression searches.
355* Counting Words:: A review of repetition and regexps.
356* Words in a defun:: Counting words in a @code{defun}.
357* Readying a Graph:: A prototype graph printing function.
358* Emacs Initialization:: How to write a @file{.emacs} file.
359* Debugging:: How to run the Emacs Lisp debuggers.
360* Conclusion:: Now you have the basics.
361* the-the:: An appendix: how to find reduplicated words.
362* Kill Ring:: An appendix: how the kill ring works.
09e80d9f 363* Full Graph:: How to create a graph with labeled axes.
8cda6f8f
GM
364* Free Software and Free Manuals::
365* GNU Free Documentation License::
366* Index::
367* About the Author::
368
369@detailmenu
370 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
371
372Preface
373
374* Why:: Why learn Emacs Lisp?
375* On Reading this Text:: Read, gain familiarity, pick up habits....
376* Who You Are:: For whom this is written.
377* Lisp History::
378* Note for Novices:: You can read this as a novice.
379* Thank You::
380
381List Processing
382
383* Lisp Lists:: What are lists?
384* Run a Program:: Any list in Lisp is a program ready to run.
385* Making Errors:: Generating an error message.
386* Names & Definitions:: Names of symbols and function definitions.
387* Lisp Interpreter:: What the Lisp interpreter does.
388* Evaluation:: Running a program.
389* Variables:: Returning a value from a variable.
390* Arguments:: Passing information to a function.
391* set & setq:: Setting the value of a variable.
392* Summary:: The major points.
393* Error Message Exercises::
394
395Lisp Lists
396
397* Numbers Lists:: List have numbers, other lists, in them.
398* Lisp Atoms:: Elemental entities.
399* Whitespace in Lists:: Formatting lists to be readable.
400* Typing Lists:: How GNU Emacs helps you type lists.
401
402The Lisp Interpreter
403
404* Complications:: Variables, Special forms, Lists within.
405* Byte Compiling:: Specially processing code for speed.
406
407Evaluation
408
409* How the Interpreter Acts:: Returns and Side Effects...
410* Evaluating Inner Lists:: Lists within lists...
411
412Variables
413
414* fill-column Example::
415* Void Function:: The error message for a symbol
416 without a function.
417* Void Variable:: The error message for a symbol without a value.
418
419Arguments
420
421* Data types:: Types of data passed to a function.
422* Args as Variable or List:: An argument can be the value
423 of a variable or list.
424* Variable Number of Arguments:: Some functions may take a
425 variable number of arguments.
426* Wrong Type of Argument:: Passing an argument of the wrong type
427 to a function.
428* message:: A useful function for sending messages.
429
430Setting the Value of a Variable
431
432* Using set:: Setting values.
433* Using setq:: Setting a quoted value.
434* Counting:: Using @code{setq} to count.
435
436Practicing Evaluation
437
438* How to Evaluate:: Typing editing commands or @kbd{C-x C-e}
439 causes evaluation.
440* Buffer Names:: Buffers and files are different.
441* Getting Buffers:: Getting a buffer itself, not merely its name.
442* Switching Buffers:: How to change to another buffer.
443* Buffer Size & Locations:: Where point is located and the size of
444 the buffer.
445* Evaluation Exercise::
446
447How To Write Function Definitions
448
449* Primitive Functions::
450* defun:: The @code{defun} special form.
451* Install:: Install a function definition.
452* Interactive:: Making a function interactive.
453* Interactive Options:: Different options for @code{interactive}.
454* Permanent Installation:: Installing code permanently.
455* let:: Creating and initializing local variables.
456* if:: What if?
457* else:: If--then--else expressions.
458* Truth & Falsehood:: What Lisp considers false and true.
459* save-excursion:: Keeping track of point, mark, and buffer.
460* Review::
461* defun Exercises::
462
463Install a Function Definition
464
465* Effect of installation::
466* Change a defun:: How to change a function definition.
467
468Make a Function Interactive
469
470* Interactive multiply-by-seven:: An overview.
471* multiply-by-seven in detail:: The interactive version.
472
473@code{let}
474
475* Prevent confusion::
476* Parts of let Expression::
477* Sample let Expression::
478* Uninitialized let Variables::
479
480The @code{if} Special Form
481
482* if in more detail::
483* type-of-animal in detail:: An example of an @code{if} expression.
484
485Truth and Falsehood in Emacs Lisp
486
487* nil explained:: @code{nil} has two meanings.
488
489@code{save-excursion}
490
491* Point and mark:: A review of various locations.
492* Template for save-excursion::
493
494A Few Buffer--Related Functions
495
496* Finding More:: How to find more information.
497* simplified-beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
498 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
499* mark-whole-buffer:: Almost the same as @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
500* append-to-buffer:: Uses @code{save-excursion} and
501 @code{insert-buffer-substring}.
502* Buffer Related Review:: Review.
503* Buffer Exercises::
504
505The Definition of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
506
507* mark-whole-buffer overview::
508* Body of mark-whole-buffer:: Only three lines of code.
509
510The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}
511
512* append-to-buffer overview::
513* append interactive:: A two part interactive expression.
514* append-to-buffer body:: Incorporates a @code{let} expression.
515* append save-excursion:: How the @code{save-excursion} works.
516
517A Few More Complex Functions
518
519* copy-to-buffer:: With @code{set-buffer}, @code{get-buffer-create}.
520* insert-buffer:: Read-only, and with @code{or}.
521* beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
522 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
523* Second Buffer Related Review::
524* optional Exercise::
525
526The Definition of @code{insert-buffer}
527
528* insert-buffer code::
529* insert-buffer interactive:: When you can read, but not write.
530* insert-buffer body:: The body has an @code{or} and a @code{let}.
531* if & or:: Using an @code{if} instead of an @code{or}.
532* Insert or:: How the @code{or} expression works.
533* Insert let:: Two @code{save-excursion} expressions.
534* New insert-buffer::
535
536The Interactive Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
537
538* Read-only buffer:: When a buffer cannot be modified.
539* b for interactive:: An existing buffer or else its name.
540
541Complete Definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
542
543* Optional Arguments::
544* beginning-of-buffer opt arg:: Example with optional argument.
545* beginning-of-buffer complete::
546
547@code{beginning-of-buffer} with an Argument
548
549* Disentangle beginning-of-buffer::
550* Large buffer case::
551* Small buffer case::
552
553Narrowing and Widening
554
555* Narrowing advantages:: The advantages of narrowing
556* save-restriction:: The @code{save-restriction} special form.
557* what-line:: The number of the line that point is on.
558* narrow Exercise::
559
560@code{car}, @code{cdr}, @code{cons}: Fundamental Functions
561
562* Strange Names:: An historical aside: why the strange names?
563* car & cdr:: Functions for extracting part of a list.
564* cons:: Constructing a list.
565* nthcdr:: Calling @code{cdr} repeatedly.
566* nth::
567* setcar:: Changing the first element of a list.
568* setcdr:: Changing the rest of a list.
569* cons Exercise::
570
571@code{cons}
572
573* Build a list::
574* length:: How to find the length of a list.
575
576Cutting and Storing Text
577
578* Storing Text:: Text is stored in a list.
579* zap-to-char:: Cutting out text up to a character.
580* kill-region:: Cutting text out of a region.
581* copy-region-as-kill:: A definition for copying text.
582* Digression into C:: Minor note on C programming language macros.
583* defvar:: How to give a variable an initial value.
584* cons & search-fwd Review::
585* search Exercises::
586
587@code{zap-to-char}
588
589* Complete zap-to-char:: The complete implementation.
590* zap-to-char interactive:: A three part interactive expression.
591* zap-to-char body:: A short overview.
592* search-forward:: How to search for a string.
593* progn:: The @code{progn} special form.
594* Summing up zap-to-char:: Using @code{point} and @code{search-forward}.
595
596@code{kill-region}
597
598* Complete kill-region:: The function definition.
599* condition-case:: Dealing with a problem.
600* Lisp macro::
601
602@code{copy-region-as-kill}
603
604* Complete copy-region-as-kill:: The complete function definition.
605* copy-region-as-kill body:: The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}.
606
607The Body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}
608
609* last-command & this-command::
610* kill-append function::
611* kill-new function::
612
613Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
614
615* See variable current value::
616* defvar and asterisk::
617
618How Lists are Implemented
619
620* Lists diagrammed::
621* Symbols as Chest:: Exploring a powerful metaphor.
622* List Exercise::
623
624Yanking Text Back
625
626* Kill Ring Overview::
627* kill-ring-yank-pointer:: The kill ring is a list.
628* yank nthcdr Exercises:: The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
629
630Loops and Recursion
631
632* while:: Causing a stretch of code to repeat.
633* dolist dotimes::
634* Recursion:: Causing a function to call itself.
635* Looping exercise::
636
637@code{while}
638
639* Looping with while:: Repeat so long as test returns true.
640* Loop Example:: A @code{while} loop that uses a list.
641* print-elements-of-list:: Uses @code{while}, @code{car}, @code{cdr}.
642* Incrementing Loop:: A loop with an incrementing counter.
643* Incrementing Loop Details::
644* Decrementing Loop:: A loop with a decrementing counter.
645
646Details of an Incrementing Loop
647
648* Incrementing Example:: Counting pebbles in a triangle.
649* Inc Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
650* Inc Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
651
652Loop with a Decrementing Counter
653
654* Decrementing Example:: More pebbles on the beach.
655* Dec Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
656* Dec Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
657
658Save your time: @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
659
660* dolist::
661* dotimes::
662
663Recursion
664
665* Building Robots:: Same model, different serial number ...
666* Recursive Definition Parts:: Walk until you stop ...
667* Recursion with list:: Using a list as the test whether to recurse.
668* Recursive triangle function::
669* Recursion with cond::
670* Recursive Patterns:: Often used templates.
671* No Deferment:: Don't store up work ...
672* No deferment solution::
673
674Recursion in Place of a Counter
675
676* Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2::
677* Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4::
678
679Recursive Patterns
680
681* Every::
682* Accumulate::
683* Keep::
684
685Regular Expression Searches
686
687* sentence-end:: The regular expression for @code{sentence-end}.
688* re-search-forward:: Very similar to @code{search-forward}.
689* forward-sentence:: A straightforward example of regexp search.
690* forward-paragraph:: A somewhat complex example.
691* etags:: How to create your own @file{TAGS} table.
692* Regexp Review::
693* re-search Exercises::
694
695@code{forward-sentence}
696
697* Complete forward-sentence::
698* fwd-sentence while loops:: Two @code{while} loops.
699* fwd-sentence re-search:: A regular expression search.
700
701@code{forward-paragraph}: a Goldmine of Functions
702
703* forward-paragraph in brief:: Key parts of the function definition.
704* fwd-para let:: The @code{let*} expression.
705* fwd-para while:: The forward motion @code{while} loop.
706
707Counting: Repetition and Regexps
708
709* Why Count Words::
ea4f7750 710* @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: Use a regexp, but find a problem.
8cda6f8f
GM
711* recursive-count-words:: Start with case of no words in region.
712* Counting Exercise::
713
ea4f7750 714The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} Function
8cda6f8f 715
ea4f7750
GM
716* Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: The definition using a @code{while} loop.
717* Whitespace Bug:: The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
718
719Counting Words in a @code{defun}
720
721* Divide and Conquer::
722* Words and Symbols:: What to count?
723* Syntax:: What constitutes a word or symbol?
ea4f7750 724* count-words-in-defun:: Very like @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
725* Several defuns:: Counting several defuns in a file.
726* Find a File:: Do you want to look at a file?
727* lengths-list-file:: A list of the lengths of many definitions.
728* Several files:: Counting in definitions in different files.
729* Several files recursively:: Recursively counting in different files.
730* Prepare the data:: Prepare the data for display in a graph.
731
732Count Words in @code{defuns} in Different Files
733
734* lengths-list-many-files:: Return a list of the lengths of defuns.
735* append:: Attach one list to another.
736
737Prepare the Data for Display in a Graph
738
739* Data for Display in Detail::
740* Sorting:: Sorting lists.
741* Files List:: Making a list of files.
742* Counting function definitions::
743
744Readying a Graph
745
746* Columns of a graph::
747* graph-body-print:: How to print the body of a graph.
748* recursive-graph-body-print::
749* Printed Axes::
750* Line Graph Exercise::
751
752Your @file{.emacs} File
753
754* Default Configuration::
755* Site-wide Init:: You can write site-wide init files.
756* defcustom:: Emacs will write code for you.
757* Beginning a .emacs File:: How to write a @code{.emacs file}.
758* Text and Auto-fill:: Automatically wrap lines.
759* Mail Aliases:: Use abbreviations for email addresses.
760* Indent Tabs Mode:: Don't use tabs with @TeX{}
761* Keybindings:: Create some personal keybindings.
762* Keymaps:: More about key binding.
763* Loading Files:: Load (i.e., evaluate) files automatically.
764* Autoload:: Make functions available.
765* Simple Extension:: Define a function; bind it to a key.
766* X11 Colors:: Colors in X.
767* Miscellaneous::
768* Mode Line:: How to customize your mode line.
769
770Debugging
771
772* debug:: How to use the built-in debugger.
773* debug-on-entry:: Start debugging when you call a function.
774* debug-on-quit:: Start debugging when you quit with @kbd{C-g}.
775* edebug:: How to use Edebug, a source level debugger.
776* Debugging Exercises::
777
778Handling the Kill Ring
779
780* What the Kill Ring Does::
781* current-kill::
782* yank:: Paste a copy of a clipped element.
783* yank-pop:: Insert element pointed to.
784* ring file::
785
786The @code{current-kill} Function
787
45d77375 788* Code for current-kill::
8cda6f8f
GM
789* Understanding current-kill::
790
791@code{current-kill} in Outline
792
793* Body of current-kill::
794* Digression concerning error:: How to mislead humans, but not computers.
795* Determining the Element::
796
09e80d9f 797A Graph with Labeled Axes
8cda6f8f 798
09e80d9f 799* Labeled Example::
8cda6f8f
GM
800* print-graph Varlist:: @code{let} expression in @code{print-graph}.
801* print-Y-axis:: Print a label for the vertical axis.
802* print-X-axis:: Print a horizontal label.
803* Print Whole Graph:: The function to print a complete graph.
804
805The @code{print-Y-axis} Function
806
807* print-Y-axis in Detail::
808* Height of label:: What height for the Y axis?
809* Compute a Remainder:: How to compute the remainder of a division.
810* Y Axis Element:: Construct a line for the Y axis.
811* Y-axis-column:: Generate a list of Y axis labels.
812* print-Y-axis Penultimate:: A not quite final version.
813
814The @code{print-X-axis} Function
815
816* Similarities differences:: Much like @code{print-Y-axis}, but not exactly.
817* X Axis Tic Marks:: Create tic marks for the horizontal axis.
818
819Printing the Whole Graph
820
821* The final version:: A few changes.
822* Test print-graph:: Run a short test.
823* Graphing words in defuns:: Executing the final code.
824* lambda:: How to write an anonymous function.
825* mapcar:: Apply a function to elements of a list.
826* Another Bug:: Yet another bug @dots{} most insidious.
827* Final printed graph:: The graph itself!
828
829@end detailmenu
830@end menu
831
832@node Preface, List Processing, Top, Top
833@comment node-name, next, previous, up
834@unnumbered Preface
835
836Most of the GNU Emacs integrated environment is written in the programming
837language called Emacs Lisp. The code written in this programming
838language is the software---the sets of instructions---that tell the
839computer what to do when you give it commands. Emacs is designed so
840that you can write new code in Emacs Lisp and easily install it as an
841extension to the editor.
842
843(GNU Emacs is sometimes called an ``extensible editor'', but it does
844much more than provide editing capabilities. It is better to refer to
845Emacs as an ``extensible computing environment''. However, that
846phrase is quite a mouthful. It is easier to refer to Emacs simply as
847an editor. Moreover, everything you do in Emacs---find the Mayan date
848and phases of the moon, simplify polynomials, debug code, manage
849files, read letters, write books---all these activities are kinds of
850editing in the most general sense of the word.)
851
852@menu
853* Why:: Why learn Emacs Lisp?
854* On Reading this Text:: Read, gain familiarity, pick up habits....
855* Who You Are:: For whom this is written.
856* Lisp History::
857* Note for Novices:: You can read this as a novice.
858* Thank You::
859@end menu
860
861@node Why, On Reading this Text, Preface, Preface
862@ifnottex
863@unnumberedsec Why Study Emacs Lisp?
864@end ifnottex
865
866Although Emacs Lisp is usually thought of in association only with Emacs,
867it is a full computer programming language. You can use Emacs Lisp as
868you would any other programming language.
869
870Perhaps you want to understand programming; perhaps you want to extend
871Emacs; or perhaps you want to become a programmer. This introduction to
872Emacs Lisp is designed to get you started: to guide you in learning the
873fundamentals of programming, and more importantly, to show you how you
874can teach yourself to go further.
875
876@node On Reading this Text, Who You Are, Why, Preface
877@comment node-name, next, previous, up
878@unnumberedsec On Reading this Text
879
880All through this document, you will see little sample programs you can
881run inside of Emacs. If you read this document in Info inside of GNU
882Emacs, you can run the programs as they appear. (This is easy to do and
883is explained when the examples are presented.) Alternatively, you can
884read this introduction as a printed book while sitting beside a computer
885running Emacs. (This is what I like to do; I like printed books.) If
886you don't have a running Emacs beside you, you can still read this book,
887but in this case, it is best to treat it as a novel or as a travel guide
888to a country not yet visited: interesting, but not the same as being
889there.
890
40ba43b4 891Much of this introduction is dedicated to walkthroughs or guided tours
8cda6f8f
GM
892of code used in GNU Emacs. These tours are designed for two purposes:
893first, to give you familiarity with real, working code (code you use
894every day); and, second, to give you familiarity with the way Emacs
895works. It is interesting to see how a working environment is
896implemented.
897Also, I
898hope that you will pick up the habit of browsing through source code.
899You can learn from it and mine it for ideas. Having GNU Emacs is like
900having a dragon's cave of treasures.
901
902In addition to learning about Emacs as an editor and Emacs Lisp as a
903programming language, the examples and guided tours will give you an
904opportunity to get acquainted with Emacs as a Lisp programming
905environment. GNU Emacs supports programming and provides tools that
906you will want to become comfortable using, such as @kbd{M-.} (the key
907which invokes the @code{find-tag} command). You will also learn about
908buffers and other objects that are part of the environment.
909Learning about these features of Emacs is like learning new routes
910around your home town.
911
912@ignore
913In addition, I have written several programs as extended examples.
914Although these are examples, the programs are real. I use them.
915Other people use them. You may use them. Beyond the fragments of
916programs used for illustrations, there is very little in here that is
917`just for teaching purposes'; what you see is used. This is a great
918advantage of Emacs Lisp: it is easy to learn to use it for work.
919@end ignore
920
921Finally, I hope to convey some of the skills for using Emacs to
922learn aspects of programming that you don't know. You can often use
923Emacs to help you understand what puzzles you or to find out how to do
924something new. This self-reliance is not only a pleasure, but an
925advantage.
926
927@node Who You Are, Lisp History, On Reading this Text, Preface
928@comment node-name, next, previous, up
929@unnumberedsec For Whom This is Written
930
931This text is written as an elementary introduction for people who are
932not programmers. If you are a programmer, you may not be satisfied with
933this primer. The reason is that you may have become expert at reading
934reference manuals and be put off by the way this text is organized.
935
936An expert programmer who reviewed this text said to me:
937
938@quotation
939@i{I prefer to learn from reference manuals. I ``dive into'' each
940paragraph, and ``come up for air'' between paragraphs.}
941
942@i{When I get to the end of a paragraph, I assume that that subject is
943done, finished, that I know everything I need (with the
944possible exception of the case when the next paragraph starts talking
945about it in more detail). I expect that a well written reference manual
946will not have a lot of redundancy, and that it will have excellent
947pointers to the (one) place where the information I want is.}
948@end quotation
949
950This introduction is not written for this person!
951
952Firstly, I try to say everything at least three times: first, to
953introduce it; second, to show it in context; and third, to show it in a
954different context, or to review it.
955
956Secondly, I hardly ever put all the information about a subject in one
957place, much less in one paragraph. To my way of thinking, that imposes
958too heavy a burden on the reader. Instead I try to explain only what
959you need to know at the time. (Sometimes I include a little extra
960information so you won't be surprised later when the additional
961information is formally introduced.)
962
963When you read this text, you are not expected to learn everything the
964first time. Frequently, you need only make, as it were, a `nodding
965acquaintance' with some of the items mentioned. My hope is that I have
966structured the text and given you enough hints that you will be alert to
967what is important, and concentrate on it.
968
969You will need to ``dive into'' some paragraphs; there is no other way
970to read them. But I have tried to keep down the number of such
971paragraphs. This book is intended as an approachable hill, rather than
972as a daunting mountain.
973
974This introduction to @cite{Programming in Emacs Lisp} has a companion
975document,
976@iftex
977@cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
978@end iftex
979@ifnottex
980@ref{Top, , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, elisp, The GNU
981Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
982@end ifnottex
983The reference manual has more detail than this introduction. In the
984reference manual, all the information about one topic is concentrated
985in one place. You should turn to it if you are like the programmer
986quoted above. And, of course, after you have read this
987@cite{Introduction}, you will find the @cite{Reference Manual} useful
988when you are writing your own programs.
989
990@node Lisp History, Note for Novices, Who You Are, Preface
991@unnumberedsec Lisp History
992@cindex Lisp history
993
994Lisp was first developed in the late 1950s at the Massachusetts
995Institute of Technology for research in artificial intelligence. The
996great power of the Lisp language makes it superior for other purposes as
997well, such as writing editor commands and integrated environments.
998
999@cindex Maclisp
1000@cindex Common Lisp
1001GNU Emacs Lisp is largely inspired by Maclisp, which was written at MIT
1002in the 1960s. It is somewhat inspired by Common Lisp, which became a
1003standard in the 1980s. However, Emacs Lisp is much simpler than Common
1004Lisp. (The standard Emacs distribution contains an optional extensions
1005file, @file{cl.el}, that adds many Common Lisp features to Emacs Lisp.)
1006
1007@node Note for Novices, Thank You, Lisp History, Preface
1008@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1009@unnumberedsec A Note for Novices
1010
1011If you don't know GNU Emacs, you can still read this document
1012profitably. However, I recommend you learn Emacs, if only to learn to
1013move around your computer screen. You can teach yourself how to use
1014Emacs with the on-line tutorial. To use it, type @kbd{C-h t}. (This
1015means you press and release the @key{CTRL} key and the @kbd{h} at the
1016same time, and then press and release @kbd{t}.)
1017
1018Also, I often refer to one of Emacs' standard commands by listing the
1019keys which you press to invoke the command and then giving the name of
1020the command in parentheses, like this: @kbd{M-C-\}
1021(@code{indent-region}). What this means is that the
1022@code{indent-region} command is customarily invoked by typing
1023@kbd{M-C-\}. (You can, if you wish, change the keys that are typed to
1024invoke the command; this is called @dfn{rebinding}. @xref{Keymaps, ,
1025Keymaps}.) The abbreviation @kbd{M-C-\} means that you type your
1026@key{META} key, @key{CTRL} key and @key{\} key all at the same time.
09e80d9f 1027(On many modern keyboards the @key{META} key is labeled
8cda6f8f
GM
1028@key{ALT}.)
1029Sometimes a combination like this is called a keychord, since it is
1030similar to the way you play a chord on a piano. If your keyboard does
1031not have a @key{META} key, the @key{ESC} key prefix is used in place
1032of it. In this case, @kbd{M-C-\} means that you press and release your
1033@key{ESC} key and then type the @key{CTRL} key and the @key{\} key at
1034the same time. But usually @kbd{M-C-\} means press the @key{CTRL} key
09e80d9f 1035along with the key that is labeled @key{ALT} and, at the same time,
8cda6f8f
GM
1036press the @key{\} key.
1037
1038In addition to typing a lone keychord, you can prefix what you type
1039with @kbd{C-u}, which is called the `universal argument'. The
1040@kbd{C-u} keychord passes an argument to the subsequent command.
1041Thus, to indent a region of plain text by 6 spaces, mark the region,
1042and then type @w{@kbd{C-u 6 M-C-\}}. (If you do not specify a number,
1043Emacs either passes the number 4 to the command or otherwise runs the
1044command differently than it would otherwise.) @xref{Arguments, ,
1045Numeric Arguments, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
1046
1047If you are reading this in Info using GNU Emacs, you can read through
1048this whole document just by pressing the space bar, @key{SPC}.
1049(To learn about Info, type @kbd{C-h i} and then select Info.)
1050
1051A note on terminology: when I use the word Lisp alone, I often am
1052referring to the various dialects of Lisp in general, but when I speak
1053of Emacs Lisp, I am referring to GNU Emacs Lisp in particular.
1054
1055@node Thank You, , Note for Novices, Preface
1056@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1057@unnumberedsec Thank You
1058
1059My thanks to all who helped me with this book. My especial thanks to
1060@r{Jim Blandy}, @r{Noah Friedman}, @w{Jim Kingdon}, @r{Roland
1061McGrath}, @w{Frank Ritter}, @w{Randy Smith}, @w{Richard M.@:
1062Stallman}, and @w{Melissa Weisshaus}. My thanks also go to both
1063@w{Philip Johnson} and @w{David Stampe} for their patient
1064encouragement. My mistakes are my own.
1065
1066@flushright
1067Robert J. Chassell
4724cafb 1068@email{bob@@gnu.org}
8cda6f8f
GM
1069@end flushright
1070
1071@c ================ Beginning of main text ================
1072
1073@c Start main text on right-hand (verso) page
1074
1075@tex
1076\par\vfill\supereject
1077\headings off
1078\ifodd\pageno
1079 \par\vfill\supereject
1080\else
1081 \par\vfill\supereject
1082 \page\hbox{}\page
1083 \par\vfill\supereject
1084\fi
1085@end tex
1086
1087@iftex
1088@headings off
1089@evenheading @thispage @| @| @thischapter
1090@oddheading @thissection @| @| @thispage
1091@global@pageno = 1
1092@end iftex
1093
1094@node List Processing, Practicing Evaluation, Preface, Top
1095@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1096@chapter List Processing
1097
1098To the untutored eye, Lisp is a strange programming language. In Lisp
1099code there are parentheses everywhere. Some people even claim that
1100the name stands for `Lots of Isolated Silly Parentheses'. But the
1101claim is unwarranted. Lisp stands for LISt Processing, and the
1102programming language handles @emph{lists} (and lists of lists) by
1103putting them between parentheses. The parentheses mark the boundaries
1104of the list. Sometimes a list is preceded by a single apostrophe or
1105quotation mark, @samp{'}@footnote{The single apostrophe or quotation
1106mark is an abbreviation for the function @code{quote}; you need not
1107think about functions now; functions are defined in @ref{Making
1108Errors, , Generate an Error Message}.} Lists are the basis of Lisp.
1109
1110@menu
1111* Lisp Lists:: What are lists?
1112* Run a Program:: Any list in Lisp is a program ready to run.
1113* Making Errors:: Generating an error message.
1114* Names & Definitions:: Names of symbols and function definitions.
1115* Lisp Interpreter:: What the Lisp interpreter does.
1116* Evaluation:: Running a program.
1117* Variables:: Returning a value from a variable.
1118* Arguments:: Passing information to a function.
1119* set & setq:: Setting the value of a variable.
1120* Summary:: The major points.
1121* Error Message Exercises::
1122@end menu
1123
1124@node Lisp Lists, Run a Program, List Processing, List Processing
1125@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1126@section Lisp Lists
1127@cindex Lisp Lists
1128
1129In Lisp, a list looks like this: @code{'(rose violet daisy buttercup)}.
1130This list is preceded by a single apostrophe. It could just as well be
1131written as follows, which looks more like the kind of list you are likely
1132to be familiar with:
1133
1134@smallexample
1135@group
1136'(rose
1137 violet
1138 daisy
1139 buttercup)
1140@end group
1141@end smallexample
1142
1143@noindent
1144The elements of this list are the names of the four different flowers,
1145separated from each other by whitespace and surrounded by parentheses,
1146like flowers in a field with a stone wall around them.
1147@cindex Flowers in a field
1148
1149@menu
1150* Numbers Lists:: List have numbers, other lists, in them.
1151* Lisp Atoms:: Elemental entities.
1152* Whitespace in Lists:: Formatting lists to be readable.
1153* Typing Lists:: How GNU Emacs helps you type lists.
1154@end menu
1155
1156@node Numbers Lists, Lisp Atoms, Lisp Lists, Lisp Lists
1157@ifnottex
1158@unnumberedsubsec Numbers, Lists inside of Lists
1159@end ifnottex
1160
1161Lists can also have numbers in them, as in this list: @code{(+ 2 2)}.
1162This list has a plus-sign, @samp{+}, followed by two @samp{2}s, each
1163separated by whitespace.
1164
1165In Lisp, both data and programs are represented the same way; that is,
1166they are both lists of words, numbers, or other lists, separated by
1167whitespace and surrounded by parentheses. (Since a program looks like
1168data, one program may easily serve as data for another; this is a very
1169powerful feature of Lisp.) (Incidentally, these two parenthetical
1170remarks are @emph{not} Lisp lists, because they contain @samp{;} and
1171@samp{.} as punctuation marks.)
1172
1173@need 1200
1174Here is another list, this time with a list inside of it:
1175
1176@smallexample
1177'(this list has (a list inside of it))
1178@end smallexample
1179
1180The components of this list are the words @samp{this}, @samp{list},
1181@samp{has}, and the list @samp{(a list inside of it)}. The interior
1182list is made up of the words @samp{a}, @samp{list}, @samp{inside},
1183@samp{of}, @samp{it}.
1184
1185@node Lisp Atoms, Whitespace in Lists, Numbers Lists, Lisp Lists
1186@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1187@subsection Lisp Atoms
1188@cindex Lisp Atoms
1189
1190In Lisp, what we have been calling words are called @dfn{atoms}. This
1191term comes from the historical meaning of the word atom, which means
1192`indivisible'. As far as Lisp is concerned, the words we have been
1193using in the lists cannot be divided into any smaller parts and still
1194mean the same thing as part of a program; likewise with numbers and
1195single character symbols like @samp{+}. On the other hand, unlike an
1196ancient atom, a list can be split into parts. (@xref{car cdr & cons,
1197, @code{car} @code{cdr} & @code{cons} Fundamental Functions}.)
1198
1199In a list, atoms are separated from each other by whitespace. They can be
1200right next to a parenthesis.
1201
1202@cindex @samp{empty list} defined
1203Technically speaking, a list in Lisp consists of parentheses surrounding
1204atoms separated by whitespace or surrounding other lists or surrounding
1205both atoms and other lists. A list can have just one atom in it or
1206have nothing in it at all. A list with nothing in it looks like this:
1207@code{()}, and is called the @dfn{empty list}. Unlike anything else, an
1208empty list is considered both an atom and a list at the same time.
1209
1210@cindex Symbolic expressions, introduced
1211@cindex @samp{expression} defined
1212@cindex @samp{form} defined
1213The printed representation of both atoms and lists are called
1214@dfn{symbolic expressions} or, more concisely, @dfn{s-expressions}.
1215The word @dfn{expression} by itself can refer to either the printed
1216representation, or to the atom or list as it is held internally in the
1217computer. Often, people use the term @dfn{expression}
1218indiscriminately. (Also, in many texts, the word @dfn{form} is used
1219as a synonym for expression.)
1220
1221Incidentally, the atoms that make up our universe were named such when
1222they were thought to be indivisible; but it has been found that physical
1223atoms are not indivisible. Parts can split off an atom or it can
1224fission into two parts of roughly equal size. Physical atoms were named
1225prematurely, before their truer nature was found. In Lisp, certain
1226kinds of atom, such as an array, can be separated into parts; but the
1227mechanism for doing this is different from the mechanism for splitting a
1228list. As far as list operations are concerned, the atoms of a list are
1229unsplittable.
1230
1231As in English, the meanings of the component letters of a Lisp atom
1232are different from the meaning the letters make as a word. For
1233example, the word for the South American sloth, the @samp{ai}, is
1234completely different from the two words, @samp{a}, and @samp{i}.
1235
1236There are many kinds of atom in nature but only a few in Lisp: for
1237example, @dfn{numbers}, such as 37, 511, or 1729, and @dfn{symbols}, such
1238as @samp{+}, @samp{foo}, or @samp{forward-line}. The words we have
1239listed in the examples above are all symbols. In everyday Lisp
1240conversation, the word ``atom'' is not often used, because programmers
1241usually try to be more specific about what kind of atom they are dealing
1242with. Lisp programming is mostly about symbols (and sometimes numbers)
1243within lists. (Incidentally, the preceding three word parenthetical
1244remark is a proper list in Lisp, since it consists of atoms, which in
1245this case are symbols, separated by whitespace and enclosed by
1246parentheses, without any non-Lisp punctuation.)
1247
1248@need 1250
6c499932
CY
1249Text between double quotation marks---even sentences or
1250paragraphs---is also an atom. Here is an example:
8cda6f8f
GM
1251@cindex Text between double quotation marks
1252
1253@smallexample
1254'(this list includes "text between quotation marks.")
1255@end smallexample
1256
1257@cindex @samp{string} defined
1258@noindent
1259In Lisp, all of the quoted text including the punctuation mark and the
1260blank spaces is a single atom. This kind of atom is called a
1261@dfn{string} (for `string of characters') and is the sort of thing that
1262is used for messages that a computer can print for a human to read.
1263Strings are a different kind of atom than numbers or symbols and are
1264used differently.
1265
1266@node Whitespace in Lists, Typing Lists, Lisp Atoms, Lisp Lists
1267@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1268@subsection Whitespace in Lists
1269@cindex Whitespace in lists
1270
1271@need 1200
1272The amount of whitespace in a list does not matter. From the point of view
1273of the Lisp language,
1274
1275@smallexample
1276@group
1277'(this list
1278 looks like this)
1279@end group
1280@end smallexample
1281
1282@need 800
1283@noindent
1284is exactly the same as this:
1285
1286@smallexample
1287'(this list looks like this)
1288@end smallexample
1289
1290Both examples show what to Lisp is the same list, the list made up of
1291the symbols @samp{this}, @samp{list}, @samp{looks}, @samp{like}, and
1292@samp{this} in that order.
1293
1294Extra whitespace and newlines are designed to make a list more readable
1295by humans. When Lisp reads the expression, it gets rid of all the extra
1296whitespace (but it needs to have at least one space between atoms in
1297order to tell them apart.)
1298
1299Odd as it seems, the examples we have seen cover almost all of what Lisp
1300lists look like! Every other list in Lisp looks more or less like one
1301of these examples, except that the list may be longer and more complex.
1302In brief, a list is between parentheses, a string is between quotation
1303marks, a symbol looks like a word, and a number looks like a number.
1304(For certain situations, square brackets, dots and a few other special
1305characters may be used; however, we will go quite far without them.)
1306
1307@node Typing Lists, , Whitespace in Lists, Lisp Lists
1308@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1309@subsection GNU Emacs Helps You Type Lists
1310@cindex Help typing lists
1311@cindex Formatting help
1312
1313When you type a Lisp expression in GNU Emacs using either Lisp
1314Interaction mode or Emacs Lisp mode, you have available to you several
1315commands to format the Lisp expression so it is easy to read. For
1316example, pressing the @key{TAB} key automatically indents the line the
1317cursor is on by the right amount. A command to properly indent the
1318code in a region is customarily bound to @kbd{M-C-\}. Indentation is
1319designed so that you can see which elements of a list belong to which
1320list---elements of a sub-list are indented more than the elements of
1321the enclosing list.
1322
1323In addition, when you type a closing parenthesis, Emacs momentarily
1324jumps the cursor back to the matching opening parenthesis, so you can
1325see which one it is. This is very useful, since every list you type
1326in Lisp must have its closing parenthesis match its opening
1327parenthesis. (@xref{Major Modes, , Major Modes, emacs, The GNU Emacs
1328Manual}, for more information about Emacs' modes.)
1329
1330@node Run a Program, Making Errors, Lisp Lists, List Processing
1331@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1332@section Run a Program
1333@cindex Run a program
1334@cindex Program, running one
1335
1336@cindex @samp{evaluate} defined
1337A list in Lisp---any list---is a program ready to run. If you run it
1338(for which the Lisp jargon is @dfn{evaluate}), the computer will do one
1339of three things: do nothing except return to you the list itself; send
1340you an error message; or, treat the first symbol in the list as a
1341command to do something. (Usually, of course, it is the last of these
1342three things that you really want!)
1343
1344@c use code for the single apostrophe, not samp.
1345The single apostrophe, @code{'}, that I put in front of some of the
1346example lists in preceding sections is called a @dfn{quote}; when it
1347precedes a list, it tells Lisp to do nothing with the list, other than
1348take it as it is written. But if there is no quote preceding a list,
1349the first item of the list is special: it is a command for the computer
1350to obey. (In Lisp, these commands are called @emph{functions}.) The list
1351@code{(+ 2 2)} shown above did not have a quote in front of it, so Lisp
1352understands that the @code{+} is an instruction to do something with the
1353rest of the list: add the numbers that follow.
1354
1355@need 1250
1356If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs in Info, here is how you can
1357evaluate such a list: place your cursor immediately after the right
1358hand parenthesis of the following list and then type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1359
1360@smallexample
1361(+ 2 2)
1362@end smallexample
1363
1364@c use code for the number four, not samp.
1365@noindent
1366You will see the number @code{4} appear in the echo area. (In the
1367jargon, what you have just done is ``evaluate the list.'' The echo area
1368is the line at the bottom of the screen that displays or ``echoes''
1369text.) Now try the same thing with a quoted list: place the cursor
1370right after the following list and type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1371
1372@smallexample
1373'(this is a quoted list)
1374@end smallexample
1375
1376@noindent
1377You will see @code{(this is a quoted list)} appear in the echo area.
1378
1379@cindex Lisp interpreter, explained
1380@cindex Interpreter, Lisp, explained
1381In both cases, what you are doing is giving a command to the program
1382inside of GNU Emacs called the @dfn{Lisp interpreter}---giving the
1383interpreter a command to evaluate the expression. The name of the Lisp
1384interpreter comes from the word for the task done by a human who comes
1385up with the meaning of an expression---who ``interprets'' it.
1386
1387You can also evaluate an atom that is not part of a list---one that is
1388not surrounded by parentheses; again, the Lisp interpreter translates
1389from the humanly readable expression to the language of the computer.
1390But before discussing this (@pxref{Variables}), we will discuss what the
1391Lisp interpreter does when you make an error.
1392
1393@node Making Errors, Names & Definitions, Run a Program, List Processing
1394@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1395@section Generate an Error Message
1396@cindex Generate an error message
1397@cindex Error message generation
1398
1399Partly so you won't worry if you do it accidentally, we will now give
1400a command to the Lisp interpreter that generates an error message.
1401This is a harmless activity; and indeed, we will often try to generate
1402error messages intentionally. Once you understand the jargon, error
1403messages can be informative. Instead of being called ``error''
1404messages, they should be called ``help'' messages. They are like
ee7683eb 1405signposts to a traveler in a strange country; deciphering them can be
8cda6f8f
GM
1406hard, but once understood, they can point the way.
1407
1408The error message is generated by a built-in GNU Emacs debugger. We
1409will `enter the debugger'. You get out of the debugger by typing @code{q}.
1410
1411What we will do is evaluate a list that is not quoted and does not
1412have a meaningful command as its first element. Here is a list almost
1413exactly the same as the one we just used, but without the single-quote
1414in front of it. Position the cursor right after it and type @kbd{C-x
1415C-e}:
1416
1417@smallexample
1418(this is an unquoted list)
1419@end smallexample
1420
1421@noindent
1422What you see depends on which version of Emacs you are running. GNU
1423Emacs version 22 provides more information than version 20 and before.
1424First, the more recent result of generating an error; then the
1425earlier, version 20 result.
1426
1427@need 1250
1428@noindent
1429In GNU Emacs version 22, a @file{*Backtrace*} window will open up and
1430you will see the following in it:
1431
1432@smallexample
1433@group
1434---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1435Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)
1436 (this is an unquoted list)
1437 eval((this is an unquoted list))
1438 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1439 eval-last-sexp(nil)
1440 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1441---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1442@end group
1443@end smallexample
1444
1445@need 1200
1446@noindent
1447Your cursor will be in this window (you may have to wait a few seconds
1448before it becomes visible). To quit the debugger and make the
1449debugger window go away, type:
1450
1451@smallexample
1452q
1453@end smallexample
1454
1455@noindent
1456Please type @kbd{q} right now, so you become confident that you can
1457get out of the debugger. Then, type @kbd{C-x C-e} again to re-enter
1458it.
1459
1460@cindex @samp{function} defined
1461Based on what we already know, we can almost read this error message.
1462
1463You read the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer from the bottom up; it tells
1464you what Emacs did. When you typed @kbd{C-x C-e}, you made an
1465interactive call to the command @code{eval-last-sexp}. @code{eval} is
1466an abbreviation for `evaluate' and @code{sexp} is an abbreviation for
1467`symbolic expression'. The command means `evaluate last symbolic
1468expression', which is the expression just before your cursor.
1469
1470Each line above tells you what the Lisp interpreter evaluated next.
1471The most recent action is at the top. The buffer is called the
1472@file{*Backtrace*} buffer because it enables you to track Emacs
1473backwards.
1474
1475@need 800
1476At the top of the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer, you see the line:
1477
1478@smallexample
1479Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)
1480@end smallexample
1481
1482@noindent
1483The Lisp interpreter tried to evaluate the first atom of the list, the
1484word @samp{this}. It is this action that generated the error message
1485@samp{void-function this}.
1486
1487The message contains the words @samp{void-function} and @samp{this}.
1488
1489@cindex @samp{function} defined
1490The word @samp{function} was mentioned once before. It is a very
1491important word. For our purposes, we can define it by saying that a
1492@dfn{function} is a set of instructions to the computer that tell the
1493computer to do something.
1494
1495Now we can begin to understand the error message: @samp{void-function
1496this}. The function (that is, the word @samp{this}) does not have a
1497definition of any set of instructions for the computer to carry out.
1498
1499The slightly odd word, @samp{void-function}, is designed to cover the
1500way Emacs Lisp is implemented, which is that when a symbol does not
1501have a function definition attached to it, the place that should
1502contain the instructions is `void'.
1503
1504On the other hand, since we were able to add 2 plus 2 successfully, by
1505evaluating @code{(+ 2 2)}, we can infer that the symbol @code{+} must
1506have a set of instructions for the computer to obey and those
1507instructions must be to add the numbers that follow the @code{+}.
1508
1509@need 1250
1510In GNU Emacs version 20, and in earlier versions, you will see only
1511one line of error message; it will appear in the echo area and look
1512like this:
1513
1514@smallexample
1515Symbol's function definition is void:@: this
1516@end smallexample
1517
1518@noindent
1519(Also, your terminal may beep at you---some do, some don't; and others
1520blink. This is just a device to get your attention.) The message goes
1521away as soon as you type another key, even just to move the cursor.
1522
1523We know the meaning of the word @samp{Symbol}. It refers to the first
1524atom of the list, the word @samp{this}. The word @samp{function}
1525refers to the instructions that tell the computer what to do.
1526(Technically, the symbol tells the computer where to find the
1527instructions, but this is a complication we can ignore for the
1528moment.)
1529
1530The error message can be understood: @samp{Symbol's function
1531definition is void:@: this}. The symbol (that is, the word
1532@samp{this}) lacks instructions for the computer to carry out.
1533
1534@node Names & Definitions, Lisp Interpreter, Making Errors, List Processing
1535@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1536@section Symbol Names and Function Definitions
1537@cindex Symbol names
1538
1539We can articulate another characteristic of Lisp based on what we have
1540discussed so far---an important characteristic: a symbol, like
1541@code{+}, is not itself the set of instructions for the computer to
1542carry out. Instead, the symbol is used, perhaps temporarily, as a way
1543of locating the definition or set of instructions. What we see is the
1544name through which the instructions can be found. Names of people
1545work the same way. I can be referred to as @samp{Bob}; however, I am
1546not the letters @samp{B}, @samp{o}, @samp{b} but am, or was, the
1547consciousness consistently associated with a particular life-form.
1548The name is not me, but it can be used to refer to me.
1549
1550In Lisp, one set of instructions can be attached to several names.
1551For example, the computer instructions for adding numbers can be
1552linked to the symbol @code{plus} as well as to the symbol @code{+}
1553(and are in some dialects of Lisp). Among humans, I can be referred
1554to as @samp{Robert} as well as @samp{Bob} and by other words as well.
1555
1556On the other hand, a symbol can have only one function definition
1557attached to it at a time. Otherwise, the computer would be confused as
1558to which definition to use. If this were the case among people, only
1559one person in the world could be named @samp{Bob}. However, the function
1560definition to which the name refers can be changed readily.
1561(@xref{Install, , Install a Function Definition}.)
1562
1563Since Emacs Lisp is large, it is customary to name symbols in a way
1564that identifies the part of Emacs to which the function belongs.
1565Thus, all the names for functions that deal with Texinfo start with
1566@samp{texinfo-} and those for functions that deal with reading mail
1567start with @samp{rmail-}.
1568
1569@node Lisp Interpreter, Evaluation, Names & Definitions, List Processing
1570@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1571@section The Lisp Interpreter
1572@cindex Lisp interpreter, what it does
1573@cindex Interpreter, what it does
1574
1575Based on what we have seen, we can now start to figure out what the
1576Lisp interpreter does when we command it to evaluate a list.
1577First, it looks to see whether there is a quote before the list; if
1578there is, the interpreter just gives us the list. On the other
1579hand, if there is no quote, the interpreter looks at the first element
1580in the list and sees whether it has a function definition. If it does,
1581the interpreter carries out the instructions in the function definition.
1582Otherwise, the interpreter prints an error message.
1583
1584This is how Lisp works. Simple. There are added complications which we
1585will get to in a minute, but these are the fundamentals. Of course, to
1586write Lisp programs, you need to know how to write function definitions
1587and attach them to names, and how to do this without confusing either
1588yourself or the computer.
1589
1590@menu
1591* Complications:: Variables, Special forms, Lists within.
1592* Byte Compiling:: Specially processing code for speed.
1593@end menu
1594
1595@node Complications, Byte Compiling, Lisp Interpreter, Lisp Interpreter
1596@ifnottex
1597@unnumberedsubsec Complications
1598@end ifnottex
1599
1600Now, for the first complication. In addition to lists, the Lisp
1601interpreter can evaluate a symbol that is not quoted and does not have
1602parentheses around it. The Lisp interpreter will attempt to determine
1603the symbol's value as a @dfn{variable}. This situation is described
1604in the section on variables. (@xref{Variables}.)
1605
1606@cindex Special form
1607The second complication occurs because some functions are unusual and do
1608not work in the usual manner. Those that don't are called @dfn{special
1609forms}. They are used for special jobs, like defining a function, and
1610there are not many of them. In the next few chapters, you will be
1611introduced to several of the more important special forms.
1612
1613The third and final complication is this: if the function that the
1614Lisp interpreter is looking at is not a special form, and if it is part
1615of a list, the Lisp interpreter looks to see whether the list has a list
1616inside of it. If there is an inner list, the Lisp interpreter first
1617figures out what it should do with the inside list, and then it works on
1618the outside list. If there is yet another list embedded inside the
1619inner list, it works on that one first, and so on. It always works on
1620the innermost list first. The interpreter works on the innermost list
1621first, to evaluate the result of that list. The result may be
1622used by the enclosing expression.
1623
1624Otherwise, the interpreter works left to right, from one expression to
1625the next.
1626
1627@node Byte Compiling, , Complications, Lisp Interpreter
1628@subsection Byte Compiling
1629@cindex Byte compiling
1630
1631One other aspect of interpreting: the Lisp interpreter is able to
1632interpret two kinds of entity: humanly readable code, on which we will
1633focus exclusively, and specially processed code, called @dfn{byte
1634compiled} code, which is not humanly readable. Byte compiled code
1635runs faster than humanly readable code.
1636
1637You can transform humanly readable code into byte compiled code by
1638running one of the compile commands such as @code{byte-compile-file}.
1639Byte compiled code is usually stored in a file that ends with a
1640@file{.elc} extension rather than a @file{.el} extension. You will
1641see both kinds of file in the @file{emacs/lisp} directory; the files
1642to read are those with @file{.el} extensions.
1643
1644As a practical matter, for most things you might do to customize or
1645extend Emacs, you do not need to byte compile; and I will not discuss
1646the topic here. @xref{Byte Compilation, , Byte Compilation, elisp,
1647The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a full description of byte
1648compilation.
1649
1650@node Evaluation, Variables, Lisp Interpreter, List Processing
1651@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1652@section Evaluation
1653@cindex Evaluation
1654
1655When the Lisp interpreter works on an expression, the term for the
1656activity is called @dfn{evaluation}. We say that the interpreter
1657`evaluates the expression'. I've used this term several times before.
1658The word comes from its use in everyday language, `to ascertain the
1659value or amount of; to appraise', according to @cite{Webster's New
1660Collegiate Dictionary}.
1661
1662@menu
1663* How the Interpreter Acts:: Returns and Side Effects...
1664* Evaluating Inner Lists:: Lists within lists...
1665@end menu
1666
1667@node How the Interpreter Acts, Evaluating Inner Lists, Evaluation, Evaluation
1668@ifnottex
1669@unnumberedsubsec How the Lisp Interpreter Acts
1670@end ifnottex
1671
1672@cindex @samp{returned value} explained
1673After evaluating an expression, the Lisp interpreter will most likely
1674@dfn{return} the value that the computer produces by carrying out the
1675instructions it found in the function definition, or perhaps it will
1676give up on that function and produce an error message. (The interpreter
1677may also find itself tossed, so to speak, to a different function or it
1678may attempt to repeat continually what it is doing for ever and ever in
1679what is called an `infinite loop'. These actions are less common; and
1680we can ignore them.) Most frequently, the interpreter returns a value.
1681
1682@cindex @samp{side effect} defined
1683At the same time the interpreter returns a value, it may do something
1684else as well, such as move a cursor or copy a file; this other kind of
1685action is called a @dfn{side effect}. Actions that we humans think are
1686important, such as printing results, are often ``side effects'' to the
1687Lisp interpreter. The jargon can sound peculiar, but it turns out that
1688it is fairly easy to learn to use side effects.
1689
1690In summary, evaluating a symbolic expression most commonly causes the
1691Lisp interpreter to return a value and perhaps carry out a side effect;
1692or else produce an error.
1693
1694@node Evaluating Inner Lists, , How the Interpreter Acts, Evaluation
1695@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1696@subsection Evaluating Inner Lists
1697@cindex Inner list evaluation
1698@cindex Evaluating inner lists
1699
1700If evaluation applies to a list that is inside another list, the outer
1701list may use the value returned by the first evaluation as information
1702when the outer list is evaluated. This explains why inner expressions
1703are evaluated first: the values they return are used by the outer
1704expressions.
1705
1706@need 1250
1707We can investigate this process by evaluating another addition example.
1708Place your cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1709
1710@smallexample
1711(+ 2 (+ 3 3))
1712@end smallexample
1713
1714@noindent
1715The number 8 will appear in the echo area.
1716
1717What happens is that the Lisp interpreter first evaluates the inner
1718expression, @code{(+ 3 3)}, for which the value 6 is returned; then it
1719evaluates the outer expression as if it were written @code{(+ 2 6)}, which
1720returns the value 8. Since there are no more enclosing expressions to
1721evaluate, the interpreter prints that value in the echo area.
1722
1723Now it is easy to understand the name of the command invoked by the
1724keystrokes @kbd{C-x C-e}: the name is @code{eval-last-sexp}. The
1725letters @code{sexp} are an abbreviation for `symbolic expression', and
1726@code{eval} is an abbreviation for `evaluate'. The command means
1727`evaluate last symbolic expression'.
1728
1729As an experiment, you can try evaluating the expression by putting the
1730cursor at the beginning of the next line immediately following the
1731expression, or inside the expression.
1732
1733@need 800
1734Here is another copy of the expression:
1735
1736@smallexample
1737(+ 2 (+ 3 3))
1738@end smallexample
1739
1740@noindent
1741If you place the cursor at the beginning of the blank line that
1742immediately follows the expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}, you will
1743still get the value 8 printed in the echo area. Now try putting the
1744cursor inside the expression. If you put it right after the next to
1745last parenthesis (so it appears to sit on top of the last parenthesis),
1746you will get a 6 printed in the echo area! This is because the command
1747evaluates the expression @code{(+ 3 3)}.
1748
1749Now put the cursor immediately after a number. Type @kbd{C-x C-e} and
1750you will get the number itself. In Lisp, if you evaluate a number, you
1751get the number itself---this is how numbers differ from symbols. If you
1752evaluate a list starting with a symbol like @code{+}, you will get a
1753value returned that is the result of the computer carrying out the
1754instructions in the function definition attached to that name. If a
1755symbol by itself is evaluated, something different happens, as we will
1756see in the next section.
1757
1758@node Variables, Arguments, Evaluation, List Processing
1759@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1760@section Variables
1761@cindex Variables
1762
1763In Emacs Lisp, a symbol can have a value attached to it just as it can
1764have a function definition attached to it. The two are different.
1765The function definition is a set of instructions that a computer will
1766obey. A value, on the other hand, is something, such as number or a
1767name, that can vary (which is why such a symbol is called a variable).
1768The value of a symbol can be any expression in Lisp, such as a symbol,
1769number, list, or string. A symbol that has a value is often called a
1770@dfn{variable}.
1771
1772A symbol can have both a function definition and a value attached to
1773it at the same time. Or it can have just one or the other.
1774The two are separate. This is somewhat similar
1775to the way the name Cambridge can refer to the city in Massachusetts
1776and have some information attached to the name as well, such as
1777``great programming center''.
1778
1779@ignore
1780(Incidentally, in Emacs Lisp, a symbol can have two
1781other things attached to it, too: a property list and a documentation
1782string; these are discussed later.)
1783@end ignore
1784
1785Another way to think about this is to imagine a symbol as being a chest
1786of drawers. The function definition is put in one drawer, the value in
1787another, and so on. What is put in the drawer holding the value can be
1788changed without affecting the contents of the drawer holding the
1789function definition, and vice-verse.
1790
1791@menu
1792* fill-column Example::
1793* Void Function:: The error message for a symbol
1794 without a function.
1795* Void Variable:: The error message for a symbol without a value.
1796@end menu
1797
1798@node fill-column Example, Void Function, Variables, Variables
1799@ifnottex
1800@unnumberedsubsec @code{fill-column}, an Example Variable
1801@end ifnottex
1802
1803@findex fill-column, @r{an example variable}
1804@cindex Example variable, @code{fill-column}
1805@cindex Variable, example of, @code{fill-column}
1806The variable @code{fill-column} illustrates a symbol with a value
1807attached to it: in every GNU Emacs buffer, this symbol is set to some
1808value, usually 72 or 70, but sometimes to some other value. To find the
1809value of this symbol, evaluate it by itself. If you are reading this in
1810Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can do this by putting the cursor after
1811the symbol and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1812
1813@smallexample
1814fill-column
1815@end smallexample
1816
1817@noindent
1818After I typed @kbd{C-x C-e}, Emacs printed the number 72 in my echo
1819area. This is the value for which @code{fill-column} is set for me as I
1820write this. It may be different for you in your Info buffer. Notice
1821that the value returned as a variable is printed in exactly the same way
1822as the value returned by a function carrying out its instructions. From
1823the point of view of the Lisp interpreter, a value returned is a value
1824returned. What kind of expression it came from ceases to matter once
1825the value is known.
1826
1827A symbol can have any value attached to it or, to use the jargon, we can
1828@dfn{bind} the variable to a value: to a number, such as 72; to a
1829string, @code{"such as this"}; to a list, such as @code{(spruce pine
1830oak)}; we can even bind a variable to a function definition.
1831
1832A symbol can be bound to a value in several ways. @xref{set & setq, ,
1833Setting the Value of a Variable}, for information about one way to do
1834this.
1835
1836@node Void Function, Void Variable, fill-column Example, Variables
1837@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1838@subsection Error Message for a Symbol Without a Function
1839@cindex Symbol without function error
1840@cindex Error for symbol without function
1841
1842When we evaluated @code{fill-column} to find its value as a variable,
1843we did not place parentheses around the word. This is because we did
1844not intend to use it as a function name.
1845
1846If @code{fill-column} were the first or only element of a list, the
1847Lisp interpreter would attempt to find the function definition
1848attached to it. But @code{fill-column} has no function definition.
1849Try evaluating this:
1850
1851@smallexample
1852(fill-column)
1853@end smallexample
1854
1855@need 1250
1856@noindent
1857In GNU Emacs version 22, you will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer
1858that says:
1859
1860@smallexample
1861@group
1862---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1863Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function fill-column)
1864 (fill-column)
1865 eval((fill-column))
1866 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1867 eval-last-sexp(nil)
1868 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1869---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1870@end group
1871@end smallexample
1872
1873@noindent
1874(Remember, to quit the debugger and make the debugger window go away,
1875type @kbd{q} in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
1876
1877@ignore
1878@need 800
1879In GNU Emacs 20 and before, you will produce an error message that says:
1880
1881@smallexample
1882Symbol's function definition is void:@: fill-column
1883@end smallexample
1884
1885@noindent
1886(The message will go away as soon as you move the cursor or type
1887another key.)
1888@end ignore
1889
1890@node Void Variable, , Void Function, Variables
1891@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1892@subsection Error Message for a Symbol Without a Value
1893@cindex Symbol without value error
1894@cindex Error for symbol without value
1895
1896If you attempt to evaluate a symbol that does not have a value bound to
1897it, you will receive an error message. You can see this by
1898experimenting with our 2 plus 2 addition. In the following expression,
1899put your cursor right after the @code{+}, before the first number 2,
1900type @kbd{C-x C-e}:
1901
1902@smallexample
1903(+ 2 2)
1904@end smallexample
1905
1906@need 1500
1907@noindent
1908In GNU Emacs 22, you will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer that
1909says:
1910
1911@smallexample
1912@group
1913---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1914Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-variable +)
1915 eval(+)
1916 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
1917 eval-last-sexp(nil)
1918 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
1919---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
1920@end group
1921@end smallexample
1922
1923@noindent
1924(As with the other times we entered the debugger, you can quit by
1925typing @kbd{q} in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
1926
1927This backtrace is different from the very first error message we saw,
1928which said, @samp{Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function this)}.
1929In this case, the function does not have a value as a variable; while
1930in the other error message, the function (the word `this') did not
1931have a definition.
1932
1933In this experiment with the @code{+}, what we did was cause the Lisp
1934interpreter to evaluate the @code{+} and look for the value of the
1935variable instead of the function definition. We did this by placing the
1936cursor right after the symbol rather than after the parenthesis of the
1937enclosing list as we did before. As a consequence, the Lisp interpreter
1938evaluated the preceding s-expression, which in this case was the
1939@code{+} by itself.
1940
1941Since @code{+} does not have a value bound to it, just the function
1942definition, the error message reported that the symbol's value as a
1943variable was void.
1944
1945@ignore
1946@need 800
1947In GNU Emacs version 20 and before, your error message will say:
1948
1949@example
1950Symbol's value as variable is void:@: +
1951@end example
1952
1953@noindent
1954The meaning is the same as in GNU Emacs 22.
1955@end ignore
1956
1957@node Arguments, set & setq, Variables, List Processing
1958@comment node-name, next, previous, up
1959@section Arguments
1960@cindex Arguments
1961@cindex Passing information to functions
1962
1963To see how information is passed to functions, let's look again at
1964our old standby, the addition of two plus two. In Lisp, this is written
1965as follows:
1966
1967@smallexample
1968(+ 2 2)
1969@end smallexample
1970
1971If you evaluate this expression, the number 4 will appear in your echo
1972area. What the Lisp interpreter does is add the numbers that follow
1973the @code{+}.
1974
1975@cindex @samp{argument} defined
1976The numbers added by @code{+} are called the @dfn{arguments} of the
1977function @code{+}. These numbers are the information that is given to
1978or @dfn{passed} to the function.
1979
1980The word `argument' comes from the way it is used in mathematics and
1981does not refer to a disputation between two people; instead it refers to
1982the information presented to the function, in this case, to the
1983@code{+}. In Lisp, the arguments to a function are the atoms or lists
1984that follow the function. The values returned by the evaluation of
1985these atoms or lists are passed to the function. Different functions
1986require different numbers of arguments; some functions require none at
1987all.@footnote{It is curious to track the path by which the word `argument'
1988came to have two different meanings, one in mathematics and the other in
1989everyday English. According to the @cite{Oxford English Dictionary},
1990the word derives from the Latin for @samp{to make clear, prove}; thus it
1991came to mean, by one thread of derivation, `the evidence offered as
1992proof', which is to say, `the information offered', which led to its
1993meaning in Lisp. But in the other thread of derivation, it came to mean
1994`to assert in a manner against which others may make counter
1995assertions', which led to the meaning of the word as a disputation.
1996(Note here that the English word has two different definitions attached
1997to it at the same time. By contrast, in Emacs Lisp, a symbol cannot
1998have two different function definitions at the same time.)}
1999
2000@menu
2001* Data types:: Types of data passed to a function.
2002* Args as Variable or List:: An argument can be the value
2003 of a variable or list.
2004* Variable Number of Arguments:: Some functions may take a
2005 variable number of arguments.
2006* Wrong Type of Argument:: Passing an argument of the wrong type
2007 to a function.
2008* message:: A useful function for sending messages.
2009@end menu
2010
2011@node Data types, Args as Variable or List, Arguments, Arguments
2012@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2013@subsection Arguments' Data Types
2014@cindex Data types
2015@cindex Types of data
2016@cindex Arguments' data types
2017
2018The type of data that should be passed to a function depends on what
2019kind of information it uses. The arguments to a function such as
2020@code{+} must have values that are numbers, since @code{+} adds numbers.
2021Other functions use different kinds of data for their arguments.
2022
2023@need 1250
2024@findex concat
2025For example, the @code{concat} function links together or unites two or
2026more strings of text to produce a string. The arguments are strings.
2027Concatenating the two character strings @code{abc}, @code{def} produces
2028the single string @code{abcdef}. This can be seen by evaluating the
2029following:
2030
2031@smallexample
2032(concat "abc" "def")
2033@end smallexample
2034
2035@noindent
2036The value produced by evaluating this expression is @code{"abcdef"}.
2037
2038A function such as @code{substring} uses both a string and numbers as
2039arguments. The function returns a part of the string, a substring of
2040the first argument. This function takes three arguments. Its first
2041argument is the string of characters, the second and third arguments are
2042numbers that indicate the beginning and end of the substring. The
2043numbers are a count of the number of characters (including spaces and
e4920bc9 2044punctuation) from the beginning of the string.
8cda6f8f
GM
2045
2046@need 800
2047For example, if you evaluate the following:
2048
2049@smallexample
2050(substring "The quick brown fox jumped." 16 19)
2051@end smallexample
2052
2053@noindent
2054you will see @code{"fox"} appear in the echo area. The arguments are the
2055string and the two numbers.
2056
2057Note that the string passed to @code{substring} is a single atom even
2058though it is made up of several words separated by spaces. Lisp counts
2059everything between the two quotation marks as part of the string,
2060including the spaces. You can think of the @code{substring} function as
2061a kind of `atom smasher' since it takes an otherwise indivisible atom
2062and extracts a part. However, @code{substring} is only able to extract
2063a substring from an argument that is a string, not from another type of
2064atom such as a number or symbol.
2065
2066@node Args as Variable or List, Variable Number of Arguments, Data types, Arguments
2067@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2068@subsection An Argument as the Value of a Variable or List
2069
2070An argument can be a symbol that returns a value when it is evaluated.
2071For example, when the symbol @code{fill-column} by itself is evaluated,
2072it returns a number. This number can be used in an addition.
2073
2074@need 1250
2075Position the cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x
2076C-e}:
2077
2078@smallexample
2079(+ 2 fill-column)
2080@end smallexample
2081
2082@noindent
2083The value will be a number two more than what you get by evaluating
2084@code{fill-column} alone. For me, this is 74, because my value of
2085@code{fill-column} is 72.
2086
2087As we have just seen, an argument can be a symbol that returns a value
2088when evaluated. In addition, an argument can be a list that returns a
2089value when it is evaluated. For example, in the following expression,
2090the arguments to the function @code{concat} are the strings
2091@w{@code{"The "}} and @w{@code{" red foxes."}} and the list
2092@code{(number-to-string (+ 2 fill-column))}.
2093
2094@c For GNU Emacs 22, need number-to-string
2095@smallexample
2096(concat "The " (number-to-string (+ 2 fill-column)) " red foxes.")
2097@end smallexample
2098
2099@noindent
2100If you evaluate this expression---and if, as with my Emacs,
2101@code{fill-column} evaluates to 72---@code{"The 74 red foxes."} will
2102appear in the echo area. (Note that you must put spaces after the
2103word @samp{The} and before the word @samp{red} so they will appear in
2104the final string. The function @code{number-to-string} converts the
2105integer that the addition function returns to a string.
2106@code{number-to-string} is also known as @code{int-to-string}.)
2107
2108@node Variable Number of Arguments, Wrong Type of Argument, Args as Variable or List, Arguments
2109@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2110@subsection Variable Number of Arguments
2111@cindex Variable number of arguments
2112@cindex Arguments, variable number of
2113
2114Some functions, such as @code{concat}, @code{+} or @code{*}, take any
2115number of arguments. (The @code{*} is the symbol for multiplication.)
2116This can be seen by evaluating each of the following expressions in
2117the usual way. What you will see in the echo area is printed in this
2118text after @samp{@result{}}, which you may read as `evaluates to'.
2119
2120@need 1250
2121In the first set, the functions have no arguments:
2122
2123@smallexample
2124@group
2125(+) @result{} 0
2126
2127(*) @result{} 1
2128@end group
2129@end smallexample
2130
2131@need 1250
2132In this set, the functions have one argument each:
2133
2134@smallexample
2135@group
2136(+ 3) @result{} 3
2137
2138(* 3) @result{} 3
2139@end group
2140@end smallexample
2141
2142@need 1250
2143In this set, the functions have three arguments each:
2144
2145@smallexample
2146@group
2147(+ 3 4 5) @result{} 12
2148
2149(* 3 4 5) @result{} 60
2150@end group
2151@end smallexample
2152
2153@node Wrong Type of Argument, message, Variable Number of Arguments, Arguments
2154@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2155@subsection Using the Wrong Type Object as an Argument
2156@cindex Wrong type of argument
2157@cindex Argument, wrong type of
2158
2159When a function is passed an argument of the wrong type, the Lisp
2160interpreter produces an error message. For example, the @code{+}
2161function expects the values of its arguments to be numbers. As an
2162experiment we can pass it the quoted symbol @code{hello} instead of a
2163number. Position the cursor after the following expression and type
2164@kbd{C-x C-e}:
2165
2166@smallexample
2167(+ 2 'hello)
2168@end smallexample
2169
2170@noindent
2171When you do this you will generate an error message. What has happened
2172is that @code{+} has tried to add the 2 to the value returned by
2173@code{'hello}, but the value returned by @code{'hello} is the symbol
2174@code{hello}, not a number. Only numbers can be added. So @code{+}
2175could not carry out its addition.
2176
2177@need 1250
2178In GNU Emacs version 22, you will create and enter a
2179@file{*Backtrace*} buffer that says:
2180
2181@noindent
2182@smallexample
2183@group
2184---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
2185Debugger entered--Lisp error:
2186 (wrong-type-argument number-or-marker-p hello)
2187 +(2 hello)
2188 eval((+ 2 (quote hello)))
2189 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
2190 eval-last-sexp(nil)
2191 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
2192---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
2193@end group
2194@end smallexample
2195
2196@need 1250
2197As usual, the error message tries to be helpful and makes sense after you
2198learn how to read it.@footnote{@code{(quote hello)} is an expansion of
2199the abbreviation @code{'hello}.}
2200
2201The first part of the error message is straightforward; it says
2202@samp{wrong type argument}. Next comes the mysterious jargon word
2203@w{@samp{number-or-marker-p}}. This word is trying to tell you what
2204kind of argument the @code{+} expected.
2205
2206The symbol @code{number-or-marker-p} says that the Lisp interpreter is
2207trying to determine whether the information presented it (the value of
2208the argument) is a number or a marker (a special object representing a
2209buffer position). What it does is test to see whether the @code{+} is
2210being given numbers to add. It also tests to see whether the
2211argument is something called a marker, which is a specific feature of
2212Emacs Lisp. (In Emacs, locations in a buffer are recorded as markers.
2213When the mark is set with the @kbd{C-@@} or @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} command,
2214its position is kept as a marker. The mark can be considered a
2215number---the number of characters the location is from the beginning
2216of the buffer.) In Emacs Lisp, @code{+} can be used to add the
2217numeric value of marker positions as numbers.
2218
2219The @samp{p} of @code{number-or-marker-p} is the embodiment of a
2220practice started in the early days of Lisp programming. The @samp{p}
2221stands for `predicate'. In the jargon used by the early Lisp
2222researchers, a predicate refers to a function to determine whether some
2223property is true or false. So the @samp{p} tells us that
2224@code{number-or-marker-p} is the name of a function that determines
2225whether it is true or false that the argument supplied is a number or
2226a marker. Other Lisp symbols that end in @samp{p} include @code{zerop},
2227a function that tests whether its argument has the value of zero, and
2228@code{listp}, a function that tests whether its argument is a list.
2229
2230Finally, the last part of the error message is the symbol @code{hello}.
2231This is the value of the argument that was passed to @code{+}. If the
2232addition had been passed the correct type of object, the value passed
2233would have been a number, such as 37, rather than a symbol like
2234@code{hello}. But then you would not have got the error message.
2235
2236@ignore
2237@need 1250
2238In GNU Emacs version 20 and before, the echo area displays an error
2239message that says:
2240
2241@smallexample
2242Wrong type argument:@: number-or-marker-p, hello
2243@end smallexample
2244
2245This says, in different words, the same as the top line of the
2246@file{*Backtrace*} buffer.
2247@end ignore
2248
2249@node message, , Wrong Type of Argument, Arguments
2250@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2251@subsection The @code{message} Function
2252@findex message
2253
2254Like @code{+}, the @code{message} function takes a variable number of
2255arguments. It is used to send messages to the user and is so useful
2256that we will describe it here.
2257
2258@need 1250
2259A message is printed in the echo area. For example, you can print a
2260message in your echo area by evaluating the following list:
2261
2262@smallexample
2263(message "This message appears in the echo area!")
2264@end smallexample
2265
2266The whole string between double quotation marks is a single argument
2267and is printed @i{in toto}. (Note that in this example, the message
2268itself will appear in the echo area within double quotes; that is
2269because you see the value returned by the @code{message} function. In
2270most uses of @code{message} in programs that you write, the text will
2271be printed in the echo area as a side-effect, without the quotes.
2272@xref{multiply-by-seven in detail, , @code{multiply-by-seven} in
2273detail}, for an example of this.)
2274
2275However, if there is a @samp{%s} in the quoted string of characters, the
2276@code{message} function does not print the @samp{%s} as such, but looks
2277to the argument that follows the string. It evaluates the second
2278argument and prints the value at the location in the string where the
2279@samp{%s} is.
2280
2281@need 1250
2282You can see this by positioning the cursor after the following
2283expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}:
2284
2285@smallexample
2286(message "The name of this buffer is: %s." (buffer-name))
2287@end smallexample
2288
2289@noindent
2290In Info, @code{"The name of this buffer is: *info*."} will appear in the
2291echo area. The function @code{buffer-name} returns the name of the
2292buffer as a string, which the @code{message} function inserts in place
2293of @code{%s}.
2294
2295To print a value as an integer, use @samp{%d} in the same way as
2296@samp{%s}. For example, to print a message in the echo area that
2297states the value of the @code{fill-column}, evaluate the following:
2298
2299@smallexample
2300(message "The value of fill-column is %d." fill-column)
2301@end smallexample
2302
2303@noindent
2304On my system, when I evaluate this list, @code{"The value of
2305fill-column is 72."} appears in my echo area@footnote{Actually, you
2306can use @code{%s} to print a number. It is non-specific. @code{%d}
2307prints only the part of a number left of a decimal point, and not
2308anything that is not a number.}.
2309
2310If there is more than one @samp{%s} in the quoted string, the value of
2311the first argument following the quoted string is printed at the
2312location of the first @samp{%s} and the value of the second argument is
2313printed at the location of the second @samp{%s}, and so on.
2314
2315@need 1250
2316For example, if you evaluate the following,
2317
2318@smallexample
2319@group
2320(message "There are %d %s in the office!"
2321 (- fill-column 14) "pink elephants")
2322@end group
2323@end smallexample
2324
2325@noindent
2326a rather whimsical message will appear in your echo area. On my system
2327it says, @code{"There are 58 pink elephants in the office!"}.
2328
2329The expression @code{(- fill-column 14)} is evaluated and the resulting
2330number is inserted in place of the @samp{%d}; and the string in double
2331quotes, @code{"pink elephants"}, is treated as a single argument and
2332inserted in place of the @samp{%s}. (That is to say, a string between
2333double quotes evaluates to itself, like a number.)
2334
2335Finally, here is a somewhat complex example that not only illustrates
2336the computation of a number, but also shows how you can use an
2337expression within an expression to generate the text that is substituted
2338for @samp{%s}:
2339
2340@smallexample
2341@group
2342(message "He saw %d %s"
2343 (- fill-column 32)
2344 (concat "red "
2345 (substring
2346 "The quick brown foxes jumped." 16 21)
2347 " leaping."))
2348@end group
2349@end smallexample
2350
2351In this example, @code{message} has three arguments: the string,
2352@code{"He saw %d %s"}, the expression, @code{(- fill-column 32)}, and
2353the expression beginning with the function @code{concat}. The value
2354resulting from the evaluation of @code{(- fill-column 32)} is inserted
2355in place of the @samp{%d}; and the value returned by the expression
2356beginning with @code{concat} is inserted in place of the @samp{%s}.
2357
2358When your fill column is 70 and you evaluate the expression, the
2359message @code{"He saw 38 red foxes leaping."} appears in your echo
2360area.
2361
2362@node set & setq, Summary, Arguments, List Processing
2363@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2364@section Setting the Value of a Variable
2365@cindex Variable, setting value
2366@cindex Setting value of variable
2367
2368@cindex @samp{bind} defined
2369There are several ways by which a variable can be given a value. One of
2370the ways is to use either the function @code{set} or the function
2371@code{setq}. Another way is to use @code{let} (@pxref{let}). (The
2372jargon for this process is to @dfn{bind} a variable to a value.)
2373
2374The following sections not only describe how @code{set} and @code{setq}
2375work but also illustrate how arguments are passed.
2376
2377@menu
2378* Using set:: Setting values.
2379* Using setq:: Setting a quoted value.
2380* Counting:: Using @code{setq} to count.
2381@end menu
2382
2383@node Using set, Using setq, set & setq, set & setq
2384@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2385@subsection Using @code{set}
2386@findex set
2387
2388To set the value of the symbol @code{flowers} to the list @code{'(rose
2389violet daisy buttercup)}, evaluate the following expression by
2390positioning the cursor after the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2391
2392@smallexample
2393(set 'flowers '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
2394@end smallexample
2395
2396@noindent
2397The list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} will appear in the echo
2398area. This is what is @emph{returned} by the @code{set} function. As a
2399side effect, the symbol @code{flowers} is bound to the list; that is,
2400the symbol @code{flowers}, which can be viewed as a variable, is given
2401the list as its value. (This process, by the way, illustrates how a
2402side effect to the Lisp interpreter, setting the value, can be the
2403primary effect that we humans are interested in. This is because every
2404Lisp function must return a value if it does not get an error, but it
2405will only have a side effect if it is designed to have one.)
2406
2407After evaluating the @code{set} expression, you can evaluate the symbol
2408@code{flowers} and it will return the value you just set. Here is the
2409symbol. Place your cursor after it and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2410
2411@smallexample
2412flowers
2413@end smallexample
2414
2415@noindent
2416When you evaluate @code{flowers}, the list
2417@code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} appears in the echo area.
2418
2419Incidentally, if you evaluate @code{'flowers}, the variable with a quote
2420in front of it, what you will see in the echo area is the symbol itself,
2421@code{flowers}. Here is the quoted symbol, so you can try this:
2422
2423@smallexample
2424'flowers
2425@end smallexample
2426
2427Note also, that when you use @code{set}, you need to quote both
2428arguments to @code{set}, unless you want them evaluated. Since we do
2429not want either argument evaluated, neither the variable
2430@code{flowers} nor the list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)}, both
2431are quoted. (When you use @code{set} without quoting its first
2432argument, the first argument is evaluated before anything else is
2433done. If you did this and @code{flowers} did not have a value
2434already, you would get an error message that the @samp{Symbol's value
2435as variable is void}; on the other hand, if @code{flowers} did return
2436a value after it was evaluated, the @code{set} would attempt to set
2437the value that was returned. There are situations where this is the
2438right thing for the function to do; but such situations are rare.)
2439
2440@node Using setq, Counting, Using set, set & setq
2441@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2442@subsection Using @code{setq}
2443@findex setq
2444
2445As a practical matter, you almost always quote the first argument to
2446@code{set}. The combination of @code{set} and a quoted first argument
2447is so common that it has its own name: the special form @code{setq}.
2448This special form is just like @code{set} except that the first argument
2449is quoted automatically, so you don't need to type the quote mark
2450yourself. Also, as an added convenience, @code{setq} permits you to set
2451several different variables to different values, all in one expression.
2452
2453To set the value of the variable @code{carnivores} to the list
2454@code{'(lion tiger leopard)} using @code{setq}, the following expression
2455is used:
2456
2457@smallexample
2458(setq carnivores '(lion tiger leopard))
2459@end smallexample
2460
2461@noindent
2462This is exactly the same as using @code{set} except the first argument
2463is automatically quoted by @code{setq}. (The @samp{q} in @code{setq}
2464means @code{quote}.)
2465
2466@need 1250
2467With @code{set}, the expression would look like this:
2468
2469@smallexample
2470(set 'carnivores '(lion tiger leopard))
2471@end smallexample
2472
2473Also, @code{setq} can be used to assign different values to
2474different variables. The first argument is bound to the value
2475of the second argument, the third argument is bound to the value of the
2476fourth argument, and so on. For example, you could use the following to
2477assign a list of trees to the symbol @code{trees} and a list of herbivores
2478to the symbol @code{herbivores}:
2479
2480@smallexample
2481@group
2482(setq trees '(pine fir oak maple)
2483 herbivores '(gazelle antelope zebra))
2484@end group
2485@end smallexample
2486
2487@noindent
2488(The expression could just as well have been on one line, but it might
2489not have fit on a page; and humans find it easier to read nicely
2490formatted lists.)
2491
2492Although I have been using the term `assign', there is another way of
2493thinking about the workings of @code{set} and @code{setq}; and that is to
2494say that @code{set} and @code{setq} make the symbol @emph{point} to the
2495list. This latter way of thinking is very common and in forthcoming
2496chapters we shall come upon at least one symbol that has `pointer' as
2497part of its name. The name is chosen because the symbol has a value,
2498specifically a list, attached to it; or, expressed another way,
2499the symbol is set to ``point'' to the list.
2500
2501@node Counting, , Using setq, set & setq
2502@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2503@subsection Counting
2504@cindex Counting
2505
2506Here is an example that shows how to use @code{setq} in a counter. You
2507might use this to count how many times a part of your program repeats
2508itself. First set a variable to zero; then add one to the number each
2509time the program repeats itself. To do this, you need a variable that
2510serves as a counter, and two expressions: an initial @code{setq}
2511expression that sets the counter variable to zero; and a second
2512@code{setq} expression that increments the counter each time it is
2513evaluated.
2514
2515@smallexample
2516@group
2517(setq counter 0) ; @r{Let's call this the initializer.}
2518
2519(setq counter (+ counter 1)) ; @r{This is the incrementer.}
2520
2521counter ; @r{This is the counter.}
2522@end group
2523@end smallexample
2524
2525@noindent
2526(The text following the @samp{;} are comments. @xref{Change a
2527defun, , Change a Function Definition}.)
2528
2529If you evaluate the first of these expressions, the initializer,
2530@code{(setq counter 0)}, and then evaluate the third expression,
2531@code{counter}, the number @code{0} will appear in the echo area. If
2532you then evaluate the second expression, the incrementer, @code{(setq
2533counter (+ counter 1))}, the counter will get the value 1. So if you
2534again evaluate @code{counter}, the number @code{1} will appear in the
2535echo area. Each time you evaluate the second expression, the value of
2536the counter will be incremented.
2537
2538When you evaluate the incrementer, @code{(setq counter (+ counter 1))},
2539the Lisp interpreter first evaluates the innermost list; this is the
2540addition. In order to evaluate this list, it must evaluate the variable
2541@code{counter} and the number @code{1}. When it evaluates the variable
2542@code{counter}, it receives its current value. It passes this value and
2543the number @code{1} to the @code{+} which adds them together. The sum
2544is then returned as the value of the inner list and passed to the
2545@code{setq} which sets the variable @code{counter} to this new value.
2546Thus, the value of the variable, @code{counter}, is changed.
2547
2548@node Summary, Error Message Exercises, set & setq, List Processing
2549@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2550@section Summary
2551
2552Learning Lisp is like climbing a hill in which the first part is the
2553steepest. You have now climbed the most difficult part; what remains
2554becomes easier as you progress onwards.
2555
2556@need 1000
2557In summary,
2558
2559@itemize @bullet
2560
2561@item
2562Lisp programs are made up of expressions, which are lists or single atoms.
2563
2564@item
2565Lists are made up of zero or more atoms or inner lists, separated by whitespace and
2566surrounded by parentheses. A list can be empty.
2567
2568@item
2569Atoms are multi-character symbols, like @code{forward-paragraph}, single
2570character symbols like @code{+}, strings of characters between double
2571quotation marks, or numbers.
2572
2573@item
2574A number evaluates to itself.
2575
2576@item
2577A string between double quotes also evaluates to itself.
2578
2579@item
2580When you evaluate a symbol by itself, its value is returned.
2581
2582@item
2583When you evaluate a list, the Lisp interpreter looks at the first symbol
2584in the list and then at the function definition bound to that symbol.
2585Then the instructions in the function definition are carried out.
2586
2587@item
2588A single quotation mark,
2589@ifinfo
2590'
2591@end ifinfo
2592@ifnotinfo
2593@code{'}
2594@end ifnotinfo
2595, tells the Lisp interpreter that it should
2596return the following expression as written, and not evaluate it as it
2597would if the quote were not there.
2598
2599@item
2600Arguments are the information passed to a function. The arguments to a
2601function are computed by evaluating the rest of the elements of the list
2602of which the function is the first element.
2603
2604@item
2605A function always returns a value when it is evaluated (unless it gets
2606an error); in addition, it may also carry out some action called a
2607``side effect''. In many cases, a function's primary purpose is to
2608create a side effect.
2609@end itemize
2610
2611@node Error Message Exercises, , Summary, List Processing
2612@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2613@section Exercises
2614
2615A few simple exercises:
2616
2617@itemize @bullet
2618@item
2619Generate an error message by evaluating an appropriate symbol that is
2620not within parentheses.
2621
2622@item
2623Generate an error message by evaluating an appropriate symbol that is
2624between parentheses.
2625
2626@item
2627Create a counter that increments by two rather than one.
2628
2629@item
2630Write an expression that prints a message in the echo area when
2631evaluated.
2632@end itemize
2633
2634@node Practicing Evaluation, Writing Defuns, List Processing, Top
2635@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2636@chapter Practicing Evaluation
2637@cindex Practicing evaluation
2638@cindex Evaluation practice
2639
2640Before learning how to write a function definition in Emacs Lisp, it is
2641useful to spend a little time evaluating various expressions that have
2642already been written. These expressions will be lists with the
2643functions as their first (and often only) element. Since some of the
2644functions associated with buffers are both simple and interesting, we
2645will start with those. In this section, we will evaluate a few of
2646these. In another section, we will study the code of several other
2647buffer-related functions, to see how they were written.
2648
2649@menu
2650* How to Evaluate:: Typing editing commands or @kbd{C-x C-e}
2651 causes evaluation.
2652* Buffer Names:: Buffers and files are different.
2653* Getting Buffers:: Getting a buffer itself, not merely its name.
2654* Switching Buffers:: How to change to another buffer.
2655* Buffer Size & Locations:: Where point is located and the size of
2656 the buffer.
2657* Evaluation Exercise::
2658@end menu
2659
2660@node How to Evaluate, Buffer Names, Practicing Evaluation, Practicing Evaluation
2661@ifnottex
2662@unnumberedsec How to Evaluate
2663@end ifnottex
2664
2665@i{Whenever you give an editing command} to Emacs Lisp, such as the
2666command to move the cursor or to scroll the screen, @i{you are evaluating
2667an expression,} the first element of which is a function. @i{This is
2668how Emacs works.}
2669
2670@cindex @samp{interactive function} defined
2671@cindex @samp{command} defined
2672When you type keys, you cause the Lisp interpreter to evaluate an
2673expression and that is how you get your results. Even typing plain text
2674involves evaluating an Emacs Lisp function, in this case, one that uses
2675@code{self-insert-command}, which simply inserts the character you
2676typed. The functions you evaluate by typing keystrokes are called
2677@dfn{interactive} functions, or @dfn{commands}; how you make a function
2678interactive will be illustrated in the chapter on how to write function
2679definitions. @xref{Interactive, , Making a Function Interactive}.
2680
2681In addition to typing keyboard commands, we have seen a second way to
2682evaluate an expression: by positioning the cursor after a list and
2683typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. This is what we will do in the rest of this
2684section. There are other ways to evaluate an expression as well; these
2685will be described as we come to them.
2686
2687Besides being used for practicing evaluation, the functions shown in the
2688next few sections are important in their own right. A study of these
2689functions makes clear the distinction between buffers and files, how to
2690switch to a buffer, and how to determine a location within it.
2691
2692@node Buffer Names, Getting Buffers, How to Evaluate, Practicing Evaluation
2693@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2694@section Buffer Names
2695@findex buffer-name
2696@findex buffer-file-name
2697
2698The two functions, @code{buffer-name} and @code{buffer-file-name}, show
2699the difference between a file and a buffer. When you evaluate the
2700following expression, @code{(buffer-name)}, the name of the buffer
2701appears in the echo area. When you evaluate @code{(buffer-file-name)},
2702the name of the file to which the buffer refers appears in the echo
2703area. Usually, the name returned by @code{(buffer-name)} is the same as
2704the name of the file to which it refers, and the name returned by
2705@code{(buffer-file-name)} is the full path-name of the file.
2706
2707A file and a buffer are two different entities. A file is information
2708recorded permanently in the computer (unless you delete it). A buffer,
2709on the other hand, is information inside of Emacs that will vanish at
2710the end of the editing session (or when you kill the buffer). Usually,
2711a buffer contains information that you have copied from a file; we say
2712the buffer is @dfn{visiting} that file. This copy is what you work on
2713and modify. Changes to the buffer do not change the file, until you
2714save the buffer. When you save the buffer, the buffer is copied to the file
2715and is thus saved permanently.
2716
2717@need 1250
2718If you are reading this in Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate
2719each of the following expressions by positioning the cursor after it and
2720typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
2721
2722@example
2723@group
2724(buffer-name)
2725
2726(buffer-file-name)
2727@end group
2728@end example
2729
2730@noindent
2731When I do this in Info, the value returned by evaluating
2732@code{(buffer-name)} is @file{"*info*"}, and the value returned by
2733evaluating @code{(buffer-file-name)} is @file{nil}.
2734
a9097c6d 2735On the other hand, while I am writing this document, the value
8cda6f8f
GM
2736returned by evaluating @code{(buffer-name)} is
2737@file{"introduction.texinfo"}, and the value returned by evaluating
2738@code{(buffer-file-name)} is
2739@file{"/gnu/work/intro/introduction.texinfo"}.
2740
2741@cindex @code{nil}, history of word
2742The former is the name of the buffer and the latter is the name of the
2743file. In Info, the buffer name is @file{"*info*"}. Info does not
2744point to any file, so the result of evaluating
2745@code{(buffer-file-name)} is @file{nil}. The symbol @code{nil} is
2746from the Latin word for `nothing'; in this case, it means that the
2747buffer is not associated with any file. (In Lisp, @code{nil} is also
2748used to mean `false' and is a synonym for the empty list, @code{()}.)
2749
2750When I am writing, the name of my buffer is
2751@file{"introduction.texinfo"}. The name of the file to which it
2752points is @file{"/gnu/work/intro/introduction.texinfo"}.
2753
2754(In the expressions, the parentheses tell the Lisp interpreter to
2755treat @w{@code{buffer-name}} and @w{@code{buffer-file-name}} as
2756functions; without the parentheses, the interpreter would attempt to
2757evaluate the symbols as variables. @xref{Variables}.)
2758
2759In spite of the distinction between files and buffers, you will often
2760find that people refer to a file when they mean a buffer and vice-verse.
2761Indeed, most people say, ``I am editing a file,'' rather than saying,
2762``I am editing a buffer which I will soon save to a file.'' It is
2763almost always clear from context what people mean. When dealing with
2764computer programs, however, it is important to keep the distinction in mind,
2765since the computer is not as smart as a person.
2766
2767@cindex Buffer, history of word
2768The word `buffer', by the way, comes from the meaning of the word as a
2769cushion that deadens the force of a collision. In early computers, a
2770buffer cushioned the interaction between files and the computer's
2771central processing unit. The drums or tapes that held a file and the
2772central processing unit were pieces of equipment that were very
2773different from each other, working at their own speeds, in spurts. The
2774buffer made it possible for them to work together effectively.
2775Eventually, the buffer grew from being an intermediary, a temporary
2776holding place, to being the place where work is done. This
2777transformation is rather like that of a small seaport that grew into a
2778great city: once it was merely the place where cargo was warehoused
2779temporarily before being loaded onto ships; then it became a business
2780and cultural center in its own right.
2781
2782Not all buffers are associated with files. For example, a
2783@file{*scratch*} buffer does not visit any file. Similarly, a
2784@file{*Help*} buffer is not associated with any file.
2785
2786In the old days, when you lacked a @file{~/.emacs} file and started an
2787Emacs session by typing the command @code{emacs} alone, without naming
2788any files, Emacs started with the @file{*scratch*} buffer visible.
2789Nowadays, you will see a splash screen. You can follow one of the
2790commands suggested on the splash screen, visit a file, or press the
2791spacebar to reach the @file{*scratch*} buffer.
2792
2793If you switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer, type
2794@code{(buffer-name)}, position the cursor after it, and then type
2795@kbd{C-x C-e} to evaluate the expression. The name @code{"*scratch*"}
2796will be returned and will appear in the echo area. @code{"*scratch*"}
2797is the name of the buffer. When you type @code{(buffer-file-name)} in
2798the @file{*scratch*} buffer and evaluate that, @code{nil} will appear
2799in the echo area, just as it does when you evaluate
2800@code{(buffer-file-name)} in Info.
2801
2802Incidentally, if you are in the @file{*scratch*} buffer and want the
2803value returned by an expression to appear in the @file{*scratch*}
2804buffer itself rather than in the echo area, type @kbd{C-u C-x C-e}
2805instead of @kbd{C-x C-e}. This causes the value returned to appear
2806after the expression. The buffer will look like this:
2807
2808@smallexample
2809(buffer-name)"*scratch*"
2810@end smallexample
2811
2812@noindent
2813You cannot do this in Info since Info is read-only and it will not allow
2814you to change the contents of the buffer. But you can do this in any
2815buffer you can edit; and when you write code or documentation (such as
2816this book), this feature is very useful.
2817
2818@node Getting Buffers, Switching Buffers, Buffer Names, Practicing Evaluation
2819@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2820@section Getting Buffers
2821@findex current-buffer
2822@findex other-buffer
2823@cindex Getting a buffer
2824
2825The @code{buffer-name} function returns the @emph{name} of the buffer;
2826to get the buffer @emph{itself}, a different function is needed: the
2827@code{current-buffer} function. If you use this function in code, what
2828you get is the buffer itself.
2829
2830A name and the object or entity to which the name refers are different
2831from each other. You are not your name. You are a person to whom
2832others refer by name. If you ask to speak to George and someone hands you
2833a card with the letters @samp{G}, @samp{e}, @samp{o}, @samp{r},
2834@samp{g}, and @samp{e} written on it, you might be amused, but you would
2835not be satisfied. You do not want to speak to the name, but to the
2836person to whom the name refers. A buffer is similar: the name of the
2837scratch buffer is @file{*scratch*}, but the name is not the buffer. To
2838get a buffer itself, you need to use a function such as
2839@code{current-buffer}.
2840
2841However, there is a slight complication: if you evaluate
2842@code{current-buffer} in an expression on its own, as we will do here,
2843what you see is a printed representation of the name of the buffer
2844without the contents of the buffer. Emacs works this way for two
2845reasons: the buffer may be thousands of lines long---too long to be
2846conveniently displayed; and, another buffer may have the same contents
2847but a different name, and it is important to distinguish between them.
2848
2849@need 800
2850Here is an expression containing the function:
2851
2852@smallexample
2853(current-buffer)
2854@end smallexample
2855
2856@noindent
2857If you evaluate this expression in Info in Emacs in the usual way,
2858@file{#<buffer *info*>} will appear in the echo area. The special
2859format indicates that the buffer itself is being returned, rather than
2860just its name.
2861
2862Incidentally, while you can type a number or symbol into a program, you
2863cannot do that with the printed representation of a buffer: the only way
2864to get a buffer itself is with a function such as @code{current-buffer}.
2865
2866A related function is @code{other-buffer}. This returns the most
2867recently selected buffer other than the one you are in currently, not
2868a printed representation of its name. If you have recently switched
2869back and forth from the @file{*scratch*} buffer, @code{other-buffer}
2870will return that buffer.
2871
2872@need 800
2873You can see this by evaluating the expression:
2874
2875@smallexample
2876(other-buffer)
2877@end smallexample
2878
2879@noindent
2880You should see @file{#<buffer *scratch*>} appear in the echo area, or
2881the name of whatever other buffer you switched back from most
2882recently@footnote{Actually, by default, if the buffer from which you
2883just switched is visible to you in another window, @code{other-buffer}
2884will choose the most recent buffer that you cannot see; this is a
2885subtlety that I often forget.}.
2886
2887@node Switching Buffers, Buffer Size & Locations, Getting Buffers, Practicing Evaluation
2888@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2889@section Switching Buffers
2890@findex switch-to-buffer
2891@findex set-buffer
2892@cindex Switching to a buffer
2893
2894The @code{other-buffer} function actually provides a buffer when it is
2895used as an argument to a function that requires one. We can see this
2896by using @code{other-buffer} and @code{switch-to-buffer} to switch to a
2897different buffer.
2898
2899But first, a brief introduction to the @code{switch-to-buffer}
2900function. When you switched back and forth from Info to the
2901@file{*scratch*} buffer to evaluate @code{(buffer-name)}, you most
2902likely typed @kbd{C-x b} and then typed @file{*scratch*}@footnote{Or
2903rather, to save typing, you probably only typed @kbd{RET} if the
2904default buffer was @file{*scratch*}, or if it was different, then you
2905typed just part of the name, such as @code{*sc}, pressed your
2906@kbd{TAB} key to cause it to expand to the full name, and then typed
2907your @kbd{RET} key.} when prompted in the minibuffer for the name of
2908the buffer to which you wanted to switch. The keystrokes, @kbd{C-x
2909b}, cause the Lisp interpreter to evaluate the interactive function
2910@code{switch-to-buffer}. As we said before, this is how Emacs works:
2911different keystrokes call or run different functions. For example,
2912@kbd{C-f} calls @code{forward-char}, @kbd{M-e} calls
2913@code{forward-sentence}, and so on.
2914
2915By writing @code{switch-to-buffer} in an expression, and giving it a
2916buffer to switch to, we can switch buffers just the way @kbd{C-x b}
2917does.
2918
2919@need 1000
2920Here is the Lisp expression:
2921
2922@smallexample
2923(switch-to-buffer (other-buffer))
2924@end smallexample
2925
2926@noindent
2927The symbol @code{switch-to-buffer} is the first element of the list,
2928so the Lisp interpreter will treat it as a function and carry out the
2929instructions that are attached to it. But before doing that, the
2930interpreter will note that @code{other-buffer} is inside parentheses
2931and work on that symbol first. @code{other-buffer} is the first (and
2932in this case, the only) element of this list, so the Lisp interpreter
2933calls or runs the function. It returns another buffer. Next, the
2934interpreter runs @code{switch-to-buffer}, passing to it, as an
2935argument, the other buffer, which is what Emacs will switch to. If
2936you are reading this in Info, try this now. Evaluate the expression.
2937(To get back, type @kbd{C-x b @key{RET}}.)@footnote{Remember, this
2938expression will move you to your most recent other buffer that you
2939cannot see. If you really want to go to your most recently selected
2940buffer, even if you can still see it, you need to evaluate the
2941following more complex expression:
2942
2943@smallexample
2944(switch-to-buffer (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
2945@end smallexample
2946
2947@c noindent
2948In this case, the first argument to @code{other-buffer} tells it which
2949buffer to skip---the current one---and the second argument tells
2950@code{other-buffer} it is OK to switch to a visible buffer.
2951In regular use, @code{switch-to-buffer} takes you to an invisible
2952window since you would most likely use @kbd{C-x o} (@code{other-window})
2953to go to another visible buffer.}
2954
2955In the programming examples in later sections of this document, you will
2956see the function @code{set-buffer} more often than
2957@code{switch-to-buffer}. This is because of a difference between
2958computer programs and humans: humans have eyes and expect to see the
2959buffer on which they are working on their computer terminals. This is
2960so obvious, it almost goes without saying. However, programs do not
2961have eyes. When a computer program works on a buffer, that buffer does
2962not need to be visible on the screen.
2963
2964@code{switch-to-buffer} is designed for humans and does two different
2965things: it switches the buffer to which Emacs' attention is directed; and
2966it switches the buffer displayed in the window to the new buffer.
2967@code{set-buffer}, on the other hand, does only one thing: it switches
2968the attention of the computer program to a different buffer. The buffer
2969on the screen remains unchanged (of course, normally nothing happens
2970there until the command finishes running).
2971
2972@cindex @samp{call} defined
2973Also, we have just introduced another jargon term, the word @dfn{call}.
2974When you evaluate a list in which the first symbol is a function, you
2975are calling that function. The use of the term comes from the notion of
2976the function as an entity that can do something for you if you `call'
2977it---just as a plumber is an entity who can fix a leak if you call him
2978or her.
2979
2980@node Buffer Size & Locations, Evaluation Exercise, Switching Buffers, Practicing Evaluation
2981@comment node-name, next, previous, up
2982@section Buffer Size and the Location of Point
2983@cindex Size of buffer
2984@cindex Buffer size
2985@cindex Point location
2986@cindex Location of point
2987
2988Finally, let's look at several rather simple functions,
2989@code{buffer-size}, @code{point}, @code{point-min}, and
2990@code{point-max}. These give information about the size of a buffer and
2991the location of point within it.
2992
2993The function @code{buffer-size} tells you the size of the current
2994buffer; that is, the function returns a count of the number of
2995characters in the buffer.
2996
2997@smallexample
2998(buffer-size)
2999@end smallexample
3000
3001@noindent
3002You can evaluate this in the usual way, by positioning the
3003cursor after the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}.
3004
3005@cindex @samp{point} defined
3006In Emacs, the current position of the cursor is called @dfn{point}.
3007The expression @code{(point)} returns a number that tells you where the
3008cursor is located as a count of the number of characters from the
3009beginning of the buffer up to point.
3010
3011@need 1250
3012You can see the character count for point in this buffer by evaluating
3013the following expression in the usual way:
3014
3015@smallexample
3016(point)
3017@end smallexample
3018
3019@noindent
3020As I write this, the value of @code{point} is 65724. The @code{point}
3021function is frequently used in some of the examples later in this
3022book.
3023
3024@need 1250
3025The value of point depends, of course, on its location within the
3026buffer. If you evaluate point in this spot, the number will be larger:
3027
3028@smallexample
3029(point)
3030@end smallexample
3031
3032@noindent
3033For me, the value of point in this location is 66043, which means that
3034there are 319 characters (including spaces) between the two
3035expressions. (Doubtless, you will see different numbers, since I will
3036have edited this since I first evaluated point.)
3037
3038@cindex @samp{narrowing} defined
3039The function @code{point-min} is somewhat similar to @code{point}, but
3040it returns the value of the minimum permissible value of point in the
3041current buffer. This is the number 1 unless @dfn{narrowing} is in
3042effect. (Narrowing is a mechanism whereby you can restrict yourself,
3043or a program, to operations on just a part of a buffer.
3044@xref{Narrowing & Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}.) Likewise, the
3045function @code{point-max} returns the value of the maximum permissible
3046value of point in the current buffer.
3047
3048@node Evaluation Exercise, , Buffer Size & Locations, Practicing Evaluation
3049@section Exercise
3050
3051Find a file with which you are working and move towards its middle.
3052Find its buffer name, file name, length, and your position in the file.
3053
3054@node Writing Defuns, Buffer Walk Through, Practicing Evaluation, Top
3055@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3056@chapter How To Write Function Definitions
3057@cindex Definition writing
3058@cindex Function definition writing
3059@cindex Writing a function definition
3060
3061When the Lisp interpreter evaluates a list, it looks to see whether the
3062first symbol on the list has a function definition attached to it; or,
3063put another way, whether the symbol points to a function definition. If
3064it does, the computer carries out the instructions in the definition. A
3065symbol that has a function definition is called, simply, a function
3066(although, properly speaking, the definition is the function and the
3067symbol refers to it.)
3068
3069@menu
3070* Primitive Functions::
3071* defun:: The @code{defun} special form.
3072* Install:: Install a function definition.
3073* Interactive:: Making a function interactive.
3074* Interactive Options:: Different options for @code{interactive}.
3075* Permanent Installation:: Installing code permanently.
3076* let:: Creating and initializing local variables.
3077* if:: What if?
3078* else:: If--then--else expressions.
3079* Truth & Falsehood:: What Lisp considers false and true.
3080* save-excursion:: Keeping track of point, mark, and buffer.
3081* Review::
3082* defun Exercises::
3083@end menu
3084
3085@node Primitive Functions, defun, Writing Defuns, Writing Defuns
3086@ifnottex
3087@unnumberedsec An Aside about Primitive Functions
3088@end ifnottex
3089@cindex Primitive functions
3090@cindex Functions, primitive
3091
3092@cindex C language primitives
3093@cindex Primitives written in C
3094All functions are defined in terms of other functions, except for a few
3095@dfn{primitive} functions that are written in the C programming
3096language. When you write functions' definitions, you will write them in
3097Emacs Lisp and use other functions as your building blocks. Some of the
3098functions you will use will themselves be written in Emacs Lisp (perhaps
3099by you) and some will be primitives written in C. The primitive
3100functions are used exactly like those written in Emacs Lisp and behave
3101like them. They are written in C so we can easily run GNU Emacs on any
3102computer that has sufficient power and can run C.
3103
3104Let me re-emphasize this: when you write code in Emacs Lisp, you do not
3105distinguish between the use of functions written in C and the use of
3106functions written in Emacs Lisp. The difference is irrelevant. I
3107mention the distinction only because it is interesting to know. Indeed,
3108unless you investigate, you won't know whether an already-written
3109function is written in Emacs Lisp or C.
3110
3111@node defun, Install, Primitive Functions, Writing Defuns
3112@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3113@section The @code{defun} Special Form
3114@findex defun
3115@cindex Special form of @code{defun}
3116
3117@cindex @samp{function definition} defined
3118In Lisp, a symbol such as @code{mark-whole-buffer} has code attached to
3119it that tells the computer what to do when the function is called.
3120This code is called the @dfn{function definition} and is created by
3121evaluating a Lisp expression that starts with the symbol @code{defun}
3122(which is an abbreviation for @emph{define function}). Because
3123@code{defun} does not evaluate its arguments in the usual way, it is
3124called a @dfn{special form}.
3125
3126In subsequent sections, we will look at function definitions from the
3127Emacs source code, such as @code{mark-whole-buffer}. In this section,
3128we will describe a simple function definition so you can see how it
3129looks. This function definition uses arithmetic because it makes for a
3130simple example. Some people dislike examples using arithmetic; however,
3131if you are such a person, do not despair. Hardly any of the code we
3132will study in the remainder of this introduction involves arithmetic or
3133mathematics. The examples mostly involve text in one way or another.
3134
3135A function definition has up to five parts following the word
3136@code{defun}:
3137
3138@enumerate
3139@item
3140The name of the symbol to which the function definition should be
3141attached.
3142
3143@item
3144A list of the arguments that will be passed to the function. If no
3145arguments will be passed to the function, this is an empty list,
3146@code{()}.
3147
3148@item
3149Documentation describing the function. (Technically optional, but
3150strongly recommended.)
3151
3152@item
3153Optionally, an expression to make the function interactive so you can
3154use it by typing @kbd{M-x} and then the name of the function; or by
3155typing an appropriate key or keychord.
3156
3157@cindex @samp{body} defined
3158@item
3159The code that instructs the computer what to do: the @dfn{body} of the
3160function definition.
3161@end enumerate
3162
3163It is helpful to think of the five parts of a function definition as
3164being organized in a template, with slots for each part:
3165
3166@smallexample
3167@group
3168(defun @var{function-name} (@var{arguments}@dots{})
3169 "@var{optional-documentation}@dots{}"
3170 (interactive @var{argument-passing-info}) ; @r{optional}
3171 @var{body}@dots{})
3172@end group
3173@end smallexample
3174
3175As an example, here is the code for a function that multiplies its
3176argument by 7. (This example is not interactive. @xref{Interactive,
3177, Making a Function Interactive}, for that information.)
3178
3179@smallexample
3180@group
3181(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
3182 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3183 (* 7 number))
3184@end group
3185@end smallexample
3186
3187This definition begins with a parenthesis and the symbol @code{defun},
3188followed by the name of the function.
3189
3190@cindex @samp{argument list} defined
3191The name of the function is followed by a list that contains the
3192arguments that will be passed to the function. This list is called
3193the @dfn{argument list}. In this example, the list has only one
3194element, the symbol, @code{number}. When the function is used, the
3195symbol will be bound to the value that is used as the argument to the
3196function.
3197
3198Instead of choosing the word @code{number} for the name of the argument,
3199I could have picked any other name. For example, I could have chosen
3200the word @code{multiplicand}. I picked the word `number' because it
3201tells what kind of value is intended for this slot; but I could just as
3202well have chosen the word `multiplicand' to indicate the role that the
3203value placed in this slot will play in the workings of the function. I
3204could have called it @code{foogle}, but that would have been a bad
3205choice because it would not tell humans what it means. The choice of
3206name is up to the programmer and should be chosen to make the meaning of
3207the function clear.
3208
3209Indeed, you can choose any name you wish for a symbol in an argument
3210list, even the name of a symbol used in some other function: the name
3211you use in an argument list is private to that particular definition.
3212In that definition, the name refers to a different entity than any use
3213of the same name outside the function definition. Suppose you have a
3214nick-name `Shorty' in your family; when your family members refer to
3215`Shorty', they mean you. But outside your family, in a movie, for
3216example, the name `Shorty' refers to someone else. Because a name in an
3217argument list is private to the function definition, you can change the
3218value of such a symbol inside the body of a function without changing
3219its value outside the function. The effect is similar to that produced
3220by a @code{let} expression. (@xref{let, , @code{let}}.)
3221
3222@ignore
3223Note also that we discuss the word `number' in two different ways: as a
3224symbol that appears in the code, and as the name of something that will
3225be replaced by a something else during the evaluation of the function.
3226In the first case, @code{number} is a symbol, not a number; it happens
3227that within the function, it is a variable who value is the number in
3228question, but our primary interest in it is as a symbol. On the other
3229hand, when we are talking about the function, our interest is that we
3230will substitute a number for the word @var{number}. To keep this
3231distinction clear, we use different typography for the two
3232circumstances. When we talk about this function, or about how it works,
3233we refer to this number by writing @var{number}. In the function
3234itself, we refer to it by writing @code{number}.
3235@end ignore
3236
3237The argument list is followed by the documentation string that
3238describes the function. This is what you see when you type
3239@w{@kbd{C-h f}} and the name of a function. Incidentally, when you
3240write a documentation string like this, you should make the first line
3241a complete sentence since some commands, such as @code{apropos}, print
3242only the first line of a multi-line documentation string. Also, you
3243should not indent the second line of a documentation string, if you
3244have one, because that looks odd when you use @kbd{C-h f}
3245(@code{describe-function}). The documentation string is optional, but
3246it is so useful, it should be included in almost every function you
3247write.
3248
3249@findex * @r{(multiplication)}
3250The third line of the example consists of the body of the function
3251definition. (Most functions' definitions, of course, are longer than
3252this.) In this function, the body is the list, @code{(* 7 number)}, which
3253says to multiply the value of @var{number} by 7. (In Emacs Lisp,
3254@code{*} is the function for multiplication, just as @code{+} is the
3255function for addition.)
3256
3257When you use the @code{multiply-by-seven} function, the argument
3258@code{number} evaluates to the actual number you want used. Here is an
3259example that shows how @code{multiply-by-seven} is used; but don't try
3260to evaluate this yet!
3261
3262@smallexample
3263(multiply-by-seven 3)
3264@end smallexample
3265
3266@noindent
3267The symbol @code{number}, specified in the function definition in the
3268next section, is given or ``bound to'' the value 3 in the actual use of
3269the function. Note that although @code{number} was inside parentheses
3270in the function definition, the argument passed to the
3271@code{multiply-by-seven} function is not in parentheses. The
3272parentheses are written in the function definition so the computer can
3273figure out where the argument list ends and the rest of the function
3274definition begins.
3275
3276If you evaluate this example, you are likely to get an error message.
3277(Go ahead, try it!) This is because we have written the function
3278definition, but not yet told the computer about the definition---we have
3279not yet installed (or `loaded') the function definition in Emacs.
3280Installing a function is the process that tells the Lisp interpreter the
3281definition of the function. Installation is described in the next
3282section.
3283
3284@node Install, Interactive, defun, Writing Defuns
3285@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3286@section Install a Function Definition
3287@cindex Install a Function Definition
3288@cindex Definition installation
3289@cindex Function definition installation
3290
3291If you are reading this inside of Info in Emacs, you can try out the
3292@code{multiply-by-seven} function by first evaluating the function
3293definition and then evaluating @code{(multiply-by-seven 3)}. A copy of
3294the function definition follows. Place the cursor after the last
3295parenthesis of the function definition and type @kbd{C-x C-e}. When you
3296do this, @code{multiply-by-seven} will appear in the echo area. (What
3297this means is that when a function definition is evaluated, the value it
3298returns is the name of the defined function.) At the same time, this
3299action installs the function definition.
3300
3301@smallexample
3302@group
3303(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
3304 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3305 (* 7 number))
3306@end group
3307@end smallexample
3308
3309@noindent
3310By evaluating this @code{defun}, you have just installed
3311@code{multiply-by-seven} in Emacs. The function is now just as much a
3312part of Emacs as @code{forward-word} or any other editing function you
3313use. (@code{multiply-by-seven} will stay installed until you quit
3314Emacs. To reload code automatically whenever you start Emacs, see
3315@ref{Permanent Installation, , Installing Code Permanently}.)
3316
3317@menu
3318* Effect of installation::
3319* Change a defun:: How to change a function definition.
3320@end menu
3321
3322@node Effect of installation, Change a defun, Install, Install
3323@ifnottex
3324@unnumberedsubsec The effect of installation
3325@end ifnottex
3326
3327You can see the effect of installing @code{multiply-by-seven} by
3328evaluating the following sample. Place the cursor after the following
3329expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}. The number 21 will appear in the
3330echo area.
3331
3332@smallexample
3333(multiply-by-seven 3)
3334@end smallexample
3335
3336If you wish, you can read the documentation for the function by typing
3337@kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}) and then the name of the
3338function, @code{multiply-by-seven}. When you do this, a
3339@file{*Help*} window will appear on your screen that says:
3340
3341@smallexample
3342@group
3343multiply-by-seven is a Lisp function.
3344(multiply-by-seven NUMBER)
3345
3346Multiply NUMBER by seven.
3347@end group
3348@end smallexample
3349
3350@noindent
3351(To return to a single window on your screen, type @kbd{C-x 1}.)
3352
3353@node Change a defun, , Effect of installation, Install
3354@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3355@subsection Change a Function Definition
3356@cindex Changing a function definition
3357@cindex Function definition, how to change
3358@cindex Definition, how to change
3359
3360If you want to change the code in @code{multiply-by-seven}, just rewrite
3361it. To install the new version in place of the old one, evaluate the
3362function definition again. This is how you modify code in Emacs. It is
3363very simple.
3364
3365As an example, you can change the @code{multiply-by-seven} function to
3366add the number to itself seven times instead of multiplying the number
3367by seven. It produces the same answer, but by a different path. At
3368the same time, we will add a comment to the code; a comment is text
3369that the Lisp interpreter ignores, but that a human reader may find
3370useful or enlightening. The comment is that this is the ``second
3371version''.
3372
3373@smallexample
3374@group
3375(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Second version.}
3376 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3377 (+ number number number number number number number))
3378@end group
3379@end smallexample
3380
3381@cindex Comments in Lisp code
3382The comment follows a semicolon, @samp{;}. In Lisp, everything on a
3383line that follows a semicolon is a comment. The end of the line is the
3384end of the comment. To stretch a comment over two or more lines, begin
3385each line with a semicolon.
3386
3387@xref{Beginning a .emacs File, , Beginning a @file{.emacs}
3388File}, and @ref{Comments, , Comments, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
3389Reference Manual}, for more about comments.
3390
3391You can install this version of the @code{multiply-by-seven} function by
3392evaluating it in the same way you evaluated the first function: place
3393the cursor after the last parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
3394
3395In summary, this is how you write code in Emacs Lisp: you write a
3396function; install it; test it; and then make fixes or enhancements and
3397install it again.
3398
3399@node Interactive, Interactive Options, Install, Writing Defuns
3400@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3401@section Make a Function Interactive
3402@cindex Interactive functions
3403@findex interactive
3404
3405You make a function interactive by placing a list that begins with
3406the special form @code{interactive} immediately after the
3407documentation. A user can invoke an interactive function by typing
3408@kbd{M-x} and then the name of the function; or by typing the keys to
3409which it is bound, for example, by typing @kbd{C-n} for
3410@code{next-line} or @kbd{C-x h} for @code{mark-whole-buffer}.
3411
3412Interestingly, when you call an interactive function interactively,
3413the value returned is not automatically displayed in the echo area.
3414This is because you often call an interactive function for its side
3415effects, such as moving forward by a word or line, and not for the
3416value returned. If the returned value were displayed in the echo area
3417each time you typed a key, it would be very distracting.
3418
3419@menu
3420* Interactive multiply-by-seven:: An overview.
3421* multiply-by-seven in detail:: The interactive version.
3422@end menu
3423
3424@node Interactive multiply-by-seven, multiply-by-seven in detail, Interactive, Interactive
3425@ifnottex
3426@unnumberedsubsec An Interactive @code{multiply-by-seven}, An Overview
3427@end ifnottex
3428
3429Both the use of the special form @code{interactive} and one way to
3430display a value in the echo area can be illustrated by creating an
3431interactive version of @code{multiply-by-seven}.
3432
3433@need 1250
3434Here is the code:
3435
3436@smallexample
3437@group
3438(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Interactive version.}
3439 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3440 (interactive "p")
3441 (message "The result is %d" (* 7 number)))
3442@end group
3443@end smallexample
3444
3445@noindent
3446You can install this code by placing your cursor after it and typing
3447@kbd{C-x C-e}. The name of the function will appear in your echo area.
3448Then, you can use this code by typing @kbd{C-u} and a number and then
3449typing @kbd{M-x multiply-by-seven} and pressing @key{RET}. The phrase
3450@samp{The result is @dots{}} followed by the product will appear in the
3451echo area.
3452
3453Speaking more generally, you invoke a function like this in either of two
3454ways:
3455
3456@enumerate
3457@item
3458By typing a prefix argument that contains the number to be passed, and
3459then typing @kbd{M-x} and the name of the function, as with
3460@kbd{C-u 3 M-x forward-sentence}; or,
3461
3462@item
3463By typing whatever key or keychord the function is bound to, as with
3464@kbd{C-u 3 M-e}.
3465@end enumerate
3466
3467@noindent
3468Both the examples just mentioned work identically to move point forward
3469three sentences. (Since @code{multiply-by-seven} is not bound to a key,
3470it could not be used as an example of key binding.)
3471
3472(@xref{Keybindings, , Some Keybindings}, to learn how to bind a command
3473to a key.)
3474
3475A prefix argument is passed to an interactive function by typing the
3476@key{META} key followed by a number, for example, @kbd{M-3 M-e}, or by
3477typing @kbd{C-u} and then a number, for example, @kbd{C-u 3 M-e} (if you
3478type @kbd{C-u} without a number, it defaults to 4).
3479
3480@node multiply-by-seven in detail, , Interactive multiply-by-seven, Interactive
3481@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3482@subsection An Interactive @code{multiply-by-seven}
3483
3484Let's look at the use of the special form @code{interactive} and then at
3485the function @code{message} in the interactive version of
3486@code{multiply-by-seven}. You will recall that the function definition
3487looks like this:
3488
3489@smallexample
3490@group
3491(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; @r{Interactive version.}
3492 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
3493 (interactive "p")
3494 (message "The result is %d" (* 7 number)))
3495@end group
3496@end smallexample
3497
3498In this function, the expression, @code{(interactive "p")}, is a list of
3499two elements. The @code{"p"} tells Emacs to pass the prefix argument to
3500the function and use its value for the argument of the function.
3501
3502@need 1000
3503The argument will be a number. This means that the symbol
3504@code{number} will be bound to a number in the line:
3505
3506@smallexample
3507(message "The result is %d" (* 7 number))
3508@end smallexample
3509
3510@need 1250
3511@noindent
3512For example, if your prefix argument is 5, the Lisp interpreter will
3513evaluate the line as if it were:
3514
3515@smallexample
3516(message "The result is %d" (* 7 5))
3517@end smallexample
3518
3519@noindent
3520(If you are reading this in GNU Emacs, you can evaluate this expression
3521yourself.) First, the interpreter will evaluate the inner list, which
3522is @code{(* 7 5)}. This returns a value of 35. Next, it
3523will evaluate the outer list, passing the values of the second and
3524subsequent elements of the list to the function @code{message}.
3525
3526As we have seen, @code{message} is an Emacs Lisp function especially
3527designed for sending a one line message to a user. (@xref{message, ,
3528The @code{message} function}.) In summary, the @code{message}
3529function prints its first argument in the echo area as is, except for
3530occurrences of @samp{%d} or @samp{%s} (and various other %-sequences
3531which we have not mentioned). When it sees a control sequence, the
3532function looks to the second or subsequent arguments and prints the
3533value of the argument in the location in the string where the control
3534sequence is located.
3535
3536In the interactive @code{multiply-by-seven} function, the control string
3537is @samp{%d}, which requires a number, and the value returned by
3538evaluating @code{(* 7 5)} is the number 35. Consequently, the number 35
3539is printed in place of the @samp{%d} and the message is @samp{The result
3540is 35}.
3541
3542(Note that when you call the function @code{multiply-by-seven}, the
3543message is printed without quotes, but when you call @code{message}, the
3544text is printed in double quotes. This is because the value returned by
3545@code{message} is what appears in the echo area when you evaluate an
3546expression whose first element is @code{message}; but when embedded in a
3547function, @code{message} prints the text as a side effect without
3548quotes.)
3549
3550@node Interactive Options, Permanent Installation, Interactive, Writing Defuns
3551@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3552@section Different Options for @code{interactive}
3553@cindex Options for @code{interactive}
3554@cindex Interactive options
3555
3556In the example, @code{multiply-by-seven} used @code{"p"} as the
3557argument to @code{interactive}. This argument told Emacs to interpret
3558your typing either @kbd{C-u} followed by a number or @key{META}
3559followed by a number as a command to pass that number to the function
3560as its argument. Emacs has more than twenty characters predefined for
3561use with @code{interactive}. In almost every case, one of these
3562options will enable you to pass the right information interactively to
3563a function. (@xref{Interactive Codes, , Code Characters for
3564@code{interactive}, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
3565
3566@need 1250
3567Consider the function @code{zap-to-char}. Its interactive expression
3568is
3569
3570@smallexample
3571(interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
3572@end smallexample
3573
3574The first part of the argument to @code{interactive} is @samp{p}, with
3575which you are already familiar. This argument tells Emacs to
3576interpret a `prefix', as a number to be passed to the function. You
3577can specify a prefix either by typing @kbd{C-u} followed by a number
3578or by typing @key{META} followed by a number. The prefix is the
3579number of specified characters. Thus, if your prefix is three and the
3580specified character is @samp{x}, then you will delete all the text up
3581to and including the third next @samp{x}. If you do not set a prefix,
3582then you delete all the text up to and including the specified
3583character, but no more.
3584
3585The @samp{c} tells the function the name of the character to which to delete.
3586
3587More formally, a function with two or more arguments can have
3588information passed to each argument by adding parts to the string that
3589follows @code{interactive}. When you do this, the information is
3590passed to each argument in the same order it is specified in the
3591@code{interactive} list. In the string, each part is separated from
3592the next part by a @samp{\n}, which is a newline. For example, you
3593can follow @samp{p} with a @samp{\n} and an @samp{cZap to char:@: }.
3594This causes Emacs to pass the value of the prefix argument (if there
3595is one) and the character.
3596
3597In this case, the function definition looks like the following, where
3598@code{arg} and @code{char} are the symbols to which @code{interactive}
3599binds the prefix argument and the specified character:
3600
3601@smallexample
3602@group
3603(defun @var{name-of-function} (arg char)
3604 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
3605 (interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
3606 @var{body-of-function}@dots{})
3607@end group
3608@end smallexample
3609
3610@noindent
3611(The space after the colon in the prompt makes it look better when you
3612are prompted. @xref{copy-to-buffer, , The Definition of
3613@code{copy-to-buffer}}, for an example.)
3614
3615When a function does not take arguments, @code{interactive} does not
3616require any. Such a function contains the simple expression
3617@code{(interactive)}. The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is like
3618this.
3619
3620Alternatively, if the special letter-codes are not right for your
3621application, you can pass your own arguments to @code{interactive} as
3622a list.
3623
3624@xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}},
3625for an example. @xref{Using Interactive, , Using @code{Interactive},
3626elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a more complete
3627explanation about this technique.
3628
3629@node Permanent Installation, let, Interactive Options, Writing Defuns
3630@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3631@section Install Code Permanently
3632@cindex Install code permanently
3633@cindex Permanent code installation
3634@cindex Code installation
3635
3636When you install a function definition by evaluating it, it will stay
3637installed until you quit Emacs. The next time you start a new session
3638of Emacs, the function will not be installed unless you evaluate the
3639function definition again.
3640
3641At some point, you may want to have code installed automatically
3642whenever you start a new session of Emacs. There are several ways of
3643doing this:
3644
3645@itemize @bullet
3646@item
3647If you have code that is just for yourself, you can put the code for the
3648function definition in your @file{.emacs} initialization file. When you
3649start Emacs, your @file{.emacs} file is automatically evaluated and all
3650the function definitions within it are installed.
3651@xref{Emacs Initialization, , Your @file{.emacs} File}.
3652
3653@item
3654Alternatively, you can put the function definitions that you want
3655installed in one or more files of their own and use the @code{load}
3656function to cause Emacs to evaluate and thereby install each of the
3657functions in the files.
3658@xref{Loading Files, , Loading Files}.
3659
3660@item
3661Thirdly, if you have code that your whole site will use, it is usual
3662to put it in a file called @file{site-init.el} that is loaded when
3663Emacs is built. This makes the code available to everyone who uses
3664your machine. (See the @file{INSTALL} file that is part of the Emacs
3665distribution.)
3666@end itemize
3667
3668Finally, if you have code that everyone who uses Emacs may want, you
3669can post it on a computer network or send a copy to the Free Software
3670Foundation. (When you do this, please license the code and its
3671documentation under a license that permits other people to run, copy,
3672study, modify, and redistribute the code and which protects you from
3673having your work taken from you.) If you send a copy of your code to
3674the Free Software Foundation, and properly protect yourself and
3675others, it may be included in the next release of Emacs. In large
3676part, this is how Emacs has grown over the past years, by donations.
3677
3678@node let, if, Permanent Installation, Writing Defuns
3679@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3680@section @code{let}
3681@findex let
3682
3683The @code{let} expression is a special form in Lisp that you will need
3684to use in most function definitions.
3685
3686@code{let} is used to attach or bind a symbol to a value in such a way
3687that the Lisp interpreter will not confuse the variable with a
3688variable of the same name that is not part of the function.
3689
3690To understand why the @code{let} special form is necessary, consider
3691the situation in which you own a home that you generally refer to as
3692`the house', as in the sentence, ``The house needs painting.'' If you
3693are visiting a friend and your host refers to `the house', he is
3694likely to be referring to @emph{his} house, not yours, that is, to a
3695different house.
3696
3697If your friend is referring to his house and you think he is referring
3698to your house, you may be in for some confusion. The same thing could
3699happen in Lisp if a variable that is used inside of one function has
3700the same name as a variable that is used inside of another function,
3701and the two are not intended to refer to the same value. The
3702@code{let} special form prevents this kind of confusion.
3703
3704@menu
3705* Prevent confusion::
3706* Parts of let Expression::
3707* Sample let Expression::
3708* Uninitialized let Variables::
3709@end menu
3710
3711@node Prevent confusion, Parts of let Expression, let, let
3712@ifnottex
3713@unnumberedsubsec @code{let} Prevents Confusion
3714@end ifnottex
3715
3716@cindex @samp{local variable} defined
3717@cindex @samp{variable, local}, defined
3718The @code{let} special form prevents confusion. @code{let} creates a
3719name for a @dfn{local variable} that overshadows any use of the same
3720name outside the @code{let} expression. This is like understanding
3721that whenever your host refers to `the house', he means his house, not
3722yours. (Symbols used in argument lists work the same way.
3723@xref{defun, , The @code{defun} Special Form}.)
3724
3725Local variables created by a @code{let} expression retain their value
3726@emph{only} within the @code{let} expression itself (and within
3727expressions called within the @code{let} expression); the local
3728variables have no effect outside the @code{let} expression.
3729
3730Another way to think about @code{let} is that it is like a @code{setq}
3731that is temporary and local. The values set by @code{let} are
3732automatically undone when the @code{let} is finished. The setting
3733only affects expressions that are inside the bounds of the @code{let}
3734expression. In computer science jargon, we would say ``the binding of
3735a symbol is visible only in functions called in the @code{let} form;
3736in Emacs Lisp, scoping is dynamic, not lexical.''
3737
3738@code{let} can create more than one variable at once. Also,
3739@code{let} gives each variable it creates an initial value, either a
3740value specified by you, or @code{nil}. (In the jargon, this is called
3741`binding the variable to the value'.) After @code{let} has created
3742and bound the variables, it executes the code in the body of the
3743@code{let}, and returns the value of the last expression in the body,
3744as the value of the whole @code{let} expression. (`Execute' is a jargon
3745term that means to evaluate a list; it comes from the use of the word
3746meaning `to give practical effect to' (@cite{Oxford English
3747Dictionary}). Since you evaluate an expression to perform an action,
3748`execute' has evolved as a synonym to `evaluate'.)
3749
3750@node Parts of let Expression, Sample let Expression, Prevent confusion, let
3751@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3752@subsection The Parts of a @code{let} Expression
3753@cindex @code{let} expression, parts of
3754@cindex Parts of @code{let} expression
3755
3756@cindex @samp{varlist} defined
3757A @code{let} expression is a list of three parts. The first part is
3758the symbol @code{let}. The second part is a list, called a
3759@dfn{varlist}, each element of which is either a symbol by itself or a
3760two-element list, the first element of which is a symbol. The third
3761part of the @code{let} expression is the body of the @code{let}. The
3762body usually consists of one or more lists.
3763
3764@need 800
3765A template for a @code{let} expression looks like this:
3766
3767@smallexample
3768(let @var{varlist} @var{body}@dots{})
3769@end smallexample
3770
3771@noindent
3772The symbols in the varlist are the variables that are given initial
3773values by the @code{let} special form. Symbols by themselves are given
3774the initial value of @code{nil}; and each symbol that is the first
3775element of a two-element list is bound to the value that is returned
3776when the Lisp interpreter evaluates the second element.
3777
3778Thus, a varlist might look like this: @code{(thread (needles 3))}. In
3779this case, in a @code{let} expression, Emacs binds the symbol
3780@code{thread} to an initial value of @code{nil}, and binds the symbol
3781@code{needles} to an initial value of 3.
3782
3783When you write a @code{let} expression, what you do is put the
3784appropriate expressions in the slots of the @code{let} expression
3785template.
3786
3787If the varlist is composed of two-element lists, as is often the case,
3788the template for the @code{let} expression looks like this:
3789
3790@smallexample
3791@group
3792(let ((@var{variable} @var{value})
3793 (@var{variable} @var{value})
3794 @dots{})
3795 @var{body}@dots{})
3796@end group
3797@end smallexample
3798
3799@node Sample let Expression, Uninitialized let Variables, Parts of let Expression, let
3800@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3801@subsection Sample @code{let} Expression
3802@cindex Sample @code{let} expression
3803@cindex @code{let} expression sample
3804
3805The following expression creates and gives initial values
3806to the two variables @code{zebra} and @code{tiger}. The body of the
3807@code{let} expression is a list which calls the @code{message} function.
3808
3809@smallexample
3810@group
3811(let ((zebra 'stripes)
3812 (tiger 'fierce))
3813 (message "One kind of animal has %s and another is %s."
3814 zebra tiger))
3815@end group
3816@end smallexample
3817
3818Here, the varlist is @code{((zebra 'stripes) (tiger 'fierce))}.
3819
3820The two variables are @code{zebra} and @code{tiger}. Each variable is
3821the first element of a two-element list and each value is the second
3822element of its two-element list. In the varlist, Emacs binds the
3823variable @code{zebra} to the value @code{stripes}@footnote{According
3824to Jared Diamond in @cite{Guns, Germs, and Steel}, ``@dots{} zebras
3825become impossibly dangerous as they grow older'' but the claim here is
3826that they do not become fierce like a tiger. (1997, W. W. Norton and
3827Co., ISBN 0-393-03894-2, page 171)}, and binds the
3828variable @code{tiger} to the value @code{fierce}. In this example,
3829both values are symbols preceded by a quote. The values could just as
3830well have been another list or a string. The body of the @code{let}
3831follows after the list holding the variables. In this example, the
3832body is a list that uses the @code{message} function to print a string
3833in the echo area.
3834
3835@need 1500
3836You may evaluate the example in the usual fashion, by placing the
3837cursor after the last parenthesis and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. When you do
3838this, the following will appear in the echo area:
3839
3840@smallexample
3841"One kind of animal has stripes and another is fierce."
3842@end smallexample
3843
3844As we have seen before, the @code{message} function prints its first
3845argument, except for @samp{%s}. In this example, the value of the variable
3846@code{zebra} is printed at the location of the first @samp{%s} and the
3847value of the variable @code{tiger} is printed at the location of the
3848second @samp{%s}.
3849
3850@node Uninitialized let Variables, , Sample let Expression, let
3851@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3852@subsection Uninitialized Variables in a @code{let} Statement
3853@cindex Uninitialized @code{let} variables
3854@cindex @code{let} variables uninitialized
3855
3856If you do not bind the variables in a @code{let} statement to specific
3857initial values, they will automatically be bound to an initial value of
3858@code{nil}, as in the following expression:
3859
3860@smallexample
3861@group
3862(let ((birch 3)
3863 pine
3864 fir
3865 (oak 'some))
3866 (message
3867 "Here are %d variables with %s, %s, and %s value."
3868 birch pine fir oak))
3869@end group
3870@end smallexample
3871
3872@noindent
3873Here, the varlist is @code{((birch 3) pine fir (oak 'some))}.
3874
3875@need 1250
3876If you evaluate this expression in the usual way, the following will
3877appear in your echo area:
3878
3879@smallexample
3880"Here are 3 variables with nil, nil, and some value."
3881@end smallexample
3882
3883@noindent
3884In this example, Emacs binds the symbol @code{birch} to the number 3,
3885binds the symbols @code{pine} and @code{fir} to @code{nil}, and binds
3886the symbol @code{oak} to the value @code{some}.
3887
3888Note that in the first part of the @code{let}, the variables @code{pine}
3889and @code{fir} stand alone as atoms that are not surrounded by
3890parentheses; this is because they are being bound to @code{nil}, the
3891empty list. But @code{oak} is bound to @code{some} and so is a part of
3892the list @code{(oak 'some)}. Similarly, @code{birch} is bound to the
3893number 3 and so is in a list with that number. (Since a number
3894evaluates to itself, the number does not need to be quoted. Also, the
3895number is printed in the message using a @samp{%d} rather than a
3896@samp{%s}.) The four variables as a group are put into a list to
3897delimit them from the body of the @code{let}.
3898
3899@node if, else, let, Writing Defuns
3900@comment node-name, next, previous, up
3901@section The @code{if} Special Form
3902@findex if
3903@cindex Conditional with @code{if}
3904
3905A third special form, in addition to @code{defun} and @code{let}, is the
3906conditional @code{if}. This form is used to instruct the computer to
3907make decisions. You can write function definitions without using
3908@code{if}, but it is used often enough, and is important enough, to be
3909included here. It is used, for example, in the code for the
3910function @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
3911
3912The basic idea behind an @code{if}, is that ``@emph{if} a test is true,
3913@emph{then} an expression is evaluated.'' If the test is not true, the
3914expression is not evaluated. For example, you might make a decision
3915such as, ``if it is warm and sunny, then go to the beach!''
3916
3917@menu
3918* if in more detail::
3919* type-of-animal in detail:: An example of an @code{if} expression.
3920@end menu
3921
3922@node if in more detail, type-of-animal in detail, if, if
3923@ifnottex
3924@unnumberedsubsec @code{if} in more detail
3925@end ifnottex
3926
3927@cindex @samp{if-part} defined
3928@cindex @samp{then-part} defined
3929An @code{if} expression written in Lisp does not use the word `then';
3930the test and the action are the second and third elements of the list
3931whose first element is @code{if}. Nonetheless, the test part of an
3932@code{if} expression is often called the @dfn{if-part} and the second
3933argument is often called the @dfn{then-part}.
3934
3935Also, when an @code{if} expression is written, the true-or-false-test
3936is usually written on the same line as the symbol @code{if}, but the
3937action to carry out if the test is true, the ``then-part'', is written
3938on the second and subsequent lines. This makes the @code{if}
3939expression easier to read.
3940
3941@smallexample
3942@group
3943(if @var{true-or-false-test}
3944 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-test-is-true})
3945@end group
3946@end smallexample
3947
3948@noindent
3949The true-or-false-test will be an expression that
3950is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter.
3951
3952Here is an example that you can evaluate in the usual manner. The test
3953is whether the number 5 is greater than the number 4. Since it is, the
3954message @samp{5 is greater than 4!} will be printed.
3955
3956@smallexample
3957@group
3958(if (> 5 4) ; @r{if-part}
3959 (message "5 is greater than 4!")) ; @r{then-part}
3960@end group
3961@end smallexample
3962
3963@noindent
3964(The function @code{>} tests whether its first argument is greater than
3965its second argument and returns true if it is.)
3966@findex > (greater than)
3967
3968Of course, in actual use, the test in an @code{if} expression will not
3969be fixed for all time as it is by the expression @code{(> 5 4)}.
3970Instead, at least one of the variables used in the test will be bound to
3971a value that is not known ahead of time. (If the value were known ahead
3972of time, we would not need to run the test!)
3973
3974For example, the value may be bound to an argument of a function
3975definition. In the following function definition, the character of the
3976animal is a value that is passed to the function. If the value bound to
3977@code{characteristic} is @code{fierce}, then the message, @samp{It's a
3978tiger!} will be printed; otherwise, @code{nil} will be returned.
3979
3980@smallexample
3981@group
3982(defun type-of-animal (characteristic)
3983 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
3984If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
3985then warn of a tiger."
3986 (if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
3987 (message "It's a tiger!")))
3988@end group
3989@end smallexample
3990
3991@need 1500
3992@noindent
3993If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate the
3994function definition in the usual way to install it in Emacs, and then you
3995can evaluate the following two expressions to see the results:
3996
3997@smallexample
3998@group
3999(type-of-animal 'fierce)
4000
4001(type-of-animal 'zebra)
4002
4003@end group
4004@end smallexample
4005
4006@c Following sentences rewritten to prevent overfull hbox.
4007@noindent
4008When you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'fierce)}, you will see the
4009following message printed in the echo area: @code{"It's a tiger!"}; and
4010when you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'zebra)} you will see @code{nil}
4011printed in the echo area.
4012
4013@node type-of-animal in detail, , if in more detail, if
4014@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4015@subsection The @code{type-of-animal} Function in Detail
4016
4017Let's look at the @code{type-of-animal} function in detail.
4018
4019The function definition for @code{type-of-animal} was written by filling
4020the slots of two templates, one for a function definition as a whole, and
4021a second for an @code{if} expression.
4022
4023@need 1250
4024The template for every function that is not interactive is:
4025
4026@smallexample
4027@group
4028(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
4029 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
4030 @var{body}@dots{})
4031@end group
4032@end smallexample
4033
4034@need 800
4035The parts of the function that match this template look like this:
4036
4037@smallexample
4038@group
4039(defun type-of-animal (characteristic)
4040 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
4041If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
4042then warn of a tiger."
4043 @var{body: the} @code{if} @var{expression})
4044@end group
4045@end smallexample
4046
4047The name of function is @code{type-of-animal}; it is passed the value
4048of one argument. The argument list is followed by a multi-line
4049documentation string. The documentation string is included in the
4050example because it is a good habit to write documentation string for
4051every function definition. The body of the function definition
4052consists of the @code{if} expression.
4053
4054@need 800
4055The template for an @code{if} expression looks like this:
4056
4057@smallexample
4058@group
4059(if @var{true-or-false-test}
4060 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-true})
4061@end group
4062@end smallexample
4063
4064@need 1250
4065In the @code{type-of-animal} function, the code for the @code{if}
4066looks like this:
4067
4068@smallexample
4069@group
4070(if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
4071 (message "It's a tiger!")))
4072@end group
4073@end smallexample
4074
4075@need 800
4076Here, the true-or-false-test is the expression:
4077
4078@smallexample
4079(equal characteristic 'fierce)
4080@end smallexample
4081
4082@noindent
4083In Lisp, @code{equal} is a function that determines whether its first
4084argument is equal to its second argument. The second argument is the
4085quoted symbol @code{'fierce} and the first argument is the value of the
4086symbol @code{characteristic}---in other words, the argument passed to
4087this function.
4088
4089In the first exercise of @code{type-of-animal}, the argument
4090@code{fierce} is passed to @code{type-of-animal}. Since @code{fierce}
4091is equal to @code{fierce}, the expression, @code{(equal characteristic
4092'fierce)}, returns a value of true. When this happens, the @code{if}
4093evaluates the second argument or then-part of the @code{if}:
4094@code{(message "It's tiger!")}.
4095
4096On the other hand, in the second exercise of @code{type-of-animal}, the
4097argument @code{zebra} is passed to @code{type-of-animal}. @code{zebra}
4098is not equal to @code{fierce}, so the then-part is not evaluated and
4099@code{nil} is returned by the @code{if} expression.
4100
4101@node else, Truth & Falsehood, if, Writing Defuns
4102@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4103@section If--then--else Expressions
4104@cindex Else
4105
4106An @code{if} expression may have an optional third argument, called
4107the @dfn{else-part}, for the case when the true-or-false-test returns
4108false. When this happens, the second argument or then-part of the
4109overall @code{if} expression is @emph{not} evaluated, but the third or
4110else-part @emph{is} evaluated. You might think of this as the cloudy
4111day alternative for the decision ``if it is warm and sunny, then go to
4112the beach, else read a book!''.
4113
4114The word ``else'' is not written in the Lisp code; the else-part of an
4115@code{if} expression comes after the then-part. In the written Lisp, the
4116else-part is usually written to start on a line of its own and is
4117indented less than the then-part:
4118
4119@smallexample
4120@group
4121(if @var{true-or-false-test}
4122 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-true}
4123 @var{action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-false})
4124@end group
4125@end smallexample
4126
4127For example, the following @code{if} expression prints the message @samp{4
4128is not greater than 5!} when you evaluate it in the usual way:
4129
4130@smallexample
4131@group
4132(if (> 4 5) ; @r{if-part}
4133 (message "4 falsely greater than 5!") ; @r{then-part}
4134 (message "4 is not greater than 5!")) ; @r{else-part}
4135@end group
4136@end smallexample
4137
4138@noindent
4139Note that the different levels of indentation make it easy to
4140distinguish the then-part from the else-part. (GNU Emacs has several
4141commands that automatically indent @code{if} expressions correctly.
4142@xref{Typing Lists, , GNU Emacs Helps You Type Lists}.)
4143
4144We can extend the @code{type-of-animal} function to include an
4145else-part by simply incorporating an additional part to the @code{if}
4146expression.
4147
4148@need 1500
4149You can see the consequences of doing this if you evaluate the following
4150version of the @code{type-of-animal} function definition to install it
4151and then evaluate the two subsequent expressions to pass different
4152arguments to the function.
4153
4154@smallexample
4155@group
4156(defun type-of-animal (characteristic) ; @r{Second version.}
4157 "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
4158If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
4159then warn of a tiger;
4160else say it's not fierce."
4161 (if (equal characteristic 'fierce)
4162 (message "It's a tiger!")
4163 (message "It's not fierce!")))
4164@end group
4165@end smallexample
4166@sp 1
4167
4168@smallexample
4169@group
4170(type-of-animal 'fierce)
4171
4172(type-of-animal 'zebra)
4173
4174@end group
4175@end smallexample
4176
4177@c Following sentence rewritten to prevent overfull hbox.
4178@noindent
4179When you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'fierce)}, you will see the
4180following message printed in the echo area: @code{"It's a tiger!"}; but
4181when you evaluate @code{(type-of-animal 'zebra)}, you will see
4182@code{"It's not fierce!"}.
4183
4184(Of course, if the @var{characteristic} were @code{ferocious}, the
4185message @code{"It's not fierce!"} would be printed; and it would be
4186misleading! When you write code, you need to take into account the
4187possibility that some such argument will be tested by the @code{if}
4188and write your program accordingly.)
4189
4190@node Truth & Falsehood, save-excursion, else, Writing Defuns
4191@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4192@section Truth and Falsehood in Emacs Lisp
4193@cindex Truth and falsehood in Emacs Lisp
4194@cindex Falsehood and truth in Emacs Lisp
4195@findex nil
4196
4197There is an important aspect to the truth test in an @code{if}
4198expression. So far, we have spoken of `true' and `false' as values of
4199predicates as if they were new kinds of Emacs Lisp objects. In fact,
4200`false' is just our old friend @code{nil}. Anything else---anything
4201at all---is `true'.
4202
4203The expression that tests for truth is interpreted as @dfn{true}
4204if the result of evaluating it is a value that is not @code{nil}. In
4205other words, the result of the test is considered true if the value
4206returned is a number such as 47, a string such as @code{"hello"}, or a
4207symbol (other than @code{nil}) such as @code{flowers}, or a list (so
4208long as it is not empty), or even a buffer!
4209
4210@menu
4211* nil explained:: @code{nil} has two meanings.
4212@end menu
4213
4214@node nil explained, , Truth & Falsehood, Truth & Falsehood
4215@ifnottex
4216@unnumberedsubsec An explanation of @code{nil}
4217@end ifnottex
4218
4219Before illustrating a test for truth, we need an explanation of @code{nil}.
4220
4221In Emacs Lisp, the symbol @code{nil} has two meanings. First, it means the
4222empty list. Second, it means false and is the value returned when a
4223true-or-false-test tests false. @code{nil} can be written as an empty
4224list, @code{()}, or as @code{nil}. As far as the Lisp interpreter is
4225concerned, @code{()} and @code{nil} are the same. Humans, however, tend
4226to use @code{nil} for false and @code{()} for the empty list.
4227
4228In Emacs Lisp, any value that is not @code{nil}---is not the empty
4229list---is considered true. This means that if an evaluation returns
4230something that is not an empty list, an @code{if} expression will test
4231true. For example, if a number is put in the slot for the test, it
4232will be evaluated and will return itself, since that is what numbers
4233do when evaluated. In this conditional, the @code{if} expression will
4234test true. The expression tests false only when @code{nil}, an empty
4235list, is returned by evaluating the expression.
4236
4237You can see this by evaluating the two expressions in the following examples.
4238
4239In the first example, the number 4 is evaluated as the test in the
4240@code{if} expression and returns itself; consequently, the then-part
4241of the expression is evaluated and returned: @samp{true} appears in
4242the echo area. In the second example, the @code{nil} indicates false;
4243consequently, the else-part of the expression is evaluated and
4244returned: @samp{false} appears in the echo area.
4245
4246@smallexample
4247@group
4248(if 4
4249 'true
4250 'false)
4251@end group
4252
4253@group
4254(if nil
4255 'true
4256 'false)
4257@end group
4258@end smallexample
4259
4260@need 1250
4261Incidentally, if some other useful value is not available for a test that
4262returns true, then the Lisp interpreter will return the symbol @code{t}
4263for true. For example, the expression @code{(> 5 4)} returns @code{t}
4264when evaluated, as you can see by evaluating it in the usual way:
4265
4266@smallexample
4267(> 5 4)
4268@end smallexample
4269
4270@need 1250
4271@noindent
4272On the other hand, this function returns @code{nil} if the test is false.
4273
4274@smallexample
4275(> 4 5)
4276@end smallexample
4277
4278@node save-excursion, Review, Truth & Falsehood, Writing Defuns
4279@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4280@section @code{save-excursion}
4281@findex save-excursion
4282@cindex Region, what it is
4283@cindex Preserving point, mark, and buffer
4284@cindex Point, mark, buffer preservation
4285@findex point
4286@findex mark
4287
4288The @code{save-excursion} function is the fourth and final special form
4289that we will discuss in this chapter.
4290
4291In Emacs Lisp programs used for editing, the @code{save-excursion}
4292function is very common. It saves the location of point and mark,
4293executes the body of the function, and then restores point and mark to
4294their previous positions if their locations were changed. Its primary
4295purpose is to keep the user from being surprised and disturbed by
4296unexpected movement of point or mark.
4297
4298@menu
4299* Point and mark:: A review of various locations.
4300* Template for save-excursion::
4301@end menu
4302
4303@node Point and mark, Template for save-excursion, save-excursion, save-excursion
4304@ifnottex
4305@unnumberedsubsec Point and Mark
4306@end ifnottex
4307
4308Before discussing @code{save-excursion}, however, it may be useful
4309first to review what point and mark are in GNU Emacs. @dfn{Point} is
4310the current location of the cursor. Wherever the cursor
4311is, that is point. More precisely, on terminals where the cursor
4312appears to be on top of a character, point is immediately before the
4313character. In Emacs Lisp, point is an integer. The first character in
4314a buffer is number one, the second is number two, and so on. The
4315function @code{point} returns the current position of the cursor as a
4316number. Each buffer has its own value for point.
4317
4318The @dfn{mark} is another position in the buffer; its value can be set
4319with a command such as @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} (@code{set-mark-command}). If
4320a mark has been set, you can use the command @kbd{C-x C-x}
4321(@code{exchange-point-and-mark}) to cause the cursor to jump to the mark
4322and set the mark to be the previous position of point. In addition, if
4323you set another mark, the position of the previous mark is saved in the
4324mark ring. Many mark positions can be saved this way. You can jump the
4325cursor to a saved mark by typing @kbd{C-u C-@key{SPC}} one or more
4326times.
4327
4328The part of the buffer between point and mark is called @dfn{the
4329region}. Numerous commands work on the region, including
4330@code{center-region}, @code{count-lines-region}, @code{kill-region}, and
4331@code{print-region}.
4332
4333The @code{save-excursion} special form saves the locations of point and
4334mark and restores those positions after the code within the body of the
4335special form is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter. Thus, if point were
4336in the beginning of a piece of text and some code moved point to the end
4337of the buffer, the @code{save-excursion} would put point back to where
4338it was before, after the expressions in the body of the function were
4339evaluated.
4340
4341In Emacs, a function frequently moves point as part of its internal
4342workings even though a user would not expect this. For example,
4343@code{count-lines-region} moves point. To prevent the user from being
4344bothered by jumps that are both unexpected and (from the user's point of
4345view) unnecessary, @code{save-excursion} is often used to keep point and
4346mark in the location expected by the user. The use of
4347@code{save-excursion} is good housekeeping.
4348
4349To make sure the house stays clean, @code{save-excursion} restores the
4350values of point and mark even if something goes wrong in the code inside
4351of it (or, to be more precise and to use the proper jargon, ``in case of
4352abnormal exit''). This feature is very helpful.
4353
4354In addition to recording the values of point and mark,
4355@code{save-excursion} keeps track of the current buffer, and restores
4356it, too. This means you can write code that will change the buffer and
4357have @code{save-excursion} switch you back to the original buffer.
4358This is how @code{save-excursion} is used in @code{append-to-buffer}.
4359(@xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
4360
4361@node Template for save-excursion, , Point and mark, save-excursion
4362@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4363@subsection Template for a @code{save-excursion} Expression
4364
4365@need 800
4366The template for code using @code{save-excursion} is simple:
4367
4368@smallexample
4369@group
4370(save-excursion
4371 @var{body}@dots{})
4372@end group
4373@end smallexample
4374
4375@noindent
4376The body of the function is one or more expressions that will be
4377evaluated in sequence by the Lisp interpreter. If there is more than
4378one expression in the body, the value of the last one will be returned
4379as the value of the @code{save-excursion} function. The other
4380expressions in the body are evaluated only for their side effects; and
4381@code{save-excursion} itself is used only for its side effect (which
4382is restoring the positions of point and mark).
4383
4384@need 1250
4385In more detail, the template for a @code{save-excursion} expression
4386looks like this:
4387
4388@smallexample
4389@group
4390(save-excursion
4391 @var{first-expression-in-body}
4392 @var{second-expression-in-body}
4393 @var{third-expression-in-body}
4394 @dots{}
4395 @var{last-expression-in-body})
4396@end group
4397@end smallexample
4398
4399@noindent
4400An expression, of course, may be a symbol on its own or a list.
4401
4402In Emacs Lisp code, a @code{save-excursion} expression often occurs
4403within the body of a @code{let} expression. It looks like this:
4404
4405@smallexample
4406@group
4407(let @var{varlist}
4408 (save-excursion
4409 @var{body}@dots{}))
4410@end group
4411@end smallexample
4412
4413@node Review, defun Exercises, save-excursion, Writing Defuns
4414@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4415@section Review
4416
4417In the last few chapters we have introduced a fair number of functions
4418and special forms. Here they are described in brief, along with a few
4419similar functions that have not been mentioned yet.
4420
4421@table @code
4422@item eval-last-sexp
4423Evaluate the last symbolic expression before the current location of
4424point. The value is printed in the echo area unless the function is
4425invoked with an argument; in that case, the output is printed in the
4426current buffer. This command is normally bound to @kbd{C-x C-e}.
4427
4428@item defun
4429Define function. This special form has up to five parts: the name,
4430a template for the arguments that will be passed to the function,
4431documentation, an optional interactive declaration, and the body of the
4432definition.
4433
4434@need 1250
4435For example, in an early version of Emacs, the function definition was
4436as follows. (It is slightly more complex now that it seeks the first
4437non-whitespace character rather than the first visible character.)
4438
4439@smallexample
4440@group
4441(defun back-to-indentation ()
4442 "Move point to first visible character on line."
4443 (interactive)
4444 (beginning-of-line 1)
4445 (skip-chars-forward " \t"))
4446@end group
4447@end smallexample
4448
4449@ignore
4450In GNU Emacs 22,
4451
4452(defun backward-to-indentation (&optional arg)
4453 "Move backward ARG lines and position at first nonblank character."
4454 (interactive "p")
4455 (forward-line (- (or arg 1)))
4456 (skip-chars-forward " \t"))
4457
4458(defun back-to-indentation ()
4459 "Move point to the first non-whitespace character on this line."
4460 (interactive)
4461 (beginning-of-line 1)
4462 (skip-syntax-forward " " (line-end-position))
4463 ;; Move back over chars that have whitespace syntax but have the p flag.
4464 (backward-prefix-chars))
4465@end ignore
4466
4467@item interactive
4468Declare to the interpreter that the function can be used
4469interactively. This special form may be followed by a string with one
4470or more parts that pass the information to the arguments of the
4471function, in sequence. These parts may also tell the interpreter to
4472prompt for information. Parts of the string are separated by
4473newlines, @samp{\n}.
4474
4475@need 1000
4476Common code characters are:
4477
4478@table @code
4479@item b
4480The name of an existing buffer.
4481
4482@item f
4483The name of an existing file.
4484
4485@item p
4486The numeric prefix argument. (Note that this `p' is lower case.)
4487
4488@item r
4489Point and the mark, as two numeric arguments, smallest first. This
4490is the only code letter that specifies two successive arguments
4491rather than one.
4492@end table
4493
4494@xref{Interactive Codes, , Code Characters for @samp{interactive},
4495elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a complete list of
4496code characters.
4497
4498@item let
4499Declare that a list of variables is for use within the body of the
4500@code{let} and give them an initial value, either @code{nil} or a
4501specified value; then evaluate the rest of the expressions in the body
4502of the @code{let} and return the value of the last one. Inside the
4503body of the @code{let}, the Lisp interpreter does not see the values of
4504the variables of the same names that are bound outside of the
4505@code{let}.
4506
4507@need 1250
4508For example,
4509
4510@smallexample
4511@group
4512(let ((foo (buffer-name))
4513 (bar (buffer-size)))
4514 (message
4515 "This buffer is %s and has %d characters."
4516 foo bar))
4517@end group
4518@end smallexample
4519
4520@item save-excursion
4521Record the values of point and mark and the current buffer before
4522evaluating the body of this special form. Restore the values of point
4523and mark and buffer afterward.
4524
4525@need 1250
4526For example,
4527
4528@smallexample
4529@group
4530(message "We are %d characters into this buffer."
4531 (- (point)
4532 (save-excursion
4533 (goto-char (point-min)) (point))))
4534@end group
4535@end smallexample
4536
4537@item if
4538Evaluate the first argument to the function; if it is true, evaluate
4539the second argument; else evaluate the third argument, if there is one.
4540
4541The @code{if} special form is called a @dfn{conditional}. There are
4542other conditionals in Emacs Lisp, but @code{if} is perhaps the most
4543commonly used.
4544
4545@need 1250
4546For example,
4547
4548@smallexample
4549@group
4550(if (= 22 emacs-major-version)
4551 (message "This is version 22 Emacs")
4552 (message "This is not version 22 Emacs"))
4553@end group
4554@end smallexample
4555
4556@need 1250
4557@item <
4558@itemx >
4559@itemx <=
4560@itemx >=
4561The @code{<} function tests whether its first argument is smaller than
4562its second argument. A corresponding function, @code{>}, tests whether
4563the first argument is greater than the second. Likewise, @code{<=}
4564tests whether the first argument is less than or equal to the second and
4565@code{>=} tests whether the first argument is greater than or equal to
4566the second. In all cases, both arguments must be numbers or markers
4567(markers indicate positions in buffers).
4568
4569@need 800
4570@item =
4571The @code{=} function tests whether two arguments, both numbers or
4572markers, are equal.
4573
4574@need 1250
4575@item equal
4576@itemx eq
4577Test whether two objects are the same. @code{equal} uses one meaning
4578of the word `same' and @code{eq} uses another: @code{equal} returns
4579true if the two objects have a similar structure and contents, such as
4580two copies of the same book. On the other hand, @code{eq}, returns
4581true if both arguments are actually the same object.
4582@findex equal
4583@findex eq
4584
4585@need 1250
4586@item string<
4587@itemx string-lessp
4588@itemx string=
4589@itemx string-equal
4590The @code{string-lessp} function tests whether its first argument is
4591smaller than the second argument. A shorter, alternative name for the
4592same function (a @code{defalias}) is @code{string<}.
4593
4594The arguments to @code{string-lessp} must be strings or symbols; the
4595ordering is lexicographic, so case is significant. The print names of
4596symbols are used instead of the symbols themselves.
4597
4598@cindex @samp{empty string} defined
4599An empty string, @samp{""}, a string with no characters in it, is
4600smaller than any string of characters.
4601
4602@code{string-equal} provides the corresponding test for equality. Its
4603shorter, alternative name is @code{string=}. There are no string test
4604functions that correspond to @var{>}, @code{>=}, or @code{<=}.
4605
4606@item message
4607Print a message in the echo area. The first argument is a string that
4608can contain @samp{%s}, @samp{%d}, or @samp{%c} to print the value of
4609arguments that follow the string. The argument used by @samp{%s} must
4610be a string or a symbol; the argument used by @samp{%d} must be a
4611number. The argument used by @samp{%c} must be an @sc{ascii} code
4612number; it will be printed as the character with that @sc{ascii} code.
4613(Various other %-sequences have not been mentioned.)
4614
4615@item setq
4616@itemx set
4617The @code{setq} function sets the value of its first argument to the
4618value of the second argument. The first argument is automatically
4619quoted by @code{setq}. It does the same for succeeding pairs of
4620arguments. Another function, @code{set}, takes only two arguments and
4621evaluates both of them before setting the value returned by its first
4622argument to the value returned by its second argument.
4623
4624@item buffer-name
4625Without an argument, return the name of the buffer, as a string.
4626
4627@itemx buffer-file-name
4628Without an argument, return the name of the file the buffer is
4629visiting.
4630
4631@item current-buffer
4632Return the buffer in which Emacs is active; it may not be
4633the buffer that is visible on the screen.
4634
4635@item other-buffer
4636Return the most recently selected buffer (other than the buffer passed
4637to @code{other-buffer} as an argument and other than the current
4638buffer).
4639
4640@item switch-to-buffer
4641Select a buffer for Emacs to be active in and display it in the current
4642window so users can look at it. Usually bound to @kbd{C-x b}.
4643
4644@item set-buffer
4645Switch Emacs' attention to a buffer on which programs will run. Don't
4646alter what the window is showing.
4647
4648@item buffer-size
4649Return the number of characters in the current buffer.
4650
4651@item point
4652Return the value of the current position of the cursor, as an
4653integer counting the number of characters from the beginning of the
4654buffer.
4655
4656@item point-min
4657Return the minimum permissible value of point in
4658the current buffer. This is 1, unless narrowing is in effect.
4659
4660@item point-max
4661Return the value of the maximum permissible value of point in the
4662current buffer. This is the end of the buffer, unless narrowing is in
4663effect.
4664@end table
4665
4666@need 1500
4667@node defun Exercises, , Review, Writing Defuns
4668@section Exercises
4669
4670@itemize @bullet
4671@item
4672Write a non-interactive function that doubles the value of its
4673argument, a number. Make that function interactive.
4674
4675@item
4676Write a function that tests whether the current value of
4677@code{fill-column} is greater than the argument passed to the function,
4678and if so, prints an appropriate message.
4679@end itemize
4680
4681@node Buffer Walk Through, More Complex, Writing Defuns, Top
4682@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4683@chapter A Few Buffer--Related Functions
4684
4685In this chapter we study in detail several of the functions used in GNU
4686Emacs. This is called a ``walk-through''. These functions are used as
4687examples of Lisp code, but are not imaginary examples; with the
4688exception of the first, simplified function definition, these functions
4689show the actual code used in GNU Emacs. You can learn a great deal from
4690these definitions. The functions described here are all related to
4691buffers. Later, we will study other functions.
4692
4693@menu
4694* Finding More:: How to find more information.
4695* simplified-beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
4696 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
4697* mark-whole-buffer:: Almost the same as @code{beginning-of-buffer}.
4698* append-to-buffer:: Uses @code{save-excursion} and
4699 @code{insert-buffer-substring}.
4700* Buffer Related Review:: Review.
4701* Buffer Exercises::
4702@end menu
4703
4704@node Finding More, simplified-beginning-of-buffer, Buffer Walk Through, Buffer Walk Through
4705@section Finding More Information
4706
4707@findex describe-function, @r{introduced}
4708@cindex Find function documentation
4709In this walk-through, I will describe each new function as we come to
4710it, sometimes in detail and sometimes briefly. If you are interested,
4711you can get the full documentation of any Emacs Lisp function at any
4712time by typing @kbd{C-h f} and then the name of the function (and then
4713@key{RET}). Similarly, you can get the full documentation for a
4714variable by typing @kbd{C-h v} and then the name of the variable (and
4715then @key{RET}).
4716
4717@cindex Find source of function
4718@c In version 22, tells location both of C and of Emacs Lisp
4719Also, @code{describe-function} will tell you the location of the
4720function definition.
4721
4722Put point into the name of the file that contains the function and
4723press the @key{RET} key. In this case, @key{RET} means
4724@code{push-button} rather than `return' or `enter'. Emacs will take
4725you directly to the function definition.
4726
4727@ignore
4728Not In version 22
4729
4730If you move point over the file name and press
4731the @key{RET} key, which in this case means @code{help-follow} rather
4732than `return' or `enter', Emacs will take you directly to the function
4733definition.
4734@end ignore
4735
4736More generally, if you want to see a function in its original source
88c26f5c
GM
4737file, you can use the @code{find-tag} function to jump to it.
4738@code{find-tag} works with a wide variety of languages, not just
8cda6f8f 4739Lisp, and C, and it works with non-programming text as well. For
88c26f5c 4740example, @code{find-tag} will jump to the various nodes in the
8cda6f8f 4741Texinfo source file of this document.
88c26f5c 4742The @code{find-tag} function depends on `tags tables' that record
8cda6f8f 4743the locations of the functions, variables, and other items to which
88c26f5c 4744@code{find-tag} jumps.
8cda6f8f 4745
88c26f5c 4746To use the @code{find-tag} command, type @kbd{M-.} (i.e., press the
8cda6f8f
GM
4747period key while holding down the @key{META} key, or else type the
4748@key{ESC} key and then type the period key), and then, at the prompt,
4749type in the name of the function whose source code you want to see,
4750such as @code{mark-whole-buffer}, and then type @key{RET}. Emacs will
4751switch buffers and display the source code for the function on your
4752screen. To switch back to your current buffer, type @kbd{C-x b
09e80d9f 4753@key{RET}}. (On some keyboards, the @key{META} key is labeled
8cda6f8f
GM
4754@key{ALT}.)
4755
4756@c !!! 22.1.1 tags table location in this paragraph
4757@cindex TAGS table, specifying
88c26f5c 4758@findex find-tag
8cda6f8f
GM
4759Depending on how the initial default values of your copy of Emacs are
4760set, you may also need to specify the location of your `tags table',
4761which is a file called @file{TAGS}. For example, if you are
4762interested in Emacs sources, the tags table you will most likely want,
4763if it has already been created for you, will be in a subdirectory of
4764the @file{/usr/local/share/emacs/} directory; thus you would use the
4765@code{M-x visit-tags-table} command and specify a pathname such as
4766@file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/TAGS}. If the tags table
4767has not already been created, you will have to create it yourself. It
0ca10bb7 4768will be in a file such as @file{/usr/local/src/emacs/src/TAGS}.
8cda6f8f
GM
4769
4770@need 1250
4771To create a @file{TAGS} file in a specific directory, switch to that
4772directory in Emacs using @kbd{M-x cd} command, or list the directory
4773with @kbd{C-x d} (@code{dired}). Then run the compile command, with
4774@w{@code{etags *.el}} as the command to execute:
4775
4776@smallexample
4777M-x compile RET etags *.el RET
4778@end smallexample
4779
4780For more information, see @ref{etags, , Create Your Own @file{TAGS} File}.
4781
4782After you become more familiar with Emacs Lisp, you will find that you will
88c26f5c 4783frequently use @code{find-tag} to navigate your way around source code;
8cda6f8f
GM
4784and you will create your own @file{TAGS} tables.
4785
4786@cindex Library, as term for `file'
4787Incidentally, the files that contain Lisp code are conventionally
4788called @dfn{libraries}. The metaphor is derived from that of a
4789specialized library, such as a law library or an engineering library,
4790rather than a general library. Each library, or file, contains
4791functions that relate to a particular topic or activity, such as
4792@file{abbrev.el} for handling abbreviations and other typing
4793shortcuts, and @file{help.el} for on-line help. (Sometimes several
4794libraries provide code for a single activity, as the various
4795@file{rmail@dots{}} files provide code for reading electronic mail.)
4796In @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}, you will see sentences such as ``The
4797@kbd{C-h p} command lets you search the standard Emacs Lisp libraries
4798by topic keywords.''
4799
4800@node simplified-beginning-of-buffer, mark-whole-buffer, Finding More, Buffer Walk Through
4801@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4802@section A Simplified @code{beginning-of-buffer} Definition
4803@findex simplified-beginning-of-buffer
4804
4805The @code{beginning-of-buffer} command is a good function to start with
4806since you are likely to be familiar with it and it is easy to
4807understand. Used as an interactive command, @code{beginning-of-buffer}
4808moves the cursor to the beginning of the buffer, leaving the mark at the
4809previous position. It is generally bound to @kbd{M-<}.
4810
4811In this section, we will discuss a shortened version of the function
4812that shows how it is most frequently used. This shortened function
4813works as written, but it does not contain the code for a complex option.
4814In another section, we will describe the entire function.
4815(@xref{beginning-of-buffer, , Complete Definition of
4816@code{beginning-of-buffer}}.)
4817
4818Before looking at the code, let's consider what the function
4819definition has to contain: it must include an expression that makes
4820the function interactive so it can be called by typing @kbd{M-x
4821beginning-of-buffer} or by typing a keychord such as @kbd{M-<}; it
4822must include code to leave a mark at the original position in the
4823buffer; and it must include code to move the cursor to the beginning
4824of the buffer.
4825
4826@need 1250
4827Here is the complete text of the shortened version of the function:
4828
4829@smallexample
4830@group
4831(defun simplified-beginning-of-buffer ()
4832 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
4833leave mark at previous position."
4834 (interactive)
4835 (push-mark)
4836 (goto-char (point-min)))
4837@end group
4838@end smallexample
4839
4840Like all function definitions, this definition has five parts following
4841the special form @code{defun}:
4842
4843@enumerate
4844@item
4845The name: in this example, @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer}.
4846
4847@item
4848A list of the arguments: in this example, an empty list, @code{()},
4849
4850@item
4851The documentation string.
4852
4853@item
4854The interactive expression.
4855
4856@item
4857The body.
4858@end enumerate
4859
4860@noindent
4861In this function definition, the argument list is empty; this means that
4862this function does not require any arguments. (When we look at the
4863definition for the complete function, we will see that it may be passed
4864an optional argument.)
4865
4866The interactive expression tells Emacs that the function is intended to
4867be used interactively. In this example, @code{interactive} does not have
4868an argument because @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} does not
4869require one.
4870
4871@need 800
4872The body of the function consists of the two lines:
4873
4874@smallexample
4875@group
4876(push-mark)
4877(goto-char (point-min))
4878@end group
4879@end smallexample
4880
4881The first of these lines is the expression, @code{(push-mark)}. When
4882this expression is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter, it sets a mark at
4883the current position of the cursor, wherever that may be. The position
4884of this mark is saved in the mark ring.
4885
4886The next line is @code{(goto-char (point-min))}. This expression
4887jumps the cursor to the minimum point in the buffer, that is, to the
4888beginning of the buffer (or to the beginning of the accessible portion
4889of the buffer if it is narrowed. @xref{Narrowing & Widening, ,
4890Narrowing and Widening}.)
4891
4892The @code{push-mark} command sets a mark at the place where the cursor
4893was located before it was moved to the beginning of the buffer by the
4894@code{(goto-char (point-min))} expression. Consequently, you can, if
4895you wish, go back to where you were originally by typing @kbd{C-x C-x}.
4896
4897That is all there is to the function definition!
4898
4899@findex describe-function
4900When you are reading code such as this and come upon an unfamiliar
4901function, such as @code{goto-char}, you can find out what it does by
4902using the @code{describe-function} command. To use this command, type
4903@kbd{C-h f} and then type in the name of the function and press
4904@key{RET}. The @code{describe-function} command will print the
4905function's documentation string in a @file{*Help*} window. For
4906example, the documentation for @code{goto-char} is:
4907
4908@smallexample
4909@group
4910Set point to POSITION, a number or marker.
4911Beginning of buffer is position (point-min), end is (point-max).
4912@end group
4913@end smallexample
4914
4915@noindent
4916The function's one argument is the desired position.
4917
4918@noindent
4919(The prompt for @code{describe-function} will offer you the symbol
4920under or preceding the cursor, so you can save typing by positioning
4921the cursor right over or after the function and then typing @kbd{C-h f
4922@key{RET}}.)
4923
4924The @code{end-of-buffer} function definition is written in the same way as
4925the @code{beginning-of-buffer} definition except that the body of the
4926function contains the expression @code{(goto-char (point-max))} in place
4927of @code{(goto-char (point-min))}.
4928
4929@node mark-whole-buffer, append-to-buffer, simplified-beginning-of-buffer, Buffer Walk Through
4930@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4931@section The Definition of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
4932@findex mark-whole-buffer
4933
4934The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is no harder to understand than the
4935@code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function. In this case, however,
4936we will look at the complete function, not a shortened version.
4937
4938The @code{mark-whole-buffer} function is not as commonly used as the
4939@code{beginning-of-buffer} function, but is useful nonetheless: it
4940marks a whole buffer as a region by putting point at the beginning and
4941a mark at the end of the buffer. It is generally bound to @kbd{C-x
4942h}.
4943
4944@menu
4945* mark-whole-buffer overview::
4946* Body of mark-whole-buffer:: Only three lines of code.
4947@end menu
4948
4949@node mark-whole-buffer overview, Body of mark-whole-buffer, mark-whole-buffer, mark-whole-buffer
4950@ifnottex
4951@unnumberedsubsec An overview of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
4952@end ifnottex
4953
4954@need 1250
4955In GNU Emacs 22, the code for the complete function looks like this:
4956
4957@smallexample
4958@group
4959(defun mark-whole-buffer ()
4960 "Put point at beginning and mark at end of buffer.
4961You probably should not use this function in Lisp programs;
4962it is usually a mistake for a Lisp function to use any subroutine
4963that uses or sets the mark."
4964 (interactive)
4965 (push-mark (point))
4966 (push-mark (point-max) nil t)
4967 (goto-char (point-min)))
4968@end group
4969@end smallexample
4970
4971@need 1250
4972Like all other functions, the @code{mark-whole-buffer} function fits
4973into the template for a function definition. The template looks like
4974this:
4975
4976@smallexample
4977@group
4978(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
4979 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
4980 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
4981 @var{body}@dots{})
4982@end group
4983@end smallexample
4984
4985Here is how the function works: the name of the function is
4986@code{mark-whole-buffer}; it is followed by an empty argument list,
4987@samp{()}, which means that the function does not require arguments.
4988The documentation comes next.
4989
4990The next line is an @code{(interactive)} expression that tells Emacs
4991that the function will be used interactively. These details are similar
4992to the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function described in the
4993previous section.
4994
4995@need 1250
4996@node Body of mark-whole-buffer, , mark-whole-buffer overview, mark-whole-buffer
4997@comment node-name, next, previous, up
4998@subsection Body of @code{mark-whole-buffer}
4999
5000The body of the @code{mark-whole-buffer} function consists of three
5001lines of code:
5002
5003@c GNU Emacs 22
5004@smallexample
5005@group
5006(push-mark (point))
5007(push-mark (point-max) nil t)
5008(goto-char (point-min))
5009@end group
5010@end smallexample
5011
5012The first of these lines is the expression, @code{(push-mark (point))}.
5013
5014This line does exactly the same job as the first line of the body of
5015the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer} function, which is written
5016@code{(push-mark)}. In both cases, the Lisp interpreter sets a mark
5017at the current position of the cursor.
5018
5019I don't know why the expression in @code{mark-whole-buffer} is written
5020@code{(push-mark (point))} and the expression in
5021@code{beginning-of-buffer} is written @code{(push-mark)}. Perhaps
5022whoever wrote the code did not know that the arguments for
5023@code{push-mark} are optional and that if @code{push-mark} is not
5024passed an argument, the function automatically sets mark at the
5025location of point by default. Or perhaps the expression was written
5026so as to parallel the structure of the next line. In any case, the
5027line causes Emacs to determine the position of point and set a mark
5028there.
5029
5030In earlier versions of GNU Emacs, the next line of
5031@code{mark-whole-buffer} was @code{(push-mark (point-max))}. This
5032expression sets a mark at the point in the buffer that has the highest
5033number. This will be the end of the buffer (or, if the buffer is
5034narrowed, the end of the accessible portion of the buffer.
5035@xref{Narrowing & Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}, for more about
5036narrowing.) After this mark has been set, the previous mark, the one
5037set at point, is no longer set, but Emacs remembers its position, just
5038as all other recent marks are always remembered. This means that you
5039can, if you wish, go back to that position by typing @kbd{C-u
5040C-@key{SPC}} twice.
5041
5042@need 1250
5043In GNU Emacs 22, the @code{(point-max)} is slightly more complicated.
5044The line reads
5045
5046@smallexample
5047(push-mark (point-max) nil t)
5048@end smallexample
5049
5050@noindent
5051The expression works nearly the same as before. It sets a mark at the
5052highest numbered place in the buffer that it can. However, in this
5053version, @code{push-mark} has two additional arguments. The second
5054argument to @code{push-mark} is @code{nil}. This tells the function
5055it @emph{should} display a message that says `Mark set' when it pushes
5056the mark. The third argument is @code{t}. This tells
5057@code{push-mark} to activate the mark when Transient Mark mode is
5058turned on. Transient Mark mode highlights the currently active
5059region. It is often turned off.
5060
5061Finally, the last line of the function is @code{(goto-char
5062(point-min)))}. This is written exactly the same way as it is written
5063in @code{beginning-of-buffer}. The expression moves the cursor to
5064the minimum point in the buffer, that is, to the beginning of the buffer
5065(or to the beginning of the accessible portion of the buffer). As a
5066result of this, point is placed at the beginning of the buffer and mark
5067is set at the end of the buffer. The whole buffer is, therefore, the
5068region.
5069
5070@node append-to-buffer, Buffer Related Review, mark-whole-buffer, Buffer Walk Through
5071@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5072@section The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}
5073@findex append-to-buffer
5074
5075The @code{append-to-buffer} command is more complex than the
5076@code{mark-whole-buffer} command. What it does is copy the region
5077(that is, the part of the buffer between point and mark) from the
5078current buffer to a specified buffer.
5079
5080@menu
5081* append-to-buffer overview::
5082* append interactive:: A two part interactive expression.
5083* append-to-buffer body:: Incorporates a @code{let} expression.
5084* append save-excursion:: How the @code{save-excursion} works.
5085@end menu
5086
5087@node append-to-buffer overview, append interactive, append-to-buffer, append-to-buffer
5088@ifnottex
5089@unnumberedsubsec An Overview of @code{append-to-buffer}
5090@end ifnottex
5091
5092@findex insert-buffer-substring
5093The @code{append-to-buffer} command uses the
5094@code{insert-buffer-substring} function to copy the region.
5095@code{insert-buffer-substring} is described by its name: it takes a
5096string of characters from part of a buffer, a ``substring'', and
5097inserts them into another buffer.
5098
5099Most of @code{append-to-buffer} is
5100concerned with setting up the conditions for
5101@code{insert-buffer-substring} to work: the code must specify both the
5102buffer to which the text will go, the window it comes from and goes
5103to, and the region that will be copied.
5104
5105@need 1250
5106Here is the complete text of the function:
5107
5108@smallexample
5109@group
5110(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5111 "Append to specified buffer the text of the region.
5112It is inserted into that buffer before its point.
5113@end group
5114
5115@group
5116When calling from a program, give three arguments:
5117BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END.
5118START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied."
5119 (interactive
5120 (list (read-buffer "Append to buffer: " (other-buffer
5121 (current-buffer) t))
5122 (region-beginning) (region-end)))
5123@end group
5124@group
5125 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5126 (save-excursion
5127 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
5128 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
5129 point)
5130 (set-buffer append-to)
5131 (setq point (point))
5132 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5133 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5134 (dolist (window windows)
5135 (when (= (window-point window) point)
5136 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
5137@end group
5138@end smallexample
5139
5140The function can be understood by looking at it as a series of
5141filled-in templates.
5142
5143The outermost template is for the function definition. In this
5144function, it looks like this (with several slots filled in):
5145
5146@smallexample
5147@group
5148(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5149 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5150 (interactive @dots{})
5151 @var{body}@dots{})
5152@end group
5153@end smallexample
5154
5155The first line of the function includes its name and three arguments.
5156The arguments are the @code{buffer} to which the text will be copied, and
5157the @code{start} and @code{end} of the region in the current buffer that
5158will be copied.
5159
5160The next part of the function is the documentation, which is clear and
5161complete. As is conventional, the three arguments are written in
5162upper case so you will notice them easily. Even better, they are
5163described in the same order as in the argument list.
5164
5165Note that the documentation distinguishes between a buffer and its
5166name. (The function can handle either.)
5167
5168@node append interactive, append-to-buffer body, append-to-buffer overview, append-to-buffer
5169@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5170@subsection The @code{append-to-buffer} Interactive Expression
5171
5172Since the @code{append-to-buffer} function will be used interactively,
5173the function must have an @code{interactive} expression. (For a
5174review of @code{interactive}, see @ref{Interactive, , Making a
5175Function Interactive}.) The expression reads as follows:
5176
5177@smallexample
5178@group
5179(interactive
5180 (list (read-buffer
5181 "Append to buffer: "
5182 (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
5183 (region-beginning)
5184 (region-end)))
5185@end group
5186@end smallexample
5187
5188@noindent
5189This expression is not one with letters standing for parts, as
5190described earlier. Instead, it starts a list with these parts:
5191
5192The first part of the list is an expression to read the name of a
5193buffer and return it as a string. That is @code{read-buffer}. The
5194function requires a prompt as its first argument, @samp{"Append to
5195buffer: "}. Its second argument tells the command what value to
5196provide if you don't specify anything.
5197
5198In this case that second argument is an expression containing the
5199function @code{other-buffer}, an exception, and a @samp{t}, standing
5200for true.
5201
5202The first argument to @code{other-buffer}, the exception, is yet
5203another function, @code{current-buffer}. That is not going to be
5204returned. The second argument is the symbol for true, @code{t}. that
5205tells @code{other-buffer} that it may show visible buffers (except in
5206this case, it will not show the current buffer, which makes sense).
5207
5208@need 1250
5209The expression looks like this:
5210
5211@smallexample
5212(other-buffer (current-buffer) t)
5213@end smallexample
5214
5215The second and third arguments to the @code{list} expression are
5216@code{(region-beginning)} and @code{(region-end)}. These two
5217functions specify the beginning and end of the text to be appended.
5218
5219@need 1250
5220Originally, the command used the letters @samp{B} and @samp{r}.
5221The whole @code{interactive} expression looked like this:
5222
5223@smallexample
5224(interactive "BAppend to buffer:@: \nr")
5225@end smallexample
5226
5227@noindent
5228But when that was done, the default value of the buffer switched to
5229was invisible. That was not wanted.
5230
5231(The prompt was separated from the second argument with a newline,
5232@samp{\n}. It was followed by an @samp{r} that told Emacs to bind the
5233two arguments that follow the symbol @code{buffer} in the function's
5234argument list (that is, @code{start} and @code{end}) to the values of
5235point and mark. That argument worked fine.)
5236
5237@node append-to-buffer body, append save-excursion, append interactive, append-to-buffer
5238@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5239@subsection The Body of @code{append-to-buffer}
5240
5241@ignore
5242in GNU Emacs 22 in /usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/simple.el
5243
5244(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5245 "Append to specified buffer the text of the region.
5246It is inserted into that buffer before its point.
5247
5248When calling from a program, give three arguments:
5249BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END.
5250START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied."
5251 (interactive
5252 (list (read-buffer "Append to buffer: " (other-buffer (current-buffer) t))
5253 (region-beginning) (region-end)))
5254 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5255 (save-excursion
5256 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
5257 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
5258 point)
5259 (set-buffer append-to)
5260 (setq point (point))
5261 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5262 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5263 (dolist (window windows)
5264 (when (= (window-point window) point)
5265 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
5266@end ignore
5267
5268The body of the @code{append-to-buffer} function begins with @code{let}.
5269
5270As we have seen before (@pxref{let, , @code{let}}), the purpose of a
5271@code{let} expression is to create and give initial values to one or
5272more variables that will only be used within the body of the
5273@code{let}. This means that such a variable will not be confused with
5274any variable of the same name outside the @code{let} expression.
5275
5276We can see how the @code{let} expression fits into the function as a
5277whole by showing a template for @code{append-to-buffer} with the
5278@code{let} expression in outline:
5279
5280@smallexample
5281@group
5282(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end)
5283 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5284 (interactive @dots{})
5285 (let ((@var{variable} @var{value}))
5286 @var{body}@dots{})
5287@end group
5288@end smallexample
5289
5290The @code{let} expression has three elements:
5291
5292@enumerate
5293@item
5294The symbol @code{let};
5295
5296@item
5297A varlist containing, in this case, a single two-element list,
5298@code{(@var{variable} @var{value})};
5299
5300@item
5301The body of the @code{let} expression.
5302@end enumerate
5303
5304@need 800
5305In the @code{append-to-buffer} function, the varlist looks like this:
5306
5307@smallexample
5308(oldbuf (current-buffer))
5309@end smallexample
5310
5311@noindent
5312In this part of the @code{let} expression, the one variable,
5313@code{oldbuf}, is bound to the value returned by the
5314@code{(current-buffer)} expression. The variable, @code{oldbuf}, is
5315used to keep track of the buffer in which you are working and from
5316which you will copy.
5317
5318The element or elements of a varlist are surrounded by a set of
5319parentheses so the Lisp interpreter can distinguish the varlist from
5320the body of the @code{let}. As a consequence, the two-element list
5321within the varlist is surrounded by a circumscribing set of parentheses.
5322The line looks like this:
5323
5324@smallexample
5325@group
5326(let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5327 @dots{} )
5328@end group
5329@end smallexample
5330
5331@noindent
5332The two parentheses before @code{oldbuf} might surprise you if you did
5333not realize that the first parenthesis before @code{oldbuf} marks the
5334boundary of the varlist and the second parenthesis marks the beginning
5335of the two-element list, @code{(oldbuf (current-buffer))}.
5336
5337@node append save-excursion, , append-to-buffer body, append-to-buffer
5338@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5339@subsection @code{save-excursion} in @code{append-to-buffer}
5340
5341The body of the @code{let} expression in @code{append-to-buffer}
5342consists of a @code{save-excursion} expression.
5343
5344The @code{save-excursion} function saves the locations of point and
5345mark, and restores them to those positions after the expressions in the
5346body of the @code{save-excursion} complete execution. In addition,
5347@code{save-excursion} keeps track of the original buffer, and
5348restores it. This is how @code{save-excursion} is used in
5349@code{append-to-buffer}.
5350
5351@need 1500
5352@cindex Indentation for formatting
5353@cindex Formatting convention
5354Incidentally, it is worth noting here that a Lisp function is normally
5355formatted so that everything that is enclosed in a multi-line spread is
5356indented more to the right than the first symbol. In this function
5357definition, the @code{let} is indented more than the @code{defun}, and
5358the @code{save-excursion} is indented more than the @code{let}, like
5359this:
5360
5361@smallexample
5362@group
5363(defun @dots{}
5364 @dots{}
5365 @dots{}
5366 (let@dots{}
5367 (save-excursion
5368 @dots{}
5369@end group
5370@end smallexample
5371
5372@need 1500
5373@noindent
5374This formatting convention makes it easy to see that the lines in
5375the body of the @code{save-excursion} are enclosed by the parentheses
5376associated with @code{save-excursion}, just as the
5377@code{save-excursion} itself is enclosed by the parentheses associated
5378with the @code{let}:
5379
5380@smallexample
5381@group
5382(let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5383 (save-excursion
5384 @dots{}
5385 (set-buffer @dots{})
5386 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5387 @dots{}))
5388@end group
5389@end smallexample
5390
5391@need 1200
5392The use of the @code{save-excursion} function can be viewed as a process
5393of filling in the slots of a template:
5394
5395@smallexample
5396@group
5397(save-excursion
5398 @var{first-expression-in-body}
5399 @var{second-expression-in-body}
5400 @dots{}
5401 @var{last-expression-in-body})
5402@end group
5403@end smallexample
5404
5405@need 1200
5406@noindent
5407In this function, the body of the @code{save-excursion} contains only
5408one expression, the @code{let*} expression. You know about a
5409@code{let} function. The @code{let*} function is different. It has a
5410@samp{*} in its name. It enables Emacs to set each variable in its
5411varlist in sequence, one after another.
5412
5413Its critical feature is that variables later in the varlist can make
5414use of the values to which Emacs set variables earlier in the varlist.
5415@xref{fwd-para let, , The @code{let*} expression}.
5416
5417We will skip functions like @code{let*} and focus on two: the
5418@code{set-buffer} function and the @code{insert-buffer-substring}
5419function.
5420
5421@need 1250
5422In the old days, the @code{set-buffer} expression was simply
5423
5424@smallexample
5425(set-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer))
5426@end smallexample
5427
5428@need 1250
5429@noindent
5430but now it is
5431
5432@smallexample
5433(set-buffer append-to)
5434@end smallexample
5435
5436@noindent
5437@code{append-to} is bound to @code{(get-buffer-create buffer)} earlier
5438on in the @code{let*} expression. That extra binding would not be
5439necessary except for that @code{append-to} is used later in the
5440varlist as an argument to @code{get-buffer-window-list}.
5441
5442@ignore
5443in GNU Emacs 22
5444
5445 (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5446 (save-excursion
5447 (let* ((append-to (get-buffer-create buffer))
5448 (windows (get-buffer-window-list append-to t t))
5449 point)
5450 (set-buffer append-to)
5451 (setq point (point))
5452 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5453 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5454 (dolist (window windows)
5455 (when (= (window-point window) point)
5456 (set-window-point window (point))))))))
5457@end ignore
5458
5459The @code{append-to-buffer} function definition inserts text from the
5460buffer in which you are currently to a named buffer. It happens that
5461@code{insert-buffer-substring} copies text from another buffer to the
5462current buffer, just the reverse---that is why the
5463@code{append-to-buffer} definition starts out with a @code{let} that
5464binds the local symbol @code{oldbuf} to the value returned by
5465@code{current-buffer}.
5466
5467@need 1250
5468The @code{insert-buffer-substring} expression looks like this:
5469
5470@smallexample
5471(insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
5472@end smallexample
5473
5474@noindent
5475The @code{insert-buffer-substring} function copies a string
5476@emph{from} the buffer specified as its first argument and inserts the
5477string into the present buffer. In this case, the argument to
5478@code{insert-buffer-substring} is the value of the variable created
5479and bound by the @code{let}, namely the value of @code{oldbuf}, which
5480was the current buffer when you gave the @code{append-to-buffer}
5481command.
5482
5483After @code{insert-buffer-substring} has done its work,
5484@code{save-excursion} will restore the action to the original buffer
5485and @code{append-to-buffer} will have done its job.
5486
5487@need 800
5488Written in skeletal form, the workings of the body look like this:
5489
5490@smallexample
5491@group
5492(let (@var{bind-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-to-value-of-}@code{current-buffer})
5493 (save-excursion ; @r{Keep track of buffer.}
5494 @var{change-buffer}
5495 @var{insert-substring-from-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-into-buffer})
5496
5497 @var{change-back-to-original-buffer-when-finished}
5498@var{let-the-local-meaning-of-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-disappear-when-finished}
5499@end group
5500@end smallexample
5501
5502In summary, @code{append-to-buffer} works as follows: it saves the
5503value of the current buffer in the variable called @code{oldbuf}. It
5504gets the new buffer (creating one if need be) and switches Emacs'
5505attention to it. Using the value of @code{oldbuf}, it inserts the
5506region of text from the old buffer into the new buffer; and then using
5507@code{save-excursion}, it brings you back to your original buffer.
5508
5509In looking at @code{append-to-buffer}, you have explored a fairly
5510complex function. It shows how to use @code{let} and
5511@code{save-excursion}, and how to change to and come back from another
5512buffer. Many function definitions use @code{let},
5513@code{save-excursion}, and @code{set-buffer} this way.
5514
5515@node Buffer Related Review, Buffer Exercises, append-to-buffer, Buffer Walk Through
5516@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5517@section Review
5518
5519Here is a brief summary of the various functions discussed in this chapter.
5520
5521@table @code
5522@item describe-function
5523@itemx describe-variable
5524Print the documentation for a function or variable.
5525Conventionally bound to @kbd{C-h f} and @kbd{C-h v}.
5526
5527@item find-tag
5528Find the file containing the source for a function or variable and
5529switch buffers to it, positioning point at the beginning of the item.
5530Conventionally bound to @kbd{M-.} (that's a period following the
5531@key{META} key).
5532
5533@item save-excursion
5534Save the location of point and mark and restore their values after the
5535arguments to @code{save-excursion} have been evaluated. Also, remember
5536the current buffer and return to it.
5537
5538@item push-mark
5539Set mark at a location and record the value of the previous mark on the
5540mark ring. The mark is a location in the buffer that will keep its
5541relative position even if text is added to or removed from the buffer.
5542
5543@item goto-char
5544Set point to the location specified by the value of the argument, which
5545can be a number, a marker, or an expression that returns the number of
5546a position, such as @code{(point-min)}.
5547
5548@item insert-buffer-substring
5549Copy a region of text from a buffer that is passed to the function as
5550an argument and insert the region into the current buffer.
5551
5552@item mark-whole-buffer
5553Mark the whole buffer as a region. Normally bound to @kbd{C-x h}.
5554
5555@item set-buffer
5556Switch the attention of Emacs to another buffer, but do not change the
5557window being displayed. Used when the program rather than a human is
5558to work on a different buffer.
5559
5560@item get-buffer-create
5561@itemx get-buffer
5562Find a named buffer or create one if a buffer of that name does not
5563exist. The @code{get-buffer} function returns @code{nil} if the named
5564buffer does not exist.
5565@end table
5566
5567@need 1500
5568@node Buffer Exercises, , Buffer Related Review, Buffer Walk Through
5569@section Exercises
5570
5571@itemize @bullet
5572@item
5573Write your own @code{simplified-end-of-buffer} function definition;
5574then test it to see whether it works.
5575
5576@item
5577Use @code{if} and @code{get-buffer} to write a function that prints a
5578message telling you whether a buffer exists.
5579
5580@item
5581Using @code{find-tag}, find the source for the @code{copy-to-buffer}
5582function.
5583@end itemize
5584
5585@node More Complex, Narrowing & Widening, Buffer Walk Through, Top
5586@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5587@chapter A Few More Complex Functions
5588
5589In this chapter, we build on what we have learned in previous chapters
5590by looking at more complex functions. The @code{copy-to-buffer}
5591function illustrates use of two @code{save-excursion} expressions in
5592one definition, while the @code{insert-buffer} function illustrates
5593use of an asterisk in an @code{interactive} expression, use of
5594@code{or}, and the important distinction between a name and the object
5595to which the name refers.
5596
5597@menu
5598* copy-to-buffer:: With @code{set-buffer}, @code{get-buffer-create}.
5599* insert-buffer:: Read-only, and with @code{or}.
5600* beginning-of-buffer:: Shows @code{goto-char},
5601 @code{point-min}, and @code{push-mark}.
5602* Second Buffer Related Review::
5603* optional Exercise::
5604@end menu
5605
5606@node copy-to-buffer, insert-buffer, More Complex, More Complex
5607@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5608@section The Definition of @code{copy-to-buffer}
5609@findex copy-to-buffer
5610
5611After understanding how @code{append-to-buffer} works, it is easy to
5612understand @code{copy-to-buffer}. This function copies text into a
5613buffer, but instead of adding to the second buffer, it replaces all the
5614previous text in the second buffer.
5615
5616@need 800
5617The body of @code{copy-to-buffer} looks like this,
5618
5619@smallexample
5620@group
5621@dots{}
5622(interactive "BCopy to buffer: \nr")
5623(let ((oldbuf (current-buffer)))
5624 (with-current-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer)
5625 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
5626 (erase-buffer)
5627 (save-excursion
5628 (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)))))
5629@end group
5630@end smallexample
5631
5632The @code{copy-to-buffer} function has a simpler @code{interactive}
5633expression than @code{append-to-buffer}.
5634
5635@need 800
5636The definition then says
5637
5638@smallexample
5639(with-current-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer) @dots{}
5640@end smallexample
5641
5642First, look at the earliest inner expression; that is evaluated first.
5643That expression starts with @code{get-buffer-create buffer}. The
5644function tells the computer to use the buffer with the name specified
5645as the one to which you are copying, or if such a buffer does not
5646exist, to create it. Then, the @code{with-current-buffer} function
5647evaluates its body with that buffer temporarily current.
5648
5649(This demonstrates another way to shift the computer's attention but
5650not the user's. The @code{append-to-buffer} function showed how to do
5651the same with @code{save-excursion} and @code{set-buffer}.
5652@code{with-current-buffer} is a newer, and arguably easier,
5653mechanism.)
5654
5655The @code{barf-if-buffer-read-only} function sends you an error
5656message saying the buffer is read-only if you cannot modify it.
5657
5658The next line has the @code{erase-buffer} function as its sole
5659contents. That function erases the buffer.
5660
5661Finally, the last two lines contain the @code{save-excursion}
5662expression with @code{insert-buffer-substring} as its body.
5663The @code{insert-buffer-substring} expression copies the text from
5664the buffer you are in (and you have not seen the computer shift its
5665attention, so you don't know that that buffer is now called
5666@code{oldbuf}).
5667
5668Incidentally, this is what is meant by `replacement'. To replace text,
5669Emacs erases the previous text and then inserts new text.
5670
5671@need 1250
5672In outline, the body of @code{copy-to-buffer} looks like this:
5673
5674@smallexample
5675@group
5676(let (@var{bind-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-to-value-of-}@code{current-buffer})
5677 (@var{with-the-buffer-you-are-copying-to}
5678 (@var{but-do-not-erase-or-copy-to-a-read-only-buffer})
5679 (erase-buffer)
5680 (save-excursion
5681 @var{insert-substring-from-}@code{oldbuf}@var{-into-buffer})))
5682@end group
5683@end smallexample
5684
5685@node insert-buffer, beginning-of-buffer, copy-to-buffer, More Complex
5686@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5687@section The Definition of @code{insert-buffer}
5688@findex insert-buffer
5689
5690@code{insert-buffer} is yet another buffer-related function. This
5691command copies another buffer @emph{into} the current buffer. It is the
5692reverse of @code{append-to-buffer} or @code{copy-to-buffer}, since they
5693copy a region of text @emph{from} the current buffer to another buffer.
5694
5695Here is a discussion based on the original code. The code was
5696simplified in 2003 and is harder to understand.
5697
5698(@xref{New insert-buffer, , New Body for @code{insert-buffer}}, to see
5699a discussion of the new body.)
5700
5701In addition, this code illustrates the use of @code{interactive} with a
5702buffer that might be @dfn{read-only} and the important distinction
5703between the name of an object and the object actually referred to.
5704
5705@menu
5706* insert-buffer code::
5707* insert-buffer interactive:: When you can read, but not write.
5708* insert-buffer body:: The body has an @code{or} and a @code{let}.
5709* if & or:: Using an @code{if} instead of an @code{or}.
5710* Insert or:: How the @code{or} expression works.
5711* Insert let:: Two @code{save-excursion} expressions.
5712* New insert-buffer::
5713@end menu
5714
5715@node insert-buffer code, insert-buffer interactive, insert-buffer, insert-buffer
5716@ifnottex
5717@unnumberedsubsec The Code for @code{insert-buffer}
5718@end ifnottex
5719
5720@need 800
5721Here is the earlier code:
5722
5723@smallexample
5724@group
5725(defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5726 "Insert after point the contents of BUFFER.
5727Puts mark after the inserted text.
5728BUFFER may be a buffer or a buffer name."
5729 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5730@end group
5731@group
5732 (or (bufferp buffer)
5733 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer)))
5734 (let (start end newmark)
5735 (save-excursion
5736 (save-excursion
5737 (set-buffer buffer)
5738 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
5739@end group
5740@group
5741 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
5742 (setq newmark (point)))
5743 (push-mark newmark)))
5744@end group
5745@end smallexample
5746
5747@need 1200
5748As with other function definitions, you can use a template to see an
5749outline of the function:
5750
5751@smallexample
5752@group
5753(defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5754 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5755 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5756 @var{body}@dots{})
5757@end group
5758@end smallexample
5759
5760@node insert-buffer interactive, insert-buffer body, insert-buffer code, insert-buffer
5761@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5762@subsection The Interactive Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
5763@findex interactive, @r{example use of}
5764
5765In @code{insert-buffer}, the argument to the @code{interactive}
5766declaration has two parts, an asterisk, @samp{*}, and @samp{bInsert
5767buffer:@: }.
5768
5769@menu
5770* Read-only buffer:: When a buffer cannot be modified.
5771* b for interactive:: An existing buffer or else its name.
5772@end menu
5773
5774@node Read-only buffer, b for interactive, insert-buffer interactive, insert-buffer interactive
5775@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5776@unnumberedsubsubsec A Read-only Buffer
5777@cindex Read-only buffer
5778@cindex Asterisk for read-only buffer
5779@findex * @r{for read-only buffer}
5780
5781The asterisk is for the situation when the current buffer is a
5782read-only buffer---a buffer that cannot be modified. If
5783@code{insert-buffer} is called when the current buffer is read-only, a
5784message to this effect is printed in the echo area and the terminal
5785may beep or blink at you; you will not be permitted to insert anything
5786into current buffer. The asterisk does not need to be followed by a
5787newline to separate it from the next argument.
5788
5789@node b for interactive, , Read-only buffer, insert-buffer interactive
5790@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5791@unnumberedsubsubsec @samp{b} in an Interactive Expression
5792
5793The next argument in the interactive expression starts with a lower
5794case @samp{b}. (This is different from the code for
5795@code{append-to-buffer}, which uses an upper-case @samp{B}.
5796@xref{append-to-buffer, , The Definition of @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
5797The lower-case @samp{b} tells the Lisp interpreter that the argument
5798for @code{insert-buffer} should be an existing buffer or else its
5799name. (The upper-case @samp{B} option provides for the possibility
5800that the buffer does not exist.) Emacs will prompt you for the name
5801of the buffer, offering you a default buffer, with name completion
5802enabled. If the buffer does not exist, you receive a message that
5803says ``No match''; your terminal may beep at you as well.
5804
5805The new and simplified code generates a list for @code{interactive}.
5806It uses the @code{barf-if-buffer-read-only} and @code{read-buffer}
5807functions with which we are already familiar and the @code{progn}
5808special form with which we are not. (It will be described later.)
5809
5810@node insert-buffer body, if & or, insert-buffer interactive, insert-buffer
5811@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5812@subsection The Body of the @code{insert-buffer} Function
5813
5814The body of the @code{insert-buffer} function has two major parts: an
5815@code{or} expression and a @code{let} expression. The purpose of the
5816@code{or} expression is to ensure that the argument @code{buffer} is
5817bound to a buffer and not just the name of a buffer. The body of the
5818@code{let} expression contains the code which copies the other buffer
5819into the current buffer.
5820
5821@need 1250
5822In outline, the two expressions fit into the @code{insert-buffer}
5823function like this:
5824
5825@smallexample
5826@group
5827(defun insert-buffer (buffer)
5828 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
5829 (interactive "*bInsert buffer:@: ")
5830 (or @dots{}
5831 @dots{}
5832@end group
5833@group
5834 (let (@var{varlist})
5835 @var{body-of-}@code{let}@dots{} )
5836@end group
5837@end smallexample
5838
5839To understand how the @code{or} expression ensures that the argument
5840@code{buffer} is bound to a buffer and not to the name of a buffer, it
5841is first necessary to understand the @code{or} function.
5842
5843Before doing this, let me rewrite this part of the function using
5844@code{if} so that you can see what is done in a manner that will be familiar.
5845
5846@node if & or, Insert or, insert-buffer body, insert-buffer
5847@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5848@subsection @code{insert-buffer} With an @code{if} Instead of an @code{or}
5849
5850The job to be done is to make sure the value of @code{buffer} is a
5851buffer itself and not the name of a buffer. If the value is the name,
5852then the buffer itself must be got.
5853
5854You can imagine yourself at a conference where an usher is wandering
5855around holding a list with your name on it and looking for you: the
5856usher is ``bound'' to your name, not to you; but when the usher finds
5857you and takes your arm, the usher becomes ``bound'' to you.
5858
5859@need 800
5860In Lisp, you might describe this situation like this:
5861
5862@smallexample
5863@group
5864(if (not (holding-on-to-guest))
5865 (find-and-take-arm-of-guest))
5866@end group
5867@end smallexample
5868
5869We want to do the same thing with a buffer---if we do not have the
5870buffer itself, we want to get it.
5871
5872@need 1200
5873Using a predicate called @code{bufferp} that tells us whether we have a
5874buffer (rather than its name), we can write the code like this:
5875
5876@smallexample
5877@group
5878(if (not (bufferp buffer)) ; @r{if-part}
5879 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))) ; @r{then-part}
5880@end group
5881@end smallexample
5882
5883@noindent
5884Here, the true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression is
5885@w{@code{(not (bufferp buffer))}}; and the then-part is the expression
5886@w{@code{(setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))}}.
5887
5888In the test, the function @code{bufferp} returns true if its argument is
5889a buffer---but false if its argument is the name of the buffer. (The
5890last character of the function name @code{bufferp} is the character
5891@samp{p}; as we saw earlier, such use of @samp{p} is a convention that
5892indicates that the function is a predicate, which is a term that means
5893that the function will determine whether some property is true or false.
5894@xref{Wrong Type of Argument, , Using the Wrong Type Object as an
5895Argument}.)
5896
5897@need 1200
5898The function @code{not} precedes the expression @code{(bufferp buffer)},
5899so the true-or-false-test looks like this:
5900
5901@smallexample
5902(not (bufferp buffer))
5903@end smallexample
5904
5905@noindent
5906@code{not} is a function that returns true if its argument is false
5907and false if its argument is true. So if @code{(bufferp buffer)}
5908returns true, the @code{not} expression returns false and vice-verse:
5909what is ``not true'' is false and what is ``not false'' is true.
5910
5911Using this test, the @code{if} expression works as follows: when the
5912value of the variable @code{buffer} is actually a buffer rather than
5913its name, the true-or-false-test returns false and the @code{if}
5914expression does not evaluate the then-part. This is fine, since we do
5915not need to do anything to the variable @code{buffer} if it really is
5916a buffer.
5917
5918On the other hand, when the value of @code{buffer} is not a buffer
5919itself, but the name of a buffer, the true-or-false-test returns true
5920and the then-part of the expression is evaluated. In this case, the
5921then-part is @code{(setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))}. This
5922expression uses the @code{get-buffer} function to return an actual
5923buffer itself, given its name. The @code{setq} then sets the variable
5924@code{buffer} to the value of the buffer itself, replacing its previous
5925value (which was the name of the buffer).
5926
5927@node Insert or, Insert let, if & or, insert-buffer
5928@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5929@subsection The @code{or} in the Body
5930
5931The purpose of the @code{or} expression in the @code{insert-buffer}
5932function is to ensure that the argument @code{buffer} is bound to a
5933buffer and not just to the name of a buffer. The previous section shows
5934how the job could have been done using an @code{if} expression.
5935However, the @code{insert-buffer} function actually uses @code{or}.
5936To understand this, it is necessary to understand how @code{or} works.
5937
5938@findex or
5939An @code{or} function can have any number of arguments. It evaluates
5940each argument in turn and returns the value of the first of its
5941arguments that is not @code{nil}. Also, and this is a crucial feature
5942of @code{or}, it does not evaluate any subsequent arguments after
5943returning the first non-@code{nil} value.
5944
5945@need 800
5946The @code{or} expression looks like this:
5947
5948@smallexample
5949@group
5950(or (bufferp buffer)
5951 (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer)))
5952@end group
5953@end smallexample
5954
5955@noindent
5956The first argument to @code{or} is the expression @code{(bufferp buffer)}.
5957This expression returns true (a non-@code{nil} value) if the buffer is
5958actually a buffer, and not just the name of a buffer. In the @code{or}
5959expression, if this is the case, the @code{or} expression returns this
5960true value and does not evaluate the next expression---and this is fine
5961with us, since we do not want to do anything to the value of
5962@code{buffer} if it really is a buffer.
5963
5964On the other hand, if the value of @code{(bufferp buffer)} is @code{nil},
5965which it will be if the value of @code{buffer} is the name of a buffer,
5966the Lisp interpreter evaluates the next element of the @code{or}
5967expression. This is the expression @code{(setq buffer (get-buffer
5968buffer))}. This expression returns a non-@code{nil} value, which
5969is the value to which it sets the variable @code{buffer}---and this
5970value is a buffer itself, not the name of a buffer.
5971
5972The result of all this is that the symbol @code{buffer} is always
5973bound to a buffer itself rather than to the name of a buffer. All
5974this is necessary because the @code{set-buffer} function in a
5975following line only works with a buffer itself, not with the name to a
5976buffer.
5977
5978@need 1250
5979Incidentally, using @code{or}, the situation with the usher would be
5980written like this:
5981
5982@smallexample
5983(or (holding-on-to-guest) (find-and-take-arm-of-guest))
5984@end smallexample
5985
5986@node Insert let, New insert-buffer, Insert or, insert-buffer
5987@comment node-name, next, previous, up
5988@subsection The @code{let} Expression in @code{insert-buffer}
5989
5990After ensuring that the variable @code{buffer} refers to a buffer itself
5991and not just to the name of a buffer, the @code{insert-buffer function}
5992continues with a @code{let} expression. This specifies three local
5993variables, @code{start}, @code{end}, and @code{newmark} and binds them
5994to the initial value @code{nil}. These variables are used inside the
5995remainder of the @code{let} and temporarily hide any other occurrence of
5996variables of the same name in Emacs until the end of the @code{let}.
5997
5998@need 1200
5999The body of the @code{let} contains two @code{save-excursion}
6000expressions. First, we will look at the inner @code{save-excursion}
6001expression in detail. The expression looks like this:
6002
6003@smallexample
6004@group
6005(save-excursion
6006 (set-buffer buffer)
6007 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
6008@end group
6009@end smallexample
6010
6011@noindent
6012The expression @code{(set-buffer buffer)} changes Emacs' attention
6013from the current buffer to the one from which the text will copied.
6014In that buffer, the variables @code{start} and @code{end} are set to
6015the beginning and end of the buffer, using the commands
6016@code{point-min} and @code{point-max}. Note that we have here an
6017illustration of how @code{setq} is able to set two variables in the
6018same expression. The first argument of @code{setq} is set to the
6019value of its second, and its third argument is set to the value of its
6020fourth.
6021
6022After the body of the inner @code{save-excursion} is evaluated, the
6023@code{save-excursion} restores the original buffer, but @code{start} and
6024@code{end} remain set to the values of the beginning and end of the
6025buffer from which the text will be copied.
6026
6027@need 1250
6028The outer @code{save-excursion} expression looks like this:
6029
6030@smallexample
6031@group
6032(save-excursion
6033 (@var{inner-}@code{save-excursion}@var{-expression}
6034 (@var{go-to-new-buffer-and-set-}@code{start}@var{-and-}@code{end})
6035 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
6036 (setq newmark (point)))
6037@end group
6038@end smallexample
6039
6040@noindent
6041The @code{insert-buffer-substring} function copies the text
6042@emph{into} the current buffer @emph{from} the region indicated by
6043@code{start} and @code{end} in @code{buffer}. Since the whole of the
6044second buffer lies between @code{start} and @code{end}, the whole of
6045the second buffer is copied into the buffer you are editing. Next,
6046the value of point, which will be at the end of the inserted text, is
6047recorded in the variable @code{newmark}.
6048
6049After the body of the outer @code{save-excursion} is evaluated, point
6050and mark are relocated to their original places.
6051
6052However, it is convenient to locate a mark at the end of the newly
6053inserted text and locate point at its beginning. The @code{newmark}
6054variable records the end of the inserted text. In the last line of
6055the @code{let} expression, the @code{(push-mark newmark)} expression
6056function sets a mark to this location. (The previous location of the
6057mark is still accessible; it is recorded on the mark ring and you can
6058go back to it with @kbd{C-u C-@key{SPC}}.) Meanwhile, point is
6059located at the beginning of the inserted text, which is where it was
6060before you called the insert function, the position of which was saved
6061by the first @code{save-excursion}.
6062
6063@need 1250
6064The whole @code{let} expression looks like this:
6065
6066@smallexample
6067@group
6068(let (start end newmark)
6069 (save-excursion
6070 (save-excursion
6071 (set-buffer buffer)
6072 (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
6073 (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end)
6074 (setq newmark (point)))
6075 (push-mark newmark))
6076@end group
6077@end smallexample
6078
6079Like the @code{append-to-buffer} function, the @code{insert-buffer}
6080function uses @code{let}, @code{save-excursion}, and
6081@code{set-buffer}. In addition, the function illustrates one way to
6082use @code{or}. All these functions are building blocks that we will
6083find and use again and again.
6084
6085@node New insert-buffer, , Insert let, insert-buffer
6086@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6087@subsection New Body for @code{insert-buffer}
6088@findex insert-buffer, new version body
6089@findex new version body for insert-buffer
6090
6091The body in the GNU Emacs 22 version is more confusing than the original.
6092
6093@need 1250
6094It consists of two expressions,
6095
6096@smallexample
6097@group
6098 (push-mark
6099 (save-excursion
6100 (insert-buffer-substring (get-buffer buffer))
6101 (point)))
6102
6103 nil
6104@end group
6105@end smallexample
6106
6107@noindent
6108except, and this is what confuses novices, very important work is done
6109inside the @code{push-mark} expression.
6110
6111The @code{get-buffer} function returns a buffer with the name
6112provided. You will note that the function is @emph{not} called
6113@code{get-buffer-create}; it does not create a buffer if one does not
6114already exist. The buffer returned by @code{get-buffer}, an existing
6115buffer, is passed to @code{insert-buffer-substring}, which inserts the
6116whole of the buffer (since you did not specify anything else).
6117
6118The location into which the buffer is inserted is recorded by
6119@code{push-mark}. Then the function returns @code{nil}, the value of
6120its last command. Put another way, the @code{insert-buffer} function
6121exists only to produce a side effect, inserting another buffer, not to
6122return any value.
6123
6124@node beginning-of-buffer, Second Buffer Related Review, insert-buffer, More Complex
6125@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6126@section Complete Definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6127@findex beginning-of-buffer
6128
6129The basic structure of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function has
6130already been discussed. (@xref{simplified-beginning-of-buffer, , A
6131Simplified @code{beginning-of-buffer} Definition}.)
6132This section describes the complex part of the definition.
6133
6134As previously described, when invoked without an argument,
6135@code{beginning-of-buffer} moves the cursor to the beginning of the
6136buffer (in truth, the beginning of the accessible portion of the
6137buffer), leaving the mark at the previous position. However, when the
6138command is invoked with a number between one and ten, the function
6139considers that number to be a fraction of the length of the buffer,
6140measured in tenths, and Emacs moves the cursor that fraction of the
6141way from the beginning of the buffer. Thus, you can either call this
6142function with the key command @kbd{M-<}, which will move the cursor to
6143the beginning of the buffer, or with a key command such as @kbd{C-u 7
6144M-<} which will move the cursor to a point 70% of the way through the
6145buffer. If a number bigger than ten is used for the argument, it
6146moves to the end of the buffer.
6147
6148The @code{beginning-of-buffer} function can be called with or without an
6149argument. The use of the argument is optional.
6150
6151@menu
6152* Optional Arguments::
6153* beginning-of-buffer opt arg:: Example with optional argument.
6154* beginning-of-buffer complete::
6155@end menu
6156
6157@node Optional Arguments, beginning-of-buffer opt arg, beginning-of-buffer, beginning-of-buffer
6158@subsection Optional Arguments
6159
6160Unless told otherwise, Lisp expects that a function with an argument in
6161its function definition will be called with a value for that argument.
6162If that does not happen, you get an error and a message that says
6163@samp{Wrong number of arguments}.
6164
6165@cindex Optional arguments
6166@cindex Keyword
6167@findex optional
6168However, optional arguments are a feature of Lisp: a particular
6169@dfn{keyword} is used to tell the Lisp interpreter that an argument is
6170optional. The keyword is @code{&optional}. (The @samp{&} in front of
6171@samp{optional} is part of the keyword.) In a function definition, if
6172an argument follows the keyword @code{&optional}, no value need be
6173passed to that argument when the function is called.
6174
6175@need 1200
6176The first line of the function definition of @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6177therefore looks like this:
6178
6179@smallexample
6180(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6181@end smallexample
6182
6183@need 1250
6184In outline, the whole function looks like this:
6185
6186@smallexample
6187@group
6188(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6189 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
6190 (interactive "P")
6191 (or (@var{is-the-argument-a-cons-cell} arg)
6192 (and @var{are-both-transient-mark-mode-and-mark-active-true})
6193 (push-mark))
6194 (let (@var{determine-size-and-set-it})
6195 (goto-char
6196 (@var{if-there-is-an-argument}
6197 @var{figure-out-where-to-go}
6198 @var{else-go-to}
6199 (point-min))))
6200 @var{do-nicety}
6201@end group
6202@end smallexample
6203
6204The function is similar to the @code{simplified-beginning-of-buffer}
6205function except that the @code{interactive} expression has @code{"P"}
6206as an argument and the @code{goto-char} function is followed by an
6207if-then-else expression that figures out where to put the cursor if
6208there is an argument that is not a cons cell.
6209
6210(Since I do not explain a cons cell for many more chapters, please
6211consider ignoring the function @code{consp}. @xref{List
6212Implementation, , How Lists are Implemented}, and @ref{Cons Cell Type,
6213, Cons Cell and List Types, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
6214Manual}.)
6215
6216The @code{"P"} in the @code{interactive} expression tells Emacs to
6217pass a prefix argument, if there is one, to the function in raw form.
6218A prefix argument is made by typing the @key{META} key followed by a
6219number, or by typing @kbd{C-u} and then a number. (If you don't type
6220a number, @kbd{C-u} defaults to a cons cell with a 4. A lowercase
6221@code{"p"} in the @code{interactive} expression causes the function to
6222convert a prefix arg to a number.)
6223
6224The true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression looks complex, but
6225it is not: it checks whether @code{arg} has a value that is not
6226@code{nil} and whether it is a cons cell. (That is what @code{consp}
6227does; it checks whether its argument is a cons cell.) If @code{arg}
6228has a value that is not @code{nil} (and is not a cons cell), which
6229will be the case if @code{beginning-of-buffer} is called with a
6230numeric argument, then this true-or-false-test will return true and
6231the then-part of the @code{if} expression will be evaluated. On the
6232other hand, if @code{beginning-of-buffer} is not called with an
6233argument, the value of @code{arg} will be @code{nil} and the else-part
6234of the @code{if} expression will be evaluated. The else-part is
6235simply @code{point-min}, and when this is the outcome, the whole
6236@code{goto-char} expression is @code{(goto-char (point-min))}, which
6237is how we saw the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function in its
6238simplified form.
6239
6240@node beginning-of-buffer opt arg, beginning-of-buffer complete, Optional Arguments, beginning-of-buffer
6241@subsection @code{beginning-of-buffer} with an Argument
6242
6243When @code{beginning-of-buffer} is called with an argument, an
6244expression is evaluated which calculates what value to pass to
6245@code{goto-char}. This expression is rather complicated at first sight.
6246It includes an inner @code{if} expression and much arithmetic. It looks
6247like this:
6248
6249@smallexample
6250@group
6251(if (> (buffer-size) 10000)
6252 ;; @r{Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!}
6253 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6254 (/ size 10))
6255 (/
6256 (+ 10
6257 (*
6258 size (prefix-numeric-value arg))) 10)))
6259@end group
6260@end smallexample
6261
6262@menu
6263* Disentangle beginning-of-buffer::
6264* Large buffer case::
6265* Small buffer case::
6266@end menu
6267
6268@node Disentangle beginning-of-buffer, Large buffer case, beginning-of-buffer opt arg, beginning-of-buffer opt arg
6269@ifnottex
6270@unnumberedsubsubsec Disentangle @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6271@end ifnottex
6272
6273Like other complex-looking expressions, the conditional expression
6274within @code{beginning-of-buffer} can be disentangled by looking at it
6275as parts of a template, in this case, the template for an if-then-else
6276expression. In skeletal form, the expression looks like this:
6277
6278@smallexample
6279@group
6280(if (@var{buffer-is-large}
6281 @var{divide-buffer-size-by-10-and-multiply-by-arg}
6282 @var{else-use-alternate-calculation}
6283@end group
6284@end smallexample
6285
6286The true-or-false-test of this inner @code{if} expression checks the
6287size of the buffer. The reason for this is that the old version 18
6288Emacs used numbers that are no bigger than eight million or so and in
6289the computation that followed, the programmer feared that Emacs might
6290try to use over-large numbers if the buffer were large. The term
6291`overflow', mentioned in the comment, means numbers that are over
6292large. More recent versions of Emacs use larger numbers, but this
6293code has not been touched, if only because people now look at buffers
6294that are far, far larger than ever before.
6295
6296There are two cases: if the buffer is large and if it is not.
6297
6298@node Large buffer case, Small buffer case, Disentangle beginning-of-buffer, beginning-of-buffer opt arg
6299@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6300@unnumberedsubsubsec What happens in a large buffer
6301
6302In @code{beginning-of-buffer}, the inner @code{if} expression tests
6303whether the size of the buffer is greater than 10,000 characters. To do
6304this, it uses the @code{>} function and the computation of @code{size}
6305that comes from the let expression.
6306
6307In the old days, the function @code{buffer-size} was used. Not only
6308was that function called several times, it gave the size of the whole
6309buffer, not the accessible part. The computation makes much more
6310sense when it handles just the accessible part. (@xref{Narrowing &
6311Widening, , Narrowing and Widening}, for more information on focusing
6312attention to an `accessible' part.)
6313
6314@need 800
6315The line looks like this:
6316
6317@smallexample
6318(if (> size 10000)
6319@end smallexample
6320
6321@need 1200
6322@noindent
6323When the buffer is large, the then-part of the @code{if} expression is
6324evaluated. It reads like this (after formatting for easy reading):
6325
6326@smallexample
6327@group
6328(*
6329 (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6330 (/ size 10))
6331@end group
6332@end smallexample
6333
6334@noindent
6335This expression is a multiplication, with two arguments to the function
6336@code{*}.
6337
6338The first argument is @code{(prefix-numeric-value arg)}. When
6339@code{"P"} is used as the argument for @code{interactive}, the value
6340passed to the function as its argument is passed a ``raw prefix
6341argument'', and not a number. (It is a number in a list.) To perform
6342the arithmetic, a conversion is necessary, and
6343@code{prefix-numeric-value} does the job.
6344
6345@findex / @r{(division)}
6346@cindex Division
6347The second argument is @code{(/ size 10)}. This expression divides
6348the numeric value by ten --- the numeric value of the size of the
6349accessible portion of the buffer. This produces a number that tells
6350how many characters make up one tenth of the buffer size. (In Lisp,
6351@code{/} is used for division, just as @code{*} is used for
6352multiplication.)
6353
6354@need 1200
6355In the multiplication expression as a whole, this amount is multiplied
6356by the value of the prefix argument---the multiplication looks like this:
6357
6358@smallexample
6359@group
6360(* @var{numeric-value-of-prefix-arg}
6361 @var{number-of-characters-in-one-tenth-of-the-accessible-buffer})
6362@end group
6363@end smallexample
6364
6365@noindent
6366If, for example, the prefix argument is @samp{7}, the one-tenth value
6367will be multiplied by 7 to give a position 70% of the way through.
6368
6369@need 1200
6370The result of all this is that if the accessible portion of the buffer
6371is large, the @code{goto-char} expression reads like this:
6372
6373@smallexample
6374@group
6375(goto-char (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6376 (/ size 10)))
6377@end group
6378@end smallexample
6379
6380This puts the cursor where we want it.
6381
6382@node Small buffer case, , Large buffer case, beginning-of-buffer opt arg
6383@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6384@unnumberedsubsubsec What happens in a small buffer
6385
6386If the buffer contains fewer than 10,000 characters, a slightly
6387different computation is performed. You might think this is not
6388necessary, since the first computation could do the job. However, in
6389a small buffer, the first method may not put the cursor on exactly the
6390desired line; the second method does a better job.
6391
6392@need 800
6393The code looks like this:
6394
6395@c Keep this on one line.
6396@smallexample
6397(/ (+ 10 (* size (prefix-numeric-value arg))) 10))
6398@end smallexample
6399
6400@need 1200
6401@noindent
6402This is code in which you figure out what happens by discovering how the
6403functions are embedded in parentheses. It is easier to read if you
6404reformat it with each expression indented more deeply than its
6405enclosing expression:
6406
6407@smallexample
6408@group
6409 (/
6410 (+ 10
6411 (*
6412 size
6413 (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6414 10))
6415@end group
6416@end smallexample
6417
6418@need 1200
6419@noindent
6420Looking at parentheses, we see that the innermost operation is
6421@code{(prefix-numeric-value arg)}, which converts the raw argument to
6422a number. In the following expression, this number is multiplied by
6423the size of the accessible portion of the buffer:
6424
6425@smallexample
6426(* size (prefix-numeric-value arg))
6427@end smallexample
6428
6429@noindent
6430This multiplication creates a number that may be larger than the size of
6431the buffer---seven times larger if the argument is 7, for example. Ten
6432is then added to this number and finally the large number is divided by
6433ten to provide a value that is one character larger than the percentage
6434position in the buffer.
6435
6436The number that results from all this is passed to @code{goto-char} and
6437the cursor is moved to that point.
6438
6439@need 1500
6440@node beginning-of-buffer complete, , beginning-of-buffer opt arg, beginning-of-buffer
6441@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6442@subsection The Complete @code{beginning-of-buffer}
6443
6444@need 1000
6445Here is the complete text of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} function:
6446@sp 1
6447
6448@c In GNU Emacs 22
6449@smallexample
6450@group
6451(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6452 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
6453leave mark at previous position.
6454With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
6455do not set mark at previous position.
6456With numeric arg N,
6457put point N/10 of the way from the beginning.
6458
6459If the buffer is narrowed,
6460this command uses the beginning and size
6461of the accessible part of the buffer.
6462@end group
6463
6464@group
6465Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
6466\(goto-char (point-min)) is faster
6467and avoids clobbering the mark."
6468 (interactive "P")
6469 (or (consp arg)
6470 (and transient-mark-mode mark-active)
6471 (push-mark))
6472@end group
6473@group
6474 (let ((size (- (point-max) (point-min))))
6475 (goto-char (if (and arg (not (consp arg)))
6476 (+ (point-min)
6477 (if (> size 10000)
6478 ;; Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!
6479 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6480 (/ size 10))
a9097c6d
KB
6481 (/ (+ 10 (* size (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6482 10)))
8cda6f8f
GM
6483 (point-min))))
6484 (if arg (forward-line 1)))
6485@end group
6486@end smallexample
6487
6488@ignore
6489From before GNU Emacs 22
6490@smallexample
6491@group
6492(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
6493 "Move point to the beginning of the buffer;
6494leave mark at previous position.
6495With arg N, put point N/10 of the way
6496from the true beginning.
6497@end group
6498@group
6499Don't use this in Lisp programs!
6500\(goto-char (point-min)) is faster
6501and does not set the mark."
6502 (interactive "P")
6503 (push-mark)
6504@end group
6505@group
6506 (goto-char
6507 (if arg
6508 (if (> (buffer-size) 10000)
6509 ;; @r{Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes!}
6510 (* (prefix-numeric-value arg)
6511 (/ (buffer-size) 10))
6512@end group
6513@group
6514 (/ (+ 10 (* (buffer-size)
6515 (prefix-numeric-value arg)))
6516 10))
6517 (point-min)))
6518 (if arg (forward-line 1)))
6519@end group
6520@end smallexample
6521@end ignore
6522
6523@noindent
6524Except for two small points, the previous discussion shows how this
6525function works. The first point deals with a detail in the
6526documentation string, and the second point concerns the last line of
6527the function.
6528
6529@need 800
6530In the documentation string, there is reference to an expression:
6531
6532@smallexample
6533\\[universal-argument]
6534@end smallexample
6535
6536@noindent
6537A @samp{\\} is used before the first square bracket of this
6538expression. This @samp{\\} tells the Lisp interpreter to substitute
6539whatever key is currently bound to the @samp{[@dots{}]}. In the case
6540of @code{universal-argument}, that is usually @kbd{C-u}, but it might
6541be different. (@xref{Documentation Tips, , Tips for Documentation
6542Strings, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
6543information.)
6544
6545@need 1200
6546Finally, the last line of the @code{beginning-of-buffer} command says
6547to move point to the beginning of the next line if the command is
6548invoked with an argument:
6549
6550@smallexample
6551(if arg (forward-line 1)))
6552@end smallexample
6553
6554@noindent
6555This puts the cursor at the beginning of the first line after the
6556appropriate tenths position in the buffer. This is a flourish that
6557means that the cursor is always located @emph{at least} the requested
6558tenths of the way through the buffer, which is a nicety that is,
6559perhaps, not necessary, but which, if it did not occur, would be sure
6560to draw complaints.
6561
6562On the other hand, it also means that if you specify the command with
6563a @kbd{C-u}, but without a number, that is to say, if the `raw prefix
6564argument' is simply a cons cell, then the command puts you at the
6565beginning of the second line @dots{} I don't know whether this is
6566intended or whether no one has dealt with the code to avoid this
6567happening.
6568
6569@node Second Buffer Related Review, optional Exercise, beginning-of-buffer, More Complex
6570@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6571@section Review
6572
6573Here is a brief summary of some of the topics covered in this chapter.
6574
6575@table @code
6576@item or
6577Evaluate each argument in sequence, and return the value of the first
6578argument that is not @code{nil}; if none return a value that is not
6579@code{nil}, return @code{nil}. In brief, return the first true value
6580of the arguments; return a true value if one @emph{or} any of the
6581others are true.
6582
6583@item and
6584Evaluate each argument in sequence, and if any are @code{nil}, return
6585@code{nil}; if none are @code{nil}, return the value of the last
6586argument. In brief, return a true value only if all the arguments are
6587true; return a true value if one @emph{and} each of the others is
6588true.
6589
6590@item &optional
6591A keyword used to indicate that an argument to a function definition
6592is optional; this means that the function can be evaluated without the
6593argument, if desired.
6594
6595@item prefix-numeric-value
6596Convert the `raw prefix argument' produced by @code{(interactive
6597"P")} to a numeric value.
6598
6599@item forward-line
6600Move point forward to the beginning of the next line, or if the argument
6601is greater than one, forward that many lines. If it can't move as far
6602forward as it is supposed to, @code{forward-line} goes forward as far as
6603it can and then returns a count of the number of additional lines it was
6604supposed to move but couldn't.
6605
6606@item erase-buffer
6607Delete the entire contents of the current buffer.
6608
6609@item bufferp
6610Return @code{t} if its argument is a buffer; otherwise return @code{nil}.
6611@end table
6612
6613@node optional Exercise, , Second Buffer Related Review, More Complex
6614@section @code{optional} Argument Exercise
6615
6616Write an interactive function with an optional argument that tests
6617whether its argument, a number, is greater than or equal to, or else,
6618less than the value of @code{fill-column}, and tells you which, in a
6619message. However, if you do not pass an argument to the function, use
662056 as a default value.
6621
6622@node Narrowing & Widening, car cdr & cons, More Complex, Top
6623@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6624@chapter Narrowing and Widening
6625@cindex Focusing attention (narrowing)
6626@cindex Narrowing
6627@cindex Widening
6628
6629Narrowing is a feature of Emacs that makes it possible for you to focus
6630on a specific part of a buffer, and work without accidentally changing
6631other parts. Narrowing is normally disabled since it can confuse
6632novices.
6633
6634@menu
6635* Narrowing advantages:: The advantages of narrowing
6636* save-restriction:: The @code{save-restriction} special form.
6637* what-line:: The number of the line that point is on.
6638* narrow Exercise::
6639@end menu
6640
6641@node Narrowing advantages, save-restriction, Narrowing & Widening, Narrowing & Widening
6642@ifnottex
6643@unnumberedsec The Advantages of Narrowing
6644@end ifnottex
6645
6646With narrowing, the rest of a buffer is made invisible, as if it weren't
6647there. This is an advantage if, for example, you want to replace a word
6648in one part of a buffer but not in another: you narrow to the part you want
6649and the replacement is carried out only in that section, not in the rest
6650of the buffer. Searches will only work within a narrowed region, not
6651outside of one, so if you are fixing a part of a document, you can keep
6652yourself from accidentally finding parts you do not need to fix by
6653narrowing just to the region you want.
6654(The key binding for @code{narrow-to-region} is @kbd{C-x n n}.)
6655
6656However, narrowing does make the rest of the buffer invisible, which
6657can scare people who inadvertently invoke narrowing and think they
6658have deleted a part of their file. Moreover, the @code{undo} command
6659(which is usually bound to @kbd{C-x u}) does not turn off narrowing
6660(nor should it), so people can become quite desperate if they do not
6661know that they can return the rest of a buffer to visibility with the
6662@code{widen} command.
6663(The key binding for @code{widen} is @kbd{C-x n w}.)
6664
6665Narrowing is just as useful to the Lisp interpreter as to a human.
6666Often, an Emacs Lisp function is designed to work on just part of a
6667buffer; or conversely, an Emacs Lisp function needs to work on all of a
6668buffer that has been narrowed. The @code{what-line} function, for
6669example, removes the narrowing from a buffer, if it has any narrowing
6670and when it has finished its job, restores the narrowing to what it was.
6671On the other hand, the @code{count-lines} function, which is called by
6672@code{what-line}, uses narrowing to restrict itself to just that portion
6673of the buffer in which it is interested and then restores the previous
6674situation.
6675
6676@node save-restriction, what-line, Narrowing advantages, Narrowing & Widening
6677@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6678@section The @code{save-restriction} Special Form
6679@findex save-restriction
6680
6681In Emacs Lisp, you can use the @code{save-restriction} special form to
6682keep track of whatever narrowing is in effect, if any. When the Lisp
6683interpreter meets with @code{save-restriction}, it executes the code
6684in the body of the @code{save-restriction} expression, and then undoes
6685any changes to narrowing that the code caused. If, for example, the
6686buffer is narrowed and the code that follows @code{save-restriction}
6687gets rid of the narrowing, @code{save-restriction} returns the buffer
6688to its narrowed region afterwards. In the @code{what-line} command,
6689any narrowing the buffer may have is undone by the @code{widen}
6690command that immediately follows the @code{save-restriction} command.
6691Any original narrowing is restored just before the completion of the
6692function.
6693
6694@need 1250
6695The template for a @code{save-restriction} expression is simple:
6696
6697@smallexample
6698@group
6699(save-restriction
6700 @var{body}@dots{} )
6701@end group
6702@end smallexample
6703
6704@noindent
6705The body of the @code{save-restriction} is one or more expressions that
6706will be evaluated in sequence by the Lisp interpreter.
6707
6708Finally, a point to note: when you use both @code{save-excursion} and
6709@code{save-restriction}, one right after the other, you should use
6710@code{save-excursion} outermost. If you write them in reverse order,
6711you may fail to record narrowing in the buffer to which Emacs switches
6712after calling @code{save-excursion}. Thus, when written together,
6713@code{save-excursion} and @code{save-restriction} should be written
6714like this:
6715
6716@smallexample
6717@group
6718(save-excursion
6719 (save-restriction
6720 @var{body}@dots{}))
6721@end group
6722@end smallexample
6723
6724In other circumstances, when not written together, the
6725@code{save-excursion} and @code{save-restriction} special forms must
6726be written in the order appropriate to the function.
6727
6728@need 1250
6729For example,
6730
6731@smallexample
6732@group
6733 (save-restriction
6734 (widen)
6735 (save-excursion
6736 @var{body}@dots{}))
6737@end group
6738@end smallexample
6739
6740@ignore
6741Emacs 22
6742/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/simple.el
6743
6744(defun what-line ()
6745 "Print the current buffer line number and narrowed line number of point."
6746 (interactive)
6747 (let ((start (point-min))
6748 (n (line-number-at-pos)))
6749 (if (= start 1)
6750 (message "Line %d" n)
6751 (save-excursion
6752 (save-restriction
6753 (widen)
6754 (message "line %d (narrowed line %d)"
6755 (+ n (line-number-at-pos start) -1) n))))))
6756
6757(defun line-number-at-pos (&optional pos)
6758 "Return (narrowed) buffer line number at position POS.
6759If POS is nil, use current buffer location.
6760Counting starts at (point-min), so the value refers
6761to the contents of the accessible portion of the buffer."
6762 (let ((opoint (or pos (point))) start)
6763 (save-excursion
6764 (goto-char (point-min))
6765 (setq start (point))
6766 (goto-char opoint)
6767 (forward-line 0)
6768 (1+ (count-lines start (point))))))
6769
6770(defun count-lines (start end)
6771 "Return number of lines between START and END.
6772This is usually the number of newlines between them,
6773but can be one more if START is not equal to END
6774and the greater of them is not at the start of a line."
6775 (save-excursion
6776 (save-restriction
6777 (narrow-to-region start end)
6778 (goto-char (point-min))
6779 (if (eq selective-display t)
6780 (save-match-data
6781 (let ((done 0))
6782 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 40)
6783 (setq done (+ 40 done)))
6784 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 1)
6785 (setq done (+ 1 done)))
6786 (goto-char (point-max))
6787 (if (and (/= start end)
6788 (not (bolp)))
6789 (1+ done)
6790 done)))
6791 (- (buffer-size) (forward-line (buffer-size)))))))
6792@end ignore
6793
6794@node what-line, narrow Exercise, save-restriction, Narrowing & Widening
6795@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6796@section @code{what-line}
6797@findex what-line
6798@cindex Widening, example of
6799
6800The @code{what-line} command tells you the number of the line in which
6801the cursor is located. The function illustrates the use of the
6802@code{save-restriction} and @code{save-excursion} commands. Here is the
6803original text of the function:
6804
6805@smallexample
6806@group
6807(defun what-line ()
6808 "Print the current line number (in the buffer) of point."
6809 (interactive)
6810 (save-restriction
6811 (widen)
6812 (save-excursion
6813 (beginning-of-line)
6814 (message "Line %d"
6815 (1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))))))
6816@end group
6817@end smallexample
6818
6819(In recent versions of GNU Emacs, the @code{what-line} function has
6820been expanded to tell you your line number in a narrowed buffer as
6821well as your line number in a widened buffer. The recent version is
6822more complex than the version shown here. If you feel adventurous,
6823you might want to look at it after figuring out how this version
6824works. You will probably need to use @kbd{C-h f}
6825(@code{describe-function}). The newer version uses a conditional to
6826determine whether the buffer has been narrowed.
6827
6828(Also, it uses @code{line-number-at-pos}, which among other simple
6829expressions, such as @code{(goto-char (point-min))}, moves point to
6830the beginning of the current line with @code{(forward-line 0)} rather
6831than @code{beginning-of-line}.)
6832
6833The @code{what-line} function as shown here has a documentation line
6834and is interactive, as you would expect. The next two lines use the
6835functions @code{save-restriction} and @code{widen}.
6836
6837The @code{save-restriction} special form notes whatever narrowing is in
6838effect, if any, in the current buffer and restores that narrowing after
6839the code in the body of the @code{save-restriction} has been evaluated.
6840
6841The @code{save-restriction} special form is followed by @code{widen}.
6842This function undoes any narrowing the current buffer may have had
6843when @code{what-line} was called. (The narrowing that was there is
6844the narrowing that @code{save-restriction} remembers.) This widening
6845makes it possible for the line counting commands to count from the
6846beginning of the buffer. Otherwise, they would have been limited to
6847counting within the accessible region. Any original narrowing is
6848restored just before the completion of the function by the
6849@code{save-restriction} special form.
6850
6851The call to @code{widen} is followed by @code{save-excursion}, which
6852saves the location of the cursor (i.e., of point) and of the mark, and
6853restores them after the code in the body of the @code{save-excursion}
6854uses the @code{beginning-of-line} function to move point.
6855
6856(Note that the @code{(widen)} expression comes between the
6857@code{save-restriction} and @code{save-excursion} special forms. When
6858you write the two @code{save- @dots{}} expressions in sequence, write
6859@code{save-excursion} outermost.)
6860
6861@need 1200
6862The last two lines of the @code{what-line} function are functions to
6863count the number of lines in the buffer and then print the number in the
6864echo area.
6865
6866@smallexample
6867@group
6868(message "Line %d"
6869 (1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))))))
6870@end group
6871@end smallexample
6872
6873The @code{message} function prints a one-line message at the bottom of
6874the Emacs screen. The first argument is inside of quotation marks and
6875is printed as a string of characters. However, it may contain a
6876@samp{%d} expression to print a following argument. @samp{%d} prints
6877the argument as a decimal, so the message will say something such as
6878@samp{Line 243}.
6879
6880@need 1200
6881The number that is printed in place of the @samp{%d} is computed by the
6882last line of the function:
6883
6884@smallexample
6885(1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))
6886@end smallexample
6887
6888@ignore
6889GNU Emacs 22
6890
6891(defun count-lines (start end)
6892 "Return number of lines between START and END.
6893This is usually the number of newlines between them,
6894but can be one more if START is not equal to END
6895and the greater of them is not at the start of a line."
6896 (save-excursion
6897 (save-restriction
6898 (narrow-to-region start end)
6899 (goto-char (point-min))
6900 (if (eq selective-display t)
6901 (save-match-data
6902 (let ((done 0))
6903 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 40)
6904 (setq done (+ 40 done)))
6905 (while (re-search-forward "[\n\C-m]" nil t 1)
6906 (setq done (+ 1 done)))
6907 (goto-char (point-max))
6908 (if (and (/= start end)
6909 (not (bolp)))
6910 (1+ done)
6911 done)))
6912 (- (buffer-size) (forward-line (buffer-size)))))))
6913@end ignore
6914
6915@noindent
6916What this does is count the lines from the first position of the
6917buffer, indicated by the @code{1}, up to @code{(point)}, and then add
6918one to that number. (The @code{1+} function adds one to its
6919argument.) We add one to it because line 2 has only one line before
6920it, and @code{count-lines} counts only the lines @emph{before} the
6921current line.
6922
6923After @code{count-lines} has done its job, and the message has been
6924printed in the echo area, the @code{save-excursion} restores point and
6925mark to their original positions; and @code{save-restriction} restores
6926the original narrowing, if any.
6927
6928@node narrow Exercise, , what-line, Narrowing & Widening
6929@section Exercise with Narrowing
6930
6931Write a function that will display the first 60 characters of the
6932current buffer, even if you have narrowed the buffer to its latter
6933half so that the first line is inaccessible. Restore point, mark, and
6934narrowing. For this exercise, you need to use a whole potpourri of
6935functions, including @code{save-restriction}, @code{widen},
6936@code{goto-char}, @code{point-min}, @code{message}, and
6937@code{buffer-substring}.
6938
6939@cindex Properties, mention of @code{buffer-substring-no-properties}
6940(@code{buffer-substring} is a previously unmentioned function you will
6941have to investigate yourself; or perhaps you will have to use
6942@code{buffer-substring-no-properties} or
6943@code{filter-buffer-substring} @dots{}, yet other functions. Text
6944properties are a feature otherwise not discussed here. @xref{Text
6945Properties, , Text Properties, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
6946Manual}.)
6947
6948Additionally, do you really need @code{goto-char} or @code{point-min}?
6949Or can you write the function without them?
6950
6951@node car cdr & cons, Cutting & Storing Text, Narrowing & Widening, Top
6952@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6953@chapter @code{car}, @code{cdr}, @code{cons}: Fundamental Functions
6954@findex car, @r{introduced}
6955@findex cdr, @r{introduced}
6956
6957In Lisp, @code{car}, @code{cdr}, and @code{cons} are fundamental
6958functions. The @code{cons} function is used to construct lists, and
6959the @code{car} and @code{cdr} functions are used to take them apart.
6960
6961In the walk through of the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function, we
6962will see @code{cons} as well as two variants on @code{cdr},
6963namely, @code{setcdr} and @code{nthcdr}. (@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.)
6964
6965@menu
6966* Strange Names:: An historical aside: why the strange names?
6967* car & cdr:: Functions for extracting part of a list.
6968* cons:: Constructing a list.
6969* nthcdr:: Calling @code{cdr} repeatedly.
6970* nth::
6971* setcar:: Changing the first element of a list.
6972* setcdr:: Changing the rest of a list.
6973* cons Exercise::
6974@end menu
6975
6976@node Strange Names, car & cdr, car cdr & cons, car cdr & cons
6977@ifnottex
6978@unnumberedsec Strange Names
6979@end ifnottex
6980
6981The name of the @code{cons} function is not unreasonable: it is an
6982abbreviation of the word `construct'. The origins of the names for
6983@code{car} and @code{cdr}, on the other hand, are esoteric: @code{car}
6984is an acronym from the phrase `Contents of the Address part of the
6985Register'; and @code{cdr} (pronounced `could-er') is an acronym from
6986the phrase `Contents of the Decrement part of the Register'. These
6987phrases refer to specific pieces of hardware on the very early
6988computer on which the original Lisp was developed. Besides being
6989obsolete, the phrases have been completely irrelevant for more than 25
6990years to anyone thinking about Lisp. Nonetheless, although a few
6991brave scholars have begun to use more reasonable names for these
6992functions, the old terms are still in use. In particular, since the
6993terms are used in the Emacs Lisp source code, we will use them in this
6994introduction.
6995
6996@node car & cdr, cons, Strange Names, car cdr & cons
6997@comment node-name, next, previous, up
6998@section @code{car} and @code{cdr}
6999
7000The @sc{car} of a list is, quite simply, the first item in the list.
7001Thus the @sc{car} of the list @code{(rose violet daisy buttercup)} is
7002@code{rose}.
7003
7004@need 1200
7005If you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can see this by
7006evaluating the following:
7007
7008@smallexample
7009(car '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
7010@end smallexample
7011
7012@noindent
7013After evaluating the expression, @code{rose} will appear in the echo
7014area.
7015
7016Clearly, a more reasonable name for the @code{car} function would be
7017@code{first} and this is often suggested.
7018
7019@code{car} does not remove the first item from the list; it only reports
7020what it is. After @code{car} has been applied to a list, the list is
7021still the same as it was. In the jargon, @code{car} is
7022`non-destructive'. This feature turns out to be important.
7023
7024The @sc{cdr} of a list is the rest of the list, that is, the
7025@code{cdr} function returns the part of the list that follows the
7026first item. Thus, while the @sc{car} of the list @code{'(rose violet
7027daisy buttercup)} is @code{rose}, the rest of the list, the value
7028returned by the @code{cdr} function, is @code{(violet daisy
7029buttercup)}.
7030
7031@need 800
7032You can see this by evaluating the following in the usual way:
7033
7034@smallexample
7035(cdr '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
7036@end smallexample
7037
7038@noindent
7039When you evaluate this, @code{(violet daisy buttercup)} will appear in
7040the echo area.
7041
7042Like @code{car}, @code{cdr} does not remove any elements from the
7043list---it just returns a report of what the second and subsequent
7044elements are.
7045
7046Incidentally, in the example, the list of flowers is quoted. If it were
7047not, the Lisp interpreter would try to evaluate the list by calling
7048@code{rose} as a function. In this example, we do not want to do that.
7049
7050Clearly, a more reasonable name for @code{cdr} would be @code{rest}.
7051
7052(There is a lesson here: when you name new functions, consider very
7053carefully what you are doing, since you may be stuck with the names
7054for far longer than you expect. The reason this document perpetuates
7055these names is that the Emacs Lisp source code uses them, and if I did
7056not use them, you would have a hard time reading the code; but do,
7057please, try to avoid using these terms yourself. The people who come
7058after you will be grateful to you.)
7059
7060When @code{car} and @code{cdr} are applied to a list made up of symbols,
7061such as the list @code{(pine fir oak maple)}, the element of the list
7062returned by the function @code{car} is the symbol @code{pine} without
7063any parentheses around it. @code{pine} is the first element in the
7064list. However, the @sc{cdr} of the list is a list itself, @code{(fir
7065oak maple)}, as you can see by evaluating the following expressions in
7066the usual way:
7067
7068@smallexample
7069@group
7070(car '(pine fir oak maple))
7071
7072(cdr '(pine fir oak maple))
7073@end group
7074@end smallexample
7075
7076On the other hand, in a list of lists, the first element is itself a
7077list. @code{car} returns this first element as a list. For example,
7078the following list contains three sub-lists, a list of carnivores, a
7079list of herbivores and a list of sea mammals:
7080
7081@smallexample
7082@group
7083(car '((lion tiger cheetah)
7084 (gazelle antelope zebra)
7085 (whale dolphin seal)))
7086@end group
7087@end smallexample
7088
7089@noindent
7090In this example, the first element or @sc{car} of the list is the list of
7091carnivores, @code{(lion tiger cheetah)}, and the rest of the list is
7092@code{((gazelle antelope zebra) (whale dolphin seal))}.
7093
7094@smallexample
7095@group
7096(cdr '((lion tiger cheetah)
7097 (gazelle antelope zebra)
7098 (whale dolphin seal)))
7099@end group
7100@end smallexample
7101
7102It is worth saying again that @code{car} and @code{cdr} are
7103non-destructive---that is, they do not modify or change lists to which
7104they are applied. This is very important for how they are used.
7105
7106Also, in the first chapter, in the discussion about atoms, I said that
7107in Lisp, ``certain kinds of atom, such as an array, can be separated
7108into parts; but the mechanism for doing this is different from the
7109mechanism for splitting a list. As far as Lisp is concerned, the
7110atoms of a list are unsplittable.'' (@xref{Lisp Atoms}.) The
7111@code{car} and @code{cdr} functions are used for splitting lists and
7112are considered fundamental to Lisp. Since they cannot split or gain
7113access to the parts of an array, an array is considered an atom.
7114Conversely, the other fundamental function, @code{cons}, can put
7115together or construct a list, but not an array. (Arrays are handled
7116by array-specific functions. @xref{Arrays, , Arrays, elisp, The GNU
7117Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
7118
7119@node cons, nthcdr, car & cdr, car cdr & cons
7120@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7121@section @code{cons}
7122@findex cons, @r{introduced}
7123
7124The @code{cons} function constructs lists; it is the inverse of
7125@code{car} and @code{cdr}. For example, @code{cons} can be used to make
7126a four element list from the three element list, @code{(fir oak maple)}:
7127
7128@smallexample
7129(cons 'pine '(fir oak maple))
7130@end smallexample
7131
7132@need 800
7133@noindent
7134After evaluating this list, you will see
7135
7136@smallexample
7137(pine fir oak maple)
7138@end smallexample
7139
7140@noindent
7141appear in the echo area. @code{cons} causes the creation of a new
7142list in which the element is followed by the elements of the original
7143list.
7144
7145We often say that `@code{cons} puts a new element at the beginning of
7146a list; it attaches or pushes elements onto the list', but this
7147phrasing can be misleading, since @code{cons} does not change an
7148existing list, but creates a new one.
7149
7150Like @code{car} and @code{cdr}, @code{cons} is non-destructive.
7151
7152@menu
7153* Build a list::
7154* length:: How to find the length of a list.
7155@end menu
7156
7157@node Build a list, length, cons, cons
7158@ifnottex
7159@unnumberedsubsec Build a list
7160@end ifnottex
7161
7162@code{cons} must have a list to attach to.@footnote{Actually, you can
7163@code{cons} an element to an atom to produce a dotted pair. Dotted
7164pairs are not discussed here; see @ref{Dotted Pair Notation, , Dotted
7165Pair Notation, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.} You
7166cannot start from absolutely nothing. If you are building a list, you
7167need to provide at least an empty list at the beginning. Here is a
7168series of @code{cons} expressions that build up a list of flowers. If
7169you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can evaluate each of
7170the expressions in the usual way; the value is printed in this text
7171after @samp{@result{}}, which you may read as `evaluates to'.
7172
7173@smallexample
7174@group
7175(cons 'buttercup ())
7176 @result{} (buttercup)
7177@end group
7178
7179@group
7180(cons 'daisy '(buttercup))
7181 @result{} (daisy buttercup)
7182@end group
7183
7184@group
7185(cons 'violet '(daisy buttercup))
7186 @result{} (violet daisy buttercup)
7187@end group
7188
7189@group
7190(cons 'rose '(violet daisy buttercup))
7191 @result{} (rose violet daisy buttercup)
7192@end group
7193@end smallexample
7194
7195@noindent
7196In the first example, the empty list is shown as @code{()} and a list
7197made up of @code{buttercup} followed by the empty list is constructed.
7198As you can see, the empty list is not shown in the list that was
7199constructed. All that you see is @code{(buttercup)}. The empty list is
7200not counted as an element of a list because there is nothing in an empty
7201list. Generally speaking, an empty list is invisible.
7202
7203The second example, @code{(cons 'daisy '(buttercup))} constructs a new,
7204two element list by putting @code{daisy} in front of @code{buttercup};
7205and the third example constructs a three element list by putting
7206@code{violet} in front of @code{daisy} and @code{buttercup}.
7207
7208@node length, , Build a list, cons
7209@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7210@subsection Find the Length of a List: @code{length}
7211@findex length
7212
7213You can find out how many elements there are in a list by using the Lisp
7214function @code{length}, as in the following examples:
7215
7216@smallexample
7217@group
7218(length '(buttercup))
7219 @result{} 1
7220@end group
7221
7222@group
7223(length '(daisy buttercup))
7224 @result{} 2
7225@end group
7226
7227@group
7228(length (cons 'violet '(daisy buttercup)))
7229 @result{} 3
7230@end group
7231@end smallexample
7232
7233@noindent
7234In the third example, the @code{cons} function is used to construct a
7235three element list which is then passed to the @code{length} function as
7236its argument.
7237
7238@need 1200
7239We can also use @code{length} to count the number of elements in an
7240empty list:
7241
7242@smallexample
7243@group
7244(length ())
7245 @result{} 0
7246@end group
7247@end smallexample
7248
7249@noindent
7250As you would expect, the number of elements in an empty list is zero.
7251
7252An interesting experiment is to find out what happens if you try to find
7253the length of no list at all; that is, if you try to call @code{length}
7254without giving it an argument, not even an empty list:
7255
7256@smallexample
7257(length )
7258@end smallexample
7259
7260@need 800
7261@noindent
7262What you see, if you evaluate this, is the error message
7263
7264@smallexample
7265Lisp error: (wrong-number-of-arguments length 0)
7266@end smallexample
7267
7268@noindent
7269This means that the function receives the wrong number of
7270arguments, zero, when it expects some other number of arguments. In
7271this case, one argument is expected, the argument being a list whose
7272length the function is measuring. (Note that @emph{one} list is
7273@emph{one} argument, even if the list has many elements inside it.)
7274
7275The part of the error message that says @samp{length} is the name of
7276the function.
7277
7278@ignore
7279@code{length} is still a subroutine, but you need C-h f to discover that.
7280
7281In an earlier version:
7282 This is written with a special notation, @samp{#<subr},
7283 that indicates that the function @code{length} is one of the primitive
7284 functions written in C rather than in Emacs Lisp. (@samp{subr} is an
7285 abbreviation for `subroutine'.) @xref{What Is a Function, , What Is a
7286 Function?, elisp , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
7287 about subroutines.
7288@end ignore
7289
7290@node nthcdr, nth, cons, car cdr & cons
7291@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7292@section @code{nthcdr}
7293@findex nthcdr
7294
7295The @code{nthcdr} function is associated with the @code{cdr} function.
7296What it does is take the @sc{cdr} of a list repeatedly.
7297
7298If you take the @sc{cdr} of the list @code{(pine fir
7299oak maple)}, you will be returned the list @code{(fir oak maple)}. If you
7300repeat this on what was returned, you will be returned the list
7301@code{(oak maple)}. (Of course, repeated @sc{cdr}ing on the original
7302list will just give you the original @sc{cdr} since the function does
7303not change the list. You need to evaluate the @sc{cdr} of the
7304@sc{cdr} and so on.) If you continue this, eventually you will be
7305returned an empty list, which in this case, instead of being shown as
7306@code{()} is shown as @code{nil}.
7307
7308@need 1200
7309For review, here is a series of repeated @sc{cdr}s, the text following
7310the @samp{@result{}} shows what is returned.
7311
7312@smallexample
7313@group
7314(cdr '(pine fir oak maple))
7315 @result{}(fir oak maple)
7316@end group
7317
7318@group
7319(cdr '(fir oak maple))
7320 @result{} (oak maple)
7321@end group
7322
7323@group
7324(cdr '(oak maple))
7325 @result{}(maple)
7326@end group
7327
7328@group
7329(cdr '(maple))
7330 @result{} nil
7331@end group
7332
7333@group
7334(cdr 'nil)
7335 @result{} nil
7336@end group
7337
7338@group
7339(cdr ())
7340 @result{} nil
7341@end group
7342@end smallexample
7343
7344@need 1200
7345You can also do several @sc{cdr}s without printing the values in
7346between, like this:
7347
7348@smallexample
7349@group
7350(cdr (cdr '(pine fir oak maple)))
7351 @result{} (oak maple)
7352@end group
7353@end smallexample
7354
7355@noindent
7356In this example, the Lisp interpreter evaluates the innermost list first.
7357The innermost list is quoted, so it just passes the list as it is to the
7358innermost @code{cdr}. This @code{cdr} passes a list made up of the
7359second and subsequent elements of the list to the outermost @code{cdr},
7360which produces a list composed of the third and subsequent elements of
7361the original list. In this example, the @code{cdr} function is repeated
7362and returns a list that consists of the original list without its
7363first two elements.
7364
7365The @code{nthcdr} function does the same as repeating the call to
7366@code{cdr}. In the following example, the argument 2 is passed to the
7367function @code{nthcdr}, along with the list, and the value returned is
7368the list without its first two items, which is exactly the same
7369as repeating @code{cdr} twice on the list:
7370
7371@smallexample
7372@group
7373(nthcdr 2 '(pine fir oak maple))
7374 @result{} (oak maple)
7375@end group
7376@end smallexample
7377
7378@need 1200
7379Using the original four element list, we can see what happens when
7380various numeric arguments are passed to @code{nthcdr}, including 0, 1,
7381and 5:
7382
7383@smallexample
7384@group
7385;; @r{Leave the list as it was.}
7386(nthcdr 0 '(pine fir oak maple))
7387 @result{} (pine fir oak maple)
7388@end group
7389
7390@group
7391;; @r{Return a copy without the first element.}
7392(nthcdr 1 '(pine fir oak maple))
7393 @result{} (fir oak maple)
7394@end group
7395
7396@group
7397;; @r{Return a copy of the list without three elements.}
7398(nthcdr 3 '(pine fir oak maple))
7399 @result{} (maple)
7400@end group
7401
7402@group
7403;; @r{Return a copy lacking all four elements.}
7404(nthcdr 4 '(pine fir oak maple))
7405 @result{} nil
7406@end group
7407
7408@group
7409;; @r{Return a copy lacking all elements.}
7410(nthcdr 5 '(pine fir oak maple))
7411 @result{} nil
7412@end group
7413@end smallexample
7414
7415@node nth, setcar, nthcdr, car cdr & cons
7416@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7417@section @code{nth}
7418@findex nth
7419
7420The @code{nthcdr} function takes the @sc{cdr} of a list repeatedly.
7421The @code{nth} function takes the @sc{car} of the result returned by
7422@code{nthcdr}. It returns the Nth element of the list.
7423
7424@need 1500
7425Thus, if it were not defined in C for speed, the definition of
7426@code{nth} would be:
7427
7428@smallexample
7429@group
7430(defun nth (n list)
7431 "Returns the Nth element of LIST.
7432N counts from zero. If LIST is not that long, nil is returned."
7433 (car (nthcdr n list)))
7434@end group
7435@end smallexample
7436
7437@noindent
7438(Originally, @code{nth} was defined in Emacs Lisp in @file{subr.el},
7439but its definition was redone in C in the 1980s.)
7440
7441The @code{nth} function returns a single element of a list.
7442This can be very convenient.
7443
7444Note that the elements are numbered from zero, not one. That is to
7445say, the first element of a list, its @sc{car} is the zeroth element.
7446This is called `zero-based' counting and often bothers people who
7447are accustomed to the first element in a list being number one, which
7448is `one-based'.
7449
7450@need 1250
7451For example:
7452
7453@smallexample
7454@group
7455(nth 0 '("one" "two" "three"))
7456 @result{} "one"
7457
7458(nth 1 '("one" "two" "three"))
7459 @result{} "two"
7460@end group
7461@end smallexample
7462
7463It is worth mentioning that @code{nth}, like @code{nthcdr} and
7464@code{cdr}, does not change the original list---the function is
7465non-destructive. This is in sharp contrast to the @code{setcar} and
7466@code{setcdr} functions.
7467
7468@node setcar, setcdr, nth, car cdr & cons
7469@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7470@section @code{setcar}
7471@findex setcar
7472
7473As you might guess from their names, the @code{setcar} and @code{setcdr}
7474functions set the @sc{car} or the @sc{cdr} of a list to a new value.
7475They actually change the original list, unlike @code{car} and @code{cdr}
7476which leave the original list as it was. One way to find out how this
7477works is to experiment. We will start with the @code{setcar} function.
7478
7479@need 1200
7480First, we can make a list and then set the value of a variable to the
7481list, using the @code{setq} function. Here is a list of animals:
7482
7483@smallexample
7484(setq animals '(antelope giraffe lion tiger))
7485@end smallexample
7486
7487@noindent
7488If you are reading this in Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate
7489this expression in the usual fashion, by positioning the cursor after
7490the expression and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}. (I'm doing this right here
7491as I write this. This is one of the advantages of having the
7492interpreter built into the computing environment. Incidentally, when
7493there is nothing on the line after the final parentheses, such as a
7494comment, point can be on the next line. Thus, if your cursor is in
7495the first column of the next line, you do not need to move it.
7496Indeed, Emacs permits any amount of white space after the final
7497parenthesis.)
7498
7499@need 1200
7500When we evaluate the variable @code{animals}, we see that it is bound to
7501the list @code{(antelope giraffe lion tiger)}:
7502
7503@smallexample
7504@group
7505animals
7506 @result{} (antelope giraffe lion tiger)
7507@end group
7508@end smallexample
7509
7510@noindent
7511Put another way, the variable @code{animals} points to the list
7512@code{(antelope giraffe lion tiger)}.
7513
7514Next, evaluate the function @code{setcar} while passing it two
7515arguments, the variable @code{animals} and the quoted symbol
7516@code{hippopotamus}; this is done by writing the three element list
7517@code{(setcar animals 'hippopotamus)} and then evaluating it in the
7518usual fashion:
7519
7520@smallexample
7521(setcar animals 'hippopotamus)
7522@end smallexample
7523
7524@need 1200
7525@noindent
7526After evaluating this expression, evaluate the variable @code{animals}
7527again. You will see that the list of animals has changed:
7528
7529@smallexample
7530@group
7531animals
7532 @result{} (hippopotamus giraffe lion tiger)
7533@end group
7534@end smallexample
7535
7536@noindent
7537The first element on the list, @code{antelope} is replaced by
7538@code{hippopotamus}.
7539
7540So we can see that @code{setcar} did not add a new element to the list
7541as @code{cons} would have; it replaced @code{antelope} with
7542@code{hippopotamus}; it @emph{changed} the list.
7543
7544@node setcdr, cons Exercise, setcar, car cdr & cons
7545@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7546@section @code{setcdr}
7547@findex setcdr
7548
7549The @code{setcdr} function is similar to the @code{setcar} function,
7550except that the function replaces the second and subsequent elements of
7551a list rather than the first element.
7552
7553(To see how to change the last element of a list, look ahead to
7554@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, which uses
7555the @code{nthcdr} and @code{setcdr} functions.)
7556
7557@need 1200
7558To see how this works, set the value of the variable to a list of
7559domesticated animals by evaluating the following expression:
7560
7561@smallexample
7562(setq domesticated-animals '(horse cow sheep goat))
7563@end smallexample
7564
7565@need 1200
7566@noindent
7567If you now evaluate the list, you will be returned the list
7568@code{(horse cow sheep goat)}:
7569
7570@smallexample
7571@group
7572domesticated-animals
7573 @result{} (horse cow sheep goat)
7574@end group
7575@end smallexample
7576
7577@need 1200
7578Next, evaluate @code{setcdr} with two arguments, the name of the
7579variable which has a list as its value, and the list to which the
7580@sc{cdr} of the first list will be set;
7581
7582@smallexample
7583(setcdr domesticated-animals '(cat dog))
7584@end smallexample
7585
7586@noindent
7587If you evaluate this expression, the list @code{(cat dog)} will appear
7588in the echo area. This is the value returned by the function. The
7589result we are interested in is the ``side effect'', which we can see by
7590evaluating the variable @code{domesticated-animals}:
7591
7592@smallexample
7593@group
7594domesticated-animals
7595 @result{} (horse cat dog)
7596@end group
7597@end smallexample
7598
7599@noindent
7600Indeed, the list is changed from @code{(horse cow sheep goat)} to
7601@code{(horse cat dog)}. The @sc{cdr} of the list is changed from
7602@code{(cow sheep goat)} to @code{(cat dog)}.
7603
7604@node cons Exercise, , setcdr, car cdr & cons
7605@section Exercise
7606
7607Construct a list of four birds by evaluating several expressions with
7608@code{cons}. Find out what happens when you @code{cons} a list onto
7609itself. Replace the first element of the list of four birds with a
7610fish. Replace the rest of that list with a list of other fish.
7611
7612@node Cutting & Storing Text, List Implementation, car cdr & cons, Top
7613@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7614@chapter Cutting and Storing Text
7615@cindex Cutting and storing text
7616@cindex Storing and cutting text
7617@cindex Killing text
7618@cindex Clipping text
7619@cindex Erasing text
7620@cindex Deleting text
7621
7622Whenever you cut or clip text out of a buffer with a `kill' command in
7623GNU Emacs, it is stored in a list and you can bring it back with a
7624`yank' command.
7625
7626(The use of the word `kill' in Emacs for processes which specifically
7627@emph{do not} destroy the values of the entities is an unfortunate
7628historical accident. A much more appropriate word would be `clip' since
7629that is what the kill commands do; they clip text out of a buffer and
7630put it into storage from which it can be brought back. I have often
7631been tempted to replace globally all occurrences of `kill' in the Emacs
7632sources with `clip' and all occurrences of `killed' with `clipped'.)
7633
7634@menu
7635* Storing Text:: Text is stored in a list.
7636* zap-to-char:: Cutting out text up to a character.
7637* kill-region:: Cutting text out of a region.
7638* copy-region-as-kill:: A definition for copying text.
7639* Digression into C:: Minor note on C programming language macros.
7640* defvar:: How to give a variable an initial value.
7641* cons & search-fwd Review::
7642* search Exercises::
7643@end menu
7644
7645@node Storing Text, zap-to-char, Cutting & Storing Text, Cutting & Storing Text
7646@ifnottex
7647@unnumberedsec Storing Text in a List
7648@end ifnottex
7649
7650When text is cut out of a buffer, it is stored on a list. Successive
7651pieces of text are stored on the list successively, so the list might
7652look like this:
7653
7654@smallexample
7655("a piece of text" "previous piece")
7656@end smallexample
7657
7658@need 1200
7659@noindent
7660The function @code{cons} can be used to create a new list from a piece
7661of text (an `atom', to use the jargon) and an existing list, like
7662this:
7663
7664@smallexample
7665@group
7666(cons "another piece"
7667 '("a piece of text" "previous piece"))
7668@end group
7669@end smallexample
7670
7671@need 1200
7672@noindent
7673If you evaluate this expression, a list of three elements will appear in
7674the echo area:
7675
7676@smallexample
7677("another piece" "a piece of text" "previous piece")
7678@end smallexample
7679
7680With the @code{car} and @code{nthcdr} functions, you can retrieve
7681whichever piece of text you want. For example, in the following code,
7682@code{nthcdr 1 @dots{}} returns the list with the first item removed;
7683and the @code{car} returns the first element of that remainder---the
7684second element of the original list:
7685
7686@smallexample
7687@group
7688(car (nthcdr 1 '("another piece"
7689 "a piece of text"
7690 "previous piece")))
7691 @result{} "a piece of text"
7692@end group
7693@end smallexample
7694
7695The actual functions in Emacs are more complex than this, of course.
7696The code for cutting and retrieving text has to be written so that
7697Emacs can figure out which element in the list you want---the first,
7698second, third, or whatever. In addition, when you get to the end of
7699the list, Emacs should give you the first element of the list, rather
7700than nothing at all.
7701
7702The list that holds the pieces of text is called the @dfn{kill ring}.
7703This chapter leads up to a description of the kill ring and how it is
7704used by first tracing how the @code{zap-to-char} function works. This
7705function uses (or `calls') a function that invokes a function that
7706manipulates the kill ring. Thus, before reaching the mountains, we
7707climb the foothills.
7708
7709A subsequent chapter describes how text that is cut from the buffer is
7710retrieved. @xref{Yanking, , Yanking Text Back}.
7711
7712@node zap-to-char, kill-region, Storing Text, Cutting & Storing Text
7713@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7714@section @code{zap-to-char}
7715@findex zap-to-char
7716
7717The @code{zap-to-char} function changed little between GNU Emacs
7718version 19 and GNU Emacs version 22. However, @code{zap-to-char}
7719calls another function, @code{kill-region}, which enjoyed a major
7720rewrite.
7721
7722The @code{kill-region} function in Emacs 19 is complex, but does not
7723use code that is important at this time. We will skip it.
7724
7725The @code{kill-region} function in Emacs 22 is easier to read than the
7726same function in Emacs 19 and introduces a very important concept,
7727that of error handling. We will walk through the function.
7728
7729But first, let us look at the interactive @code{zap-to-char} function.
7730
7731@menu
7732* Complete zap-to-char:: The complete implementation.
7733* zap-to-char interactive:: A three part interactive expression.
7734* zap-to-char body:: A short overview.
7735* search-forward:: How to search for a string.
7736* progn:: The @code{progn} special form.
7737* Summing up zap-to-char:: Using @code{point} and @code{search-forward}.
7738@end menu
7739
7740@node Complete zap-to-char, zap-to-char interactive, zap-to-char, zap-to-char
7741@ifnottex
7742@unnumberedsubsec The Complete @code{zap-to-char} Implementation
7743@end ifnottex
7744
7745The @code{zap-to-char} function removes the text in the region between
7746the location of the cursor (i.e., of point) up to and including the
7747next occurrence of a specified character. The text that
7748@code{zap-to-char} removes is put in the kill ring; and it can be
7749retrieved from the kill ring by typing @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank}). If
7750the command is given an argument, it removes text through that number
7751of occurrences. Thus, if the cursor were at the beginning of this
7752sentence and the character were @samp{s}, @samp{Thus} would be
7753removed. If the argument were two, @samp{Thus, if the curs} would be
7754removed, up to and including the @samp{s} in @samp{cursor}.
7755
7756If the specified character is not found, @code{zap-to-char} will say
7757``Search failed'', tell you the character you typed, and not remove
7758any text.
7759
7760In order to determine how much text to remove, @code{zap-to-char} uses
7761a search function. Searches are used extensively in code that
7762manipulates text, and we will focus attention on them as well as on the
7763deletion command.
7764
7765@ignore
7766@c GNU Emacs version 19
7767(defun zap-to-char (arg char) ; version 19 implementation
7768 "Kill up to and including ARG'th occurrence of CHAR.
7769Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found."
7770 (interactive "*p\ncZap to char: ")
7771 (kill-region (point)
7772 (progn
7773 (search-forward
7774 (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7775 (point))))
7776@end ignore
7777
7778@need 1250
7779Here is the complete text of the version 22 implementation of the function:
7780
7781@c GNU Emacs 22
7782@smallexample
7783@group
7784(defun zap-to-char (arg char)
7785 "Kill up to and including ARG'th occurrence of CHAR.
7786Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer.
7787Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found."
7788 (interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
7789 (if (char-table-p translation-table-for-input)
7790 (setq char (or (aref translation-table-for-input char) char)))
7791 (kill-region (point) (progn
a9097c6d
KB
7792 (search-forward (char-to-string char)
7793 nil nil arg)
8cda6f8f
GM
7794 (point))))
7795@end group
7796@end smallexample
7797
7798The documentation is thorough. You do need to know the jargon meaning
7799of the word `kill'.
7800
7801@node zap-to-char interactive, zap-to-char body, Complete zap-to-char, zap-to-char
7802@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7803@subsection The @code{interactive} Expression
7804
7805@need 800
7806The interactive expression in the @code{zap-to-char} command looks like
7807this:
7808
7809@smallexample
7810(interactive "p\ncZap to char: ")
7811@end smallexample
7812
7813The part within quotation marks, @code{"p\ncZap to char:@: "}, specifies
7814two different things. First, and most simply, is the @samp{p}.
7815This part is separated from the next part by a newline, @samp{\n}.
7816The @samp{p} means that the first argument to the function will be
7817passed the value of a `processed prefix'. The prefix argument is
7818passed by typing @kbd{C-u} and a number, or @kbd{M-} and a number. If
7819the function is called interactively without a prefix, 1 is passed to
7820this argument.
7821
7822The second part of @code{"p\ncZap to char:@: "} is
7823@samp{cZap to char:@: }. In this part, the lower case @samp{c}
7824indicates that @code{interactive} expects a prompt and that the
7825argument will be a character. The prompt follows the @samp{c} and is
7826the string @samp{Zap to char:@: } (with a space after the colon to
7827make it look good).
7828
7829What all this does is prepare the arguments to @code{zap-to-char} so they
7830are of the right type, and give the user a prompt.
7831
7832In a read-only buffer, the @code{zap-to-char} function copies the text
7833to the kill ring, but does not remove it. The echo area displays a
7834message saying that the buffer is read-only. Also, the terminal may
7835beep or blink at you.
7836
7837@node zap-to-char body, search-forward, zap-to-char interactive, zap-to-char
7838@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7839@subsection The Body of @code{zap-to-char}
7840
7841The body of the @code{zap-to-char} function contains the code that
7842kills (that is, removes) the text in the region from the current
7843position of the cursor up to and including the specified character.
7844
7845The first part of the code looks like this:
7846
7847@smallexample
7848(if (char-table-p translation-table-for-input)
7849 (setq char (or (aref translation-table-for-input char) char)))
7850(kill-region (point) (progn
7851 (search-forward (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7852 (point)))
7853@end smallexample
7854
7855@noindent
7856@code{char-table-p} is an hitherto unseen function. It determines
7857whether its argument is a character table. When it is, it sets the
7858character passed to @code{zap-to-char} to one of them, if that
7859character exists, or to the character itself. (This becomes important
7860for certain characters in non-European languages. The @code{aref}
7861function extracts an element from an array. It is an array-specific
7862function that is not described in this document. @xref{Arrays, ,
7863Arrays, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
7864
7865@noindent
7866@code{(point)} is the current position of the cursor.
7867
7868The next part of the code is an expression using @code{progn}. The body
7869of the @code{progn} consists of calls to @code{search-forward} and
7870@code{point}.
7871
7872It is easier to understand how @code{progn} works after learning about
7873@code{search-forward}, so we will look at @code{search-forward} and
7874then at @code{progn}.
7875
7876@node search-forward, progn, zap-to-char body, zap-to-char
7877@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7878@subsection The @code{search-forward} Function
7879@findex search-forward
7880
7881The @code{search-forward} function is used to locate the
7882zapped-for-character in @code{zap-to-char}. If the search is
7883successful, @code{search-forward} leaves point immediately after the
7884last character in the target string. (In @code{zap-to-char}, the
7885target string is just one character long. @code{zap-to-char} uses the
7886function @code{char-to-string} to ensure that the computer treats that
7887character as a string.) If the search is backwards,
7888@code{search-forward} leaves point just before the first character in
7889the target. Also, @code{search-forward} returns @code{t} for true.
7890(Moving point is therefore a `side effect'.)
7891
7892@need 1250
7893In @code{zap-to-char}, the @code{search-forward} function looks like this:
7894
7895@smallexample
7896(search-forward (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
7897@end smallexample
7898
7899The @code{search-forward} function takes four arguments:
7900
7901@enumerate
7902@item
7903The first argument is the target, what is searched for. This must be a
7904string, such as @samp{"z"}.
7905
7906As it happens, the argument passed to @code{zap-to-char} is a single
7907character. Because of the way computers are built, the Lisp
7908interpreter may treat a single character as being different from a
7909string of characters. Inside the computer, a single character has a
7910different electronic format than a string of one character. (A single
7911character can often be recorded in the computer using exactly one
7912byte; but a string may be longer, and the computer needs to be ready
7913for this.) Since the @code{search-forward} function searches for a
7914string, the character that the @code{zap-to-char} function receives as
7915its argument must be converted inside the computer from one format to
7916the other; otherwise the @code{search-forward} function will fail.
7917The @code{char-to-string} function is used to make this conversion.
7918
7919@item
7920The second argument bounds the search; it is specified as a position in
7921the buffer. In this case, the search can go to the end of the buffer,
7922so no bound is set and the second argument is @code{nil}.
7923
7924@item
7925The third argument tells the function what it should do if the search
7926fails---it can signal an error (and print a message) or it can return
7927@code{nil}. A @code{nil} as the third argument causes the function to
7928signal an error when the search fails.
7929
7930@item
7931The fourth argument to @code{search-forward} is the repeat count---how
7932many occurrences of the string to look for. This argument is optional
7933and if the function is called without a repeat count, this argument is
7934passed the value 1. If this argument is negative, the search goes
7935backwards.
7936@end enumerate
7937
7938@need 800
7939In template form, a @code{search-forward} expression looks like this:
7940
7941@smallexample
7942@group
7943(search-forward "@var{target-string}"
7944 @var{limit-of-search}
7945 @var{what-to-do-if-search-fails}
7946 @var{repeat-count})
7947@end group
7948@end smallexample
7949
7950We will look at @code{progn} next.
7951
7952@node progn, Summing up zap-to-char, search-forward, zap-to-char
7953@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7954@subsection The @code{progn} Special Form
7955@findex progn
7956
7957@code{progn} is a special form that causes each of its arguments to be
7958evaluated in sequence and then returns the value of the last one. The
7959preceding expressions are evaluated only for the side effects they
7960perform. The values produced by them are discarded.
7961
7962@need 800
7963The template for a @code{progn} expression is very simple:
7964
7965@smallexample
7966@group
7967(progn
7968 @var{body}@dots{})
7969@end group
7970@end smallexample
7971
7972In @code{zap-to-char}, the @code{progn} expression has to do two things:
7973put point in exactly the right position; and return the location of
7974point so that @code{kill-region} will know how far to kill to.
7975
7976The first argument to the @code{progn} is @code{search-forward}. When
7977@code{search-forward} finds the string, the function leaves point
7978immediately after the last character in the target string. (In this
7979case the target string is just one character long.) If the search is
7980backwards, @code{search-forward} leaves point just before the first
7981character in the target. The movement of point is a side effect.
7982
7983The second and last argument to @code{progn} is the expression
7984@code{(point)}. This expression returns the value of point, which in
7985this case will be the location to which it has been moved by
7986@code{search-forward}. (In the source, a line that tells the function
7987to go to the previous character, if it is going forward, was commented
7988out in 1999; I don't remember whether that feature or mis-feature was
7989ever a part of the distributed source.) The value of @code{point} is
7990returned by the @code{progn} expression and is passed to
7991@code{kill-region} as @code{kill-region}'s second argument.
7992
7993@node Summing up zap-to-char, , progn, zap-to-char
7994@comment node-name, next, previous, up
7995@subsection Summing up @code{zap-to-char}
7996
7997Now that we have seen how @code{search-forward} and @code{progn} work,
7998we can see how the @code{zap-to-char} function works as a whole.
7999
8000The first argument to @code{kill-region} is the position of the cursor
8001when the @code{zap-to-char} command is given---the value of point at
8002that time. Within the @code{progn}, the search function then moves
8003point to just after the zapped-to-character and @code{point} returns the
8004value of this location. The @code{kill-region} function puts together
8005these two values of point, the first one as the beginning of the region
8006and the second one as the end of the region, and removes the region.
8007
8008The @code{progn} special form is necessary because the
8009@code{kill-region} command takes two arguments; and it would fail if
8010@code{search-forward} and @code{point} expressions were written in
8011sequence as two additional arguments. The @code{progn} expression is
8012a single argument to @code{kill-region} and returns the one value that
8013@code{kill-region} needs for its second argument.
8014
8015@node kill-region, copy-region-as-kill, zap-to-char, Cutting & Storing Text
8016@comment node-name, next, previous, up
8017@section @code{kill-region}
8018@findex kill-region
8019
8020The @code{zap-to-char} function uses the @code{kill-region} function.
8021This function clips text from a region and copies that text to
8022the kill ring, from which it may be retrieved.
8023
8024@ignore
8025GNU Emacs 22:
8026
8027(defun kill-region (beg end &optional yank-handler)
8028 "Kill (\"cut\") text between point and mark.
8029This deletes the text from the buffer and saves it in the kill ring.
8030The command \\[yank] can retrieve it from there.
8031\(If you want to kill and then yank immediately, use \\[kill-ring-save].)
8032
8033If you want to append the killed region to the last killed text,
8034use \\[append-next-kill] before \\[kill-region].
8035
8036If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
8037the text, but put the text in the kill ring anyway. This means that
8038you can use the killing commands to copy text from a read-only buffer.
8039
8040This is the primitive for programs to kill text (as opposed to deleting it).
8041Supply two arguments, character positions indicating the stretch of text
8042 to be killed.
8043Any command that calls this function is a \"kill command\".
8044If the previous command was also a kill command,
8045the text killed this time appends to the text killed last time
8046to make one entry in the kill ring.
8047
8048In Lisp code, optional third arg YANK-HANDLER, if non-nil,
8049specifies the yank-handler text property to be set on the killed
8050text. See `insert-for-yank'."
8051 ;; Pass point first, then mark, because the order matters
8052 ;; when calling kill-append.
8053 (interactive (list (point) (mark)))
8054 (unless (and beg end)
8055 (error "The mark is not set now, so there is no region"))
8056 (condition-case nil
8057 (let ((string (filter-buffer-substring beg end t)))
8058 (when string ;STRING is nil if BEG = END
8059 ;; Add that string to the kill ring, one way or another.
8060 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8061 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
8062 (kill-new string nil yank-handler)))
8063 (when (or string (eq last-command 'kill-region))
8064 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
8065 nil)
8066 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only)
8067 ;; The code above failed because the buffer, or some of the characters
8068 ;; in the region, are read-only.
8069 ;; We should beep, in case the user just isn't aware of this.
8070 ;; However, there's no harm in putting
8071 ;; the region's text in the kill ring, anyway.
8072 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
8073 ;; Set this-command now, so it will be set even if we get an error.
8074 (setq this-command 'kill-region)
8075 ;; This should barf, if appropriate, and give us the correct error.
8076 (if kill-read-only-ok
8077 (progn (message "Read only text copied to kill ring") nil)
8078 ;; Signal an error if the buffer is read-only.
8079 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
8080 ;; If the buffer isn't read-only, the text is.
8081 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))))
8082@end ignore
8083
8084The Emacs 22 version of that function uses @code{condition-case} and
8085@code{copy-region-as-kill}, both of which we will explain.
8086@code{condition-case} is an important special form.
8087
8088In essence, the @code{kill-region} function calls
8089@code{condition-case}, which takes three arguments. In this function,
8090the first argument does nothing. The second argument contains the
8091code that does the work when all goes well. The third argument
8092contains the code that is called in the event of an error.
8093
8094@menu
8095* Complete kill-region:: The function definition.
8096* condition-case:: Dealing with a problem.
8097* Lisp macro::
8098@end menu
8099
8100@node Complete kill-region, condition-case, kill-region, kill-region
8101@ifnottex
8102@unnumberedsubsec The Complete @code{kill-region} Definition
8103@end ifnottex
8104
8105@need 1200
8106We will go through the @code{condition-case} code in a moment. First,
8107let us look at the definition of @code{kill-region}, with comments
8108added:
8109
8110@c GNU Emacs 22:
8111@smallexample
8112@group
8113(defun kill-region (beg end)
8114 "Kill (\"cut\") text between point and mark.
8115This deletes the text from the buffer and saves it in the kill ring.
8116The command \\[yank] can retrieve it from there. @dots{} "
8117@end group
8118
8119@group
8120 ;; @bullet{} Since order matters, pass point first.
8121 (interactive (list (point) (mark)))
8122 ;; @bullet{} And tell us if we cannot cut the text.
8123 ;; `unless' is an `if' without a then-part.
8124 (unless (and beg end)
8125 (error "The mark is not set now, so there is no region"))
8126@end group
8127
8128@group
8129 ;; @bullet{} `condition-case' takes three arguments.
8130 ;; If the first argument is nil, as it is here,
8131 ;; information about the error signal is not
8132 ;; stored for use by another function.
8133 (condition-case nil
8134@end group
8135
8136@group
8137 ;; @bullet{} The second argument to `condition-case' tells the
8138 ;; Lisp interpreter what to do when all goes well.
8139@end group
8140
8141@group
8142 ;; It starts with a `let' function that extracts the string
8143 ;; and tests whether it exists. If so (that is what the
8144 ;; `when' checks), it calls an `if' function that determines
8145 ;; whether the previous command was another call to
8146 ;; `kill-region'; if it was, then the new text is appended to
8147 ;; the previous text; if not, then a different function,
8148 ;; `kill-new', is called.
8149@end group
8150
8151@group
8152 ;; The `kill-append' function concatenates the new string and
8153 ;; the old. The `kill-new' function inserts text into a new
8154 ;; item in the kill ring.
8155@end group
8156
8157@group
8158 ;; `when' is an `if' without an else-part. The second `when'
8159 ;; again checks whether the current string exists; in
8160 ;; addition, it checks whether the previous command was
8161 ;; another call to `kill-region'. If one or the other
8162 ;; condition is true, then it sets the current command to
8163 ;; be `kill-region'.
8164@end group
8165@group
8166 (let ((string (filter-buffer-substring beg end t)))
8167 (when string ;STRING is nil if BEG = END
8168 ;; Add that string to the kill ring, one way or another.
8169 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8170@end group
8171@group
8172 ;; @minus{} `yank-handler' is an optional argument to
8173 ;; `kill-region' that tells the `kill-append' and
8174 ;; `kill-new' functions how deal with properties
8175 ;; added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'.
8176 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
8177 (kill-new string nil yank-handler)))
8178 (when (or string (eq last-command 'kill-region))
8179 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
8180 nil)
8181@end group
8182
8183@group
8184 ;; @bullet{} The third argument to `condition-case' tells the interpreter
8185 ;; what to do with an error.
8186@end group
8187@group
8188 ;; The third argument has a conditions part and a body part.
8189 ;; If the conditions are met (in this case,
8190 ;; if text or buffer are read-only)
8191 ;; then the body is executed.
8192@end group
8193@group
8194 ;; The first part of the third argument is the following:
8195 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only) ;; the if-part
8196 ;; @dots{} the then-part
8197 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
8198@end group
8199@group
8200 ;; Next, also as part of the then-part, set this-command, so
8201 ;; it will be set in an error
8202 (setq this-command 'kill-region)
8203 ;; Finally, in the then-part, send a message if you may copy
8350f087 8204 ;; the text to the kill ring without signaling an error, but
8cda6f8f
GM
8205 ;; don't if you may not.
8206@end group
8207@group
8208 (if kill-read-only-ok
8209 (progn (message "Read only text copied to kill ring") nil)
8210 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
8211 ;; If the buffer isn't read-only, the text is.
8212 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))
8213@end group
8214@end smallexample
8215
8216@ignore
8217@c v 21
8218@smallexample
8219@group
8220(defun kill-region (beg end)
8221 "Kill between point and mark.
8222The text is deleted but saved in the kill ring."
8223 (interactive "r")
8224@end group
8225
8226@group
8227 ;; 1. `condition-case' takes three arguments.
8228 ;; If the first argument is nil, as it is here,
8229 ;; information about the error signal is not
8230 ;; stored for use by another function.
8231 (condition-case nil
8232@end group
8233
8234@group
8235 ;; 2. The second argument to `condition-case'
8236 ;; tells the Lisp interpreter what to do when all goes well.
8237@end group
8238
8239@group
8240 ;; The `delete-and-extract-region' function usually does the
8241 ;; work. If the beginning and ending of the region are both
8242 ;; the same, then the variable `string' will be empty, or nil
8243 (let ((string (delete-and-extract-region beg end)))
8244@end group
8245
8246@group
8247 ;; `when' is an `if' clause that cannot take an `else-part'.
8248 ;; Emacs normally sets the value of `last-command' to the
8249 ;; previous command.
8250@end group
8251@group
8252 ;; `kill-append' concatenates the new string and the old.
8253 ;; `kill-new' inserts text into a new item in the kill ring.
8254 (when string
8255 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8256 ;; if true, prepend string
8257 (kill-append string (< end beg))
8258 (kill-new string)))
8259 (setq this-command 'kill-region))
8260@end group
8261
8262@group
8263 ;; 3. The third argument to `condition-case' tells the interpreter
8264 ;; what to do with an error.
8265@end group
8266@group
8267 ;; The third argument has a conditions part and a body part.
8268 ;; If the conditions are met (in this case,
8269 ;; if text or buffer are read-only)
8270 ;; then the body is executed.
8271@end group
8272@group
8273 ((buffer-read-only text-read-only) ;; this is the if-part
8274 ;; then...
8275 (copy-region-as-kill beg end)
8276@end group
8277@group
8278 (if kill-read-only-ok ;; usually this variable is nil
8279 (message "Read only text copied to kill ring")
8280 ;; or else, signal an error if the buffer is read-only;
8281 (barf-if-buffer-read-only)
8282 ;; and, in any case, signal that the text is read-only.
8283 (signal 'text-read-only (list (current-buffer)))))))
8284@end group
8285@end smallexample
8286@end ignore
8287
8288@node condition-case, Lisp macro, Complete kill-region, kill-region
8289@comment node-name, next, previous, up
8290@subsection @code{condition-case}
8291@findex condition-case
8292
8293As we have seen earlier (@pxref{Making Errors, , Generate an Error
8294Message}), when the Emacs Lisp interpreter has trouble evaluating an
8295expression, it provides you with help; in the jargon, this is called
8296``signaling an error''. Usually, the computer stops the program and
8297shows you a message.
8298
8299However, some programs undertake complicated actions. They should not
8300simply stop on an error. In the @code{kill-region} function, the most
8301likely error is that you will try to kill text that is read-only and
8302cannot be removed. So the @code{kill-region} function contains code
8303to handle this circumstance. This code, which makes up the body of
8304the @code{kill-region} function, is inside of a @code{condition-case}
8305special form.
8306
8307@need 800
8308The template for @code{condition-case} looks like this:
8309
8310@smallexample
8311@group
8312(condition-case
8313 @var{var}
8314 @var{bodyform}
8315 @var{error-handler}@dots{})
8316@end group
8317@end smallexample
8318
8319The second argument, @var{bodyform}, is straightforward. The
8320@code{condition-case} special form causes the Lisp interpreter to
8321evaluate the code in @var{bodyform}. If no error occurs, the special
8322form returns the code's value and produces the side-effects, if any.
8323
8324In short, the @var{bodyform} part of a @code{condition-case}
8325expression determines what should happen when everything works
8326correctly.
8327
8328However, if an error occurs, among its other actions, the function
8329generating the error signal will define one or more error condition
8330names.
8331
8332An error handler is the third argument to @code{condition case}.
8333An error handler has two parts, a @var{condition-name} and a
8334@var{body}. If the @var{condition-name} part of an error handler
8335matches a condition name generated by an error, then the @var{body}
8336part of the error handler is run.
8337
8338As you will expect, the @var{condition-name} part of an error handler
8339may be either a single condition name or a list of condition names.
8340
8341Also, a complete @code{condition-case} expression may contain more
8342than one error handler. When an error occurs, the first applicable
8343handler is run.
8344
8345Lastly, the first argument to the @code{condition-case} expression,
8346the @var{var} argument, is sometimes bound to a variable that
8347contains information about the error. However, if that argument is
8348nil, as is the case in @code{kill-region}, that information is
8349discarded.
8350
8351@need 1200
8352In brief, in the @code{kill-region} function, the code
8353@code{condition-case} works like this:
8354
8355@smallexample
8356@group
8357@var{If no errors}, @var{run only this code}
8358 @var{but}, @var{if errors}, @var{run this other code}.
8359@end group
8360@end smallexample
8361
8362@ignore
83632006 Oct 24
8364In Emacs 22,
8365copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
8366filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
8367and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
8368delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
8369
8370see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
8371this is line 8054
8372Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar} includes line 8350
8373@end ignore
8374
8375@node Lisp macro, , condition-case, kill-region
8376@comment node-name, next, previous, up
8377@subsection Lisp macro
8378@cindex Macro, lisp
8379@cindex Lisp macro
8380
8381The part of the @code{condition-case} expression that is evaluated in
8382the expectation that all goes well has a @code{when}. The code uses
8383@code{when} to determine whether the @code{string} variable points to
8384text that exists.
8385
8386A @code{when} expression is simply a programmers' convenience. It is
8387an @code{if} without the possibility of an else clause. In your mind,
8388you can replace @code{when} with @code{if} and understand what goes
8389on. That is what the Lisp interpreter does.
8390
8391Technically speaking, @code{when} is a Lisp macro. A Lisp @dfn{macro}
8392enables you to define new control constructs and other language
8393features. It tells the interpreter how to compute another Lisp
8394expression which will in turn compute the value. In this case, the
8395`other expression' is an @code{if} expression.
8396
8397The @code{kill-region} function definition also has an @code{unless}
8398macro; it is the converse of @code{when}. The @code{unless} macro is
8399an @code{if} without a then clause
8400
8401For more about Lisp macros, see @ref{Macros, , Macros, elisp, The GNU
8402Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. The C programming language also
8403provides macros. These are different, but also useful.
8404
8405@ignore
8406We will briefly look at C macros in
8407@ref{Digression into C}.
8408@end ignore
8409
8410@need 1200
8411Regarding the @code{when} macro, in the @code{condition-case}
8412expression, when the string has content, then another conditional
8413expression is executed. This is an @code{if} with both a then-part
8414and an else-part.
8415
8416@smallexample
8417@group
8418(if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8419 (kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
8420 (kill-new string nil yank-handler))
8421@end group
8422@end smallexample
8423
8424The then-part is evaluated if the previous command was another call to
8425@code{kill-region}; if not, the else-part is evaluated.
8426
8427@code{yank-handler} is an optional argument to @code{kill-region} that
8428tells the @code{kill-append} and @code{kill-new} functions how deal
8429with properties added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'.
8430
8431@code{last-command} is a variable that comes with Emacs that we have
8432not seen before. Normally, whenever a function is executed, Emacs
8433sets the value of @code{last-command} to the previous command.
8434
8435@need 1200
8436In this segment of the definition, the @code{if} expression checks
8437whether the previous command was @code{kill-region}. If it was,
8438
8439@smallexample
8440(kill-append string (< end beg) yank-handler)
8441@end smallexample
8442
8443@noindent
8444concatenates a copy of the newly clipped text to the just previously
8445clipped text in the kill ring.
8446
8447@node copy-region-as-kill, Digression into C, kill-region, Cutting & Storing Text
8448@comment node-name, next, previous, up
8449@section @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8450@findex copy-region-as-kill
8451@findex nthcdr
8452
8453The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function copies a region of text from a
8454buffer and (via either @code{kill-append} or @code{kill-new}) saves it
8455in the @code{kill-ring}.
8456
8457If you call @code{copy-region-as-kill} immediately after a
8458@code{kill-region} command, Emacs appends the newly copied text to the
8459previously copied text. This means that if you yank back the text, you
8460get it all, from both this and the previous operation. On the other
8461hand, if some other command precedes the @code{copy-region-as-kill},
8462the function copies the text into a separate entry in the kill ring.
8463
8464@menu
8465* Complete copy-region-as-kill:: The complete function definition.
8466* copy-region-as-kill body:: The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}.
8467@end menu
8468
8469@node Complete copy-region-as-kill, copy-region-as-kill body, copy-region-as-kill, copy-region-as-kill
8470@ifnottex
8471@unnumberedsubsec The complete @code{copy-region-as-kill} function definition
8472@end ifnottex
8473
8474@need 1200
8475Here is the complete text of the version 22 @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8476function:
8477
8478@smallexample
8479@group
8480(defun copy-region-as-kill (beg end)
8481 "Save the region as if killed, but don't kill it.
8482In Transient Mark mode, deactivate the mark.
8483If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, also save the text for a window
8484system cut and paste."
8485 (interactive "r")
8486@end group
8487@group
8488 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8489 (kill-append (filter-buffer-substring beg end) (< end beg))
8490 (kill-new (filter-buffer-substring beg end)))
8491@end group
8492@group
8493 (if transient-mark-mode
8494 (setq deactivate-mark t))
8495 nil)
8496@end group
8497@end smallexample
8498
8499@need 800
8500As usual, this function can be divided into its component parts:
8501
8502@smallexample
8503@group
8504(defun copy-region-as-kill (@var{argument-list})
8505 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
8506 (interactive "r")
8507 @var{body}@dots{})
8508@end group
8509@end smallexample
8510
8511The arguments are @code{beg} and @code{end} and the function is
8512interactive with @code{"r"}, so the two arguments must refer to the
8513beginning and end of the region. If you have been reading though this
8514document from the beginning, understanding these parts of a function is
8515almost becoming routine.
8516
8517The documentation is somewhat confusing unless you remember that the
8518word `kill' has a meaning different from usual. The `Transient Mark'
8519and @code{interprogram-cut-function} comments explain certain
8520side-effects.
8521
8522After you once set a mark, a buffer always contains a region. If you
8523wish, you can use Transient Mark mode to highlight the region
8524temporarily. (No one wants to highlight the region all the time, so
8525Transient Mark mode highlights it only at appropriate times. Many
8526people turn off Transient Mark mode, so the region is never
8527highlighted.)
8528
8529Also, a windowing system allows you to copy, cut, and paste among
8530different programs. In the X windowing system, for example, the
8531@code{interprogram-cut-function} function is @code{x-select-text},
8532which works with the windowing system's equivalent of the Emacs kill
8533ring.
8534
8535The body of the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function starts with an
8536@code{if} clause. What this clause does is distinguish between two
8537different situations: whether or not this command is executed
8538immediately after a previous @code{kill-region} command. In the first
8539case, the new region is appended to the previously copied text.
8540Otherwise, it is inserted into the beginning of the kill ring as a
8541separate piece of text from the previous piece.
8542
8543The last two lines of the function prevent the region from lighting up
8544if Transient Mark mode is turned on.
8545
8546The body of @code{copy-region-as-kill} merits discussion in detail.
8547
8548@node copy-region-as-kill body, , Complete copy-region-as-kill, copy-region-as-kill
8549@comment node-name, next, previous, up
8550@subsection The Body of @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8551
8552The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function works in much the same way as
8553the @code{kill-region} function. Both are written so that two or more
8554kills in a row combine their text into a single entry. If you yank
8555back the text from the kill ring, you get it all in one piece.
8556Moreover, kills that kill forward from the current position of the
8557cursor are added to the end of the previously copied text and commands
8558that copy text backwards add it to the beginning of the previously
8559copied text. This way, the words in the text stay in the proper
8560order.
8561
8562Like @code{kill-region}, the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function makes
8563use of the @code{last-command} variable that keeps track of the
8564previous Emacs command.
8565
8566@menu
8567* last-command & this-command::
8568* kill-append function::
8569* kill-new function::
8570@end menu
8571
8572@node last-command & this-command, kill-append function, copy-region-as-kill body, copy-region-as-kill body
8573@ifnottex
8574@unnumberedsubsubsec @code{last-command} and @code{this-command}
8575@end ifnottex
8576
8577Normally, whenever a function is executed, Emacs sets the value of
8578@code{this-command} to the function being executed (which in this case
8579would be @code{copy-region-as-kill}). At the same time, Emacs sets
8580the value of @code{last-command} to the previous value of
8581@code{this-command}.
8582
8583In the first part of the body of the @code{copy-region-as-kill}
8584function, an @code{if} expression determines whether the value of
8585@code{last-command} is @code{kill-region}. If so, the then-part of
8586the @code{if} expression is evaluated; it uses the @code{kill-append}
8587function to concatenate the text copied at this call to the function
8588with the text already in the first element (the @sc{car}) of the kill
8589ring. On the other hand, if the value of @code{last-command} is not
8590@code{kill-region}, then the @code{copy-region-as-kill} function
8591attaches a new element to the kill ring using the @code{kill-new}
8592function.
8593
8594@need 1250
8595The @code{if} expression reads as follows; it uses @code{eq}:
8596
8597@smallexample
8598@group
8599 (if (eq last-command 'kill-region)
8600 ;; @r{then-part}
8601 (kill-append (filter-buffer-substring beg end) (< end beg))
8602 ;; @r{else-part}
8603 (kill-new (filter-buffer-substring beg end)))
8604@end group
8605@end smallexample
8606
8607@findex filter-buffer-substring
8608(The @code{filter-buffer-substring} function returns a filtered
8609substring of the buffer, if any. Optionally---the arguments are not
8610here, so neither is done---the function may delete the initial text or
8611return the text without its properties; this function is a replacement
8612for the older @code{buffer-substring} function, which came before text
8613properties were implemented.)
8614
8615@findex eq @r{(example of use)}
8616@noindent
8617The @code{eq} function tests whether its first argument is the same Lisp
8618object as its second argument. The @code{eq} function is similar to the
8619@code{equal} function in that it is used to test for equality, but
8620differs in that it determines whether two representations are actually
8621the same object inside the computer, but with different names.
8622@code{equal} determines whether the structure and contents of two
8623expressions are the same.
8624
8625If the previous command was @code{kill-region}, then the Emacs Lisp
8626interpreter calls the @code{kill-append} function
8627
8628@node kill-append function, kill-new function, last-command & this-command, copy-region-as-kill body
8629@unnumberedsubsubsec The @code{kill-append} function
8630@findex kill-append
8631
8632@need 800
8633The @code{kill-append} function looks like this:
8634
8635@c in GNU Emacs 22
8636@smallexample
8637@group
8638(defun kill-append (string before-p &optional yank-handler)
8639 "Append STRING to the end of the latest kill in the kill ring.
8640If BEFORE-P is non-nil, prepend STRING to the kill.
8641@dots{} "
8642 (let* ((cur (car kill-ring)))
8643 (kill-new (if before-p (concat string cur) (concat cur string))
8644 (or (= (length cur) 0)
8645 (equal yank-handler
8646 (get-text-property 0 'yank-handler cur)))
8647 yank-handler)))
8648@end group
8649@end smallexample
8650
8651@ignore
8652was:
8653(defun kill-append (string before-p)
8654 "Append STRING to the end of the latest kill in the kill ring.
8655If BEFORE-P is non-nil, prepend STRING to the kill.
8656If `interprogram-cut-function' is set, pass the resulting kill to
8657it."
8658 (kill-new (if before-p
8659 (concat string (car kill-ring))
8660 (concat (car kill-ring) string))
8661 t))
8662@end ignore
8663
8664@noindent
8665The @code{kill-append} function is fairly straightforward. It uses
8666the @code{kill-new} function, which we will discuss in more detail in
8667a moment.
8668
8669(Also, the function provides an optional argument called
8670@code{yank-handler}; when invoked, this argument tells the function
8671how to deal with properties added to the text, such as `bold' or
8672`italics'.)
8673
8674@c !!! bug in GNU Emacs 22 version of kill-append ?
8675It has a @code{let*} function to set the value of the first element of
8676the kill ring to @code{cur}. (I do not know why the function does not
8677use @code{let} instead; only one value is set in the expression.
8678Perhaps this is a bug that produces no problems?)
8679
8680Consider the conditional that is one of the two arguments to
8681@code{kill-new}. It uses @code{concat} to concatenate the new text to
8682the @sc{car} of the kill ring. Whether it prepends or appends the
8683text depends on the results of an @code{if} expression:
8684
8685@smallexample
8686@group
8687(if before-p ; @r{if-part}
8688 (concat string cur) ; @r{then-part}
8689 (concat cur string)) ; @r{else-part}
8690@end group
8691@end smallexample
8692
8693@noindent
8694If the region being killed is before the region that was killed in the
8695last command, then it should be prepended before the material that was
8696saved in the previous kill; and conversely, if the killed text follows
8697what was just killed, it should be appended after the previous text.
8698The @code{if} expression depends on the predicate @code{before-p} to
8699decide whether the newly saved text should be put before or after the
8700previously saved text.
8701
8702The symbol @code{before-p} is the name of one of the arguments to
8703@code{kill-append}. When the @code{kill-append} function is
8704evaluated, it is bound to the value returned by evaluating the actual
8705argument. In this case, this is the expression @code{(< end beg)}.
8706This expression does not directly determine whether the killed text in
8707this command is located before or after the kill text of the last
8708command; what it does is determine whether the value of the variable
8709@code{end} is less than the value of the variable @code{beg}. If it
8710is, it means that the user is most likely heading towards the
8711beginning of the buffer. Also, the result of evaluating the predicate
8712expression, @code{(< end beg)}, will be true and the text will be
8713prepended before the previous text. On the other hand, if the value of
8714the variable @code{end} is greater than the value of the variable
8715@code{beg}, the text will be appended after the previous text.
8716
8717@need 800
8718When the newly saved text will be prepended, then the string with the new
8719text will be concatenated before the old text:
8720
8721@smallexample
8722(concat string cur)
8723@end smallexample
8724
8725@need 1200
8726@noindent
8727But if the text will be appended, it will be concatenated
8728after the old text:
8729
8730@smallexample
8731(concat cur string))
8732@end smallexample
8733
8734To understand how this works, we first need to review the
8735@code{concat} function. The @code{concat} function links together or
8736unites two strings of text. The result is a string. For example:
8737
8738@smallexample
8739@group
8740(concat "abc" "def")
8741 @result{} "abcdef"
8742@end group
8743
8744@group
8745(concat "new "
8746 (car '("first element" "second element")))
8747 @result{} "new first element"
8748
8749(concat (car
8750 '("first element" "second element")) " modified")
8751 @result{} "first element modified"
8752@end group
8753@end smallexample
8754
8755We can now make sense of @code{kill-append}: it modifies the contents
8756of the kill ring. The kill ring is a list, each element of which is
8757saved text. The @code{kill-append} function uses the @code{kill-new}
8758function which in turn uses the @code{setcar} function.
8759
8760@node kill-new function, , kill-append function, copy-region-as-kill body
8761@unnumberedsubsubsec The @code{kill-new} function
8762@findex kill-new
8763
8764@c in GNU Emacs 22, additional documentation to kill-new:
8765@ignore
8766Optional third arguments YANK-HANDLER controls how the STRING is later
8767inserted into a buffer; see `insert-for-yank' for details.
8768When a yank handler is specified, STRING must be non-empty (the yank
8769handler, if non-nil, is stored as a `yank-handler' text property on STRING).
8770
8771When the yank handler has a non-nil PARAM element, the original STRING
8772argument is not used by `insert-for-yank'. However, since Lisp code
8773may access and use elements from the kill ring directly, the STRING
8774argument should still be a \"useful\" string for such uses."
8775@end ignore
8776@need 1200
8777The @code{kill-new} function looks like this:
8778
8779@smallexample
8780@group
8781(defun kill-new (string &optional replace yank-handler)
8782 "Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8783Set `kill-ring-yank-pointer' to point to it.
8784
8785If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, apply it to STRING.
8786Optional second argument REPLACE non-nil means that STRING will replace
8787the front of the kill ring, rather than being added to the list.
8788@dots{}"
8789@end group
8790@group
8791 (if (> (length string) 0)
8792 (if yank-handler
8793 (put-text-property 0 (length string)
8794 'yank-handler yank-handler string))
8795 (if yank-handler
8796 (signal 'args-out-of-range
8797 (list string "yank-handler specified for empty string"))))
8798@end group
8799@group
8800 (if (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
8801 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
8802@end group
8803@group
8804 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8805 (setcar kill-ring string)
8806 (push string kill-ring)
8807 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8808 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8809@end group
8810@group
8811 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8812 (if interprogram-cut-function
8813 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8814@end group
8815@end smallexample
8816@ignore
8817was:
8818(defun kill-new (string &optional replace)
8819 "Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8820Set the kill-ring-yank pointer to point to it.
8821If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, apply it to STRING.
8822Optional second argument REPLACE non-nil means that STRING will replace
8823the front of the kill ring, rather than being added to the list."
8824 (and (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
8825 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
8826 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8827 (setcar kill-ring string)
8828 (setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8829 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8830 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8831 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8832 (if interprogram-cut-function
8833 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8834@end ignore
8835
8836(Notice that the function is not interactive.)
8837
8838As usual, we can look at this function in parts.
8839
8840The function definition has an optional @code{yank-handler} argument,
8841which when invoked tells the function how to deal with properties
8842added to the text, such as `bold' or `italics'. We will skip that.
8843
8844@need 1200
8845The first line of the documentation makes sense:
8846
8847@smallexample
8848Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring.
8849@end smallexample
8850
8851@noindent
8852Let's skip over the rest of the documentation for the moment.
8853
8854@noindent
8855Also, let's skip over the initial @code{if} expression and those lines
8856of code involving @code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu}. We will explain
8857them below.
8858
8859@need 1200
8860The critical lines are these:
8861
8862@smallexample
8863@group
8864 (if (and replace kill-ring)
8865 ;; @r{then}
8866 (setcar kill-ring string)
8867@end group
8868@group
8869 ;; @r{else}
8870 (push string kill-ring)
8871@end group
8872@group
8873 (setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8874 (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8875 ;; @r{avoid overly long kill ring}
8876 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
8877@end group
8878@group
8879 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
8880 (if interprogram-cut-function
8881 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
8882@end group
8883@end smallexample
8884
8885The conditional test is @w{@code{(and replace kill-ring)}}.
8886This will be true when two conditions are met: the kill ring has
8887something in it, and the @code{replace} variable is true.
8888
8889@need 1250
8890When the @code{kill-append} function sets @code{replace} to be true
8891and when the kill ring has at least one item in it, the @code{setcar}
8892expression is executed:
8893
8894@smallexample
8895(setcar kill-ring string)
8896@end smallexample
8897
8898The @code{setcar} function actually changes the first element of the
8899@code{kill-ring} list to the value of @code{string}. It replaces the
8900first element.
8901
8902@need 1250
8903On the other hand, if the kill ring is empty, or replace is false, the
8904else-part of the condition is executed:
8905
8906@smallexample
8907(push string kill-ring)
8908@end smallexample
8909
8910@noindent
8911@need 1250
8912@code{push} puts its first argument onto the second. It is similar to
8913the older
8914
8915@smallexample
8916(setq kill-ring (cons string kill-ring))
8917@end smallexample
8918
8919@noindent
8920@need 1250
8921or the newer
8922
8923@smallexample
8924(add-to-list kill-ring string)
8925@end smallexample
8926
8927@noindent
8928When it is false, the expression first constructs a new version of the
8929kill ring by prepending @code{string} to the existing kill ring as a
8930new element (that is what the @code{push} does). Then it executes a
8931second @code{if} clause. This second @code{if} clause keeps the kill
8932ring from growing too long.
8933
8934Let's look at these two expressions in order.
8935
8936The @code{push} line of the else-part sets the new value of the kill
8937ring to what results from adding the string being killed to the old
8938kill ring.
8939
8940We can see how this works with an example.
8941
8942@need 800
8943First,
8944
8945@smallexample
8946(setq example-list '("here is a clause" "another clause"))
8947@end smallexample
8948
8949@need 1200
8950@noindent
8951After evaluating this expression with @kbd{C-x C-e}, you can evaluate
8952@code{example-list} and see what it returns:
8953
8954@smallexample
8955@group
8956example-list
8957 @result{} ("here is a clause" "another clause")
8958@end group
8959@end smallexample
8960
8961@need 1200
8962@noindent
8963Now, we can add a new element on to this list by evaluating the
8964following expression:
8965@findex push, @r{example}
8966
8967@smallexample
8968(push "a third clause" example-list)
8969@end smallexample
8970
8971@need 800
8972@noindent
8973When we evaluate @code{example-list}, we find its value is:
8974
8975@smallexample
8976@group
8977example-list
8978 @result{} ("a third clause" "here is a clause" "another clause")
8979@end group
8980@end smallexample
8981
8982@noindent
8983Thus, the third clause is added to the list by @code{push}.
8984
8985@need 1200
8986Now for the second part of the @code{if} clause. This expression
8987keeps the kill ring from growing too long. It looks like this:
8988
8989@smallexample
8990@group
8991(if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max)
8992 (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil))
8993@end group
8994@end smallexample
8995
8996The code checks whether the length of the kill ring is greater than
8997the maximum permitted length. This is the value of
8998@code{kill-ring-max} (which is 60, by default). If the length of the
8999kill ring is too long, then this code sets the last element of the
9000kill ring to @code{nil}. It does this by using two functions,
9001@code{nthcdr} and @code{setcdr}.
9002
9003We looked at @code{setcdr} earlier (@pxref{setcdr, , @code{setcdr}}).
9004It sets the @sc{cdr} of a list, just as @code{setcar} sets the
9005@sc{car} of a list. In this case, however, @code{setcdr} will not be
9006setting the @sc{cdr} of the whole kill ring; the @code{nthcdr}
9007function is used to cause it to set the @sc{cdr} of the next to last
9008element of the kill ring---this means that since the @sc{cdr} of the
9009next to last element is the last element of the kill ring, it will set
9010the last element of the kill ring.
9011
9012@findex nthcdr, @r{example}
9013The @code{nthcdr} function works by repeatedly taking the @sc{cdr} of a
9014list---it takes the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr}
9015@dots{} It does this @var{N} times and returns the results.
9016(@xref{nthcdr, , @code{nthcdr}}.)
9017
9018@findex setcdr, @r{example}
9019Thus, if we had a four element list that was supposed to be three
9020elements long, we could set the @sc{cdr} of the next to last element
9021to @code{nil}, and thereby shorten the list. (If you set the last
9022element to some other value than @code{nil}, which you could do, then
9023you would not have shortened the list. @xref{setcdr, ,
9024@code{setcdr}}.)
9025
9026You can see shortening by evaluating the following three expressions
9027in turn. First set the value of @code{trees} to @code{(maple oak pine
9028birch)}, then set the @sc{cdr} of its second @sc{cdr} to @code{nil}
9029and then find the value of @code{trees}:
9030
9031@smallexample
9032@group
9033(setq trees '(maple oak pine birch))
9034 @result{} (maple oak pine birch)
9035@end group
9036
9037@group
9038(setcdr (nthcdr 2 trees) nil)
9039 @result{} nil
9040
9041trees
9042 @result{} (maple oak pine)
9043@end group
9044@end smallexample
9045
9046@noindent
9047(The value returned by the @code{setcdr} expression is @code{nil} since
9048that is what the @sc{cdr} is set to.)
9049
9050To repeat, in @code{kill-new}, the @code{nthcdr} function takes the
9051@sc{cdr} a number of times that is one less than the maximum permitted
9052size of the kill ring and @code{setcdr} sets the @sc{cdr} of that
9053element (which will be the rest of the elements in the kill ring) to
9054@code{nil}. This prevents the kill ring from growing too long.
9055
9056@need 800
9057The next to last expression in the @code{kill-new} function is
9058
9059@smallexample
9060(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
9061@end smallexample
9062
9063The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is a global variable that is set to be
9064the @code{kill-ring}.
9065
9066Even though the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is called a
9067@samp{pointer}, it is a variable just like the kill ring. However, the
9068name has been chosen to help humans understand how the variable is used.
9069
9070@need 1200
9071Now, to return to an early expression in the body of the function:
9072
9073@smallexample
9074@group
9075 (if (fboundp 'menu-bar-update-yank-menu)
9076 (menu-bar-update-yank-menu string (and replace (car kill-ring))))
9077@end group
9078@end smallexample
9079
9080@noindent
9081It starts with an @code{if} expression
9082
9083In this case, the expression tests first to see whether
9084@code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} exists as a function, and if so,
9085calls it. The @code{fboundp} function returns true if the symbol it
9086is testing has a function definition that `is not void'. If the
9087symbol's function definition were void, we would receive an error
9088message, as we did when we created errors intentionally (@pxref{Making
9089Errors, , Generate an Error Message}).
9090
9091@noindent
9092The then-part contains an expression whose first element is the
9093function @code{and}.
9094
9095@findex and
9096The @code{and} special form evaluates each of its arguments until one
9097of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, in which case the
9098@code{and} expression returns @code{nil}; however, if none of the
9099arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, the value resulting from
9100evaluating the last argument is returned. (Since such a value is not
9101@code{nil}, it is considered true in Emacs Lisp.) In other words, an
9102@code{and} expression returns a true value only if all its arguments
9103are true. (@xref{Second Buffer Related Review}.)
9104
9105The expression determines whether the second argument to
9106@code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} is true or not.
9107@ignore
9108 ;; If we're supposed to be extending an existing string, and that
9109 ;; string really is at the front of the menu, then update it in place.
9110@end ignore
9111
9112@code{menu-bar-update-yank-menu} is one of the functions that make it
9113possible to use the `Select and Paste' menu in the Edit item of a menu
9114bar; using a mouse, you can look at the various pieces of text you
9115have saved and select one piece to paste.
9116
9117The last expression in the @code{kill-new} function adds the newly
9118copied string to whatever facility exists for copying and pasting
9119among different programs running in a windowing system. In the X
9120Windowing system, for example, the @code{x-select-text} function takes
9121the string and stores it in memory operated by X. You can paste the
9122string in another program, such as an Xterm.
9123
9124@need 1200
9125The expression looks like this:
9126
9127@smallexample
9128@group
9129 (if interprogram-cut-function
9130 (funcall interprogram-cut-function string (not replace))))
9131@end group
9132@end smallexample
9133
9134If an @code{interprogram-cut-function} exists, then Emacs executes
9135@code{funcall}, which in turn calls its first argument as a function
9136and passes the remaining arguments to it. (Incidentally, as far as I
9137can see, this @code{if} expression could be replaced by an @code{and}
9138expression similar to the one in the first part of the function.)
9139
9140We are not going to discuss windowing systems and other programs
9141further, but merely note that this is a mechanism that enables GNU
9142Emacs to work easily and well with other programs.
9143
9144This code for placing text in the kill ring, either concatenated with
9145an existing element or as a new element, leads us to the code for
9146bringing back text that has been cut out of the buffer---the yank
9147commands. However, before discussing the yank commands, it is better
9148to learn how lists are implemented in a computer. This will make
9149clear such mysteries as the use of the term `pointer'. But before
9150that, we will digress into C.
9151
9152@ignore
9153@c is this true in Emacs 22? Does not seems to be
9154
9155 (If the @w{@code{(< end beg))}}
9156expression is true, @code{kill-append} prepends the string to the just
9157previously clipped text. For a detailed discussion, see
9158@ref{kill-append function, , The @code{kill-append} function}.)
9159
9160If you then yank back the text, i.e., `paste' it, you get both
9161pieces of text at once. That way, if you delete two words in a row,
9162and then yank them back, you get both words, in their proper order,
9163with one yank. (The @w{@code{(< end beg))}} expression makes sure the
9164order is correct.)
9165
9166On the other hand, if the previous command is not @code{kill-region},
9167then the @code{kill-new} function is called, which adds the text to
9168the kill ring as the latest item, and sets the
9169@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable to point to it.
9170@end ignore
9171@ignore
9172
9173@c Evidently, changed for Emacs 22. The zap-to-char command does not
9174@c use the delete-and-extract-region function
9175
91762006 Oct 26, the Digression into C is now OK but should come after
9177copy-region-as-kill and filter-buffer-substring
9178
91792006 Oct 24
9180In Emacs 22,
9181copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
9182filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
9183and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
9184delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
9185
9186see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
9187@end ignore
9188
9189@node Digression into C, defvar, copy-region-as-kill, Cutting & Storing Text
9190@comment node-name, next, previous, up
9191@section Digression into C
9192@findex delete-and-extract-region
9193@cindex C, a digression into
9194@cindex Digression into C
9195
9196The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function (@pxref{copy-region-as-kill, ,
9197@code{copy-region-as-kill}}) uses the @code{filter-buffer-substring}
9198function, which in turn uses the @code{delete-and-extract-region}
9199function. It removes the contents of a region and you cannot get them
9200back.
9201
9202Unlike the other code discussed here, the
9203@code{delete-and-extract-region} function is not written in Emacs
9204Lisp; it is written in C and is one of the primitives of the GNU Emacs
9205system. Since it is very simple, I will digress briefly from Lisp and
9206describe it here.
9207
9208@c GNU Emacs 22 in /usr/local/src/emacs/src/editfns.c
9209@c the DEFUN for buffer-substring-no-properties
9210
9211@need 1500
9212Like many of the other Emacs primitives,
9213@code{delete-and-extract-region} is written as an instance of a C
9214macro, a macro being a template for code. The complete macro looks
9215like this:
9216
9217@smallexample
9218@group
9219DEFUN ("buffer-substring-no-properties", Fbuffer_substring_no_properties,
9220 Sbuffer_substring_no_properties, 2, 2, 0,
9221 doc: /* Return the characters of part of the buffer,
9222without the text properties.
9223The two arguments START and END are character positions;
9224they can be in either order. */)
9225 (start, end)
9226 Lisp_Object start, end;
9227@{
9228 register int b, e;
9229
9230 validate_region (&start, &end);
9231 b = XINT (start);
9232 e = XINT (end);
9233
9234 return make_buffer_string (b, e, 0);
9235@}
9236@end group
9237@end smallexample
9238
9239Without going into the details of the macro writing process, let me
9240point out that this macro starts with the word @code{DEFUN}. The word
9241@code{DEFUN} was chosen since the code serves the same purpose as
9242@code{defun} does in Lisp. (The @code{DEFUN} C macro is defined in
9243@file{emacs/src/lisp.h}.)
9244
9245The word @code{DEFUN} is followed by seven parts inside of
9246parentheses:
9247
9248@itemize @bullet
9249@item
9250The first part is the name given to the function in Lisp,
9251@code{delete-and-extract-region}.
9252
9253@item
9254The second part is the name of the function in C,
9255@code{Fdelete_and_extract_region}. By convention, it starts with
9256@samp{F}. Since C does not use hyphens in names, underscores are used
9257instead.
9258
9259@item
9260The third part is the name for the C constant structure that records
9261information on this function for internal use. It is the name of the
9262function in C but begins with an @samp{S} instead of an @samp{F}.
9263
9264@item
9265The fourth and fifth parts specify the minimum and maximum number of
9266arguments the function can have. This function demands exactly 2
9267arguments.
9268
9269@item
9270The sixth part is nearly like the argument that follows the
9271@code{interactive} declaration in a function written in Lisp: a letter
9272followed, perhaps, by a prompt. The only difference from the Lisp is
9273when the macro is called with no arguments. Then you write a @code{0}
9274(which is a `null string'), as in this macro.
9275
9276If you were to specify arguments, you would place them between
9277quotation marks. The C macro for @code{goto-char} includes
9278@code{"NGoto char: "} in this position to indicate that the function
9279expects a raw prefix, in this case, a numerical location in a buffer,
9280and provides a prompt.
9281
9282@item
9283The seventh part is a documentation string, just like the one for a
9284function written in Emacs Lisp, except that every newline must be
9285written explicitly as @samp{\n} followed by a backslash and carriage
9286return.
9287
9288@need 1000
9289Thus, the first two lines of documentation for @code{goto-char} are
9290written like this:
9291
9292@smallexample
9293@group
9294 "Set point to POSITION, a number or marker.\n\
9295Beginning of buffer is position (point-min), end is (point-max)."
9296@end group
9297@end smallexample
9298@end itemize
9299
9300@need 1200
9301In a C macro, the formal parameters come next, with a statement of
9302what kind of object they are, followed by what might be called the `body'
9303of the macro. For @code{delete-and-extract-region} the `body'
9304consists of the following four lines:
9305
9306@smallexample
9307@group
9308validate_region (&start, &end);
9309if (XINT (start) == XINT (end))
9310 return build_string ("");
9311return del_range_1 (XINT (start), XINT (end), 1, 1);
9312@end group
9313@end smallexample
9314
9315The @code{validate_region} function checks whether the values
9316passed as the beginning and end of the region are the proper type and
9317are within range. If the beginning and end positions are the same,
9318then return and empty string.
9319
9320The @code{del_range_1} function actually deletes the text. It is a
9321complex function we will not look into. It updates the buffer and
9322does other things. However, it is worth looking at the two arguments
9323passed to @code{del_range}. These are @w{@code{XINT (start)}} and
9324@w{@code{XINT (end)}}.
9325
9326As far as the C language is concerned, @code{start} and @code{end} are
9327two integers that mark the beginning and end of the region to be
9328deleted@footnote{More precisely, and requiring more expert knowledge
9329to understand, the two integers are of type `Lisp_Object', which can
9330also be a C union instead of an integer type.}.
9331
9332In early versions of Emacs, these two numbers were thirty-two bits
9333long, but the code is slowly being generalized to handle other
9334lengths. Three of the available bits are used to specify the type of
9335information; the remaining bits are used as `content'.
9336
9337@samp{XINT} is a C macro that extracts the relevant number from the
9338longer collection of bits; the three other bits are discarded.
9339
9340@need 800
9341The command in @code{delete-and-extract-region} looks like this:
9342
9343@smallexample
9344del_range_1 (XINT (start), XINT (end), 1, 1);
9345@end smallexample
9346
9347@noindent
9348It deletes the region between the beginning position, @code{start},
9349and the ending position, @code{end}.
9350
9351From the point of view of the person writing Lisp, Emacs is all very
9352simple; but hidden underneath is a great deal of complexity to make it
9353all work.
9354
9355@node defvar, cons & search-fwd Review, Digression into C, Cutting & Storing Text
9356@comment node-name, next, previous, up
9357@section Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
9358@findex defvar
9359@cindex Initializing a variable
9360@cindex Variable initialization
9361
9362@ignore
93632006 Oct 24
9364In Emacs 22,
9365copy-region-as-kill is short, 12 lines, and uses
9366filter-buffer-substring, which is longer, 39 lines
9367and has delete-and-extract-region in it.
9368delete-and-extract-region is written in C.
9369
9370see Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}
9371
9372@end ignore
9373
9374The @code{copy-region-as-kill} function is written in Emacs Lisp. Two
9375functions within it, @code{kill-append} and @code{kill-new}, copy a
9376region in a buffer and save it in a variable called the
9377@code{kill-ring}. This section describes how the @code{kill-ring}
9378variable is created and initialized using the @code{defvar} special
9379form.
9380
9381(Again we note that the term @code{kill-ring} is a misnomer. The text
9382that is clipped out of the buffer can be brought back; it is not a ring
9383of corpses, but a ring of resurrectable text.)
9384
9385In Emacs Lisp, a variable such as the @code{kill-ring} is created and
9386given an initial value by using the @code{defvar} special form. The
9387name comes from ``define variable''.
9388
9389The @code{defvar} special form is similar to @code{setq} in that it sets
9390the value of a variable. It is unlike @code{setq} in two ways: first,
9391it only sets the value of the variable if the variable does not already
9392have a value. If the variable already has a value, @code{defvar} does
9393not override the existing value. Second, @code{defvar} has a
9394documentation string.
9395
9396(Another special form, @code{defcustom}, is designed for variables
9397that people customize. It has more features than @code{defvar}.
9398(@xref{defcustom, , Setting Variables with @code{defcustom}}.)
9399
9400@menu
9401* See variable current value::
9402* defvar and asterisk::
9403@end menu
9404
9405@node See variable current value, defvar and asterisk, defvar, defvar
9406@ifnottex
9407@unnumberedsubsec Seeing the Current Value of a Variable
9408@end ifnottex
9409
9410You can see the current value of a variable, any variable, by using
9411the @code{describe-variable} function, which is usually invoked by
9412typing @kbd{C-h v}. If you type @kbd{C-h v} and then @code{kill-ring}
9413(followed by @key{RET}) when prompted, you will see what is in your
9414current kill ring---this may be quite a lot! Conversely, if you have
9415been doing nothing this Emacs session except read this document, you
9416may have nothing in it. Also, you will see the documentation for
9417@code{kill-ring}:
9418
9419@smallexample
9420@group
9421Documentation:
9422List of killed text sequences.
9423Since the kill ring is supposed to interact nicely with cut-and-paste
9424facilities offered by window systems, use of this variable should
9425@end group
9426@group
9427interact nicely with `interprogram-cut-function' and
9428`interprogram-paste-function'. The functions `kill-new',
9429`kill-append', and `current-kill' are supposed to implement this
9430interaction; you may want to use them instead of manipulating the kill
9431ring directly.
9432@end group
9433@end smallexample
9434
9435@need 800
9436The kill ring is defined by a @code{defvar} in the following way:
9437
9438@smallexample
9439@group
9440(defvar kill-ring nil
9441 "List of killed text sequences.
9442@dots{}")
9443@end group
9444@end smallexample
9445
9446@noindent
9447In this variable definition, the variable is given an initial value of
9448@code{nil}, which makes sense, since if you have saved nothing, you want
9449nothing back if you give a @code{yank} command. The documentation
9450string is written just like the documentation string of a @code{defun}.
9451As with the documentation string of the @code{defun}, the first line of
9452the documentation should be a complete sentence, since some commands,
9453like @code{apropos}, print only the first line of documentation.
9454Succeeding lines should not be indented; otherwise they look odd when
9455you use @kbd{C-h v} (@code{describe-variable}).
9456
9457@node defvar and asterisk, , See variable current value, defvar
9458@subsection @code{defvar} and an asterisk
9459@findex defvar @r{for a user customizable variable}
9460@findex defvar @r{with an asterisk}
9461
9462In the past, Emacs used the @code{defvar} special form both for
9463internal variables that you would not expect a user to change and for
9464variables that you do expect a user to change. Although you can still
9465use @code{defvar} for user customizable variables, please use
9466@code{defcustom} instead, since that special form provides a path into
9467the Customization commands. (@xref{defcustom, , Specifying Variables
9468using @code{defcustom}}.)
9469
9470When you specified a variable using the @code{defvar} special form,
943157cf
GM
9471you could distinguish a variable that a user might want to change from
9472others by typing an asterisk, @samp{*}, in the first column of its
9473documentation string. For example:
8cda6f8f
GM
9474
9475@smallexample
9476@group
9477(defvar shell-command-default-error-buffer nil
9478 "*Buffer name for `shell-command' @dots{} error output.
9479@dots{} ")
9480@end group
9481@end smallexample
9482
9483@findex set-variable
9484@noindent
9485You could (and still can) use the @code{set-variable} command to
9486change the value of @code{shell-command-default-error-buffer}
9487temporarily. However, options set using @code{set-variable} are set
9488only for the duration of your editing session. The new values are not
9489saved between sessions. Each time Emacs starts, it reads the original
9490value, unless you change the value within your @file{.emacs} file,
9491either by setting it manually or by using @code{customize}.
9492@xref{Emacs Initialization, , Your @file{.emacs} File}.
9493
9494For me, the major use of the @code{set-variable} command is to suggest
9495variables that I might want to set in my @file{.emacs} file. There
9496are now more than 700 such variables --- far too many to remember
9497readily. Fortunately, you can press @key{TAB} after calling the
9498@code{M-x set-variable} command to see the list of variables.
9499(@xref{Examining, , Examining and Setting Variables, emacs,
9500The GNU Emacs Manual}.)
9501
9502@need 1250
9503@node cons & search-fwd Review, search Exercises, defvar, Cutting & Storing Text
9504@comment node-name, next, previous, up
9505@section Review
9506
9507Here is a brief summary of some recently introduced functions.
9508
9509@table @code
9510@item car
9511@itemx cdr
9512@code{car} returns the first element of a list; @code{cdr} returns the
9513second and subsequent elements of a list.
9514
9515@need 1250
9516For example:
9517
9518@smallexample
9519@group
9520(car '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9521 @result{} 1
9522(cdr '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9523 @result{} (2 3 4 5 6 7)
9524@end group
9525@end smallexample
9526
9527@item cons
9528@code{cons} constructs a list by prepending its first argument to its
9529second argument.
9530
9531@need 1250
9532For example:
9533
9534@smallexample
9535@group
9536(cons 1 '(2 3 4))
9537 @result{} (1 2 3 4)
9538@end group
9539@end smallexample
9540
9541@item funcall
9542@code{funcall} evaluates its first argument as a function. It passes
9543its remaining arguments to its first argument.
9544
9545@item nthcdr
9546Return the result of taking @sc{cdr} `n' times on a list.
9547@iftex
9548The
9549@tex
9550$n^{th}$
9551@end tex
9552@code{cdr}.
9553@end iftex
9554The `rest of the rest', as it were.
9555
9556@need 1250
9557For example:
9558
9559@smallexample
9560@group
9561(nthcdr 3 '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7))
9562 @result{} (4 5 6 7)
9563@end group
9564@end smallexample
9565
9566@item setcar
9567@itemx setcdr
9568@code{setcar} changes the first element of a list; @code{setcdr}
9569changes the second and subsequent elements of a list.
9570
9571@need 1250
9572For example:
9573
9574@smallexample
9575@group
9576(setq triple '(1 2 3))
9577
9578(setcar triple '37)
9579
9580triple
9581 @result{} (37 2 3)
9582
9583(setcdr triple '("foo" "bar"))
9584
9585triple
9586 @result{} (37 "foo" "bar")
9587@end group
9588@end smallexample
9589
9590@item progn
9591Evaluate each argument in sequence and then return the value of the
9592last.
9593
9594@need 1250
9595For example:
9596
9597@smallexample
9598@group
9599(progn 1 2 3 4)
9600 @result{} 4
9601@end group
9602@end smallexample
9603
9604@item save-restriction
9605Record whatever narrowing is in effect in the current buffer, if any,
9606and restore that narrowing after evaluating the arguments.
9607
9608@item search-forward
9609Search for a string, and if the string is found, move point. With a
9610regular expression, use the similar @code{re-search-forward}.
9611(@xref{Regexp Search, , Regular Expression Searches}, for an
9612explanation of regular expression patterns and searches.)
9613
9614@need 1250
9615@noindent
9616@code{search-forward} and @code{re-search-forward} take four
9617arguments:
9618
9619@enumerate
9620@item
9621The string or regular expression to search for.
9622
9623@item
9624Optionally, the limit of the search.
9625
9626@item
9627Optionally, what to do if the search fails, return @code{nil} or an
9628error message.
9629
9630@item
9631Optionally, how many times to repeat the search; if negative, the
9632search goes backwards.
9633@end enumerate
9634
9635@item kill-region
9636@itemx delete-and-extract-region
9637@itemx copy-region-as-kill
9638
9639@code{kill-region} cuts the text between point and mark from the
9640buffer and stores that text in the kill ring, so you can get it back
9641by yanking.
9642
9643@code{copy-region-as-kill} copies the text between point and mark into
9644the kill ring, from which you can get it by yanking. The function
9645does not cut or remove the text from the buffer.
9646@end table
9647
9648@code{delete-and-extract-region} removes the text between point and
9649mark from the buffer and throws it away. You cannot get it back.
9650(This is not an interactive command.)
9651
9652@need 1500
9653@node search Exercises, , cons & search-fwd Review, Cutting & Storing Text
9654@section Searching Exercises
9655
9656@itemize @bullet
9657@item
9658Write an interactive function that searches for a string. If the
9659search finds the string, leave point after it and display a message
9660that says ``Found!''. (Do not use @code{search-forward} for the name
9661of this function; if you do, you will overwrite the existing version of
9662@code{search-forward} that comes with Emacs. Use a name such as
9663@code{test-search} instead.)
9664
9665@item
9666Write a function that prints the third element of the kill ring in the
9667echo area, if any; if the kill ring does not contain a third element,
9668print an appropriate message.
9669@end itemize
9670
9671@node List Implementation, Yanking, Cutting & Storing Text, Top
9672@comment node-name, next, previous, up
9673@chapter How Lists are Implemented
9674@cindex Lists in a computer
9675
9676In Lisp, atoms are recorded in a straightforward fashion; if the
9677implementation is not straightforward in practice, it is, nonetheless,
9678straightforward in theory. The atom @samp{rose}, for example, is
9679recorded as the four contiguous letters @samp{r}, @samp{o}, @samp{s},
9680@samp{e}. A list, on the other hand, is kept differently. The mechanism
9681is equally simple, but it takes a moment to get used to the idea. A
9682list is kept using a series of pairs of pointers. In the series, the
9683first pointer in each pair points to an atom or to another list, and the
9684second pointer in each pair points to the next pair, or to the symbol
9685@code{nil}, which marks the end of the list.
9686
9687A pointer itself is quite simply the electronic address of what is
9688pointed to. Hence, a list is kept as a series of electronic addresses.
9689
9690@menu
9691* Lists diagrammed::
9692* Symbols as Chest:: Exploring a powerful metaphor.
9693* List Exercise::
9694@end menu
9695
9696@node Lists diagrammed, Symbols as Chest, List Implementation, List Implementation
9697@ifnottex
9698@unnumberedsec Lists diagrammed
9699@end ifnottex
9700
9701For example, the list @code{(rose violet buttercup)} has three elements,
9702@samp{rose}, @samp{violet}, and @samp{buttercup}. In the computer, the
9703electronic address of @samp{rose} is recorded in a segment of computer
9704memory along with the address that gives the electronic address of where
9705the atom @samp{violet} is located; and that address (the one that tells
9706where @samp{violet} is located) is kept along with an address that tells
9707where the address for the atom @samp{buttercup} is located.
9708
9709@need 1200
9710This sounds more complicated than it is and is easier seen in a diagram:
9711
9712@c clear print-postscript-figures
9713@c !!! cons-cell-diagram #1
9714@ifnottex
9715@smallexample
9716@group
9717 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9718 |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9719 | | |
9720 | | |
9721 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9722@end group
9723@end smallexample
9724@end ifnottex
9725@ifset print-postscript-figures
9726@sp 1
9727@tex
9728@center @image{cons-1}
9729%%%% old method of including an image
9730% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
9731% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/cons-1.eps}}
9732% \catcode`\@=0 %
9733@end tex
9734@sp 1
9735@end ifset
9736@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9737@iftex
9738@smallexample
9739@group
9740 ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9741 |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9742 | | |
9743 | | |
9744 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9745@end group
9746@end smallexample
9747@end iftex
9748@end ifclear
9749
9750@noindent
9751In the diagram, each box represents a word of computer memory that
9752holds a Lisp object, usually in the form of a memory address. The boxes,
9753i.e.@: the addresses, are in pairs. Each arrow points to what the address
9754is the address of, either an atom or another pair of addresses. The
9755first box is the electronic address of @samp{rose} and the arrow points
9756to @samp{rose}; the second box is the address of the next pair of boxes,
9757the first part of which is the address of @samp{violet} and the second
9758part of which is the address of the next pair. The very last box
9759points to the symbol @code{nil}, which marks the end of the list.
9760
9761@need 1200
9762When a variable is set to a list with a function such as @code{setq},
9763it stores the address of the first box in the variable. Thus,
9764evaluation of the expression
9765
9766@smallexample
9767(setq bouquet '(rose violet buttercup))
9768@end smallexample
9769
9770@need 1250
9771@noindent
9772creates a situation like this:
9773
9774@c cons-cell-diagram #2
9775@ifnottex
9776@smallexample
9777@group
9778bouquet
9779 |
9780 | ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9781 --> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9782 | | |
9783 | | |
9784 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9785@end group
9786@end smallexample
9787@end ifnottex
9788@ifset print-postscript-figures
9789@sp 1
9790@tex
9791@center @image{cons-2}
9792%%%% old method of including an image
9793% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
9794% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/cons-2.eps}}
9795% \catcode`\@=0 %
9796@end tex
9797@sp 1
9798@end ifset
9799@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9800@iftex
9801@smallexample
9802@group
9803bouquet
9804 |
9805 | ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___
9806 --> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9807 | | |
9808 | | |
9809 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9810@end group
9811@end smallexample
9812@end iftex
9813@end ifclear
9814
9815@noindent
9816In this example, the symbol @code{bouquet} holds the address of the first
9817pair of boxes.
9818
9819@need 1200
9820This same list can be illustrated in a different sort of box notation
9821like this:
9822
9823@c cons-cell-diagram #2a
9824@ifnottex
9825@smallexample
9826@group
9827bouquet
9828 |
9829 | -------------- --------------- ----------------
9830 | | car | cdr | | car | cdr | | car | cdr |
9831 -->| rose | o------->| violet | o------->| butter- | nil |
9832 | | | | | | | cup | |
9833 -------------- --------------- ----------------
9834@end group
9835@end smallexample
9836@end ifnottex
9837@ifset print-postscript-figures
9838@sp 1
9839@tex
9840@center @image{cons-2a}
9841%%%% old method of including an image
9842% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
9843% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/cons-2a.eps}}
9844% \catcode`\@=0 %
9845@end tex
9846@sp 1
9847@end ifset
9848@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9849@iftex
9850@smallexample
9851@group
9852bouquet
9853 |
9854 | -------------- --------------- ----------------
9855 | | car | cdr | | car | cdr | | car | cdr |
9856 -->| rose | o------->| violet | o------->| butter- | nil |
9857 | | | | | | | cup | |
9858 -------------- --------------- ----------------
9859@end group
9860@end smallexample
9861@end iftex
9862@end ifclear
9863
9864(Symbols consist of more than pairs of addresses, but the structure of
9865a symbol is made up of addresses. Indeed, the symbol @code{bouquet}
9866consists of a group of address-boxes, one of which is the address of
9867the printed word @samp{bouquet}, a second of which is the address of a
9868function definition attached to the symbol, if any, a third of which
9869is the address of the first pair of address-boxes for the list
9870@code{(rose violet buttercup)}, and so on. Here we are showing that
9871the symbol's third address-box points to the first pair of
9872address-boxes for the list.)
9873
9874If a symbol is set to the @sc{cdr} of a list, the list itself is not
9875changed; the symbol simply has an address further down the list. (In
9876the jargon, @sc{car} and @sc{cdr} are `non-destructive'.) Thus,
9877evaluation of the following expression
9878
9879@smallexample
9880(setq flowers (cdr bouquet))
9881@end smallexample
9882
9883@need 800
9884@noindent
9885produces this:
9886
9887@c cons-cell-diagram #3
9888@ifnottex
9889@sp 1
9890@smallexample
9891@group
9892bouquet flowers
9893 | |
9894 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9895 --> | | | --> | | | | | |
9896 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9897 | | |
9898 | | |
9899 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9900@end group
9901@end smallexample
9902@sp 1
9903@end ifnottex
9904@ifset print-postscript-figures
9905@sp 1
9906@tex
9907@center @image{cons-3}
9908%%%% old method of including an image
9909% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
9910% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/cons-3.eps}}
9911% \catcode`\@=0 %
9912@end tex
9913@sp 1
9914@end ifset
9915@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9916@iftex
9917@sp 1
9918@smallexample
9919@group
9920bouquet flowers
9921 | |
9922 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9923 --> | | | --> | | | | | |
9924 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
9925 | | |
9926 | | |
9927 --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9928@end group
9929@end smallexample
9930@sp 1
9931@end iftex
9932@end ifclear
9933
9934@noindent
9935The value of @code{flowers} is @code{(violet buttercup)}, which is
9936to say, the symbol @code{flowers} holds the address of the pair of
9937address-boxes, the first of which holds the address of @code{violet},
9938and the second of which holds the address of @code{buttercup}.
9939
9940A pair of address-boxes is called a @dfn{cons cell} or @dfn{dotted
9941pair}. @xref{Cons Cell Type, , Cons Cell and List Types, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
9942Reference Manual}, and @ref{Dotted Pair Notation, , Dotted Pair
9943Notation, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more
9944information about cons cells and dotted pairs.
9945
9946@need 1200
9947The function @code{cons} adds a new pair of addresses to the front of
9948a series of addresses like that shown above. For example, evaluating
9949the expression
9950
9951@smallexample
9952(setq bouquet (cons 'lily bouquet))
9953@end smallexample
9954
9955@need 1500
9956@noindent
9957produces:
9958
9959@c cons-cell-diagram #4
9960@ifnottex
9961@sp 1
9962@smallexample
9963@group
9964bouquet flowers
9965 | |
9966 | ___ ___ ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9967 --> | | | | | | --> | | | | | |
9968 |___|___|----> |___|___|----> |___|___|---->|___|___|--> nil
9969 | | | |
9970 | | | |
9971 --> lily --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
9972@end group
9973@end smallexample
9974@sp 1
9975@end ifnottex
9976@ifset print-postscript-figures
9977@sp 1
9978@tex
9979@center @image{cons-4}
9980%%%% old method of including an image
9981% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
9982% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/cons-4.eps}}
9983% \catcode`\@=0 %
9984@end tex
9985@sp 1
9986@end ifset
9987@ifclear print-postscript-figures
9988@iftex
9989@sp 1
9990@smallexample
9991@group
9992bouquet flowers
9993 | |
9994 | ___ ___ ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
9995 --> | | | | | | --> | | | | | |
9996 |___|___|----> |___|___|----> |___|___|---->|___|___|--> nil
9997 | | | |
9998 | | | |
9999 --> lily --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
10000@end group
10001@end smallexample
10002@sp 1
10003@end iftex
10004@end ifclear
10005
10006@need 1200
10007@noindent
10008However, this does not change the value of the symbol
10009@code{flowers}, as you can see by evaluating the following,
10010
10011@smallexample
10012(eq (cdr (cdr bouquet)) flowers)
10013@end smallexample
10014
10015@noindent
10016which returns @code{t} for true.
10017
10018Until it is reset, @code{flowers} still has the value
10019@code{(violet buttercup)}; that is, it has the address of the cons
10020cell whose first address is of @code{violet}. Also, this does not
10021alter any of the pre-existing cons cells; they are all still there.
10022
10023Thus, in Lisp, to get the @sc{cdr} of a list, you just get the address
10024of the next cons cell in the series; to get the @sc{car} of a list,
10025you get the address of the first element of the list; to @code{cons} a
10026new element on a list, you add a new cons cell to the front of the list.
10027That is all there is to it! The underlying structure of Lisp is
10028brilliantly simple!
10029
10030And what does the last address in a series of cons cells refer to? It
10031is the address of the empty list, of @code{nil}.
10032
10033In summary, when a Lisp variable is set to a value, it is provided with
10034the address of the list to which the variable refers.
10035
10036@node Symbols as Chest, List Exercise, Lists diagrammed, List Implementation
10037@section Symbols as a Chest of Drawers
10038@cindex Symbols as a Chest of Drawers
10039@cindex Chest of Drawers, metaphor for a symbol
10040@cindex Drawers, Chest of, metaphor for a symbol
10041
10042In an earlier section, I suggested that you might imagine a symbol as
10043being a chest of drawers. The function definition is put in one
10044drawer, the value in another, and so on. What is put in the drawer
10045holding the value can be changed without affecting the contents of the
10046drawer holding the function definition, and vice-verse.
10047
10048Actually, what is put in each drawer is the address of the value or
10049function definition. It is as if you found an old chest in the attic,
10050and in one of its drawers you found a map giving you directions to
10051where the buried treasure lies.
10052
10053(In addition to its name, symbol definition, and variable value, a
10054symbol has a `drawer' for a @dfn{property list} which can be used to
10055record other information. Property lists are not discussed here; see
10056@ref{Property Lists, , Property Lists, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
10057Reference Manual}.)
10058
10059@need 1500
10060Here is a fanciful representation:
10061
10062@c chest-of-drawers diagram
10063@ifnottex
10064@sp 1
10065@smallexample
10066@group
10067 Chest of Drawers Contents of Drawers
10068
10069 __ o0O0o __
10070 / \
10071 ---------------------
10072 | directions to | [map to]
10073 | symbol name | bouquet
10074 | |
10075 +---------------------+
10076 | directions to |
10077 | symbol definition | [none]
10078 | |
10079 +---------------------+
10080 | directions to | [map to]
10081 | variable value | (rose violet buttercup)
10082 | |
10083 +---------------------+
10084 | directions to |
10085 | property list | [not described here]
10086 | |
10087 +---------------------+
10088 |/ \|
10089@end group
10090@end smallexample
10091@sp 1
10092@end ifnottex
10093@ifset print-postscript-figures
10094@sp 1
10095@tex
10096@center @image{drawers}
10097%%%% old method of including an image
10098% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
10099% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/drawers.eps}}
10100% \catcode`\@=0 %
10101@end tex
10102@sp 1
10103@end ifset
10104@ifclear print-postscript-figures
10105@iftex
10106@sp 1
10107@smallexample
10108@group
10109 Chest of Drawers Contents of Drawers
10110
10111 __ o0O0o __
10112 / \
10113 ---------------------
10114 | directions to | [map to]
10115 | symbol name | bouquet
10116 | |
10117 +---------------------+
10118 | directions to |
10119 | symbol definition | [none]
10120 | |
10121 +---------------------+
10122 | directions to | [map to]
10123 | variable value | (rose violet buttercup)
10124 | |
10125 +---------------------+
10126 | directions to |
10127 | property list | [not described here]
10128 | |
10129 +---------------------+
10130 |/ \|
10131@end group
10132@end smallexample
10133@sp 1
10134@end iftex
10135@end ifclear
10136
10137@node List Exercise, , Symbols as Chest, List Implementation
10138@section Exercise
10139
10140Set @code{flowers} to @code{violet} and @code{buttercup}. Cons two
10141more flowers on to this list and set this new list to
10142@code{more-flowers}. Set the @sc{car} of @code{flowers} to a fish.
10143What does the @code{more-flowers} list now contain?
10144
10145@node Yanking, Loops & Recursion, List Implementation, Top
10146@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10147@chapter Yanking Text Back
10148@findex yank
10149@cindex Text retrieval
10150@cindex Retrieving text
10151@cindex Pasting text
10152
10153Whenever you cut text out of a buffer with a `kill' command in GNU Emacs,
10154you can bring it back with a `yank' command. The text that is cut out of
10155the buffer is put in the kill ring and the yank commands insert the
10156appropriate contents of the kill ring back into a buffer (not necessarily
10157the original buffer).
10158
10159A simple @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank}) command inserts the first item from
10160the kill ring into the current buffer. If the @kbd{C-y} command is
10161followed immediately by @kbd{M-y}, the first element is replaced by
10162the second element. Successive @kbd{M-y} commands replace the second
10163element with the third, fourth, or fifth element, and so on. When the
10164last element in the kill ring is reached, it is replaced by the first
10165element and the cycle is repeated. (Thus the kill ring is called a
10166`ring' rather than just a `list'. However, the actual data structure
10167that holds the text is a list.
10168@xref{Kill Ring, , Handling the Kill Ring}, for the details of how the
10169list is handled as a ring.)
10170
10171@menu
10172* Kill Ring Overview::
10173* kill-ring-yank-pointer:: The kill ring is a list.
10174* yank nthcdr Exercises:: The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
10175@end menu
10176
10177@node Kill Ring Overview, kill-ring-yank-pointer, Yanking, Yanking
10178@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10179@section Kill Ring Overview
10180@cindex Kill ring overview
10181
10182The kill ring is a list of textual strings. This is what it looks like:
10183
10184@smallexample
10185("some text" "a different piece of text" "yet more text")
10186@end smallexample
10187
10188If this were the contents of my kill ring and I pressed @kbd{C-y}, the
10189string of characters saying @samp{some text} would be inserted in this
10190buffer where my cursor is located.
10191
10192The @code{yank} command is also used for duplicating text by copying it.
10193The copied text is not cut from the buffer, but a copy of it is put on the
10194kill ring and is inserted by yanking it back.
10195
10196Three functions are used for bringing text back from the kill ring:
10197@code{yank}, which is usually bound to @kbd{C-y}; @code{yank-pop},
10198which is usually bound to @kbd{M-y}; and @code{rotate-yank-pointer},
10199which is used by the two other functions.
10200
10201These functions refer to the kill ring through a variable called the
10202@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}. Indeed, the insertion code for both the
10203@code{yank} and @code{yank-pop} functions is:
10204
10205@smallexample
10206(insert (car kill-ring-yank-pointer))
10207@end smallexample
10208
10209@noindent
10210(Well, no more. In GNU Emacs 22, the function has been replaced by
10211@code{insert-for-yank} which calls @code{insert-for-yank-1}
10212repetitively for each @code{yank-handler} segment. In turn,
10213@code{insert-for-yank-1} strips text properties from the inserted text
10214according to @code{yank-excluded-properties}. Otherwise, it is just
10215like @code{insert}. We will stick with plain @code{insert} since it
10216is easier to understand.)
10217
10218To begin to understand how @code{yank} and @code{yank-pop} work, it is
10219first necessary to look at the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
10220
10221@node kill-ring-yank-pointer, yank nthcdr Exercises, Kill Ring Overview, Yanking
10222@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10223@section The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} Variable
10224
10225@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is a variable, just as @code{kill-ring} is
10226a variable. It points to something by being bound to the value of what
10227it points to, like any other Lisp variable.
10228
10229@need 1000
10230Thus, if the value of the kill ring is:
10231
10232@smallexample
10233("some text" "a different piece of text" "yet more text")
10234@end smallexample
10235
10236@need 1250
10237@noindent
10238and the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points to the second clause, the
10239value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is:
10240
10241@smallexample
10242("a different piece of text" "yet more text")
10243@end smallexample
10244
10245As explained in the previous chapter (@pxref{List Implementation}), the
10246computer does not keep two different copies of the text being pointed to
10247by both the @code{kill-ring} and the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}. The
10248words ``a different piece of text'' and ``yet more text'' are not
10249duplicated. Instead, the two Lisp variables point to the same pieces of
10250text. Here is a diagram:
10251
10252@c cons-cell-diagram #5
10253@ifnottex
10254@smallexample
10255@group
10256kill-ring kill-ring-yank-pointer
10257 | |
10258 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
10259 ---> | | | --> | | | | | |
10260 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
10261 | | |
10262 | | |
10263 | | --> "yet more text"
10264 | |
10265 | --> "a different piece of text"
10266 |
10267 --> "some text"
10268@end group
10269@end smallexample
10270@sp 1
10271@end ifnottex
10272@ifset print-postscript-figures
10273@sp 1
10274@tex
10275@center @image{cons-5}
10276%%%% old method of including an image
10277% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
10278% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/cons-5.eps}}
10279% \catcode`\@=0 %
10280@end tex
10281@sp 1
10282@end ifset
10283@ifclear print-postscript-figures
10284@iftex
10285@smallexample
10286@group
10287kill-ring kill-ring-yank-pointer
10288 | |
10289 | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___
10290 ---> | | | --> | | | | | |
10291 |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil
10292 | | |
10293 | | |
10294 | | --> "yet more text"
10295 | |
10296 | --> "a different piece of text
10297 |
10298 --> "some text"
10299@end group
10300@end smallexample
10301@sp 1
10302@end iftex
10303@end ifclear
10304
10305Both the variable @code{kill-ring} and the variable
10306@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} are pointers. But the kill ring itself is
10307usually described as if it were actually what it is composed of. The
10308@code{kill-ring} is spoken of as if it were the list rather than that it
10309points to the list. Conversely, the @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is
10310spoken of as pointing to a list.
10311
10312These two ways of talking about the same thing sound confusing at first but
10313make sense on reflection. The kill ring is generally thought of as the
10314complete structure of data that holds the information of what has recently
10315been cut out of the Emacs buffers. The @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}
10316on the other hand, serves to indicate---that is, to `point to'---that part
10317of the kill ring of which the first element (the @sc{car}) will be
10318inserted.
10319
10320@ignore
10321In GNU Emacs 22, the @code{kill-new} function calls
10322
10323@code{(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)}
10324
10325(defun rotate-yank-pointer (arg)
10326 "Rotate the yanking point in the kill ring.
10327With argument, rotate that many kills forward (or backward, if negative)."
10328 (interactive "p")
10329 (current-kill arg))
10330
10331(defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
10332 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill.
10333If N is zero, `interprogram-paste-function' is set, and calling it
10334returns a string, then that string is added to the front of the
10335kill ring and returned as the latest kill.
10336If optional arg DO-NOT-MOVE is non-nil, then don't actually move the
10337yanking point; just return the Nth kill forward."
10338 (let ((interprogram-paste (and (= n 0)
10339 interprogram-paste-function
10340 (funcall interprogram-paste-function))))
10341 (if interprogram-paste
10342 (progn
10343 ;; Disable the interprogram cut function when we add the new
10344 ;; text to the kill ring, so Emacs doesn't try to own the
10345 ;; selection, with identical text.
10346 (let ((interprogram-cut-function nil))
10347 (kill-new interprogram-paste))
10348 interprogram-paste)
10349 (or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
10350 (let ((ARGth-kill-element
10351 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
10352 (length kill-ring))
10353 kill-ring)))
10354 (or do-not-move
10355 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
10356 (car ARGth-kill-element)))))
10357
10358@end ignore
10359
10360@need 1500
10361@node yank nthcdr Exercises, , kill-ring-yank-pointer, Yanking
10362@section Exercises with @code{yank} and @code{nthcdr}
10363
10364@itemize @bullet
10365@item
10366Using @kbd{C-h v} (@code{describe-variable}), look at the value of
10367your kill ring. Add several items to your kill ring; look at its
10368value again. Using @kbd{M-y} (@code{yank-pop)}, move all the way
10369around the kill ring. How many items were in your kill ring? Find
10370the value of @code{kill-ring-max}. Was your kill ring full, or could
10371you have kept more blocks of text within it?
10372
10373@item
10374Using @code{nthcdr} and @code{car}, construct a series of expressions
10375to return the first, second, third, and fourth elements of a list.
10376@end itemize
10377
10378@node Loops & Recursion, Regexp Search, Yanking, Top
10379@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10380@chapter Loops and Recursion
10381@cindex Loops and recursion
10382@cindex Recursion and loops
10383@cindex Repetition (loops)
10384
10385Emacs Lisp has two primary ways to cause an expression, or a series of
10386expressions, to be evaluated repeatedly: one uses a @code{while}
10387loop, and the other uses @dfn{recursion}.
10388
10389Repetition can be very valuable. For example, to move forward four
10390sentences, you need only write a program that will move forward one
10391sentence and then repeat the process four times. Since a computer does
10392not get bored or tired, such repetitive action does not have the
10393deleterious effects that excessive or the wrong kinds of repetition can
10394have on humans.
10395
10396People mostly write Emacs Lisp functions using @code{while} loops and
10397their kin; but you can use recursion, which provides a very powerful
10398way to think about and then to solve problems@footnote{You can write
10399recursive functions to be frugal or wasteful of mental or computer
10400resources; as it happens, methods that people find easy---that are
10401frugal of `mental resources'---sometimes use considerable computer
10402resources. Emacs was designed to run on machines that we now consider
10403limited and its default settings are conservative. You may want to
10404increase the values of @code{max-specpdl-size} and
10405@code{max-lisp-eval-depth}. In my @file{.emacs} file, I set them to
1040615 and 30 times their default value.}.
10407
10408@menu
10409* while:: Causing a stretch of code to repeat.
10410* dolist dotimes::
10411* Recursion:: Causing a function to call itself.
10412* Looping exercise::
10413@end menu
10414
10415@node while, dolist dotimes, Loops & Recursion, Loops & Recursion
10416@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10417@section @code{while}
10418@cindex Loops
10419@findex while
10420
10421The @code{while} special form tests whether the value returned by
10422evaluating its first argument is true or false. This is similar to what
10423the Lisp interpreter does with an @code{if}; what the interpreter does
10424next, however, is different.
10425
10426In a @code{while} expression, if the value returned by evaluating the
10427first argument is false, the Lisp interpreter skips the rest of the
10428expression (the @dfn{body} of the expression) and does not evaluate it.
10429However, if the value is true, the Lisp interpreter evaluates the body
10430of the expression and then again tests whether the first argument to
10431@code{while} is true or false. If the value returned by evaluating the
10432first argument is again true, the Lisp interpreter again evaluates the
10433body of the expression.
10434
10435@need 1200
10436The template for a @code{while} expression looks like this:
10437
10438@smallexample
10439@group
10440(while @var{true-or-false-test}
10441 @var{body}@dots{})
10442@end group
10443@end smallexample
10444
10445@menu
10446* Looping with while:: Repeat so long as test returns true.
10447* Loop Example:: A @code{while} loop that uses a list.
10448* print-elements-of-list:: Uses @code{while}, @code{car}, @code{cdr}.
10449* Incrementing Loop:: A loop with an incrementing counter.
10450* Incrementing Loop Details::
10451* Decrementing Loop:: A loop with a decrementing counter.
10452@end menu
10453
10454@node Looping with while, Loop Example, while, while
10455@ifnottex
10456@unnumberedsubsec Looping with @code{while}
10457@end ifnottex
10458
10459So long as the true-or-false-test of the @code{while} expression
10460returns a true value when it is evaluated, the body is repeatedly
10461evaluated. This process is called a loop since the Lisp interpreter
10462repeats the same thing again and again, like an airplane doing a loop.
10463When the result of evaluating the true-or-false-test is false, the
10464Lisp interpreter does not evaluate the rest of the @code{while}
10465expression and `exits the loop'.
10466
10467Clearly, if the value returned by evaluating the first argument to
10468@code{while} is always true, the body following will be evaluated
10469again and again @dots{} and again @dots{} forever. Conversely, if the
10470value returned is never true, the expressions in the body will never
10471be evaluated. The craft of writing a @code{while} loop consists of
10472choosing a mechanism such that the true-or-false-test returns true
10473just the number of times that you want the subsequent expressions to
10474be evaluated, and then have the test return false.
10475
10476The value returned by evaluating a @code{while} is the value of the
10477true-or-false-test. An interesting consequence of this is that a
10478@code{while} loop that evaluates without error will return @code{nil}
10479or false regardless of whether it has looped 1 or 100 times or none at
10480all. A @code{while} expression that evaluates successfully never
10481returns a true value! What this means is that @code{while} is always
10482evaluated for its side effects, which is to say, the consequences of
10483evaluating the expressions within the body of the @code{while} loop.
10484This makes sense. It is not the mere act of looping that is desired,
10485but the consequences of what happens when the expressions in the loop
10486are repeatedly evaluated.
10487
10488@node Loop Example, print-elements-of-list, Looping with while, while
10489@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10490@subsection A @code{while} Loop and a List
10491
10492A common way to control a @code{while} loop is to test whether a list
10493has any elements. If it does, the loop is repeated; but if it does not,
10494the repetition is ended. Since this is an important technique, we will
10495create a short example to illustrate it.
10496
10497A simple way to test whether a list has elements is to evaluate the
10498list: if it has no elements, it is an empty list and will return the
10499empty list, @code{()}, which is a synonym for @code{nil} or false. On
10500the other hand, a list with elements will return those elements when it
10501is evaluated. Since Emacs Lisp considers as true any value that is not
10502@code{nil}, a list that returns elements will test true in a
10503@code{while} loop.
10504
10505@need 1200
10506For example, you can set the variable @code{empty-list} to @code{nil} by
10507evaluating the following @code{setq} expression:
10508
10509@smallexample
10510(setq empty-list ())
10511@end smallexample
10512
10513@noindent
10514After evaluating the @code{setq} expression, you can evaluate the
10515variable @code{empty-list} in the usual way, by placing the cursor after
10516the symbol and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}; @code{nil} will appear in your
10517echo area:
10518
10519@smallexample
10520empty-list
10521@end smallexample
10522
10523On the other hand, if you set a variable to be a list with elements, the
10524list will appear when you evaluate the variable, as you can see by
10525evaluating the following two expressions:
10526
10527@smallexample
10528@group
10529(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10530
10531animals
10532@end group
10533@end smallexample
10534
10535Thus, to create a @code{while} loop that tests whether there are any
10536items in the list @code{animals}, the first part of the loop will be
10537written like this:
10538
10539@smallexample
10540@group
10541(while animals
10542 @dots{}
10543@end group
10544@end smallexample
10545
10546@noindent
10547When the @code{while} tests its first argument, the variable
10548@code{animals} is evaluated. It returns a list. So long as the list
10549has elements, the @code{while} considers the results of the test to be
10550true; but when the list is empty, it considers the results of the test
10551to be false.
10552
10553To prevent the @code{while} loop from running forever, some mechanism
10554needs to be provided to empty the list eventually. An oft-used
10555technique is to have one of the subsequent forms in the @code{while}
10556expression set the value of the list to be the @sc{cdr} of the list.
10557Each time the @code{cdr} function is evaluated, the list will be made
10558shorter, until eventually only the empty list will be left. At this
10559point, the test of the @code{while} loop will return false, and the
10560arguments to the @code{while} will no longer be evaluated.
10561
10562For example, the list of animals bound to the variable @code{animals}
10563can be set to be the @sc{cdr} of the original list with the
10564following expression:
10565
10566@smallexample
10567(setq animals (cdr animals))
10568@end smallexample
10569
10570@noindent
10571If you have evaluated the previous expressions and then evaluate this
10572expression, you will see @code{(giraffe lion tiger)} appear in the echo
10573area. If you evaluate the expression again, @code{(lion tiger)} will
10574appear in the echo area. If you evaluate it again and yet again,
10575@code{(tiger)} appears and then the empty list, shown by @code{nil}.
10576
10577A template for a @code{while} loop that uses the @code{cdr} function
10578repeatedly to cause the true-or-false-test eventually to test false
10579looks like this:
10580
10581@smallexample
10582@group
10583(while @var{test-whether-list-is-empty}
10584 @var{body}@dots{}
10585 @var{set-list-to-cdr-of-list})
10586@end group
10587@end smallexample
10588
10589This test and use of @code{cdr} can be put together in a function that
10590goes through a list and prints each element of the list on a line of its
10591own.
10592
10593@node print-elements-of-list, Incrementing Loop, Loop Example, while
10594@subsection An Example: @code{print-elements-of-list}
10595@findex print-elements-of-list
10596
10597The @code{print-elements-of-list} function illustrates a @code{while}
10598loop with a list.
10599
10600@cindex @file{*scratch*} buffer
10601The function requires several lines for its output. If you are
10602reading this in a recent instance of GNU Emacs,
10603@c GNU Emacs 21, GNU Emacs 22, or a later version,
10604you can evaluate the following expression inside of Info, as usual.
10605
10606If you are using an earlier version of Emacs, you need to copy the
10607necessary expressions to your @file{*scratch*} buffer and evaluate
10608them there. This is because the echo area had only one line in the
10609earlier versions.
10610
10611You can copy the expressions by marking the beginning of the region
10612with @kbd{C-@key{SPC}} (@code{set-mark-command}), moving the cursor to
10613the end of the region and then copying the region using @kbd{M-w}
10614(@code{kill-ring-save}, which calls @code{copy-region-as-kill} and
10615then provides visual feedback). In the @file{*scratch*}
10616buffer, you can yank the expressions back by typing @kbd{C-y}
10617(@code{yank}).
10618
10619After you have copied the expressions to the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
10620evaluate each expression in turn. Be sure to evaluate the last
10621expression, @code{(print-elements-of-list animals)}, by typing
10622@kbd{C-u C-x C-e}, that is, by giving an argument to
10623@code{eval-last-sexp}. This will cause the result of the evaluation
10624to be printed in the @file{*scratch*} buffer instead of being printed
10625in the echo area. (Otherwise you will see something like this in your
10626echo area: @code{^Jgazelle^J^Jgiraffe^J^Jlion^J^Jtiger^Jnil}, in which
10627each @samp{^J} stands for a `newline'.)
10628
10629@need 1500
10630In a recent instance of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate these expressions
10631directly in the Info buffer, and the echo area will grow to show the
10632results.
10633
10634@smallexample
10635@group
10636(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
10637
10638(defun print-elements-of-list (list)
10639 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own."
10640 (while list
10641 (print (car list))
10642 (setq list (cdr list))))
10643
10644(print-elements-of-list animals)
10645@end group
10646@end smallexample
10647
10648@need 1200
10649@noindent
10650When you evaluate the three expressions in sequence, you will see
10651this:
10652
10653@smallexample
10654@group
10655gazelle
10656
10657giraffe
10658
10659lion
10660
10661tiger
10662nil
10663@end group
10664@end smallexample
10665
10666Each element of the list is printed on a line of its own (that is what
10667the function @code{print} does) and then the value returned by the
10668function is printed. Since the last expression in the function is the
10669@code{while} loop, and since @code{while} loops always return
10670@code{nil}, a @code{nil} is printed after the last element of the list.
10671
10672@node Incrementing Loop, Incrementing Loop Details, print-elements-of-list, while
10673@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10674@subsection A Loop with an Incrementing Counter
10675
10676A loop is not useful unless it stops when it ought. Besides
10677controlling a loop with a list, a common way of stopping a loop is to
10678write the first argument as a test that returns false when the correct
10679number of repetitions are complete. This means that the loop must
10680have a counter---an expression that counts how many times the loop
10681repeats itself.
10682
10683@node Incrementing Loop Details, Decrementing Loop, Incrementing Loop, while
10684@ifnottex
10685@unnumberedsubsec Details of an Incrementing Loop
10686@end ifnottex
10687
10688The test for a loop with an incrementing counter can be an expression
10689such as @code{(< count desired-number)} which returns @code{t} for
10690true if the value of @code{count} is less than the
10691@code{desired-number} of repetitions and @code{nil} for false if the
10692value of @code{count} is equal to or is greater than the
10693@code{desired-number}. The expression that increments the count can
10694be a simple @code{setq} such as @code{(setq count (1+ count))}, where
10695@code{1+} is a built-in function in Emacs Lisp that adds 1 to its
10696argument. (The expression @w{@code{(1+ count)}} has the same result
10697as @w{@code{(+ count 1)}}, but is easier for a human to read.)
10698
10699@need 1250
10700The template for a @code{while} loop controlled by an incrementing
10701counter looks like this:
10702
10703@smallexample
10704@group
10705@var{set-count-to-initial-value}
10706(while (< count desired-number) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
10707 @var{body}@dots{}
10708 (setq count (1+ count))) ; @r{incrementer}
10709@end group
10710@end smallexample
10711
10712@noindent
10713Note that you need to set the initial value of @code{count}; usually it
10714is set to 1.
10715
10716@menu
10717* Incrementing Example:: Counting pebbles in a triangle.
10718* Inc Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
10719* Inc Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
10720@end menu
10721
10722@node Incrementing Example, Inc Example parts, Incrementing Loop Details, Incrementing Loop Details
10723@unnumberedsubsubsec Example with incrementing counter
10724
10725Suppose you are playing on the beach and decide to make a triangle of
10726pebbles, putting one pebble in the first row, two in the second row,
10727three in the third row and so on, like this:
10728
10729@sp 1
10730@c pebble diagram
10731@ifnottex
10732@smallexample
10733@group
10734 *
10735 * *
10736 * * *
10737 * * * *
10738@end group
10739@end smallexample
10740@end ifnottex
10741@iftex
10742@smallexample
10743@group
10744 @bullet{}
10745 @bullet{} @bullet{}
10746 @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{}
10747 @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{} @bullet{}
10748@end group
10749@end smallexample
10750@end iftex
10751@sp 1
10752
10753@noindent
10754(About 2500 years ago, Pythagoras and others developed the beginnings of
10755number theory by considering questions such as this.)
10756
10757Suppose you want to know how many pebbles you will need to make a
10758triangle with 7 rows?
10759
10760Clearly, what you need to do is add up the numbers from 1 to 7. There
10761are two ways to do this; start with the smallest number, one, and add up
10762the list in sequence, 1, 2, 3, 4 and so on; or start with the largest
10763number and add the list going down: 7, 6, 5, 4 and so on. Because both
10764mechanisms illustrate common ways of writing @code{while} loops, we will
10765create two examples, one counting up and the other counting down. In
10766this first example, we will start with 1 and add 2, 3, 4 and so on.
10767
10768If you are just adding up a short list of numbers, the easiest way to do
10769it is to add up all the numbers at once. However, if you do not know
10770ahead of time how many numbers your list will have, or if you want to be
10771prepared for a very long list, then you need to design your addition so
10772that what you do is repeat a simple process many times instead of doing
10773a more complex process once.
10774
10775For example, instead of adding up all the pebbles all at once, what you
10776can do is add the number of pebbles in the first row, 1, to the number
10777in the second row, 2, and then add the total of those two rows to the
10778third row, 3. Then you can add the number in the fourth row, 4, to the
10779total of the first three rows; and so on.
10780
10781The critical characteristic of the process is that each repetitive
10782action is simple. In this case, at each step we add only two numbers,
10783the number of pebbles in the row and the total already found. This
10784process of adding two numbers is repeated again and again until the last
10785row has been added to the total of all the preceding rows. In a more
10786complex loop the repetitive action might not be so simple, but it will
10787be simpler than doing everything all at once.
10788
10789@node Inc Example parts, Inc Example altogether, Incrementing Example, Incrementing Loop Details
10790@unnumberedsubsubsec The parts of the function definition
10791
10792The preceding analysis gives us the bones of our function definition:
10793first, we will need a variable that we can call @code{total} that will
10794be the total number of pebbles. This will be the value returned by
10795the function.
10796
10797Second, we know that the function will require an argument: this
10798argument will be the total number of rows in the triangle. It can be
10799called @code{number-of-rows}.
10800
10801Finally, we need a variable to use as a counter. We could call this
10802variable @code{counter}, but a better name is @code{row-number}. That
10803is because what the counter does in this function is count rows, and a
10804program should be written to be as understandable as possible.
10805
10806When the Lisp interpreter first starts evaluating the expressions in the
10807function, the value of @code{total} should be set to zero, since we have
10808not added anything to it. Then the function should add the number of
10809pebbles in the first row to the total, and then add the number of
10810pebbles in the second to the total, and then add the number of
10811pebbles in the third row to the total, and so on, until there are no
10812more rows left to add.
10813
10814Both @code{total} and @code{row-number} are used only inside the
10815function, so they can be declared as local variables with @code{let}
10816and given initial values. Clearly, the initial value for @code{total}
10817should be 0. The initial value of @code{row-number} should be 1,
10818since we start with the first row. This means that the @code{let}
10819statement will look like this:
10820
10821@smallexample
10822@group
10823 (let ((total 0)
10824 (row-number 1))
10825 @var{body}@dots{})
10826@end group
10827@end smallexample
10828
10829After the internal variables are declared and bound to their initial
10830values, we can begin the @code{while} loop. The expression that serves
10831as the test should return a value of @code{t} for true so long as the
10832@code{row-number} is less than or equal to the @code{number-of-rows}.
10833(If the expression tests true only so long as the row number is less
10834than the number of rows in the triangle, the last row will never be
10835added to the total; hence the row number has to be either less than or
10836equal to the number of rows.)
10837
10838@need 1500
10839@findex <= @r{(less than or equal)}
10840Lisp provides the @code{<=} function that returns true if the value of
10841its first argument is less than or equal to the value of its second
10842argument and false otherwise. So the expression that the @code{while}
10843will evaluate as its test should look like this:
10844
10845@smallexample
10846(<= row-number number-of-rows)
10847@end smallexample
10848
10849The total number of pebbles can be found by repeatedly adding the number
10850of pebbles in a row to the total already found. Since the number of
10851pebbles in the row is equal to the row number, the total can be found by
10852adding the row number to the total. (Clearly, in a more complex
10853situation, the number of pebbles in the row might be related to the row
10854number in a more complicated way; if this were the case, the row number
10855would be replaced by the appropriate expression.)
10856
10857@smallexample
10858(setq total (+ total row-number))
10859@end smallexample
10860
10861@noindent
10862What this does is set the new value of @code{total} to be equal to the
10863sum of adding the number of pebbles in the row to the previous total.
10864
10865After setting the value of @code{total}, the conditions need to be
10866established for the next repetition of the loop, if there is one. This
10867is done by incrementing the value of the @code{row-number} variable,
10868which serves as a counter. After the @code{row-number} variable has
10869been incremented, the true-or-false-test at the beginning of the
10870@code{while} loop tests whether its value is still less than or equal to
10871the value of the @code{number-of-rows} and if it is, adds the new value
10872of the @code{row-number} variable to the @code{total} of the previous
10873repetition of the loop.
10874
10875@need 1200
10876The built-in Emacs Lisp function @code{1+} adds 1 to a number, so the
10877@code{row-number} variable can be incremented with this expression:
10878
10879@smallexample
10880(setq row-number (1+ row-number))
10881@end smallexample
10882
10883@node Inc Example altogether, , Inc Example parts, Incrementing Loop Details
10884@unnumberedsubsubsec Putting the function definition together
10885
10886We have created the parts for the function definition; now we need to
10887put them together.
10888
10889@need 800
10890First, the contents of the @code{while} expression:
10891
10892@smallexample
10893@group
10894(while (<= row-number number-of-rows) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
10895 (setq total (+ total row-number))
10896 (setq row-number (1+ row-number))) ; @r{incrementer}
10897@end group
10898@end smallexample
10899
10900Along with the @code{let} expression varlist, this very nearly
10901completes the body of the function definition. However, it requires
10902one final element, the need for which is somewhat subtle.
10903
10904The final touch is to place the variable @code{total} on a line by
10905itself after the @code{while} expression. Otherwise, the value returned
10906by the whole function is the value of the last expression that is
10907evaluated in the body of the @code{let}, and this is the value
10908returned by the @code{while}, which is always @code{nil}.
10909
10910This may not be evident at first sight. It almost looks as if the
10911incrementing expression is the last expression of the whole function.
10912But that expression is part of the body of the @code{while}; it is the
10913last element of the list that starts with the symbol @code{while}.
10914Moreover, the whole of the @code{while} loop is a list within the body
10915of the @code{let}.
10916
10917@need 1250
10918In outline, the function will look like this:
10919
10920@smallexample
10921@group
10922(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
10923 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
10924 (let (@var{varlist})
10925 (while (@var{true-or-false-test})
10926 @var{body-of-while}@dots{} )
10927 @dots{} )) ; @r{Need final expression here.}
10928@end group
10929@end smallexample
10930
10931The result of evaluating the @code{let} is what is going to be returned
10932by the @code{defun} since the @code{let} is not embedded within any
10933containing list, except for the @code{defun} as a whole. However, if
10934the @code{while} is the last element of the @code{let} expression, the
10935function will always return @code{nil}. This is not what we want!
10936Instead, what we want is the value of the variable @code{total}. This
10937is returned by simply placing the symbol as the last element of the list
10938starting with @code{let}. It gets evaluated after the preceding
10939elements of the list are evaluated, which means it gets evaluated after
10940it has been assigned the correct value for the total.
10941
10942It may be easier to see this by printing the list starting with
10943@code{let} all on one line. This format makes it evident that the
10944@var{varlist} and @code{while} expressions are the second and third
10945elements of the list starting with @code{let}, and the @code{total} is
10946the last element:
10947
10948@smallexample
10949@group
10950(let (@var{varlist}) (while (@var{true-or-false-test}) @var{body-of-while}@dots{} ) total)
10951@end group
10952@end smallexample
10953
10954@need 1200
10955Putting everything together, the @code{triangle} function definition
10956looks like this:
10957
10958@smallexample
10959@group
10960(defun triangle (number-of-rows) ; @r{Version with}
10961 ; @r{ incrementing counter.}
10962 "Add up the number of pebbles in a triangle.
10963The first row has one pebble, the second row two pebbles,
10964the third row three pebbles, and so on.
10965The argument is NUMBER-OF-ROWS."
10966@end group
10967@group
10968 (let ((total 0)
10969 (row-number 1))
10970 (while (<= row-number number-of-rows)
10971 (setq total (+ total row-number))
10972 (setq row-number (1+ row-number)))
10973 total))
10974@end group
10975@end smallexample
10976
10977@need 1200
10978After you have installed @code{triangle} by evaluating the function, you
10979can try it out. Here are two examples:
10980
10981@smallexample
10982@group
10983(triangle 4)
10984
10985(triangle 7)
10986@end group
10987@end smallexample
10988
10989@noindent
10990The sum of the first four numbers is 10 and the sum of the first seven
10991numbers is 28.
10992
10993@node Decrementing Loop, , Incrementing Loop Details, while
10994@comment node-name, next, previous, up
10995@subsection Loop with a Decrementing Counter
10996
10997Another common way to write a @code{while} loop is to write the test
10998so that it determines whether a counter is greater than zero. So long
10999as the counter is greater than zero, the loop is repeated. But when
11000the counter is equal to or less than zero, the loop is stopped. For
11001this to work, the counter has to start out greater than zero and then
11002be made smaller and smaller by a form that is evaluated
11003repeatedly.
11004
11005The test will be an expression such as @code{(> counter 0)} which
11006returns @code{t} for true if the value of @code{counter} is greater
11007than zero, and @code{nil} for false if the value of @code{counter} is
11008equal to or less than zero. The expression that makes the number
11009smaller and smaller can be a simple @code{setq} such as @code{(setq
11010counter (1- counter))}, where @code{1-} is a built-in function in
11011Emacs Lisp that subtracts 1 from its argument.
11012
11013@need 1250
11014The template for a decrementing @code{while} loop looks like this:
11015
11016@smallexample
11017@group
11018(while (> counter 0) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
11019 @var{body}@dots{}
11020 (setq counter (1- counter))) ; @r{decrementer}
11021@end group
11022@end smallexample
11023
11024@menu
11025* Decrementing Example:: More pebbles on the beach.
11026* Dec Example parts:: The parts of the function definition.
11027* Dec Example altogether:: Putting the function definition together.
11028@end menu
11029
11030@node Decrementing Example, Dec Example parts, Decrementing Loop, Decrementing Loop
11031@unnumberedsubsubsec Example with decrementing counter
11032
11033To illustrate a loop with a decrementing counter, we will rewrite the
11034@code{triangle} function so the counter decreases to zero.
11035
11036This is the reverse of the earlier version of the function. In this
11037case, to find out how many pebbles are needed to make a triangle with
110383 rows, add the number of pebbles in the third row, 3, to the number
11039in the preceding row, 2, and then add the total of those two rows to
11040the row that precedes them, which is 1.
11041
11042Likewise, to find the number of pebbles in a triangle with 7 rows, add
11043the number of pebbles in the seventh row, 7, to the number in the
11044preceding row, which is 6, and then add the total of those two rows to
11045the row that precedes them, which is 5, and so on. As in the previous
11046example, each addition only involves adding two numbers, the total of
11047the rows already added up and the number of pebbles in the row that is
11048being added to the total. This process of adding two numbers is
11049repeated again and again until there are no more pebbles to add.
11050
11051We know how many pebbles to start with: the number of pebbles in the
11052last row is equal to the number of rows. If the triangle has seven
11053rows, the number of pebbles in the last row is 7. Likewise, we know how
11054many pebbles are in the preceding row: it is one less than the number in
11055the row.
11056
11057@node Dec Example parts, Dec Example altogether, Decrementing Example, Decrementing Loop
11058@unnumberedsubsubsec The parts of the function definition
11059
11060We start with three variables: the total number of rows in the
11061triangle; the number of pebbles in a row; and the total number of
11062pebbles, which is what we want to calculate. These variables can be
11063named @code{number-of-rows}, @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row}, and
11064@code{total}, respectively.
11065
11066Both @code{total} and @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} are used only
11067inside the function and are declared with @code{let}. The initial
11068value of @code{total} should, of course, be zero. However, the
11069initial value of @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} should be equal to
11070the number of rows in the triangle, since the addition will start with
11071the longest row.
11072
11073@need 1250
11074This means that the beginning of the @code{let} expression will look
11075like this:
11076
11077@smallexample
11078@group
11079(let ((total 0)
11080 (number-of-pebbles-in-row number-of-rows))
11081 @var{body}@dots{})
11082@end group
11083@end smallexample
11084
11085The total number of pebbles can be found by repeatedly adding the number
11086of pebbles in a row to the total already found, that is, by repeatedly
11087evaluating the following expression:
11088
11089@smallexample
11090(setq total (+ total number-of-pebbles-in-row))
11091@end smallexample
11092
11093@noindent
11094After the @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} is added to the @code{total},
11095the @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} should be decremented by one, since
11096the next time the loop repeats, the preceding row will be
11097added to the total.
11098
11099The number of pebbles in a preceding row is one less than the number of
11100pebbles in a row, so the built-in Emacs Lisp function @code{1-} can be
11101used to compute the number of pebbles in the preceding row. This can be
11102done with the following expression:
11103
11104@smallexample
11105@group
11106(setq number-of-pebbles-in-row
11107 (1- number-of-pebbles-in-row))
11108@end group
11109@end smallexample
11110
11111Finally, we know that the @code{while} loop should stop making repeated
11112additions when there are no pebbles in a row. So the test for
11113the @code{while} loop is simply:
11114
11115@smallexample
11116(while (> number-of-pebbles-in-row 0)
11117@end smallexample
11118
11119@node Dec Example altogether, , Dec Example parts, Decrementing Loop
11120@unnumberedsubsubsec Putting the function definition together
11121
11122We can put these expressions together to create a function definition
11123that works. However, on examination, we find that one of the local
11124variables is unneeded!
11125
11126@need 1250
11127The function definition looks like this:
11128
11129@smallexample
11130@group
11131;;; @r{First subtractive version.}
11132(defun triangle (number-of-rows)
11133 "Add up the number of pebbles in a triangle."
11134 (let ((total 0)
11135 (number-of-pebbles-in-row number-of-rows))
11136 (while (> number-of-pebbles-in-row 0)
11137 (setq total (+ total number-of-pebbles-in-row))
11138 (setq number-of-pebbles-in-row
11139 (1- number-of-pebbles-in-row)))
11140 total))
11141@end group
11142@end smallexample
11143
11144As written, this function works.
11145
11146However, we do not need @code{number-of-pebbles-in-row}.
11147
11148@cindex Argument as local variable
11149When the @code{triangle} function is evaluated, the symbol
11150@code{number-of-rows} will be bound to a number, giving it an initial
11151value. That number can be changed in the body of the function as if
11152it were a local variable, without any fear that such a change will
11153effect the value of the variable outside of the function. This is a
11154very useful characteristic of Lisp; it means that the variable
11155@code{number-of-rows} can be used anywhere in the function where
11156@code{number-of-pebbles-in-row} is used.
11157
11158@need 800
11159Here is a second version of the function written a bit more cleanly:
11160
11161@smallexample
11162@group
11163(defun triangle (number) ; @r{Second version.}
11164 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
11165 (let ((total 0))
11166 (while (> number 0)
11167 (setq total (+ total number))
11168 (setq number (1- number)))
11169 total))
11170@end group
11171@end smallexample
11172
11173In brief, a properly written @code{while} loop will consist of three parts:
11174
11175@enumerate
11176@item
11177A test that will return false after the loop has repeated itself the
11178correct number of times.
11179
11180@item
11181An expression the evaluation of which will return the value desired
11182after being repeatedly evaluated.
11183
11184@item
11185An expression to change the value passed to the true-or-false-test so
11186that the test returns false after the loop has repeated itself the right
11187number of times.
11188@end enumerate
11189
11190@node dolist dotimes, Recursion, while, Loops & Recursion
11191@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11192@section Save your time: @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
11193
11194In addition to @code{while}, both @code{dolist} and @code{dotimes}
11195provide for looping. Sometimes these are quicker to write than the
11196equivalent @code{while} loop. Both are Lisp macros. (@xref{Macros, ,
11197Macros, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}. )
11198
11199@code{dolist} works like a @code{while} loop that `@sc{cdr}s down a
11200list': @code{dolist} automatically shortens the list each time it
11201loops---takes the @sc{cdr} of the list---and binds the @sc{car} of
11202each shorter version of the list to the first of its arguments.
11203
11204@code{dotimes} loops a specific number of times: you specify the number.
11205
11206@menu
11207* dolist::
11208* dotimes::
11209@end menu
11210
11211@node dolist, dotimes, dolist dotimes, dolist dotimes
11212@unnumberedsubsubsec The @code{dolist} Macro
11213@findex dolist
11214
11215Suppose, for example, you want to reverse a list, so that
11216``first'' ``second'' ``third'' becomes ``third'' ``second'' ``first''.
11217
11218@need 1250
11219In practice, you would use the @code{reverse} function, like this:
11220
11221@smallexample
11222@group
11223(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11224
11225(reverse animals)
11226@end group
11227@end smallexample
11228
11229@need 800
11230@noindent
11231Here is how you could reverse the list using a @code{while} loop:
11232
11233@smallexample
11234@group
11235(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11236
11237(defun reverse-list-with-while (list)
11238 "Using while, reverse the order of LIST."
11239 (let (value) ; make sure list starts empty
11240 (while list
11241 (setq value (cons (car list) value))
11242 (setq list (cdr list)))
11243 value))
11244
11245(reverse-list-with-while animals)
11246@end group
11247@end smallexample
11248
11249@need 800
11250@noindent
11251And here is how you could use the @code{dolist} macro:
11252
11253@smallexample
11254@group
11255(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11256
11257(defun reverse-list-with-dolist (list)
11258 "Using dolist, reverse the order of LIST."
11259 (let (value) ; make sure list starts empty
11260 (dolist (element list value)
11261 (setq value (cons element value)))))
11262
11263(reverse-list-with-dolist animals)
11264@end group
11265@end smallexample
11266
11267@need 1250
11268@noindent
11269In Info, you can place your cursor after the closing parenthesis of
11270each expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e}; in each case, you should see
11271
11272@smallexample
11273(tiger lion giraffe gazelle)
11274@end smallexample
11275
11276@noindent
11277in the echo area.
11278
11279For this example, the existing @code{reverse} function is obviously best.
11280The @code{while} loop is just like our first example (@pxref{Loop
11281Example, , A @code{while} Loop and a List}). The @code{while} first
11282checks whether the list has elements; if so, it constructs a new list
11283by adding the first element of the list to the existing list (which in
11284the first iteration of the loop is @code{nil}). Since the second
11285element is prepended in front of the first element, and the third
11286element is prepended in front of the second element, the list is reversed.
11287
11288In the expression using a @code{while} loop,
11289the @w{@code{(setq list (cdr list))}}
11290expression shortens the list, so the @code{while} loop eventually
11291stops. In addition, it provides the @code{cons} expression with a new
11292first element by creating a new and shorter list at each repetition of
11293the loop.
11294
11295The @code{dolist} expression does very much the same as the
11296@code{while} expression, except that the @code{dolist} macro does some
11297of the work you have to do when writing a @code{while} expression.
11298
11299Like a @code{while} loop, a @code{dolist} loops. What is different is
11300that it automatically shortens the list each time it loops --- it
11301`@sc{cdr}s down the list' on its own --- and it automatically binds
11302the @sc{car} of each shorter version of the list to the first of its
11303arguments.
11304
11305In the example, the @sc{car} of each shorter version of the list is
11306referred to using the symbol @samp{element}, the list itself is called
11307@samp{list}, and the value returned is called @samp{value}. The
11308remainder of the @code{dolist} expression is the body.
11309
11310The @code{dolist} expression binds the @sc{car} of each shorter
11311version of the list to @code{element} and then evaluates the body of
11312the expression; and repeats the loop. The result is returned in
11313@code{value}.
11314
11315@node dotimes, , dolist, dolist dotimes
11316@unnumberedsubsubsec The @code{dotimes} Macro
11317@findex dotimes
11318
11319The @code{dotimes} macro is similar to @code{dolist}, except that it
11320loops a specific number of times.
11321
11322The first argument to @code{dotimes} is assigned the numbers 0, 1, 2
11323and so forth each time around the loop, and the value of the third
11324argument is returned. You need to provide the value of the second
11325argument, which is how many times the macro loops.
11326
11327@need 1250
11328For example, the following binds the numbers from 0 up to, but not
11329including, the number 3 to the first argument, @var{number}, and then
11330constructs a list of the three numbers. (The first number is 0, the
11331second number is 1, and the third number is 2; this makes a total of
11332three numbers in all, starting with zero as the first number.)
11333
11334@smallexample
11335@group
11336(let (value) ; otherwise a value is a void variable
11337 (dotimes (number 3 value)
11338 (setq value (cons number value))))
11339
11340@result{} (2 1 0)
11341@end group
11342@end smallexample
11343
11344@noindent
11345@code{dotimes} returns @code{value}, so the way to use
11346@code{dotimes} is to operate on some expression @var{number} number of
11347times and then return the result, either as a list or an atom.
11348
11349@need 1250
11350Here is an example of a @code{defun} that uses @code{dotimes} to add
11351up the number of pebbles in a triangle.
11352
11353@smallexample
11354@group
11355(defun triangle-using-dotimes (number-of-rows)
11356 "Using dotimes, add up the number of pebbles in a triangle."
11357(let ((total 0)) ; otherwise a total is a void variable
11358 (dotimes (number number-of-rows total)
11359 (setq total (+ total (1+ number))))))
11360
11361(triangle-using-dotimes 4)
11362@end group
11363@end smallexample
11364
11365@node Recursion, Looping exercise, dolist dotimes, Loops & Recursion
11366@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11367@section Recursion
11368@cindex Recursion
11369
11370A recursive function contains code that tells the Lisp interpreter to
11371call a program that runs exactly like itself, but with slightly
11372different arguments. The code runs exactly the same because it has
11373the same name. However, even though the program has the same name, it
11374is not the same entity. It is different. In the jargon, it is a
11375different `instance'.
11376
11377Eventually, if the program is written correctly, the `slightly
11378different arguments' will become sufficiently different from the first
11379arguments that the final instance will stop.
11380
11381@menu
11382* Building Robots:: Same model, different serial number ...
11383* Recursive Definition Parts:: Walk until you stop ...
11384* Recursion with list:: Using a list as the test whether to recurse.
11385* Recursive triangle function::
11386* Recursion with cond::
11387* Recursive Patterns:: Often used templates.
11388* No Deferment:: Don't store up work ...
11389* No deferment solution::
11390@end menu
11391
11392@node Building Robots, Recursive Definition Parts, Recursion, Recursion
11393@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11394@subsection Building Robots: Extending the Metaphor
11395@cindex Building robots
11396@cindex Robots, building
11397
11398It is sometimes helpful to think of a running program as a robot that
11399does a job. In doing its job, a recursive function calls on a second
11400robot to help it. The second robot is identical to the first in every
11401way, except that the second robot helps the first and has been
11402passed different arguments than the first.
11403
11404In a recursive function, the second robot may call a third; and the
11405third may call a fourth, and so on. Each of these is a different
11406entity; but all are clones.
11407
11408Since each robot has slightly different instructions---the arguments
11409will differ from one robot to the next---the last robot should know
11410when to stop.
11411
11412Let's expand on the metaphor in which a computer program is a robot.
11413
11414A function definition provides the blueprints for a robot. When you
11415install a function definition, that is, when you evaluate a
11416@code{defun} special form, you install the necessary equipment to
11417build robots. It is as if you were in a factory, setting up an
11418assembly line. Robots with the same name are built according to the
11419same blueprints. So they have, as it were, the same `model number',
11420but a different `serial number'.
11421
11422We often say that a recursive function `calls itself'. What we mean
11423is that the instructions in a recursive function cause the Lisp
11424interpreter to run a different function that has the same name and
11425does the same job as the first, but with different arguments.
11426
11427It is important that the arguments differ from one instance to the
11428next; otherwise, the process will never stop.
11429
11430@node Recursive Definition Parts, Recursion with list, Building Robots, Recursion
11431@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11432@subsection The Parts of a Recursive Definition
11433@cindex Parts of a Recursive Definition
11434@cindex Recursive Definition Parts
11435
11436A recursive function typically contains a conditional expression which
11437has three parts:
11438
11439@enumerate
11440@item
11441A true-or-false-test that determines whether the function is called
11442again, here called the @dfn{do-again-test}.
11443
11444@item
11445The name of the function. When this name is called, a new instance of
11446the function---a new robot, as it were---is created and told what to do.
11447
11448@item
11449An expression that returns a different value each time the function is
11450called, here called the @dfn{next-step-expression}. Consequently, the
11451argument (or arguments) passed to the new instance of the function
11452will be different from that passed to the previous instance. This
11453causes the conditional expression, the @dfn{do-again-test}, to test
11454false after the correct number of repetitions.
11455@end enumerate
11456
11457Recursive functions can be much simpler than any other kind of
11458function. Indeed, when people first start to use them, they often look
11459so mysteriously simple as to be incomprehensible. Like riding a
11460bicycle, reading a recursive function definition takes a certain knack
11461which is hard at first but then seems simple.
11462
11463@need 1200
11464There are several different common recursive patterns. A very simple
11465pattern looks like this:
11466
11467@smallexample
11468@group
11469(defun @var{name-of-recursive-function} (@var{argument-list})
11470 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
11471 (if @var{do-again-test}
11472 @var{body}@dots{}
11473 (@var{name-of-recursive-function}
11474 @var{next-step-expression})))
11475@end group
11476@end smallexample
11477
11478Each time a recursive function is evaluated, a new instance of it is
11479created and told what to do. The arguments tell the instance what to do.
11480
11481An argument is bound to the value of the next-step-expression. Each
11482instance runs with a different value of the next-step-expression.
11483
11484The value in the next-step-expression is used in the do-again-test.
11485
11486The value returned by the next-step-expression is passed to the new
11487instance of the function, which evaluates it (or some
11488transmogrification of it) to determine whether to continue or stop.
11489The next-step-expression is designed so that the do-again-test returns
11490false when the function should no longer be repeated.
11491
11492The do-again-test is sometimes called the @dfn{stop condition},
11493since it stops the repetitions when it tests false.
11494
11495@node Recursion with list, Recursive triangle function, Recursive Definition Parts, Recursion
11496@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11497@subsection Recursion with a List
11498
11499The example of a @code{while} loop that printed the elements of a list
11500of numbers can be written recursively. Here is the code, including
11501an expression to set the value of the variable @code{animals} to a list.
11502
11503If you are using GNU Emacs 20 or before, this example must be copied
11504to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and each expression must be evaluated
11505there. Use @kbd{C-u C-x C-e} to evaluate the
11506@code{(print-elements-recursively animals)} expression so that the
11507results are printed in the buffer; otherwise the Lisp interpreter will
11508try to squeeze the results into the one line of the echo area.
11509
11510Also, place your cursor immediately after the last closing parenthesis
11511of the @code{print-elements-recursively} function, before the comment.
11512Otherwise, the Lisp interpreter will try to evaluate the comment.
11513
11514If you are using a more recent version of Emacs, you can evaluate this
11515expression directly in Info.
11516
11517@findex print-elements-recursively
11518@smallexample
11519@group
11520(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11521
11522(defun print-elements-recursively (list)
11523 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own.
11524Uses recursion."
11525 (when list ; @r{do-again-test}
11526 (print (car list)) ; @r{body}
11527 (print-elements-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11528 (cdr list)))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11529
11530(print-elements-recursively animals)
11531@end group
11532@end smallexample
11533
11534The @code{print-elements-recursively} function first tests whether
11535there is any content in the list; if there is, the function prints the
11536first element of the list, the @sc{car} of the list. Then the
11537function `invokes itself', but gives itself as its argument, not the
11538whole list, but the second and subsequent elements of the list, the
11539@sc{cdr} of the list.
11540
11541Put another way, if the list is not empty, the function invokes
11542another instance of code that is similar to the initial code, but is a
11543different thread of execution, with different arguments than the first
11544instance.
11545
11546Put in yet another way, if the list is not empty, the first robot
2d7752a0 11547assembles a second robot and tells it what to do; the second robot is
8cda6f8f
GM
11548a different individual from the first, but is the same model.
11549
11550When the second evaluation occurs, the @code{when} expression is
11551evaluated and if true, prints the first element of the list it
11552receives as its argument (which is the second element of the original
11553list). Then the function `calls itself' with the @sc{cdr} of the list
11554it is invoked with, which (the second time around) is the @sc{cdr} of
11555the @sc{cdr} of the original list.
11556
11557Note that although we say that the function `calls itself', what we
11558mean is that the Lisp interpreter assembles and instructs a new
11559instance of the program. The new instance is a clone of the first,
11560but is a separate individual.
11561
11562Each time the function `invokes itself', it invokes itself on a
11563shorter version of the original list. It creates a new instance that
11564works on a shorter list.
11565
11566Eventually, the function invokes itself on an empty list. It creates
11567a new instance whose argument is @code{nil}. The conditional expression
11568tests the value of @code{list}. Since the value of @code{list} is
11569@code{nil}, the @code{when} expression tests false so the then-part is
11570not evaluated. The function as a whole then returns @code{nil}.
11571
11572@need 1200
a9097c6d
KB
11573When you evaluate the expression @code{(print-elements-recursively
11574animals)} in the @file{*scratch*} buffer, you see this result:
8cda6f8f
GM
11575
11576@smallexample
11577@group
11578gazelle
11579
11580giraffe
11581
11582lion
11583
11584tiger
11585nil
11586@end group
11587@end smallexample
11588
11589@need 2000
11590@node Recursive triangle function, Recursion with cond, Recursion with list, Recursion
11591@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11592@subsection Recursion in Place of a Counter
11593@findex triangle-recursively
11594
11595@need 1200
11596The @code{triangle} function described in a previous section can also
11597be written recursively. It looks like this:
11598
11599@smallexample
11600@group
11601(defun triangle-recursively (number)
11602 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
11603Uses recursion."
11604 (if (= number 1) ; @r{do-again-test}
11605 1 ; @r{then-part}
11606 (+ number ; @r{else-part}
11607 (triangle-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11608 (1- number))))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11609
11610(triangle-recursively 7)
11611@end group
11612@end smallexample
11613
11614@noindent
11615You can install this function by evaluating it and then try it by
11616evaluating @code{(triangle-recursively 7)}. (Remember to put your
11617cursor immediately after the last parenthesis of the function
11618definition, before the comment.) The function evaluates to 28.
11619
11620To understand how this function works, let's consider what happens in the
11621various cases when the function is passed 1, 2, 3, or 4 as the value of
11622its argument.
11623
11624@menu
11625* Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2::
11626* Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4::
11627@end menu
11628
11629@node Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2, Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4, Recursive triangle function, Recursive triangle function
11630@ifnottex
11631@unnumberedsubsubsec An argument of 1 or 2
11632@end ifnottex
11633
11634First, what happens if the value of the argument is 1?
11635
11636The function has an @code{if} expression after the documentation
11637string. It tests whether the value of @code{number} is equal to 1; if
11638so, Emacs evaluates the then-part of the @code{if} expression, which
11639returns the number 1 as the value of the function. (A triangle with
11640one row has one pebble in it.)
11641
11642Suppose, however, that the value of the argument is 2. In this case,
11643Emacs evaluates the else-part of the @code{if} expression.
11644
11645@need 1200
11646The else-part consists of an addition, the recursive call to
11647@code{triangle-recursively} and a decrementing action; and it looks like
11648this:
11649
11650@smallexample
11651(+ number (triangle-recursively (1- number)))
11652@end smallexample
11653
11654When Emacs evaluates this expression, the innermost expression is
11655evaluated first; then the other parts in sequence. Here are the steps
11656in detail:
11657
11658@table @i
11659@item Step 1 @w{ } Evaluate the innermost expression.
11660
11661The innermost expression is @code{(1- number)} so Emacs decrements the
11662value of @code{number} from 2 to 1.
11663
11664@item Step 2 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11665
11666The Lisp interpreter creates an individual instance of
11667@code{triangle-recursively}. It does not matter that this function is
11668contained within itself. Emacs passes the result Step 1 as the
11669argument used by this instance of the @code{triangle-recursively}
11670function
11671
11672In this case, Emacs evaluates @code{triangle-recursively} with an
11673argument of 1. This means that this evaluation of
11674@code{triangle-recursively} returns 1.
11675
11676@item Step 3 @w{ } Evaluate the value of @code{number}.
11677
11678The variable @code{number} is the second element of the list that
11679starts with @code{+}; its value is 2.
11680
11681@item Step 4 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{+} expression.
11682
11683The @code{+} expression receives two arguments, the first
11684from the evaluation of @code{number} (Step 3) and the second from the
11685evaluation of @code{triangle-recursively} (Step 2).
11686
11687The result of the addition is the sum of 2 plus 1, and the number 3 is
11688returned, which is correct. A triangle with two rows has three
11689pebbles in it.
11690@end table
11691
11692@node Recursive Example arg of 3 or 4, , Recursive Example arg of 1 or 2, Recursive triangle function
11693@unnumberedsubsubsec An argument of 3 or 4
11694
11695Suppose that @code{triangle-recursively} is called with an argument of
116963.
11697
11698@table @i
11699@item Step 1 @w{ } Evaluate the do-again-test.
11700
11701The @code{if} expression is evaluated first. This is the do-again
11702test and returns false, so the else-part of the @code{if} expression
11703is evaluated. (Note that in this example, the do-again-test causes
11704the function to call itself when it tests false, not when it tests
11705true.)
11706
11707@item Step 2 @w{ } Evaluate the innermost expression of the else-part.
11708
11709The innermost expression of the else-part is evaluated, which decrements
117103 to 2. This is the next-step-expression.
11711
11712@item Step 3 @w{ } Evaluate the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11713
11714The number 2 is passed to the @code{triangle-recursively} function.
11715
a9097c6d 11716We already know what happens when Emacs evaluates @code{triangle-recursively} with
8cda6f8f
GM
11717an argument of 2. After going through the sequence of actions described
11718earlier, it returns a value of 3. So that is what will happen here.
11719
11720@item Step 4 @w{ } Evaluate the addition.
11721
117223 will be passed as an argument to the addition and will be added to the
11723number with which the function was called, which is 3.
11724@end table
11725
11726@noindent
11727The value returned by the function as a whole will be 6.
11728
11729Now that we know what will happen when @code{triangle-recursively} is
11730called with an argument of 3, it is evident what will happen if it is
11731called with an argument of 4:
11732
11733@quotation
11734@need 800
11735In the recursive call, the evaluation of
11736
11737@smallexample
11738(triangle-recursively (1- 4))
11739@end smallexample
11740
11741@need 800
11742@noindent
11743will return the value of evaluating
11744
11745@smallexample
11746(triangle-recursively 3)
11747@end smallexample
11748
11749@noindent
11750which is 6 and this value will be added to 4 by the addition in the
11751third line.
11752@end quotation
11753
11754@noindent
11755The value returned by the function as a whole will be 10.
11756
11757Each time @code{triangle-recursively} is evaluated, it evaluates a
11758version of itself---a different instance of itself---with a smaller
11759argument, until the argument is small enough so that it does not
11760evaluate itself.
11761
11762Note that this particular design for a recursive function
11763requires that operations be deferred.
11764
11765Before @code{(triangle-recursively 7)} can calculate its answer, it
11766must call @code{(triangle-recursively 6)}; and before
11767@code{(triangle-recursively 6)} can calculate its answer, it must call
11768@code{(triangle-recursively 5)}; and so on. That is to say, the
11769calculation that @code{(triangle-recursively 7)} makes must be
11770deferred until @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} makes its calculation;
11771and @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} must defer until
11772@code{(triangle-recursively 5)} completes; and so on.
11773
11774If each of these instances of @code{triangle-recursively} are thought
11775of as different robots, the first robot must wait for the second to
11776complete its job, which must wait until the third completes, and so
11777on.
11778
11779There is a way around this kind of waiting, which we will discuss in
11780@ref{No Deferment, , Recursion without Deferments}.
11781
11782@node Recursion with cond, Recursive Patterns, Recursive triangle function, Recursion
11783@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11784@subsection Recursion Example Using @code{cond}
11785@findex cond
11786
11787The version of @code{triangle-recursively} described earlier is written
11788with the @code{if} special form. It can also be written using another
11789special form called @code{cond}. The name of the special form
11790@code{cond} is an abbreviation of the word @samp{conditional}.
11791
11792Although the @code{cond} special form is not used as often in the
11793Emacs Lisp sources as @code{if}, it is used often enough to justify
11794explaining it.
11795
11796@need 800
11797The template for a @code{cond} expression looks like this:
11798
11799@smallexample
11800@group
11801(cond
11802 @var{body}@dots{})
11803@end group
11804@end smallexample
11805
11806@noindent
11807where the @var{body} is a series of lists.
11808
11809@need 800
11810Written out more fully, the template looks like this:
11811
11812@smallexample
11813@group
11814(cond
11815 (@var{first-true-or-false-test} @var{first-consequent})
11816 (@var{second-true-or-false-test} @var{second-consequent})
11817 (@var{third-true-or-false-test} @var{third-consequent})
11818 @dots{})
11819@end group
11820@end smallexample
11821
11822When the Lisp interpreter evaluates the @code{cond} expression, it
11823evaluates the first element (the @sc{car} or true-or-false-test) of
11824the first expression in a series of expressions within the body of the
11825@code{cond}.
11826
11827If the true-or-false-test returns @code{nil} the rest of that
11828expression, the consequent, is skipped and the true-or-false-test of the
11829next expression is evaluated. When an expression is found whose
11830true-or-false-test returns a value that is not @code{nil}, the
11831consequent of that expression is evaluated. The consequent can be one
11832or more expressions. If the consequent consists of more than one
11833expression, the expressions are evaluated in sequence and the value of
11834the last one is returned. If the expression does not have a consequent,
11835the value of the true-or-false-test is returned.
11836
11837If none of the true-or-false-tests test true, the @code{cond} expression
11838returns @code{nil}.
11839
11840@need 1250
11841Written using @code{cond}, the @code{triangle} function looks like this:
11842
11843@smallexample
11844@group
11845(defun triangle-using-cond (number)
11846 (cond ((<= number 0) 0)
11847 ((= number 1) 1)
11848 ((> number 1)
11849 (+ number (triangle-using-cond (1- number))))))
11850@end group
11851@end smallexample
11852
11853@noindent
11854In this example, the @code{cond} returns 0 if the number is less than or
11855equal to 0, it returns 1 if the number is 1 and it evaluates @code{(+
11856number (triangle-using-cond (1- number)))} if the number is greater than
118571.
11858
11859@node Recursive Patterns, No Deferment, Recursion with cond, Recursion
11860@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11861@subsection Recursive Patterns
11862@cindex Recursive Patterns
11863
11864Here are three common recursive patterns. Each involves a list.
11865Recursion does not need to involve lists, but Lisp is designed for lists
11866and this provides a sense of its primal capabilities.
11867
11868@menu
11869* Every::
11870* Accumulate::
11871* Keep::
11872@end menu
11873
11874@node Every, Accumulate, Recursive Patterns, Recursive Patterns
11875@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11876@unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{every}
11877@cindex Every, type of recursive pattern
11878@cindex Recursive pattern: every
11879
11880In the @code{every} recursive pattern, an action is performed on every
11881element of a list.
11882
11883@need 1500
11884The basic pattern is:
11885
11886@itemize @bullet
11887@item
11888If a list be empty, return @code{nil}.
11889@item
11890Else, act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list)
11891 @itemize @minus
11892 @item
11893 through a recursive call by the function on the rest (the
11894 @sc{cdr}) of the list,
11895 @item
11896 and, optionally, combine the acted-on element, using @code{cons},
11897 with the results of acting on the rest.
11898 @end itemize
11899@end itemize
11900
11901@need 1500
11902Here is example:
11903
11904@smallexample
11905@group
11906(defun square-each (numbers-list)
11907 "Square each of a NUMBERS LIST, recursively."
11908 (if (not numbers-list) ; do-again-test
11909 nil
11910 (cons
11911 (* (car numbers-list) (car numbers-list))
11912 (square-each (cdr numbers-list))))) ; next-step-expression
11913@end group
11914
11915@group
11916(square-each '(1 2 3))
11917 @result{} (1 4 9)
11918@end group
11919@end smallexample
11920
11921@need 1200
11922@noindent
11923If @code{numbers-list} is empty, do nothing. But if it has content,
11924construct a list combining the square of the first number in the list
11925with the result of the recursive call.
11926
11927(The example follows the pattern exactly: @code{nil} is returned if
11928the numbers' list is empty. In practice, you would write the
11929conditional so it carries out the action when the numbers' list is not
11930empty.)
11931
11932The @code{print-elements-recursively} function (@pxref{Recursion with
11933list, , Recursion with a List}) is another example of an @code{every}
11934pattern, except in this case, rather than bring the results together
11935using @code{cons}, we print each element of output.
11936
11937@need 1250
11938The @code{print-elements-recursively} function looks like this:
11939
11940@smallexample
11941@group
11942(setq animals '(gazelle giraffe lion tiger))
11943@end group
11944
11945@group
11946(defun print-elements-recursively (list)
11947 "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own.
11948Uses recursion."
11949 (when list ; @r{do-again-test}
11950 (print (car list)) ; @r{body}
11951 (print-elements-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
11952 (cdr list)))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
11953
11954(print-elements-recursively animals)
11955@end group
11956@end smallexample
11957
11958@need 1500
11959The pattern for @code{print-elements-recursively} is:
11960
11961@itemize @bullet
11962@item
11963When the list is empty, do nothing.
11964@item
11965But when the list has at least one element,
11966 @itemize @minus
11967 @item
11968 act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list),
11969 @item
11970 and make a recursive call on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
11971 @end itemize
11972@end itemize
11973
11974@node Accumulate, Keep, Every, Recursive Patterns
11975@comment node-name, next, previous, up
11976@unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{accumulate}
11977@cindex Accumulate, type of recursive pattern
11978@cindex Recursive pattern: accumulate
11979
11980Another recursive pattern is called the @code{accumulate} pattern. In
11981the @code{accumulate} recursive pattern, an action is performed on
11982every element of a list and the result of that action is accumulated
11983with the results of performing the action on the other elements.
11984
11985This is very like the `every' pattern using @code{cons}, except that
11986@code{cons} is not used, but some other combiner.
11987
11988@need 1500
11989The pattern is:
11990
11991@itemize @bullet
11992@item
11993If a list be empty, return zero or some other constant.
11994@item
11995Else, act on the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list),
11996 @itemize @minus
11997 @item
11998 and combine that acted-on element, using @code{+} or
11999 some other combining function, with
12000 @item
12001 a recursive call by the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
12002 @end itemize
12003@end itemize
12004
12005@need 1500
12006Here is an example:
12007
12008@smallexample
12009@group
12010(defun add-elements (numbers-list)
12011 "Add the elements of NUMBERS-LIST together."
12012 (if (not numbers-list)
12013 0
12014 (+ (car numbers-list) (add-elements (cdr numbers-list)))))
12015@end group
12016
12017@group
12018(add-elements '(1 2 3 4))
12019 @result{} 10
12020@end group
12021@end smallexample
12022
12023@xref{Files List, , Making a List of Files}, for an example of the
12024accumulate pattern.
12025
12026@node Keep, , Accumulate, Recursive Patterns
12027@comment node-name, next, previous, up
12028@unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Pattern: @emph{keep}
12029@cindex Keep, type of recursive pattern
12030@cindex Recursive pattern: keep
12031
12032A third recursive pattern is called the @code{keep} pattern.
12033In the @code{keep} recursive pattern, each element of a list is tested;
12034the element is acted on and the results are kept only if the element
12035meets a criterion.
12036
12037Again, this is very like the `every' pattern, except the element is
12038skipped unless it meets a criterion.
12039
12040@need 1500
12041The pattern has three parts:
12042
12043@itemize @bullet
12044@item
12045If a list be empty, return @code{nil}.
12046@item
12047Else, if the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list) passes
12048 a test
12049 @itemize @minus
12050 @item
12051 act on that element and combine it, using @code{cons} with
12052 @item
12053 a recursive call by the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
12054 @end itemize
12055@item
12056Otherwise, if the beginning of the list (the @sc{car} of the list) fails
12057the test
12058 @itemize @minus
12059 @item
12060 skip on that element,
12061 @item
12062 and, recursively call the function on the rest (the @sc{cdr}) of the list.
12063 @end itemize
12064@end itemize
12065
12066@need 1500
12067Here is an example that uses @code{cond}:
12068
12069@smallexample
12070@group
12071(defun keep-three-letter-words (word-list)
12072 "Keep three letter words in WORD-LIST."
12073 (cond
12074 ;; First do-again-test: stop-condition
12075 ((not word-list) nil)
12076
12077 ;; Second do-again-test: when to act
12078 ((eq 3 (length (symbol-name (car word-list))))
12079 ;; combine acted-on element with recursive call on shorter list
12080 (cons (car word-list) (keep-three-letter-words (cdr word-list))))
12081
12082 ;; Third do-again-test: when to skip element;
12083 ;; recursively call shorter list with next-step expression
12084 (t (keep-three-letter-words (cdr word-list)))))
12085@end group
12086
12087@group
12088(keep-three-letter-words '(one two three four five six))
12089 @result{} (one two six)
12090@end group
12091@end smallexample
12092
12093It goes without saying that you need not use @code{nil} as the test for
12094when to stop; and you can, of course, combine these patterns.
12095
12096@node No Deferment, No deferment solution, Recursive Patterns, Recursion
12097@subsection Recursion without Deferments
12098@cindex Deferment in recursion
12099@cindex Recursion without Deferments
12100
12101Let's consider again what happens with the @code{triangle-recursively}
12102function. We will find that the intermediate calculations are
12103deferred until all can be done.
12104
12105@need 800
12106Here is the function definition:
12107
12108@smallexample
12109@group
12110(defun triangle-recursively (number)
12111 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
12112Uses recursion."
12113 (if (= number 1) ; @r{do-again-test}
12114 1 ; @r{then-part}
12115 (+ number ; @r{else-part}
12116 (triangle-recursively ; @r{recursive call}
12117 (1- number))))) ; @r{next-step-expression}
12118@end group
12119@end smallexample
12120
12121What happens when we call this function with a argument of 7?
12122
12123The first instance of the @code{triangle-recursively} function adds
12124the number 7 to the value returned by a second instance of
12125@code{triangle-recursively}, an instance that has been passed an
12126argument of 6. That is to say, the first calculation is:
12127
12128@smallexample
12129(+ 7 (triangle-recursively 6))
12130@end smallexample
12131
12132@noindent
12133The first instance of @code{triangle-recursively}---you may want to
12134think of it as a little robot---cannot complete its job. It must hand
12135off the calculation for @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} to a second
12136instance of the program, to a second robot. This second individual is
12137completely different from the first one; it is, in the jargon, a
12138`different instantiation'. Or, put another way, it is a different
12139robot. It is the same model as the first; it calculates triangle
12140numbers recursively; but it has a different serial number.
12141
12142And what does @code{(triangle-recursively 6)} return? It returns the
12143number 6 added to the value returned by evaluating
12144@code{triangle-recursively} with an argument of 5. Using the robot
12145metaphor, it asks yet another robot to help it.
12146
12147@need 800
12148Now the total is:
12149
12150@smallexample
12151(+ 7 6 (triangle-recursively 5))
12152@end smallexample
12153
12154@need 800
12155And what happens next?
12156
12157@smallexample
12158(+ 7 6 5 (triangle-recursively 4))
12159@end smallexample
12160
12161Each time @code{triangle-recursively} is called, except for the last
12162time, it creates another instance of the program---another robot---and
12163asks it to make a calculation.
12164
12165@need 800
12166Eventually, the full addition is set up and performed:
12167
12168@smallexample
12169(+ 7 6 5 4 3 2 1)
12170@end smallexample
12171
12172This design for the function defers the calculation of the first step
12173until the second can be done, and defers that until the third can be
12174done, and so on. Each deferment means the computer must remember what
12175is being waited on. This is not a problem when there are only a few
12176steps, as in this example. But it can be a problem when there are
12177more steps.
12178
12179@node No deferment solution, , No Deferment, Recursion
12180@subsection No Deferment Solution
12181@cindex No deferment solution
12182@cindex Defermentless solution
12183@cindex Solution without deferment
12184
12185The solution to the problem of deferred operations is to write in a
12186manner that does not defer operations@footnote{The phrase @dfn{tail
12187recursive} is used to describe such a process, one that uses
12188`constant space'.}. This requires
12189writing to a different pattern, often one that involves writing two
12190function definitions, an `initialization' function and a `helper'
12191function.
12192
12193The `initialization' function sets up the job; the `helper' function
12194does the work.
12195
12196@need 1200
12197Here are the two function definitions for adding up numbers. They are
12198so simple, I find them hard to understand.
12199
12200@smallexample
12201@group
12202(defun triangle-initialization (number)
12203 "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
12204This is the `initialization' component of a two function
12205duo that uses recursion."
12206 (triangle-recursive-helper 0 0 number))
12207@end group
12208@end smallexample
12209
12210@smallexample
12211@group
12212(defun triangle-recursive-helper (sum counter number)
12213 "Return SUM, using COUNTER, through NUMBER inclusive.
12214This is the `helper' component of a two function duo
12215that uses recursion."
12216 (if (> counter number)
12217 sum
12218 (triangle-recursive-helper (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum}
12219 (1+ counter) ; @r{counter}
12220 number))) ; @r{number}
12221@end group
12222@end smallexample
12223
12224@need 1250
12225Install both function definitions by evaluating them, then call
12226@code{triangle-initialization} with 2 rows:
12227
12228@smallexample
12229@group
12230(triangle-initialization 2)
12231 @result{} 3
12232@end group
12233@end smallexample
12234
12235The `initialization' function calls the first instance of the `helper'
12236function with three arguments: zero, zero, and a number which is the
12237number of rows in the triangle.
12238
12239The first two arguments passed to the `helper' function are
12240initialization values. These values are changed when
12241@code{triangle-recursive-helper} invokes new instances.@footnote{The
12242jargon is mildly confusing: @code{triangle-recursive-helper} uses a
12243process that is iterative in a procedure that is recursive. The
12244process is called iterative because the computer need only record the
12245three values, @code{sum}, @code{counter}, and @code{number}; the
12246procedure is recursive because the function `calls itself'. On the
12247other hand, both the process and the procedure used by
12248@code{triangle-recursively} are called recursive. The word
12249`recursive' has different meanings in the two contexts.}
12250
12251Let's see what happens when we have a triangle that has one row. (This
12252triangle will have one pebble in it!)
12253
12254@need 1200
12255@code{triangle-initialization} will call its helper with
12256the arguments @w{@code{0 0 1}}. That function will run the conditional
12257test whether @code{(> counter number)}:
12258
12259@smallexample
12260(> 0 1)
12261@end smallexample
12262
12263@need 1200
12264@noindent
12265and find that the result is false, so it will invoke
12266the else-part of the @code{if} clause:
12267
12268@smallexample
12269@group
12270 (triangle-recursive-helper
12271 (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum plus counter} @result{} @r{sum}
12272 (1+ counter) ; @r{increment counter} @result{} @r{counter}
12273 number) ; @r{number stays the same}
12274@end group
12275@end smallexample
12276
12277@need 800
12278@noindent
12279which will first compute:
12280
12281@smallexample
12282@group
12283(triangle-recursive-helper (+ 0 0) ; @r{sum}
12284 (1+ 0) ; @r{counter}
12285 1) ; @r{number}
12286@exdent which is:
12287
12288(triangle-recursive-helper 0 1 1)
12289@end group
12290@end smallexample
12291
12292Again, @code{(> counter number)} will be false, so again, the Lisp
12293interpreter will evaluate @code{triangle-recursive-helper}, creating a
12294new instance with new arguments.
12295
12296@need 800
12297This new instance will be;
12298
12299@smallexample
12300@group
12301 (triangle-recursive-helper
12302 (+ sum counter) ; @r{sum plus counter} @result{} @r{sum}
12303 (1+ counter) ; @r{increment counter} @result{} @r{counter}
12304 number) ; @r{number stays the same}
12305
12306@exdent which is:
12307
12308(triangle-recursive-helper 1 2 1)
12309@end group
12310@end smallexample
12311
12312In this case, the @code{(> counter number)} test will be true! So the
12313instance will return the value of the sum, which will be 1, as
12314expected.
12315
12316Now, let's pass @code{triangle-initialization} an argument
12317of 2, to find out how many pebbles there are in a triangle with two rows.
12318
12319That function calls @code{(triangle-recursive-helper 0 0 2)}.
12320
12321@need 800
12322In stages, the instances called will be:
12323
12324@smallexample
12325@group
12326 @r{sum counter number}
12327(triangle-recursive-helper 0 1 2)
12328
12329(triangle-recursive-helper 1 2 2)
12330
12331(triangle-recursive-helper 3 3 2)
12332@end group
12333@end smallexample
12334
12335When the last instance is called, the @code{(> counter number)} test
12336will be true, so the instance will return the value of @code{sum},
12337which will be 3.
12338
12339This kind of pattern helps when you are writing functions that can use
12340many resources in a computer.
12341
12342@need 1500
12343@node Looping exercise, , Recursion, Loops & Recursion
12344@section Looping Exercise
12345
12346@itemize @bullet
12347@item
12348Write a function similar to @code{triangle} in which each row has a
12349value which is the square of the row number. Use a @code{while} loop.
12350
12351@item
12352Write a function similar to @code{triangle} that multiplies instead of
12353adds the values.
12354
12355@item
12356Rewrite these two functions recursively. Rewrite these functions
12357using @code{cond}.
12358
12359@c comma in printed title causes problem in Info cross reference
12360@item
12361Write a function for Texinfo mode that creates an index entry at the
12362beginning of a paragraph for every @samp{@@dfn} within the paragraph.
12363(In a Texinfo file, @samp{@@dfn} marks a definition. This book is
12364written in Texinfo.)
12365
12366Many of the functions you will need are described in two of the
12367previous chapters, @ref{Cutting & Storing Text, , Cutting and Storing
12368Text}, and @ref{Yanking, , Yanking Text Back}. If you use
12369@code{forward-paragraph} to put the index entry at the beginning of
12370the paragraph, you will have to use @w{@kbd{C-h f}}
12371(@code{describe-function}) to find out how to make the command go
12372backwards.
12373
12374For more information, see
12375@ifinfo
12376@ref{Indicating, , Indicating Definitions, texinfo}.
12377@end ifinfo
12378@ifhtml
12379@ref{Indicating, , Indicating, texinfo, Texinfo Manual}, which goes to
12380a Texinfo manual in the current directory. Or, if you are on the
12381Internet, see
12382@uref{http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo/manual/texinfo/}
12383@end ifhtml
12384@iftex
12385``Indicating Definitions, Commands, etc.'' in @cite{Texinfo, The GNU
12386Documentation Format}.
12387@end iftex
12388@end itemize
12389
12390@node Regexp Search, Counting Words, Loops & Recursion, Top
12391@comment node-name, next, previous, up
12392@chapter Regular Expression Searches
12393@cindex Searches, illustrating
12394@cindex Regular expression searches
12395@cindex Patterns, searching for
12396@cindex Motion by sentence and paragraph
12397@cindex Sentences, movement by
12398@cindex Paragraphs, movement by
12399
12400Regular expression searches are used extensively in GNU Emacs. The
12401two functions, @code{forward-sentence} and @code{forward-paragraph},
12402illustrate these searches well. They use regular expressions to find
12403where to move point. The phrase `regular expression' is often written
12404as `regexp'.
12405
12406Regular expression searches are described in @ref{Regexp Search, ,
12407Regular Expression Search, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, as well as in
12408@ref{Regular Expressions, , , elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
12409Manual}. In writing this chapter, I am presuming that you have at
12410least a mild acquaintance with them. The major point to remember is
12411that regular expressions permit you to search for patterns as well as
12412for literal strings of characters. For example, the code in
12413@code{forward-sentence} searches for the pattern of possible
12414characters that could mark the end of a sentence, and moves point to
12415that spot.
12416
12417Before looking at the code for the @code{forward-sentence} function, it
12418is worth considering what the pattern that marks the end of a sentence
12419must be. The pattern is discussed in the next section; following that
12420is a description of the regular expression search function,
12421@code{re-search-forward}. The @code{forward-sentence} function
12422is described in the section following. Finally, the
12423@code{forward-paragraph} function is described in the last section of
12424this chapter. @code{forward-paragraph} is a complex function that
12425introduces several new features.
12426
12427@menu
12428* sentence-end:: The regular expression for @code{sentence-end}.
12429* re-search-forward:: Very similar to @code{search-forward}.
12430* forward-sentence:: A straightforward example of regexp search.
12431* forward-paragraph:: A somewhat complex example.
12432* etags:: How to create your own @file{TAGS} table.
12433* Regexp Review::
12434* re-search Exercises::
12435@end menu
12436
12437@node sentence-end, re-search-forward, Regexp Search, Regexp Search
12438@comment node-name, next, previous, up
12439@section The Regular Expression for @code{sentence-end}
12440@findex sentence-end
12441
12442The symbol @code{sentence-end} is bound to the pattern that marks the
12443end of a sentence. What should this regular expression be?
12444
12445Clearly, a sentence may be ended by a period, a question mark, or an
12446exclamation mark. Indeed, in English, only clauses that end with one
12447of those three characters should be considered the end of a sentence.
12448This means that the pattern should include the character set:
12449
12450@smallexample
12451[.?!]
12452@end smallexample
12453
12454However, we do not want @code{forward-sentence} merely to jump to a
12455period, a question mark, or an exclamation mark, because such a character
12456might be used in the middle of a sentence. A period, for example, is
12457used after abbreviations. So other information is needed.
12458
12459According to convention, you type two spaces after every sentence, but
12460only one space after a period, a question mark, or an exclamation mark in
12461the body of a sentence. So a period, a question mark, or an exclamation
12462mark followed by two spaces is a good indicator of an end of sentence.
12463However, in a file, the two spaces may instead be a tab or the end of a
12464line. This means that the regular expression should include these three
12465items as alternatives.
12466
12467@need 800
12468This group of alternatives will look like this:
12469
12470@smallexample
12471@group
12472\\($\\| \\| \\)
12473 ^ ^^
12474 TAB SPC
12475@end group
12476@end smallexample
12477
12478@noindent
12479Here, @samp{$} indicates the end of the line, and I have pointed out
12480where the tab and two spaces are inserted in the expression. Both are
12481inserted by putting the actual characters into the expression.
12482
12483Two backslashes, @samp{\\}, are required before the parentheses and
12484vertical bars: the first backslash quotes the following backslash in
12485Emacs; and the second indicates that the following character, the
12486parenthesis or the vertical bar, is special.
12487
12488@need 1000
12489Also, a sentence may be followed by one or more carriage returns, like
12490this:
12491
12492@smallexample
12493@group
12494[
12495]*
12496@end group
12497@end smallexample
12498
12499@noindent
12500Like tabs and spaces, a carriage return is inserted into a regular
12501expression by inserting it literally. The asterisk indicates that the
12502@key{RET} is repeated zero or more times.
12503
12504But a sentence end does not consist only of a period, a question mark or
12505an exclamation mark followed by appropriate space: a closing quotation
12506mark or a closing brace of some kind may precede the space. Indeed more
12507than one such mark or brace may precede the space. These require a
12508expression that looks like this:
12509
12510@smallexample
12511[]\"')@}]*
12512@end smallexample
12513
12514In this expression, the first @samp{]} is the first character in the
12515expression; the second character is @samp{"}, which is preceded by a
12516@samp{\} to tell Emacs the @samp{"} is @emph{not} special. The last
12517three characters are @samp{'}, @samp{)}, and @samp{@}}.
12518
12519All this suggests what the regular expression pattern for matching the
12520end of a sentence should be; and, indeed, if we evaluate
12521@code{sentence-end} we find that it returns the following value:
12522
12523@smallexample
12524@group
12525sentence-end
12526 @result{} "[.?!][]\"')@}]*\\($\\| \\| \\)[
12527]*"
12528@end group
12529@end smallexample
12530
12531@noindent
12532(Well, not in GNU Emacs 22; that is because of an effort to make the
12533process simpler and to handle more glyphs and languages. When the
12534value of @code{sentence-end} is @code{nil}, then use the value defined
12535by the function @code{sentence-end}. (Here is a use of the difference
12536between a value and a function in Emacs Lisp.) The function returns a
12537value constructed from the variables @code{sentence-end-base},
12538@code{sentence-end-double-space}, @code{sentence-end-without-period},
12539and @code{sentence-end-without-space}. The critical variable is
12540@code{sentence-end-base}; its global value is similar to the one
12541described above but it also contains two additional quotation marks.
12542These have differing degrees of curliness. The
12543@code{sentence-end-without-period} variable, when true, tells Emacs
12544that a sentence may end without a period, such as text in Thai.)
12545
12546@ignore
12547@noindent
12548(Note that here the @key{TAB}, two spaces, and @key{RET} are shown
12549literally in the pattern.)
12550
12551This regular expression can be deciphered as follows:
12552
12553@table @code
12554@item [.?!]
12555The first part of the pattern is the three characters, a period, a question
12556mark and an exclamation mark, within square brackets. The pattern must
12557begin with one or other of these characters.
12558
12559@item []\"')@}]*
12560The second part of the pattern is the group of closing braces and
12561quotation marks, which can appear zero or more times. These may follow
12562the period, question mark or exclamation mark. In a regular expression,
12563the backslash, @samp{\}, followed by the double quotation mark,
12564@samp{"}, indicates the class of string-quote characters. Usually, the
12565double quotation mark is the only character in this class. The
12566asterisk, @samp{*}, indicates that the items in the previous group (the
12567group surrounded by square brackets, @samp{[]}) may be repeated zero or
12568more times.
12569
12570@item \\($\\| \\| \\)
12571The third part of the pattern is one or other of: either the end of a
12572line, or two blank spaces, or a tab. The double back-slashes are used
12573to prevent Emacs from reading the parentheses and vertical bars as part
12574of the search pattern; the parentheses are used to mark the group and
12575the vertical bars are used to indicated that the patterns to either side
12576of them are alternatives. The dollar sign is used to indicate the end
12577of a line and both the two spaces and the tab are each inserted as is to
12578indicate what they are.
12579
12580@item [@key{RET}]*
12581Finally, the last part of the pattern indicates that the end of the line
12582or the whitespace following the period, question mark or exclamation
12583mark may, but need not, be followed by one or more carriage returns. In
12584the pattern, the carriage return is inserted as an actual carriage
12585return between square brackets but here it is shown as @key{RET}.
12586@end table
12587@end ignore
12588
12589@node re-search-forward, forward-sentence, sentence-end, Regexp Search
12590@comment node-name, next, previous, up
12591@section The @code{re-search-forward} Function
12592@findex re-search-forward
12593
12594The @code{re-search-forward} function is very like the
12595@code{search-forward} function. (@xref{search-forward, , The
12596@code{search-forward} Function}.)
12597
12598@code{re-search-forward} searches for a regular expression. If the
12599search is successful, it leaves point immediately after the last
12600character in the target. If the search is backwards, it leaves point
12601just before the first character in the target. You may tell
12602@code{re-search-forward} to return @code{t} for true. (Moving point
12603is therefore a `side effect'.)
12604
12605Like @code{search-forward}, the @code{re-search-forward} function takes
12606four arguments:
12607
12608@enumerate
12609@item
12610The first argument is the regular expression that the function searches
7b4b1301 12611for. The regular expression will be a string between quotation marks.
8cda6f8f
GM
12612
12613@item
12614The optional second argument limits how far the function will search; it is a
12615bound, which is specified as a position in the buffer.
12616
12617@item
12618The optional third argument specifies how the function responds to
12619failure: @code{nil} as the third argument causes the function to
12620signal an error (and print a message) when the search fails; any other
12621value causes it to return @code{nil} if the search fails and @code{t}
12622if the search succeeds.
12623
12624@item
12625The optional fourth argument is the repeat count. A negative repeat
12626count causes @code{re-search-forward} to search backwards.
12627@end enumerate
12628
12629@need 800
12630The template for @code{re-search-forward} looks like this:
12631
12632@smallexample
12633@group
12634(re-search-forward "@var{regular-expression}"
12635 @var{limit-of-search}
12636 @var{what-to-do-if-search-fails}
12637 @var{repeat-count})
12638@end group
12639@end smallexample
12640
12641The second, third, and fourth arguments are optional. However, if you
12642want to pass a value to either or both of the last two arguments, you
12643must also pass a value to all the preceding arguments. Otherwise, the
12644Lisp interpreter will mistake which argument you are passing the value
12645to.
12646
12647@need 1200
12648In the @code{forward-sentence} function, the regular expression will be
12649the value of the variable @code{sentence-end}. In simple form, that is:
12650
12651@smallexample
12652@group
12653"[.?!][]\"')@}]*\\($\\| \\| \\)[
12654]*"
12655@end group
12656@end smallexample
12657
12658@noindent
12659The limit of the search will be the end of the paragraph (since a
12660sentence cannot go beyond a paragraph). If the search fails, the
12661function will return @code{nil}; and the repeat count will be provided
12662by the argument to the @code{forward-sentence} function.
12663
12664@node forward-sentence, forward-paragraph, re-search-forward, Regexp Search
12665@comment node-name, next, previous, up
12666@section @code{forward-sentence}
12667@findex forward-sentence
12668
12669The command to move the cursor forward a sentence is a straightforward
12670illustration of how to use regular expression searches in Emacs Lisp.
12671Indeed, the function looks longer and more complicated than it is; this
12672is because the function is designed to go backwards as well as forwards;
12673and, optionally, over more than one sentence. The function is usually
12674bound to the key command @kbd{M-e}.
12675
12676@menu
12677* Complete forward-sentence::
12678* fwd-sentence while loops:: Two @code{while} loops.
12679* fwd-sentence re-search:: A regular expression search.
12680@end menu
12681
12682@node Complete forward-sentence, fwd-sentence while loops, forward-sentence, forward-sentence
12683@ifnottex
12684@unnumberedsubsec Complete @code{forward-sentence} function definition
12685@end ifnottex
12686
12687@need 1250
12688Here is the code for @code{forward-sentence}:
12689
12690@c in GNU Emacs 22
12691@smallexample
12692@group
12693(defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12694 "Move forward to next `sentence-end'. With argument, repeat.
12695With negative argument, move backward repeatedly to `sentence-beginning'.
12696
12697The variable `sentence-end' is a regular expression that matches ends of
12698sentences. Also, every paragraph boundary terminates sentences as well."
12699@end group
12700@group
12701 (interactive "p")
12702 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12703 (let ((opoint (point))
12704 (sentence-end (sentence-end)))
12705 (while (< arg 0)
12706 (let ((pos (point))
12707 (par-beg (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12708 (if (and (re-search-backward sentence-end par-beg t)
12709 (or (< (match-end 0) pos)
12710 (re-search-backward sentence-end par-beg t)))
12711 (goto-char (match-end 0))
12712 (goto-char par-beg)))
12713 (setq arg (1+ arg)))
12714@end group
12715@group
12716 (while (> arg 0)
12717 (let ((par-end (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12718 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12719 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12720 (goto-char par-end)))
12721 (setq arg (1- arg)))
12722 (constrain-to-field nil opoint t)))
12723@end group
12724@end smallexample
12725
12726@ignore
12727GNU Emacs 21
12728@smallexample
12729@group
12730(defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12731 "Move forward to next sentence-end. With argument, repeat.
12732With negative argument, move backward repeatedly to sentence-beginning.
12733Sentence ends are identified by the value of sentence-end
12734treated as a regular expression. Also, every paragraph boundary
12735terminates sentences as well."
12736@end group
12737@group
12738 (interactive "p")
12739 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12740 (while (< arg 0)
12741 (let ((par-beg
12742 (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12743 (if (re-search-backward
12744 (concat sentence-end "[^ \t\n]") par-beg t)
12745 (goto-char (1- (match-end 0)))
12746 (goto-char par-beg)))
12747 (setq arg (1+ arg)))
12748 (while (> arg 0)
12749 (let ((par-end
12750 (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12751 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12752 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12753 (goto-char par-end)))
12754 (setq arg (1- arg))))
12755@end group
12756@end smallexample
12757@end ignore
12758
12759The function looks long at first sight and it is best to look at its
12760skeleton first, and then its muscle. The way to see the skeleton is to
12761look at the expressions that start in the left-most columns:
12762
12763@smallexample
12764@group
12765(defun forward-sentence (&optional arg)
12766 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
12767 (interactive "p")
12768 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12769 (let ((opoint (point)) (sentence-end (sentence-end)))
12770 (while (< arg 0)
12771 (let ((pos (point))
12772 (par-beg (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12773 @var{rest-of-body-of-while-loop-when-going-backwards}
12774 (while (> arg 0)
12775 (let ((par-end (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12776 @var{rest-of-body-of-while-loop-when-going-forwards}
12777 @var{handle-forms-and-equivalent}
12778@end group
12779@end smallexample
12780
12781This looks much simpler! The function definition consists of
12782documentation, an @code{interactive} expression, an @code{or}
12783expression, a @code{let} expression, and @code{while} loops.
12784
12785Let's look at each of these parts in turn.
12786
12787We note that the documentation is thorough and understandable.
12788
12789The function has an @code{interactive "p"} declaration. This means
12790that the processed prefix argument, if any, is passed to the
12791function as its argument. (This will be a number.) If the function
12792is not passed an argument (it is optional) then the argument
12793@code{arg} will be bound to 1.
12794
12795When @code{forward-sentence} is called non-interactively without an
12796argument, @code{arg} is bound to @code{nil}. The @code{or} expression
12797handles this. What it does is either leave the value of @code{arg} as
12798it is, but only if @code{arg} is bound to a value; or it sets the
12799value of @code{arg} to 1, in the case when @code{arg} is bound to
12800@code{nil}.
12801
12802Next is a @code{let}. That specifies the values of two local
12803variables, @code{point} and @code{sentence-end}. The local value of
12804point, from before the search, is used in the
12805@code{constrain-to-field} function which handles forms and
12806equivalents. The @code{sentence-end} variable is set by the
12807@code{sentence-end} function.
12808
12809@node fwd-sentence while loops, fwd-sentence re-search, Complete forward-sentence, forward-sentence
12810@unnumberedsubsec The @code{while} loops
12811
12812Two @code{while} loops follow. The first @code{while} has a
12813true-or-false-test that tests true if the prefix argument for
12814@code{forward-sentence} is a negative number. This is for going
12815backwards. The body of this loop is similar to the body of the second
12816@code{while} clause, but it is not exactly the same. We will skip
12817this @code{while} loop and concentrate on the second @code{while}
12818loop.
12819
12820@need 1500
12821The second @code{while} loop is for moving point forward. Its skeleton
12822looks like this:
12823
12824@smallexample
12825@group
12826(while (> arg 0) ; @r{true-or-false-test}
12827 (let @var{varlist}
12828 (if (@var{true-or-false-test})
12829 @var{then-part}
12830 @var{else-part}
12831 (setq arg (1- arg)))) ; @code{while} @r{loop decrementer}
12832@end group
12833@end smallexample
12834
12835The @code{while} loop is of the decrementing kind.
12836(@xref{Decrementing Loop, , A Loop with a Decrementing Counter}.) It
12837has a true-or-false-test that tests true so long as the counter (in
12838this case, the variable @code{arg}) is greater than zero; and it has a
12839decrementer that subtracts 1 from the value of the counter every time
12840the loop repeats.
12841
12842If no prefix argument is given to @code{forward-sentence}, which is
12843the most common way the command is used, this @code{while} loop will
12844run once, since the value of @code{arg} will be 1.
12845
12846The body of the @code{while} loop consists of a @code{let} expression,
12847which creates and binds a local variable, and has, as its body, an
12848@code{if} expression.
12849
12850@need 1250
12851The body of the @code{while} loop looks like this:
12852
12853@smallexample
12854@group
12855(let ((par-end
12856 (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))))
12857 (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t)
12858 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
12859 (goto-char par-end)))
12860@end group
12861@end smallexample
12862
12863The @code{let} expression creates and binds the local variable
12864@code{par-end}. As we shall see, this local variable is designed to
12865provide a bound or limit to the regular expression search. If the
12866search fails to find a proper sentence ending in the paragraph, it will
12867stop on reaching the end of the paragraph.
12868
12869But first, let us examine how @code{par-end} is bound to the value of
12870the end of the paragraph. What happens is that the @code{let} sets the
12871value of @code{par-end} to the value returned when the Lisp interpreter
12872evaluates the expression
12873
12874@smallexample
12875@group
12876(save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))
12877@end group
12878@end smallexample
12879
12880@noindent
12881In this expression, @code{(end-of-paragraph-text)} moves point to the
12882end of the paragraph, @code{(point)} returns the value of point, and then
12883@code{save-excursion} restores point to its original position. Thus,
12884the @code{let} binds @code{par-end} to the value returned by the
12885@code{save-excursion} expression, which is the position of the end of
12886the paragraph. (The @code{end-of-paragraph-text} function uses
12887@code{forward-paragraph}, which we will discuss shortly.)
12888
12889@need 1200
12890Emacs next evaluates the body of the @code{let}, which is an @code{if}
12891expression that looks like this:
12892
12893@smallexample
12894@group
12895(if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t) ; @r{if-part}
12896 (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") ; @r{then-part}
12897 (goto-char par-end))) ; @r{else-part}
12898@end group
12899@end smallexample
12900
12901The @code{if} tests whether its first argument is true and if so,
12902evaluates its then-part; otherwise, the Emacs Lisp interpreter
12903evaluates the else-part. The true-or-false-test of the @code{if}
12904expression is the regular expression search.
12905
12906It may seem odd to have what looks like the `real work' of
12907the @code{forward-sentence} function buried here, but this is a common
12908way this kind of operation is carried out in Lisp.
12909
12910@node fwd-sentence re-search, , fwd-sentence while loops, forward-sentence
12911@unnumberedsubsec The regular expression search
12912
12913The @code{re-search-forward} function searches for the end of the
12914sentence, that is, for the pattern defined by the @code{sentence-end}
12915regular expression. If the pattern is found---if the end of the sentence is
12916found---then the @code{re-search-forward} function does two things:
12917
12918@enumerate
12919@item
12920The @code{re-search-forward} function carries out a side effect, which
12921is to move point to the end of the occurrence found.
12922
12923@item
12924The @code{re-search-forward} function returns a value of true. This is
12925the value received by the @code{if}, and means that the search was
12926successful.
12927@end enumerate
12928
12929@noindent
12930The side effect, the movement of point, is completed before the
12931@code{if} function is handed the value returned by the successful
12932conclusion of the search.
12933
12934When the @code{if} function receives the value of true from a successful
12935call to @code{re-search-forward}, the @code{if} evaluates the then-part,
12936which is the expression @code{(skip-chars-backward " \t\n")}. This
12937expression moves backwards over any blank spaces, tabs or carriage
12938returns until a printed character is found and then leaves point after
12939the character. Since point has already been moved to the end of the
12940pattern that marks the end of the sentence, this action leaves point
12941right after the closing printed character of the sentence, which is
12942usually a period.
12943
12944On the other hand, if the @code{re-search-forward} function fails to
12945find a pattern marking the end of the sentence, the function returns
12946false. The false then causes the @code{if} to evaluate its third
12947argument, which is @code{(goto-char par-end)}: it moves point to the
12948end of the paragraph.
12949
12950(And if the text is in a form or equivalent, and point may not move
12951fully, then the @code{constrain-to-field} function comes into play.)
12952
12953Regular expression searches are exceptionally useful and the pattern
12954illustrated by @code{re-search-forward}, in which the search is the
12955test of an @code{if} expression, is handy. You will see or write code
12956incorporating this pattern often.
12957
12958@node forward-paragraph, etags, forward-sentence, Regexp Search
12959@comment node-name, next, previous, up
12960@section @code{forward-paragraph}: a Goldmine of Functions
12961@findex forward-paragraph
12962
12963@ignore
12964@c in GNU Emacs 22
12965(defun forward-paragraph (&optional arg)
12966 "Move forward to end of paragraph.
12967With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
12968a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N paragraphs.
12969
12970A line which `paragraph-start' matches either separates paragraphs
12971\(if `paragraph-separate' matches it also) or is the first line of a paragraph.
12972A paragraph end is the beginning of a line which is not part of the paragraph
12973to which the end of the previous line belongs, or the end of the buffer.
12974Returns the count of paragraphs left to move."
12975 (interactive "p")
12976 (or arg (setq arg 1))
12977 (let* ((opoint (point))
12978 (fill-prefix-regexp
12979 (and fill-prefix (not (equal fill-prefix ""))
12980 (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
12981 (regexp-quote fill-prefix)))
12982 ;; Remove ^ from paragraph-start and paragraph-sep if they are there.
12983 ;; These regexps shouldn't be anchored, because we look for them
12984 ;; starting at the left-margin. This allows paragraph commands to
12985 ;; work normally with indented text.
12986 ;; This hack will not find problem cases like "whatever\\|^something".
12987 (parstart (if (and (not (equal "" paragraph-start))
12988 (equal ?^ (aref paragraph-start 0)))
12989 (substring paragraph-start 1)
12990 paragraph-start))
12991 (parsep (if (and (not (equal "" paragraph-separate))
12992 (equal ?^ (aref paragraph-separate 0)))
12993 (substring paragraph-separate 1)
12994 paragraph-separate))
12995 (parsep
12996 (if fill-prefix-regexp
12997 (concat parsep "\\|"
12998 fill-prefix-regexp "[ \t]*$")
12999 parsep))
13000 ;; This is used for searching.
13001 (sp-parstart (concat "^[ \t]*\\(?:" parstart "\\|" parsep "\\)"))
13002 start found-start)
13003 (while (and (< arg 0) (not (bobp)))
13004 (if (and (not (looking-at parsep))
13005 (re-search-backward "^\n" (max (1- (point)) (point-min)) t)
13006 (looking-at parsep))
13007 (setq arg (1+ arg))
13008 (setq start (point))
13009 ;; Move back over paragraph-separating lines.
13010 (forward-char -1) (beginning-of-line)
13011 (while (and (not (bobp))
13012 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13013 (looking-at parsep)))
13014 (forward-line -1))
13015 (if (bobp)
13016 nil
13017 (setq arg (1+ arg))
13018 ;; Go to end of the previous (non-separating) line.
13019 (end-of-line)
13020 ;; Search back for line that starts or separates paragraphs.
13021 (if (if fill-prefix-regexp
13022 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
13023 (let (multiple-lines)
13024 (while (and (progn (beginning-of-line) (not (bobp)))
13025 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13026 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13027 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13028 (unless (= (point) start)
13029 (setq multiple-lines t))
13030 (forward-line -1))
13031 (move-to-left-margin)
13032 ;; This deleted code caused a long hanging-indent line
13033 ;; not to be filled together with the following lines.
13034 ;; ;; Don't move back over a line before the paragraph
13035 ;; ;; which doesn't start with fill-prefix
13036 ;; ;; unless that is the only line we've moved over.
13037 ;; (and (not (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13038 ;; multiple-lines
13039 ;; (forward-line 1))
13040 (not (bobp)))
13041 (while (and (re-search-backward sp-parstart nil 1)
13042 (setq found-start t)
13043 ;; Found a candidate, but need to check if it is a
13044 ;; REAL parstart.
13045 (progn (setq start (point))
13046 (move-to-left-margin)
13047 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13048 (not (and (looking-at parstart)
13049 (or (not use-hard-newlines)
13050 (bobp)
13051 (get-text-property
13052 (1- start) 'hard)))))
13053 (setq found-start nil)
13054 (goto-char start))
13055 found-start)
13056 ;; Found one.
13057 (progn
13058 ;; Move forward over paragraph separators.
13059 ;; We know this cannot reach the place we started
13060 ;; because we know we moved back over a non-separator.
13061 (while (and (not (eobp))
13062 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13063 (looking-at parsep)))
13064 (forward-line 1))
13065 ;; If line before paragraph is just margin, back up to there.
13066 (end-of-line 0)
13067 (if (> (current-column) (current-left-margin))
13068 (forward-char 1)
13069 (skip-chars-backward " \t")
13070 (if (not (bolp))
13071 (forward-line 1))))
13072 ;; No starter or separator line => use buffer beg.
13073 (goto-char (point-min))))))
13074
13075 (while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
13076 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
13077 (while (and (not (eobp))
13078 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13079 (looking-at parsep))
13080 (forward-line 1))
13081 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
13082 ;; ... and one more line.
13083 (forward-line 1)
13084 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13085 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
13086 (while (and (not (eobp))
13087 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13088 (not (looking-at parsep))
13089 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13090 (forward-line 1))
13091 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13092 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13093 (goto-char start)
13094 (not (eobp)))
13095 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13096 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13097 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13098 (and use-hard-newlines
13099 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13100 (forward-char 1))
13101 (if (< (point) (point-max))
13102 (goto-char start))))
13103 (constrain-to-field nil opoint t)
13104 ;; Return the number of steps that could not be done.
13105 arg))
13106@end ignore
13107
13108The @code{forward-paragraph} function moves point forward to the end
13109of the paragraph. It is usually bound to @kbd{M-@}} and makes use of a
13110number of functions that are important in themselves, including
13111@code{let*}, @code{match-beginning}, and @code{looking-at}.
13112
13113The function definition for @code{forward-paragraph} is considerably
13114longer than the function definition for @code{forward-sentence}
13115because it works with a paragraph, each line of which may begin with a
13116fill prefix.
13117
13118A fill prefix consists of a string of characters that are repeated at
13119the beginning of each line. For example, in Lisp code, it is a
13120convention to start each line of a paragraph-long comment with
13121@samp{;;; }. In Text mode, four blank spaces make up another common
13122fill prefix, creating an indented paragraph. (@xref{Fill Prefix, , ,
13123emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for more information about fill
13124prefixes.)
13125
13126The existence of a fill prefix means that in addition to being able to
13127find the end of a paragraph whose lines begin on the left-most
13128column, the @code{forward-paragraph} function must be able to find the
13129end of a paragraph when all or many of the lines in the buffer begin
13130with the fill prefix.
13131
13132Moreover, it is sometimes practical to ignore a fill prefix that
13133exists, especially when blank lines separate paragraphs.
13134This is an added complication.
13135
13136@menu
13137* forward-paragraph in brief:: Key parts of the function definition.
13138* fwd-para let:: The @code{let*} expression.
13139* fwd-para while:: The forward motion @code{while} loop.
13140@end menu
13141
13142@node forward-paragraph in brief, fwd-para let, forward-paragraph, forward-paragraph
13143@ifnottex
13144@unnumberedsubsec Shortened @code{forward-paragraph} function definition
13145@end ifnottex
13146
13147Rather than print all of the @code{forward-paragraph} function, we
13148will only print parts of it. Read without preparation, the function
13149can be daunting!
13150
13151@need 800
13152In outline, the function looks like this:
13153
13154@smallexample
13155@group
13156(defun forward-paragraph (&optional arg)
13157 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
13158 (interactive "p")
13159 (or arg (setq arg 1))
13160 (let*
13161 @var{varlist}
13162 (while (and (< arg 0) (not (bobp))) ; @r{backward-moving-code}
13163 @dots{}
13164 (while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp))) ; @r{forward-moving-code}
13165 @dots{}
13166@end group
13167@end smallexample
13168
13169The first parts of the function are routine: the function's argument
13170list consists of one optional argument. Documentation follows.
13171
13172The lower case @samp{p} in the @code{interactive} declaration means
13173that the processed prefix argument, if any, is passed to the function.
13174This will be a number, and is the repeat count of how many paragraphs
13175point will move. The @code{or} expression in the next line handles
13176the common case when no argument is passed to the function, which occurs
13177if the function is called from other code rather than interactively.
13178This case was described earlier. (@xref{forward-sentence, The
13179@code{forward-sentence} function}.) Now we reach the end of the
13180familiar part of this function.
13181
13182@node fwd-para let, fwd-para while, forward-paragraph in brief, forward-paragraph
13183@unnumberedsubsec The @code{let*} expression
13184
13185The next line of the @code{forward-paragraph} function begins a
13186@code{let*} expression. This is a different than @code{let}. The
13187symbol is @code{let*} not @code{let}.
13188
13189The @code{let*} special form is like @code{let} except that Emacs sets
13190each variable in sequence, one after another, and variables in the
13191latter part of the varlist can make use of the values to which Emacs
13192set variables in the earlier part of the varlist.
13193
13194@ignore
13195( refappend save-excursion, , code save-excursion in code append-to-buffer .)
13196@end ignore
13197
13198(@ref{append save-excursion, , @code{save-excursion} in @code{append-to-buffer}}.)
13199
13200In the @code{let*} expression in this function, Emacs binds a total of
13201seven variables: @code{opoint}, @code{fill-prefix-regexp},
13202@code{parstart}, @code{parsep}, @code{sp-parstart}, @code{start}, and
13203@code{found-start}.
13204
13205The variable @code{parsep} appears twice, first, to remove instances
13206of @samp{^}, and second, to handle fill prefixes.
13207
13208The variable @code{opoint} is just the value of @code{point}. As you
13209can guess, it is used in a @code{constrain-to-field} expression, just
13210as in @code{forward-sentence}.
13211
13212The variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} is set to the value returned by
13213evaluating the following list:
13214
13215@smallexample
13216@group
13217(and fill-prefix
13218 (not (equal fill-prefix ""))
13219 (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
13220 (regexp-quote fill-prefix))
13221@end group
13222@end smallexample
13223
13224@noindent
13225This is an expression whose first element is the @code{and} special form.
13226
13227As we learned earlier (@pxref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new}
13228function}), the @code{and} special form evaluates each of its
13229arguments until one of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, in
13230which case the @code{and} expression returns @code{nil}; however, if
13231none of the arguments returns a value of @code{nil}, the value
13232resulting from evaluating the last argument is returned. (Since such
13233a value is not @code{nil}, it is considered true in Lisp.) In other
13234words, an @code{and} expression returns a true value only if all its
13235arguments are true.
13236@findex and
13237
13238In this case, the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} is bound to a
13239non-@code{nil} value only if the following four expressions produce a
13240true (i.e., a non-@code{nil}) value when they are evaluated; otherwise,
13241@code{fill-prefix-regexp} is bound to @code{nil}.
13242
13243@table @code
13244@item fill-prefix
13245When this variable is evaluated, the value of the fill prefix, if any,
13246is returned. If there is no fill prefix, this variable returns
13247@code{nil}.
13248
13249@item (not (equal fill-prefix "")
13250This expression checks whether an existing fill prefix is an empty
13251string, that is, a string with no characters in it. An empty string is
13252not a useful fill prefix.
13253
13254@item (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
13255This expression returns @code{nil} if the variable
13256@code{paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix} has been turned on by being set to a
13257true value such as @code{t}.
13258
13259@item (regexp-quote fill-prefix)
13260This is the last argument to the @code{and} special form. If all the
13261arguments to the @code{and} are true, the value resulting from
13262evaluating this expression will be returned by the @code{and} expression
13263and bound to the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp},
13264@end table
13265
13266@findex regexp-quote
13267@noindent
13268The result of evaluating this @code{and} expression successfully is that
13269@code{fill-prefix-regexp} will be bound to the value of
13270@code{fill-prefix} as modified by the @code{regexp-quote} function.
13271What @code{regexp-quote} does is read a string and return a regular
13272expression that will exactly match the string and match nothing else.
13273This means that @code{fill-prefix-regexp} will be set to a value that
13274will exactly match the fill prefix if the fill prefix exists.
13275Otherwise, the variable will be set to @code{nil}.
13276
13277The next two local variables in the @code{let*} expression are
13278designed to remove instances of @samp{^} from @code{parstart} and
13279@code{parsep}, the local variables which indicate the paragraph start
13280and the paragraph separator. The next expression sets @code{parsep}
13281again. That is to handle fill prefixes.
13282
13283This is the setting that requires the definition call @code{let*}
13284rather than @code{let}. The true-or-false-test for the @code{if}
13285depends on whether the variable @code{fill-prefix-regexp} evaluates to
13286@code{nil} or some other value.
13287
13288If @code{fill-prefix-regexp} does not have a value, Emacs evaluates
13289the else-part of the @code{if} expression and binds @code{parsep} to
13290its local value. (@code{parsep} is a regular expression that matches
13291what separates paragraphs.)
13292
13293But if @code{fill-prefix-regexp} does have a value, Emacs evaluates
13294the then-part of the @code{if} expression and binds @code{parsep} to a
13295regular expression that includes the @code{fill-prefix-regexp} as part
13296of the pattern.
13297
13298Specifically, @code{parsep} is set to the original value of the
13299paragraph separate regular expression concatenated with an alternative
13300expression that consists of the @code{fill-prefix-regexp} followed by
13301optional whitespace to the end of the line. The whitespace is defined
13302by @w{@code{"[ \t]*$"}}.) The @samp{\\|} defines this portion of the
13303regexp as an alternative to @code{parsep}.
13304
13305According to a comment in the code, the next local variable,
13306@code{sp-parstart}, is used for searching, and then the final two,
13307@code{start} and @code{found-start}, are set to @code{nil}.
13308
13309Now we get into the body of the @code{let*}. The first part of the body
13310of the @code{let*} deals with the case when the function is given a
13311negative argument and is therefore moving backwards. We will skip this
13312section.
13313
13314@node fwd-para while, , fwd-para let, forward-paragraph
13315@unnumberedsubsec The forward motion @code{while} loop
13316
13317The second part of the body of the @code{let*} deals with forward
13318motion. It is a @code{while} loop that repeats itself so long as the
13319value of @code{arg} is greater than zero. In the most common use of
13320the function, the value of the argument is 1, so the body of the
13321@code{while} loop is evaluated exactly once, and the cursor moves
13322forward one paragraph.
13323
13324@ignore
13325(while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
13326
13327 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
13328 (while (and (not (eobp))
13329 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13330 (looking-at parsep))
13331 (forward-line 1))
13332 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
13333 ;; ... and one more line.
13334 (forward-line 1)
13335
13336 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13337 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart.
13338 (while (and (not (eobp))
13339 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13340 (not (looking-at parsep))
13341 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13342 (forward-line 1))
13343
13344 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13345 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13346 (goto-char start)
13347 (not (eobp)))
13348 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13349 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13350 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13351 (and use-hard-newlines
13352 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13353 (forward-char 1))
13354
13355 (if (< (point) (point-max))
13356 (goto-char start))))
13357@end ignore
13358
13359This part handles three situations: when point is between paragraphs,
13360when there is a fill prefix and when there is no fill prefix.
13361
13362@need 800
13363The @code{while} loop looks like this:
13364
13365@smallexample
13366@group
13367;; @r{going forwards and not at the end of the buffer}
13368(while (and (> arg 0) (not (eobp)))
13369
13370 ;; @r{between paragraphs}
13371 ;; Move forward over separator lines...
13372 (while (and (not (eobp))
13373 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13374 (looking-at parsep))
13375 (forward-line 1))
13376 ;; @r{This decrements the loop}
13377 (unless (eobp) (setq arg (1- arg)))
13378 ;; ... and one more line.
13379 (forward-line 1)
13380@end group
13381
13382@group
13383 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13384 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart;
13385 ;; we go forward line by line
13386 (while (and (not (eobp))
13387 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13388 (not (looking-at parsep))
13389 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13390 (forward-line 1))
13391@end group
13392
13393@group
13394 ;; There is no fill prefix;
13395 ;; we go forward character by character
13396 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13397 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13398 (goto-char start)
13399 (not (eobp)))
13400 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13401 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13402 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13403 (and use-hard-newlines
13404 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13405 (forward-char 1))
13406@end group
13407
13408@group
13409 ;; and if there is no fill prefix and if we are not at the end,
13410 ;; go to whatever was found in the regular expression search
13411 ;; for sp-parstart
13412 (if (< (point) (point-max))
13413 (goto-char start))))
13414@end group
13415@end smallexample
13416
13417@findex eobp
13418We can see that this is a decrementing counter @code{while} loop,
13419using the expression @code{(setq arg (1- arg))} as the decrementer.
13420That expression is not far from the @code{while}, but is hidden in
13421another Lisp macro, an @code{unless} macro. Unless we are at the end
13422of the buffer --- that is what the @code{eobp} function determines; it
13423is an abbreviation of @samp{End Of Buffer P} --- we decrease the value
13424of @code{arg} by one.
13425
13426(If we are at the end of the buffer, we cannot go forward any more and
13427the next loop of the @code{while} expression will test false since the
13428test is an @code{and} with @code{(not (eobp))}. The @code{not}
13429function means exactly as you expect; it is another name for
13430@code{null}, a function that returns true when its argument is false.)
13431
13432Interestingly, the loop count is not decremented until we leave the
13433space between paragraphs, unless we come to the end of buffer or stop
13434seeing the local value of the paragraph separator.
13435
13436That second @code{while} also has a @code{(move-to-left-margin)}
13437expression. The function is self-explanatory. It is inside a
13438@code{progn} expression and not the last element of its body, so it is
13439only invoked for its side effect, which is to move point to the left
13440margin of the current line.
13441
13442@findex looking-at
13443The @code{looking-at} function is also self-explanatory; it returns
13444true if the text after point matches the regular expression given as
13445its argument.
13446
13447The rest of the body of the loop looks difficult at first, but makes
13448sense as you come to understand it.
13449
13450@need 800
13451First consider what happens if there is a fill prefix:
13452
13453@smallexample
13454@group
13455 (if fill-prefix-regexp
13456 ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides parstart;
13457 ;; we go forward line by line
13458 (while (and (not (eobp))
13459 (progn (move-to-left-margin) (not (eobp)))
13460 (not (looking-at parsep))
13461 (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp))
13462 (forward-line 1))
13463@end group
13464@end smallexample
13465
13466@noindent
13467This expression moves point forward line by line so long
13468as four conditions are true:
13469
13470@enumerate
13471@item
13472Point is not at the end of the buffer.
13473
13474@item
13475We can move to the left margin of the text and are
13476not at the end of the buffer.
13477
13478@item
13479The text following point does not separate paragraphs.
13480
13481@item
13482The pattern following point is the fill prefix regular expression.
13483@end enumerate
13484
13485The last condition may be puzzling, until you remember that point was
13486moved to the beginning of the line early in the @code{forward-paragraph}
13487function. This means that if the text has a fill prefix, the
13488@code{looking-at} function will see it.
13489
13490@need 1250
13491Consider what happens when there is no fill prefix.
13492
13493@smallexample
13494@group
13495 (while (and (re-search-forward sp-parstart nil 1)
13496 (progn (setq start (match-beginning 0))
13497 (goto-char start)
13498 (not (eobp)))
13499 (progn (move-to-left-margin)
13500 (not (looking-at parsep)))
13501 (or (not (looking-at parstart))
13502 (and use-hard-newlines
13503 (not (get-text-property (1- start) 'hard)))))
13504 (forward-char 1))
13505@end group
13506@end smallexample
13507
13508@noindent
13509This @code{while} loop has us searching forward for
13510@code{sp-parstart}, which is the combination of possible whitespace
13511with a the local value of the start of a paragraph or of a paragraph
13512separator. (The latter two are within an expression starting
13513@code{\(?:} so that they are not referenced by the
13514@code{match-beginning} function.)
13515
13516@need 800
13517The two expressions,
13518
13519@smallexample
13520@group
13521(setq start (match-beginning 0))
13522(goto-char start)
13523@end group
13524@end smallexample
13525
13526@noindent
13527mean go to the start of the text matched by the regular expression
13528search.
13529
13530The @code{(match-beginning 0)} expression is new. It returns a number
13531specifying the location of the start of the text that was matched by
13532the last search.
13533
13534The @code{match-beginning} function is used here because of a
13535characteristic of a forward search: a successful forward search,
13536regardless of whether it is a plain search or a regular expression
13537search, moves point to the end of the text that is found. In this
13538case, a successful search moves point to the end of the pattern for
13539@code{sp-parstart}.
13540
13541However, we want to put point at the end of the current paragraph, not
13542somewhere else. Indeed, since the search possibly includes the
13543paragraph separator, point may end up at the beginning of the next one
13544unless we use an expression that includes @code{match-beginning}.
13545
13546@findex match-beginning
13547When given an argument of 0, @code{match-beginning} returns the
13548position that is the start of the text matched by the most recent
13549search. In this case, the most recent search looks for
13550@code{sp-parstart}. The @code{(match-beginning 0)} expression returns
13551the beginning position of that pattern, rather than the end position
13552of that pattern.
13553
13554(Incidentally, when passed a positive number as an argument, the
13555@code{match-beginning} function returns the location of point at that
13556parenthesized expression in the last search unless that parenthesized
13557expression begins with @code{\(?:}. I don't know why @code{\(?:}
13558appears here since the argument is 0.)
13559
13560@need 1250
13561The last expression when there is no fill prefix is
13562
13563@smallexample
13564@group
13565(if (< (point) (point-max))
13566 (goto-char start))))
13567@end group
13568@end smallexample
13569
13570@noindent
13571This says that if there is no fill prefix and if we are not at the
13572end, point should move to the beginning of whatever was found by the
13573regular expression search for @code{sp-parstart}.
13574
13575The full definition for the @code{forward-paragraph} function not only
13576includes code for going forwards, but also code for going backwards.
13577
13578If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs and you want to see the
13579whole function, you can type @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function})
13580and the name of the function. This gives you the function
13581documentation and the name of the library containing the function's
13582source. Place point over the name of the library and press the RET
13583key; you will be taken directly to the source. (Be sure to install
13584your sources! Without them, you are like a person who tries to drive
13585a car with his eyes shut!)
13586
13587@node etags, Regexp Review, forward-paragraph, Regexp Search
13588@section Create Your Own @file{TAGS} File
13589@findex etags
13590@cindex @file{TAGS} file, create own
13591
13592Besides @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}), another way to see the
13593source of a function is to type @kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) and the
13594name of the function when prompted for it. This is a good habit to
13595get into. The @kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) command takes you directly
13596to the source for a function, variable, or node. The function depends
13597on tags tables to tell it where to go.
13598
13599If the @code{find-tag} function first asks you for the name of a
13600@file{TAGS} table, give it the name of a @file{TAGS} file such as
13601@file{/usr/local/src/emacs/src/TAGS}. (The exact path to your
13602@file{TAGS} file depends on how your copy of Emacs was installed. I
13603just told you the location that provides both my C and my Emacs Lisp
13604sources.)
13605
13606You can also create your own @file{TAGS} file for directories that
13607lack one.
13608
13609You often need to build and install tags tables yourself. They are
13610not built automatically. A tags table is called a @file{TAGS} file;
13611the name is in upper case letters.
13612
13613You can create a @file{TAGS} file by calling the @code{etags} program
13614that comes as a part of the Emacs distribution. Usually, @code{etags}
13615is compiled and installed when Emacs is built. (@code{etags} is not
13616an Emacs Lisp function or a part of Emacs; it is a C program.)
13617
13618@need 1250
13619To create a @file{TAGS} file, first switch to the directory in which
13620you want to create the file. In Emacs you can do this with the
13621@kbd{M-x cd} command, or by visiting a file in the directory, or by
13622listing the directory with @kbd{C-x d} (@code{dired}). Then run the
13623compile command, with @w{@code{etags *.el}} as the command to execute
13624
13625@smallexample
13626M-x compile RET etags *.el RET
13627@end smallexample
13628
13629@noindent
13630to create a @file{TAGS} file for Emacs Lisp.
13631
13632For example, if you have a large number of files in your
13633@file{~/emacs} directory, as I do---I have 137 @file{.el} files in it,
13634of which I load 12---you can create a @file{TAGS} file for the Emacs
13635Lisp files in that directory.
13636
13637@need 1250
13638The @code{etags} program takes all the usual shell `wildcards'. For
13639example, if you have two directories for which you want a single
13640@file{TAGS} file, type @w{@code{etags *.el ../elisp/*.el}}, where
13641@file{../elisp/} is the second directory:
13642
13643@smallexample
13644M-x compile RET etags *.el ../elisp/*.el RET
13645@end smallexample
13646
13647@need 1250
13648Type
13649
13650@smallexample
13651M-x compile RET etags --help RET
13652@end smallexample
13653
13654@noindent
13655to see a list of the options accepted by @code{etags} as well as a
13656list of supported languages.
13657
13658The @code{etags} program handles more than 20 languages, including
13659Emacs Lisp, Common Lisp, Scheme, C, C++, Ada, Fortran, HTML, Java,
7877f373 13660LaTeX, Pascal, Perl, PostScript, Python, TeX, Texinfo, makefiles, and
8cda6f8f
GM
13661most assemblers. The program has no switches for specifying the
13662language; it recognizes the language in an input file according to its
13663file name and contents.
13664
13665@file{etags} is very helpful when you are writing code yourself and
13666want to refer back to functions you have already written. Just run
13667@code{etags} again at intervals as you write new functions, so they
13668become part of the @file{TAGS} file.
13669
13670If you think an appropriate @file{TAGS} file already exists for what
13671you want, but do not know where it is, you can use the @code{locate}
13672program to attempt to find it.
13673
13674Type @w{@kbd{M-x locate @key{RET} TAGS @key{RET}}} and Emacs will list
13675for you the full path names of all your @file{TAGS} files. On my
13676system, this command lists 34 @file{TAGS} files. On the other hand, a
13677`plain vanilla' system I recently installed did not contain any
13678@file{TAGS} files.
13679
13680If the tags table you want has been created, you can use the @code{M-x
13681visit-tags-table} command to specify it. Otherwise, you will need to
13682create the tag table yourself and then use @code{M-x
13683visit-tags-table}.
13684
13685@subsubheading Building Tags in the Emacs sources
13686@cindex Building Tags in the Emacs sources
13687@cindex Tags in the Emacs sources
13688@findex make tags
13689
13690The GNU Emacs sources come with a @file{Makefile} that contains a
13691sophisticated @code{etags} command that creates, collects, and merges
13692tags tables from all over the Emacs sources and puts the information
13693into one @file{TAGS} file in the @file{src/} directory. (The
13694@file{src/} directory is below the top level of your Emacs directory.)
13695
13696@need 1250
13697To build this @file{TAGS} file, go to the top level of your Emacs
13698source directory and run the compile command @code{make tags}:
13699
13700@smallexample
13701M-x compile RET make tags RET
13702@end smallexample
13703
13704@noindent
13705(The @code{make tags} command works well with the GNU Emacs sources,
13706as well as with some other source packages.)
13707
13708For more information, see @ref{Tags, , Tag Tables, emacs, The GNU Emacs
13709Manual}.
13710
13711@node Regexp Review, re-search Exercises, etags, Regexp Search
13712@comment node-name, next, previous, up
13713@section Review
13714
13715Here is a brief summary of some recently introduced functions.
13716
13717@table @code
13718@item while
13719Repeatedly evaluate the body of the expression so long as the first
13720element of the body tests true. Then return @code{nil}. (The
13721expression is evaluated only for its side effects.)
13722
13723@need 1250
13724For example:
13725
13726@smallexample
13727@group
13728(let ((foo 2))
13729 (while (> foo 0)
13730 (insert (format "foo is %d.\n" foo))
13731 (setq foo (1- foo))))
13732
13733 @result{} foo is 2.
13734 foo is 1.
13735 nil
13736@end group
13737@end smallexample
13738
13739@noindent
13740(The @code{insert} function inserts its arguments at point; the
13741@code{format} function returns a string formatted from its arguments
13742the way @code{message} formats its arguments; @code{\n} produces a new
13743line.)
13744
13745@item re-search-forward
13746Search for a pattern, and if the pattern is found, move point to rest
13747just after it.
13748
13749@noindent
13750Takes four arguments, like @code{search-forward}:
13751
13752@enumerate
13753@item
13754A regular expression that specifies the pattern to search for.
13755(Remember to put quotation marks around this argument!)
13756
13757@item
13758Optionally, the limit of the search.
13759
13760@item
13761Optionally, what to do if the search fails, return @code{nil} or an
13762error message.
13763
13764@item
13765Optionally, how many times to repeat the search; if negative, the
13766search goes backwards.
13767@end enumerate
13768
13769@item let*
13770Bind some variables locally to particular values,
13771and then evaluate the remaining arguments, returning the value of the
13772last one. While binding the local variables, use the local values of
13773variables bound earlier, if any.
13774
13775@need 1250
13776For example:
13777
13778@smallexample
13779@group
13780(let* ((foo 7)
13781 (bar (* 3 foo)))
13782 (message "`bar' is %d." bar))
13783 @result{} `bar' is 21.
13784@end group
13785@end smallexample
13786
13787@item match-beginning
13788Return the position of the start of the text found by the last regular
13789expression search.
13790
13791@item looking-at
13792Return @code{t} for true if the text after point matches the argument,
13793which should be a regular expression.
13794
13795@item eobp
13796Return @code{t} for true if point is at the end of the accessible part
13797of a buffer. The end of the accessible part is the end of the buffer
13798if the buffer is not narrowed; it is the end of the narrowed part if
13799the buffer is narrowed.
13800@end table
13801
13802@need 1500
13803@node re-search Exercises, , Regexp Review, Regexp Search
13804@section Exercises with @code{re-search-forward}
13805
13806@itemize @bullet
13807@item
13808Write a function to search for a regular expression that matches two
13809or more blank lines in sequence.
13810
13811@item
13812Write a function to search for duplicated words, such as `the the'.
13813@xref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs
13814Manual}, for information on how to write a regexp (a regular
13815expression) to match a string that is composed of two identical
13816halves. You can devise several regexps; some are better than others.
13817The function I use is described in an appendix, along with several
13818regexps. @xref{the-the, , @code{the-the} Duplicated Words Function}.
13819@end itemize
13820
13821@node Counting Words, Words in a defun, Regexp Search, Top
13822@chapter Counting: Repetition and Regexps
13823@cindex Repetition for word counting
13824@cindex Regular expressions for word counting
13825
13826Repetition and regular expression searches are powerful tools that you
13827often use when you write code in Emacs Lisp. This chapter illustrates
13828the use of regular expression searches through the construction of
13829word count commands using @code{while} loops and recursion.
13830
13831@menu
13832* Why Count Words::
ea4f7750 13833* @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: Use a regexp, but find a problem.
8cda6f8f
GM
13834* recursive-count-words:: Start with case of no words in region.
13835* Counting Exercise::
13836@end menu
13837
ea4f7750 13838@node Why Count Words, @value{COUNT-WORDS}, Counting Words, Counting Words
8cda6f8f
GM
13839@ifnottex
13840@unnumberedsec Counting words
13841@end ifnottex
13842
ea4f7750
GM
13843The standard Emacs distribution contains functions for counting the
13844number of lines and words within a region.
8cda6f8f
GM
13845
13846Certain types of writing ask you to count words. Thus, if you write
13847an essay, you may be limited to 800 words; if you write a novel, you
ea4f7750
GM
13848may discipline yourself to write 1000 words a day. It seems odd, but
13849for a long time, Emacs lacked a word count command. Perhaps people used
13850Emacs mostly for code or types of documentation that did not require
13851word counts; or perhaps they restricted themselves to the operating
13852system word count command, @code{wc}. Alternatively, people may have
13853followed the publishers' convention and computed a word count by
13854dividing the number of characters in a document by five.
13855
13856There are many ways to implement a command to count words. Here are
13857some examples, which you may wish to compare with the standard Emacs
13858command, @code{count-words-region}.
13859
13860@node @value{COUNT-WORDS}, recursive-count-words, Why Count Words, Counting Words
8cda6f8f 13861@comment node-name, next, previous, up
ea4f7750
GM
13862@section The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} Function
13863@findex @value{COUNT-WORDS}
8cda6f8f
GM
13864
13865A word count command could count words in a line, paragraph, region,
13866or buffer. What should the command cover? You could design the
13867command to count the number of words in a complete buffer. However,
13868the Emacs tradition encourages flexibility---you may want to count
13869words in just a section, rather than all of a buffer. So it makes
13870more sense to design the command to count the number of words in a
ea4f7750 13871region. Once you have a command to count words in a region, you can,
8cda6f8f
GM
13872if you wish, count words in a whole buffer by marking it with
13873@w{@kbd{C-x h}} (@code{mark-whole-buffer}).
13874
13875Clearly, counting words is a repetitive act: starting from the
13876beginning of the region, you count the first word, then the second
13877word, then the third word, and so on, until you reach the end of the
13878region. This means that word counting is ideally suited to recursion
13879or to a @code{while} loop.
13880
13881@menu
ea4f7750
GM
13882* Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}:: The definition using a @code{while} loop.
13883* Whitespace Bug:: The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
13884@end menu
13885
ea4f7750 13886@node Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}, Whitespace Bug, @value{COUNT-WORDS}, @value{COUNT-WORDS}
8cda6f8f 13887@ifnottex
ea4f7750 13888@unnumberedsubsec Designing @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
13889@end ifnottex
13890
13891First, we will implement the word count command with a @code{while}
13892loop, then with recursion. The command will, of course, be
13893interactive.
13894
13895@need 800
13896The template for an interactive function definition is, as always:
13897
13898@smallexample
13899@group
13900(defun @var{name-of-function} (@var{argument-list})
13901 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
13902 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
13903 @var{body}@dots{})
13904@end group
13905@end smallexample
13906
13907What we need to do is fill in the slots.
13908
13909The name of the function should be self-explanatory and similar to the
13910existing @code{count-lines-region} name. This makes the name easier
ea4f7750
GM
13911to remember. @code{count-words-region} is the obvious choice. Since
13912that name is now used for the standard Emacs command to count words, we
13913will name our implementation @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
13914
13915The function counts words within a region. This means that the
13916argument list must contain symbols that are bound to the two
13917positions, the beginning and end of the region. These two positions
13918can be called @samp{beginning} and @samp{end} respectively. The first
13919line of the documentation should be a single sentence, since that is
13920all that is printed as documentation by a command such as
13921@code{apropos}. The interactive expression will be of the form
13922@samp{(interactive "r")}, since that will cause Emacs to pass the
13923beginning and end of the region to the function's argument list. All
13924this is routine.
13925
13926The body of the function needs to be written to do three tasks:
13927first, to set up conditions under which the @code{while} loop can
13928count words, second, to run the @code{while} loop, and third, to send
13929a message to the user.
13930
ea4f7750 13931When a user calls @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}, point may be at the
8cda6f8f
GM
13932beginning or the end of the region. However, the counting process
13933must start at the beginning of the region. This means we will want
13934to put point there if it is not already there. Executing
13935@code{(goto-char beginning)} ensures this. Of course, we will want to
13936return point to its expected position when the function finishes its
13937work. For this reason, the body must be enclosed in a
13938@code{save-excursion} expression.
13939
13940The central part of the body of the function consists of a
13941@code{while} loop in which one expression jumps point forward word by
13942word, and another expression counts those jumps. The true-or-false-test
13943of the @code{while} loop should test true so long as point should jump
13944forward, and false when point is at the end of the region.
13945
13946We could use @code{(forward-word 1)} as the expression for moving point
13947forward word by word, but it is easier to see what Emacs identifies as a
13948`word' if we use a regular expression search.
13949
13950A regular expression search that finds the pattern for which it is
13951searching leaves point after the last character matched. This means
13952that a succession of successful word searches will move point forward
13953word by word.
13954
13955As a practical matter, we want the regular expression search to jump
13956over whitespace and punctuation between words as well as over the
13957words themselves. A regexp that refuses to jump over interword
13958whitespace would never jump more than one word! This means that
13959the regexp should include the whitespace and punctuation that follows
13960a word, if any, as well as the word itself. (A word may end a buffer
13961and not have any following whitespace or punctuation, so that part of
13962the regexp must be optional.)
13963
13964Thus, what we want for the regexp is a pattern defining one or more
13965word constituent characters followed, optionally, by one or more
13966characters that are not word constituents. The regular expression for
13967this is:
13968
13969@smallexample
13970\w+\W*
13971@end smallexample
13972
13973@noindent
13974The buffer's syntax table determines which characters are and are not
13975word constituents. (@xref{Syntax, , What Constitutes a Word or
13976Symbol?}, for more about syntax. Also, see @ref{Syntax, Syntax, The
13977Syntax Table, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, and @ref{Syntax Tables, ,
13978Syntax Tables, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
13979
13980@need 800
13981The search expression looks like this:
13982
13983@smallexample
13984(re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
13985@end smallexample
13986
13987@noindent
13988(Note that paired backslashes precede the @samp{w} and @samp{W}. A
13989single backslash has special meaning to the Emacs Lisp interpreter.
13990It indicates that the following character is interpreted differently
13991than usual. For example, the two characters, @samp{\n}, stand for
13992@samp{newline}, rather than for a backslash followed by @samp{n}. Two
13993backslashes in a row stand for an ordinary, `unspecial' backslash, so
13994Emacs Lisp interpreter ends of seeing a single backslash followed by a
13995letter. So it discovers the letter is special.)
13996
13997We need a counter to count how many words there are; this variable
13998must first be set to 0 and then incremented each time Emacs goes
13999around the @code{while} loop. The incrementing expression is simply:
14000
14001@smallexample
14002(setq count (1+ count))
14003@end smallexample
14004
14005Finally, we want to tell the user how many words there are in the
14006region. The @code{message} function is intended for presenting this
14007kind of information to the user. The message has to be phrased so
14008that it reads properly regardless of how many words there are in the
14009region: we don't want to say that ``there are 1 words in the region''.
14010The conflict between singular and plural is ungrammatical. We can
14011solve this problem by using a conditional expression that evaluates
14012different messages depending on the number of words in the region.
14013There are three possibilities: no words in the region, one word in the
14014region, and more than one word. This means that the @code{cond}
14015special form is appropriate.
14016
14017@need 1500
14018All this leads to the following function definition:
14019
14020@smallexample
14021@group
14022;;; @r{First version; has bugs!}
ea4f7750 14023(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14024 "Print number of words in the region.
14025Words are defined as at least one word-constituent
14026character followed by at least one character that
14027is not a word-constituent. The buffer's syntax
14028table determines which characters these are."
14029 (interactive "r")
14030 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14031@end group
14032
14033@group
14034;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14035 (save-excursion
14036 (goto-char beginning)
14037 (let ((count 0))
14038@end group
14039
14040@group
14041;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
14042 (while (< (point) end)
14043 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
14044 (setq count (1+ count)))
14045@end group
14046
14047@group
14048;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14049 (cond ((zerop count)
14050 (message
14051 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14052 ((= 1 count)
14053 (message
14054 "The region has 1 word."))
14055 (t
14056 (message
14057 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14058@end group
14059@end smallexample
14060
14061@noindent
14062As written, the function works, but not in all circumstances.
14063
ea4f7750 14064@node Whitespace Bug, , Design @value{COUNT-WORDS}, @value{COUNT-WORDS}
8cda6f8f 14065@comment node-name, next, previous, up
ea4f7750 14066@subsection The Whitespace Bug in @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f 14067
ea4f7750 14068The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} command described in the preceding
8cda6f8f
GM
14069section has two bugs, or rather, one bug with two manifestations.
14070First, if you mark a region containing only whitespace in the middle
ea4f7750 14071of some text, the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} command tells you that the
8cda6f8f
GM
14072region contains one word! Second, if you mark a region containing
14073only whitespace at the end of the buffer or the accessible portion of
14074a narrowed buffer, the command displays an error message that looks
14075like this:
14076
14077@smallexample
14078Search failed: "\\w+\\W*"
14079@end smallexample
14080
14081If you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can test for these
14082bugs yourself.
14083
14084First, evaluate the function in the usual manner to install it.
14085@ifinfo
14086Here is a copy of the definition. Place your cursor after the closing
14087parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e} to install it.
14088
14089@smallexample
14090@group
14091;; @r{First version; has bugs!}
ea4f7750 14092(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14093 "Print number of words in the region.
14094Words are defined as at least one word-constituent character followed
14095by at least one character that is not a word-constituent. The buffer's
14096syntax table determines which characters these are."
14097@end group
14098@group
14099 (interactive "r")
14100 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14101@end group
14102
14103@group
14104;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14105 (save-excursion
14106 (goto-char beginning)
14107 (let ((count 0))
14108@end group
14109
14110@group
14111;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
14112 (while (< (point) end)
14113 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
14114 (setq count (1+ count)))
14115@end group
14116
14117@group
14118;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14119 (cond ((zerop count)
14120 (message "The region does NOT have any words."))
14121 ((= 1 count) (message "The region has 1 word."))
14122 (t (message "The region has %d words." count))))))
14123@end group
14124@end smallexample
14125@end ifinfo
14126
14127@need 1000
14128If you wish, you can also install this keybinding by evaluating it:
14129
14130@smallexample
ea4f7750 14131(global-set-key "\C-c=" '@value{COUNT-WORDS})
8cda6f8f
GM
14132@end smallexample
14133
14134To conduct the first test, set mark and point to the beginning and end
14135of the following line and then type @kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x
ea4f7750 14136@value{COUNT-WORDS}} if you have not bound @kbd{C-c =}):
8cda6f8f
GM
14137
14138@smallexample
14139 one two three
14140@end smallexample
14141
14142@noindent
14143Emacs will tell you, correctly, that the region has three words.
14144
14145Repeat the test, but place mark at the beginning of the line and place
14146point just @emph{before} the word @samp{one}. Again type the command
ea4f7750 14147@kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}). Emacs should tell you
8cda6f8f
GM
14148that the region has no words, since it is composed only of the
14149whitespace at the beginning of the line. But instead Emacs tells you
14150that the region has one word!
14151
14152For the third test, copy the sample line to the end of the
14153@file{*scratch*} buffer and then type several spaces at the end of the
14154line. Place mark right after the word @samp{three} and point at the
14155end of line. (The end of the line will be the end of the buffer.)
ea4f7750 14156Type @kbd{C-c =} (or @kbd{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}) as you did before.
8cda6f8f
GM
14157Again, Emacs should tell you that the region has no words, since it is
14158composed only of the whitespace at the end of the line. Instead,
14159Emacs displays an error message saying @samp{Search failed}.
14160
14161The two bugs stem from the same problem.
14162
14163Consider the first manifestation of the bug, in which the command
14164tells you that the whitespace at the beginning of the line contains
ea4f7750 14165one word. What happens is this: The @code{M-x @value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14166command moves point to the beginning of the region. The @code{while}
14167tests whether the value of point is smaller than the value of
14168@code{end}, which it is. Consequently, the regular expression search
14169looks for and finds the first word. It leaves point after the word.
14170@code{count} is set to one. The @code{while} loop repeats; but this
14171time the value of point is larger than the value of @code{end}, the
14172loop is exited; and the function displays a message saying the number
14173of words in the region is one. In brief, the regular expression
14174search looks for and finds the word even though it is outside
14175the marked region.
14176
14177In the second manifestation of the bug, the region is whitespace at
14178the end of the buffer. Emacs says @samp{Search failed}. What happens
14179is that the true-or-false-test in the @code{while} loop tests true, so
14180the search expression is executed. But since there are no more words
14181in the buffer, the search fails.
14182
14183In both manifestations of the bug, the search extends or attempts to
14184extend outside of the region.
14185
14186The solution is to limit the search to the region---this is a fairly
14187simple action, but as you may have come to expect, it is not quite as
14188simple as you might think.
14189
14190As we have seen, the @code{re-search-forward} function takes a search
14191pattern as its first argument. But in addition to this first,
14192mandatory argument, it accepts three optional arguments. The optional
14193second argument bounds the search. The optional third argument, if
14194@code{t}, causes the function to return @code{nil} rather than signal
14195an error if the search fails. The optional fourth argument is a
14196repeat count. (In Emacs, you can see a function's documentation by
14197typing @kbd{C-h f}, the name of the function, and then @key{RET}.)
14198
ea4f7750 14199In the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition, the value of the end of
8cda6f8f
GM
14200the region is held by the variable @code{end} which is passed as an
14201argument to the function. Thus, we can add @code{end} as an argument
14202to the regular expression search expression:
14203
14204@smallexample
14205(re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end)
14206@end smallexample
14207
ea4f7750 14208However, if you make only this change to the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14209definition and then test the new version of the definition on a
14210stretch of whitespace, you will receive an error message saying
14211@samp{Search failed}.
14212
14213What happens is this: the search is limited to the region, and fails
14214as you expect because there are no word-constituent characters in the
14215region. Since it fails, we receive an error message. But we do not
14216want to receive an error message in this case; we want to receive the
14217message that "The region does NOT have any words."
14218
14219The solution to this problem is to provide @code{re-search-forward}
14220with a third argument of @code{t}, which causes the function to return
14221@code{nil} rather than signal an error if the search fails.
14222
14223However, if you make this change and try it, you will see the message
14224``Counting words in region ... '' and @dots{} you will keep on seeing
14225that message @dots{}, until you type @kbd{C-g} (@code{keyboard-quit}).
14226
14227Here is what happens: the search is limited to the region, as before,
14228and it fails because there are no word-constituent characters in the
14229region, as expected. Consequently, the @code{re-search-forward}
14230expression returns @code{nil}. It does nothing else. In particular,
14231it does not move point, which it does as a side effect if it finds the
14232search target. After the @code{re-search-forward} expression returns
14233@code{nil}, the next expression in the @code{while} loop is evaluated.
14234This expression increments the count. Then the loop repeats. The
14235true-or-false-test tests true because the value of point is still less
14236than the value of end, since the @code{re-search-forward} expression
14237did not move point. @dots{} and the cycle repeats @dots{}
14238
ea4f7750 14239The @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition requires yet another
8cda6f8f
GM
14240modification, to cause the true-or-false-test of the @code{while} loop
14241to test false if the search fails. Put another way, there are two
14242conditions that must be satisfied in the true-or-false-test before the
14243word count variable is incremented: point must still be within the
14244region and the search expression must have found a word to count.
14245
14246Since both the first condition and the second condition must be true
14247together, the two expressions, the region test and the search
14248expression, can be joined with an @code{and} special form and embedded in
14249the @code{while} loop as the true-or-false-test, like this:
14250
14251@smallexample
14252(and (< (point) end) (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end t))
14253@end smallexample
14254
14255@c colon in printed section title causes problem in Info cross reference
14256@c also trouble with an overfull hbox
14257@iftex
14258@noindent
14259(For information about @code{and}, see
14260@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.)
14261@end iftex
14262@ifinfo
14263@noindent
14264(@xref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, for
14265information about @code{and}.)
14266@end ifinfo
14267
14268The @code{re-search-forward} expression returns @code{t} if the search
14269succeeds and as a side effect moves point. Consequently, as words are
14270found, point is moved through the region. When the search expression
14271fails to find another word, or when point reaches the end of the
14272region, the true-or-false-test tests false, the @code{while} loop
ea4f7750 14273exits, and the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function displays one or
8cda6f8f
GM
14274other of its messages.
14275
ea4f7750 14276After incorporating these final changes, the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14277works without bugs (or at least, without bugs that I have found!).
14278Here is what it looks like:
14279
14280@smallexample
14281@group
14282;;; @r{Final version:} @code{while}
ea4f7750 14283(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14284 "Print number of words in the region."
14285 (interactive "r")
14286 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14287@end group
14288
14289@group
14290;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14291 (save-excursion
14292 (let ((count 0))
14293 (goto-char beginning)
14294@end group
14295
14296@group
14297;;; @r{2. Run the} while @r{loop.}
14298 (while (and (< (point) end)
14299 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end t))
14300 (setq count (1+ count)))
14301@end group
14302
14303@group
14304;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14305 (cond ((zerop count)
14306 (message
14307 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14308 ((= 1 count)
14309 (message
14310 "The region has 1 word."))
14311 (t
14312 (message
14313 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14314@end group
14315@end smallexample
14316
ea4f7750 14317@node recursive-count-words, Counting Exercise, @value{COUNT-WORDS}, Counting Words
8cda6f8f
GM
14318@comment node-name, next, previous, up
14319@section Count Words Recursively
14320@cindex Count words recursively
14321@cindex Recursively counting words
14322@cindex Words, counted recursively
14323
14324You can write the function for counting words recursively as well as
14325with a @code{while} loop. Let's see how this is done.
14326
ea4f7750 14327First, we need to recognize that the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14328function has three jobs: it sets up the appropriate conditions for
14329counting to occur; it counts the words in the region; and it sends a
14330message to the user telling how many words there are.
14331
14332If we write a single recursive function to do everything, we will
14333receive a message for every recursive call. If the region contains 13
14334words, we will receive thirteen messages, one right after the other.
14335We don't want this! Instead, we must write two functions to do the
14336job, one of which (the recursive function) will be used inside of the
14337other. One function will set up the conditions and display the
14338message; the other will return the word count.
14339
14340Let us start with the function that causes the message to be displayed.
ea4f7750 14341We can continue to call this @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
14342
14343This is the function that the user will call. It will be interactive.
14344Indeed, it will be similar to our previous versions of this
14345function, except that it will call @code{recursive-count-words} to
14346determine how many words are in the region.
14347
14348@need 1250
14349We can readily construct a template for this function, based on our
14350previous versions:
14351
14352@smallexample
14353@group
14354;; @r{Recursive version; uses regular expression search}
ea4f7750 14355(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14356 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14357 (@var{interactive-expression}@dots{})
14358@end group
14359@group
14360
14361;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14362 (@var{explanatory message})
14363 (@var{set-up functions}@dots{}
14364@end group
14365@group
14366
14367;;; @r{2. Count the words.}
14368 @var{recursive call}
14369@end group
14370@group
14371
14372;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14373 @var{message providing word count}))
14374@end group
14375@end smallexample
14376
14377The definition looks straightforward, except that somehow the count
14378returned by the recursive call must be passed to the message
14379displaying the word count. A little thought suggests that this can be
14380done by making use of a @code{let} expression: we can bind a variable
14381in the varlist of a @code{let} expression to the number of words in
14382the region, as returned by the recursive call; and then the
14383@code{cond} expression, using binding, can display the value to the
14384user.
14385
14386Often, one thinks of the binding within a @code{let} expression as
14387somehow secondary to the `primary' work of a function. But in this
14388case, what you might consider the `primary' job of the function,
14389counting words, is done within the @code{let} expression.
14390
14391@need 1250
14392Using @code{let}, the function definition looks like this:
14393
14394@smallexample
14395@group
ea4f7750 14396(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14397 "Print number of words in the region."
14398 (interactive "r")
14399@end group
14400
14401@group
14402;;; @r{1. Set up appropriate conditions.}
14403 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14404 (save-excursion
14405 (goto-char beginning)
14406@end group
14407
14408@group
14409;;; @r{2. Count the words.}
14410 (let ((count (recursive-count-words end)))
14411@end group
14412
14413@group
14414;;; @r{3. Send a message to the user.}
14415 (cond ((zerop count)
14416 (message
14417 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14418 ((= 1 count)
14419 (message
14420 "The region has 1 word."))
14421 (t
14422 (message
14423 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14424@end group
14425@end smallexample
14426
14427Next, we need to write the recursive counting function.
14428
14429A recursive function has at least three parts: the `do-again-test', the
14430`next-step-expression', and the recursive call.
14431
14432The do-again-test determines whether the function will or will not be
14433called again. Since we are counting words in a region and can use a
14434function that moves point forward for every word, the do-again-test
14435can check whether point is still within the region. The do-again-test
14436should find the value of point and determine whether point is before,
14437at, or after the value of the end of the region. We can use the
14438@code{point} function to locate point. Clearly, we must pass the
14439value of the end of the region to the recursive counting function as an
14440argument.
14441
14442In addition, the do-again-test should also test whether the search finds a
14443word. If it does not, the function should not call itself again.
14444
14445The next-step-expression changes a value so that when the recursive
14446function is supposed to stop calling itself, it stops. More
14447precisely, the next-step-expression changes a value so that at the
14448right time, the do-again-test stops the recursive function from
14449calling itself again. In this case, the next-step-expression can be
14450the expression that moves point forward, word by word.
14451
14452The third part of a recursive function is the recursive call.
14453
14454Somewhere, also, we also need a part that does the `work' of the
14455function, a part that does the counting. A vital part!
14456
14457@need 1250
14458But already, we have an outline of the recursive counting function:
14459
14460@smallexample
14461@group
14462(defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14463 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14464 @var{do-again-test}
14465 @var{next-step-expression}
14466 @var{recursive call})
14467@end group
14468@end smallexample
14469
14470Now we need to fill in the slots. Let's start with the simplest cases
14471first: if point is at or beyond the end of the region, there cannot
14472be any words in the region, so the function should return zero.
14473Likewise, if the search fails, there are no words to count, so the
14474function should return zero.
14475
14476On the other hand, if point is within the region and the search
14477succeeds, the function should call itself again.
14478
14479@need 800
14480Thus, the do-again-test should look like this:
14481
14482@smallexample
14483@group
14484(and (< (point) region-end)
14485 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14486@end group
14487@end smallexample
14488
14489Note that the search expression is part of the do-again-test---the
14490function returns @code{t} if its search succeeds and @code{nil} if it
14491fails. (@xref{Whitespace Bug, , The Whitespace Bug in
ea4f7750 14492@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}}, for an explanation of how
8cda6f8f
GM
14493@code{re-search-forward} works.)
14494
14495The do-again-test is the true-or-false test of an @code{if} clause.
14496Clearly, if the do-again-test succeeds, the then-part of the @code{if}
14497clause should call the function again; but if it fails, the else-part
14498should return zero since either point is outside the region or the
14499search failed because there were no words to find.
14500
14501But before considering the recursive call, we need to consider the
14502next-step-expression. What is it? Interestingly, it is the search
14503part of the do-again-test.
14504
14505In addition to returning @code{t} or @code{nil} for the
14506do-again-test, @code{re-search-forward} moves point forward as a side
14507effect of a successful search. This is the action that changes the
14508value of point so that the recursive function stops calling itself
14509when point completes its movement through the region. Consequently,
14510the @code{re-search-forward} expression is the next-step-expression.
14511
14512@need 1200
14513In outline, then, the body of the @code{recursive-count-words}
14514function looks like this:
14515
14516@smallexample
14517@group
14518(if @var{do-again-test-and-next-step-combined}
14519 ;; @r{then}
14520 @var{recursive-call-returning-count}
14521 ;; @r{else}
14522 @var{return-zero})
14523@end group
14524@end smallexample
14525
14526How to incorporate the mechanism that counts?
14527
14528If you are not used to writing recursive functions, a question like
14529this can be troublesome. But it can and should be approached
14530systematically.
14531
14532We know that the counting mechanism should be associated in some way
14533with the recursive call. Indeed, since the next-step-expression moves
14534point forward by one word, and since a recursive call is made for
14535each word, the counting mechanism must be an expression that adds one
14536to the value returned by a call to @code{recursive-count-words}.
14537
14538@need 800
14539Consider several cases:
14540
14541@itemize @bullet
14542@item
14543If there are two words in the region, the function should return
14544a value resulting from adding one to the value returned when it counts
14545the first word, plus the number returned when it counts the remaining
14546words in the region, which in this case is one.
14547
14548@item
14549If there is one word in the region, the function should return
14550a value resulting from adding one to the value returned when it counts
14551that word, plus the number returned when it counts the remaining
14552words in the region, which in this case is zero.
14553
14554@item
14555If there are no words in the region, the function should return zero.
14556@end itemize
14557
14558From the sketch we can see that the else-part of the @code{if} returns
14559zero for the case of no words. This means that the then-part of the
14560@code{if} must return a value resulting from adding one to the value
14561returned from a count of the remaining words.
14562
14563@need 1200
14564The expression will look like this, where @code{1+} is a function that
14565adds one to its argument.
14566
14567@smallexample
14568(1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14569@end smallexample
14570
14571@need 1200
14572The whole @code{recursive-count-words} function will then look like
14573this:
14574
14575@smallexample
14576@group
14577(defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14578 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14579
14580;;; @r{1. do-again-test}
14581 (if (and (< (point) region-end)
14582 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14583@end group
14584
14585@group
14586;;; @r{2. then-part: the recursive call}
14587 (1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14588
14589;;; @r{3. else-part}
14590 0))
14591@end group
14592@end smallexample
14593
14594@need 1250
14595Let's examine how this works:
14596
14597If there are no words in the region, the else part of the @code{if}
14598expression is evaluated and consequently the function returns zero.
14599
14600If there is one word in the region, the value of point is less than
14601the value of @code{region-end} and the search succeeds. In this case,
14602the true-or-false-test of the @code{if} expression tests true, and the
14603then-part of the @code{if} expression is evaluated. The counting
14604expression is evaluated. This expression returns a value (which will
14605be the value returned by the whole function) that is the sum of one
14606added to the value returned by a recursive call.
14607
14608Meanwhile, the next-step-expression has caused point to jump over the
14609first (and in this case only) word in the region. This means that
14610when @code{(recursive-count-words region-end)} is evaluated a second
14611time, as a result of the recursive call, the value of point will be
14612equal to or greater than the value of region end. So this time,
14613@code{recursive-count-words} will return zero. The zero will be added
14614to one, and the original evaluation of @code{recursive-count-words}
14615will return one plus zero, which is one, which is the correct amount.
14616
14617Clearly, if there are two words in the region, the first call to
14618@code{recursive-count-words} returns one added to the value returned
14619by calling @code{recursive-count-words} on a region containing the
14620remaining word---that is, it adds one to one, producing two, which is
14621the correct amount.
14622
14623Similarly, if there are three words in the region, the first call to
14624@code{recursive-count-words} returns one added to the value returned
14625by calling @code{recursive-count-words} on a region containing the
14626remaining two words---and so on and so on.
14627
14628@need 1250
14629@noindent
14630With full documentation the two functions look like this:
14631
14632@need 1250
14633@noindent
14634The recursive function:
14635
14636@findex recursive-count-words
14637@smallexample
14638@group
14639(defun recursive-count-words (region-end)
14640 "Number of words between point and REGION-END."
14641@end group
14642
14643@group
14644;;; @r{1. do-again-test}
14645 (if (and (< (point) region-end)
14646 (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
14647@end group
14648
14649@group
14650;;; @r{2. then-part: the recursive call}
14651 (1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
14652
14653;;; @r{3. else-part}
14654 0))
14655@end group
14656@end smallexample
14657
14658@need 800
14659@noindent
14660The wrapper:
14661
14662@smallexample
14663@group
14664;;; @r{Recursive version}
ea4f7750 14665(defun @value{COUNT-WORDS} (beginning end)
8cda6f8f
GM
14666 "Print number of words in the region.
14667@end group
14668
14669@group
14670Words are defined as at least one word-constituent
14671character followed by at least one character that is
14672not a word-constituent. The buffer's syntax table
14673determines which characters these are."
14674@end group
14675@group
14676 (interactive "r")
14677 (message "Counting words in region ... ")
14678 (save-excursion
14679 (goto-char beginning)
14680 (let ((count (recursive-count-words end)))
14681@end group
14682@group
14683 (cond ((zerop count)
14684 (message
14685 "The region does NOT have any words."))
14686@end group
14687@group
14688 ((= 1 count)
14689 (message "The region has 1 word."))
14690 (t
14691 (message
14692 "The region has %d words." count))))))
14693@end group
14694@end smallexample
14695
14696@node Counting Exercise, , recursive-count-words, Counting Words
14697@section Exercise: Counting Punctuation
14698
14699Using a @code{while} loop, write a function to count the number of
14700punctuation marks in a region---period, comma, semicolon, colon,
14701exclamation mark, and question mark. Do the same using recursion.
14702
14703@node Words in a defun, Readying a Graph, Counting Words, Top
14704@chapter Counting Words in a @code{defun}
14705@cindex Counting words in a @code{defun}
14706@cindex Word counting in a @code{defun}
14707
14708Our next project is to count the number of words in a function
14709definition. Clearly, this can be done using some variant of
ea4f7750 14710@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}. @xref{Counting Words, , Counting Words:
8cda6f8f
GM
14711Repetition and Regexps}. If we are just going to count the words in
14712one definition, it is easy enough to mark the definition with the
14713@kbd{C-M-h} (@code{mark-defun}) command, and then call
ea4f7750 14714@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
14715
14716However, I am more ambitious: I want to count the words and symbols in
14717every definition in the Emacs sources and then print a graph that
14718shows how many functions there are of each length: how many contain 40
14719to 49 words or symbols, how many contain 50 to 59 words or symbols,
14720and so on. I have often been curious how long a typical function is,
14721and this will tell.
14722
14723@menu
14724* Divide and Conquer::
14725* Words and Symbols:: What to count?
14726* Syntax:: What constitutes a word or symbol?
ea4f7750 14727* count-words-in-defun:: Very like @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}.
8cda6f8f
GM
14728* Several defuns:: Counting several defuns in a file.
14729* Find a File:: Do you want to look at a file?
14730* lengths-list-file:: A list of the lengths of many definitions.
14731* Several files:: Counting in definitions in different files.
14732* Several files recursively:: Recursively counting in different files.
14733* Prepare the data:: Prepare the data for display in a graph.
14734@end menu
14735
14736@node Divide and Conquer, Words and Symbols, Words in a defun, Words in a defun
14737@ifnottex
14738@unnumberedsec Divide and Conquer
14739@end ifnottex
14740
14741Described in one phrase, the histogram project is daunting; but
14742divided into numerous small steps, each of which we can take one at a
14743time, the project becomes less fearsome. Let us consider what the
14744steps must be:
14745
14746@itemize @bullet
14747@item
14748First, write a function to count the words in one definition. This
14749includes the problem of handling symbols as well as words.
14750
14751@item
14752Second, write a function to list the numbers of words in each function
14753in a file. This function can use the @code{count-words-in-defun}
14754function.
14755
14756@item
14757Third, write a function to list the numbers of words in each function
14758in each of several files. This entails automatically finding the
14759various files, switching to them, and counting the words in the
14760definitions within them.
14761
14762@item
14763Fourth, write a function to convert the list of numbers that we
14764created in step three to a form that will be suitable for printing as
14765a graph.
14766
14767@item
14768Fifth, write a function to print the results as a graph.
14769@end itemize
14770
14771This is quite a project! But if we take each step slowly, it will not
14772be difficult.
14773
14774@node Words and Symbols, Syntax, Divide and Conquer, Words in a defun
14775@section What to Count?
14776@cindex Words and symbols in defun
14777
14778When we first start thinking about how to count the words in a
14779function definition, the first question is (or ought to be) what are
14780we going to count? When we speak of `words' with respect to a Lisp
14781function definition, we are actually speaking, in large part, of
14782`symbols'. For example, the following @code{multiply-by-seven}
14783function contains the five symbols @code{defun},
14784@code{multiply-by-seven}, @code{number}, @code{*}, and @code{7}. In
14785addition, in the documentation string, it contains the four words
14786@samp{Multiply}, @samp{NUMBER}, @samp{by}, and @samp{seven}. The
14787symbol @samp{number} is repeated, so the definition contains a total
14788of ten words and symbols.
14789
14790@smallexample
14791@group
14792(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
14793 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
14794 (* 7 number))
14795@end group
14796@end smallexample
14797
14798@noindent
14799However, if we mark the @code{multiply-by-seven} definition with
14800@kbd{C-M-h} (@code{mark-defun}), and then call
ea4f7750
GM
14801@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} on it, we will find that
14802@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} claims the definition has eleven words, not
8cda6f8f
GM
14803ten! Something is wrong!
14804
ea4f7750 14805The problem is twofold: @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} does not count the
8cda6f8f
GM
14806@samp{*} as a word, and it counts the single symbol,
14807@code{multiply-by-seven}, as containing three words. The hyphens are
14808treated as if they were interword spaces rather than intraword
14809connectors: @samp{multiply-by-seven} is counted as if it were written
14810@samp{multiply by seven}.
14811
14812The cause of this confusion is the regular expression search within
ea4f7750
GM
14813the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition that moves point forward word
14814by word. In the canonical version of @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}, the
8cda6f8f
GM
14815regexp is:
14816
14817@smallexample
14818"\\w+\\W*"
14819@end smallexample
14820
14821@noindent
14822This regular expression is a pattern defining one or more word
14823constituent characters possibly followed by one or more characters
14824that are not word constituents. What is meant by `word constituent
14825characters' brings us to the issue of syntax, which is worth a section
14826of its own.
14827
14828@node Syntax, count-words-in-defun, Words and Symbols, Words in a defun
14829@section What Constitutes a Word or Symbol?
14830@cindex Syntax categories and tables
14831
14832Emacs treats different characters as belonging to different
14833@dfn{syntax categories}. For example, the regular expression,
14834@samp{\\w+}, is a pattern specifying one or more @emph{word
14835constituent} characters. Word constituent characters are members of
14836one syntax category. Other syntax categories include the class of
14837punctuation characters, such as the period and the comma, and the
14838class of whitespace characters, such as the blank space and the tab
14839character. (For more information, see @ref{Syntax, Syntax, The Syntax
14840Table, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, and @ref{Syntax Tables, , Syntax
14841Tables, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
14842
14843Syntax tables specify which characters belong to which categories.
14844Usually, a hyphen is not specified as a `word constituent character'.
14845Instead, it is specified as being in the `class of characters that are
14846part of symbol names but not words.' This means that the
ea4f7750
GM
14847@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function treats it in the same way it treats
14848an interword white space, which is why @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}
8cda6f8f
GM
14849counts @samp{multiply-by-seven} as three words.
14850
14851There are two ways to cause Emacs to count @samp{multiply-by-seven} as
14852one symbol: modify the syntax table or modify the regular expression.
14853
14854We could redefine a hyphen as a word constituent character by
14855modifying the syntax table that Emacs keeps for each mode. This
14856action would serve our purpose, except that a hyphen is merely the
14857most common character within symbols that is not typically a word
14858constituent character; there are others, too.
14859
14860Alternatively, we can redefine the regular expression used in the
ea4f7750 14861@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} definition so as to include symbols. This
8cda6f8f
GM
14862procedure has the merit of clarity, but the task is a little tricky.
14863
14864@need 1200
14865The first part is simple enough: the pattern must match ``at least one
14866character that is a word or symbol constituent''. Thus:
14867
14868@smallexample
14869"\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+"
14870@end smallexample
14871
14872@noindent
14873The @samp{\\(} is the first part of the grouping construct that
14874includes the @samp{\\w} and the @samp{\\s_} as alternatives, separated
14875by the @samp{\\|}. The @samp{\\w} matches any word-constituent
14876character and the @samp{\\s_} matches any character that is part of a
14877symbol name but not a word-constituent character. The @samp{+}
14878following the group indicates that the word or symbol constituent
14879characters must be matched at least once.
14880
14881However, the second part of the regexp is more difficult to design.
14882What we want is to follow the first part with ``optionally one or more
14883characters that are not constituents of a word or symbol''. At first,
14884I thought I could define this with the following:
14885
14886@smallexample
14887"\\(\\W\\|\\S_\\)*"
14888@end smallexample
14889
14890@noindent
14891The upper case @samp{W} and @samp{S} match characters that are
14892@emph{not} word or symbol constituents. Unfortunately, this
14893expression matches any character that is either not a word constituent
14894or not a symbol constituent. This matches any character!
14895
14896I then noticed that every word or symbol in my test region was
14897followed by white space (blank space, tab, or newline). So I tried
14898placing a pattern to match one or more blank spaces after the pattern
14899for one or more word or symbol constituents. This failed, too. Words
14900and symbols are often separated by whitespace, but in actual code
14901parentheses may follow symbols and punctuation may follow words. So
14902finally, I designed a pattern in which the word or symbol constituents
14903are followed optionally by characters that are not white space and
14904then followed optionally by white space.
14905
14906@need 800
14907Here is the full regular expression:
14908
14909@smallexample
14910"\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
14911@end smallexample
14912
14913@node count-words-in-defun, Several defuns, Syntax, Words in a defun
14914@section The @code{count-words-in-defun} Function
14915@cindex Counting words in a @code{defun}
14916
14917We have seen that there are several ways to write a
ea4f7750 14918@code{count-words-region} function. To write a
8cda6f8f
GM
14919@code{count-words-in-defun}, we need merely adapt one of these
14920versions.
14921
14922The version that uses a @code{while} loop is easy to understand, so I
14923am going to adapt that. Because @code{count-words-in-defun} will be
14924part of a more complex program, it need not be interactive and it need
14925not display a message but just return the count. These considerations
14926simplify the definition a little.
14927
14928On the other hand, @code{count-words-in-defun} will be used within a
14929buffer that contains function definitions. Consequently, it is
14930reasonable to ask that the function determine whether it is called
14931when point is within a function definition, and if it is, to return
14932the count for that definition. This adds complexity to the
14933definition, but saves us from needing to pass arguments to the
14934function.
14935
14936@need 1250
14937These considerations lead us to prepare the following template:
14938
14939@smallexample
14940@group
14941(defun count-words-in-defun ()
14942 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
14943 (@var{set up}@dots{}
14944 (@var{while loop}@dots{})
14945 @var{return count})
14946@end group
14947@end smallexample
14948
14949@noindent
14950As usual, our job is to fill in the slots.
14951
14952First, the set up.
14953
14954We are presuming that this function will be called within a buffer
14955containing function definitions. Point will either be within a
14956function definition or not. For @code{count-words-in-defun} to work,
14957point must move to the beginning of the definition, a counter must
14958start at zero, and the counting loop must stop when point reaches the
14959end of the definition.
14960
14961The @code{beginning-of-defun} function searches backwards for an
14962opening delimiter such as a @samp{(} at the beginning of a line, and
14963moves point to that position, or else to the limit of the search. In
14964practice, this means that @code{beginning-of-defun} moves point to the
14965beginning of an enclosing or preceding function definition, or else to
14966the beginning of the buffer. We can use @code{beginning-of-defun} to
14967place point where we wish to start.
14968
14969The @code{while} loop requires a counter to keep track of the words or
14970symbols being counted. A @code{let} expression can be used to create
14971a local variable for this purpose, and bind it to an initial value of zero.
14972
14973The @code{end-of-defun} function works like @code{beginning-of-defun}
14974except that it moves point to the end of the definition.
14975@code{end-of-defun} can be used as part of an expression that
14976determines the position of the end of the definition.
14977
14978The set up for @code{count-words-in-defun} takes shape rapidly: first
14979we move point to the beginning of the definition, then we create a
14980local variable to hold the count, and finally, we record the position
14981of the end of the definition so the @code{while} loop will know when to stop
14982looping.
14983
14984@need 1250
14985The code looks like this:
14986
14987@smallexample
14988@group
14989(beginning-of-defun)
14990(let ((count 0)
14991 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
14992@end group
14993@end smallexample
14994
14995@noindent
14996The code is simple. The only slight complication is likely to concern
14997@code{end}: it is bound to the position of the end of the definition
14998by a @code{save-excursion} expression that returns the value of point
14999after @code{end-of-defun} temporarily moves it to the end of the
15000definition.
15001
15002The second part of the @code{count-words-in-defun}, after the set up,
15003is the @code{while} loop.
15004
15005The loop must contain an expression that jumps point forward word by
15006word and symbol by symbol, and another expression that counts the
15007jumps. The true-or-false-test for the @code{while} loop should test
15008true so long as point should jump forward, and false when point is at
15009the end of the definition. We have already redefined the regular
15010expression for this (@pxref{Syntax}), so the loop is straightforward:
15011
15012@smallexample
15013@group
15014(while (and (< (point) end)
15015 (re-search-forward
1ef17681 15016 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*" end t))
8cda6f8f
GM
15017 (setq count (1+ count)))
15018@end group
15019@end smallexample
15020
15021The third part of the function definition returns the count of words
15022and symbols. This part is the last expression within the body of the
15023@code{let} expression, and can be, very simply, the local variable
15024@code{count}, which when evaluated returns the count.
15025
15026@need 1250
15027Put together, the @code{count-words-in-defun} definition looks like this:
15028
15029@findex count-words-in-defun
15030@smallexample
15031@group
15032(defun count-words-in-defun ()
15033 "Return the number of words and symbols in a defun."
15034 (beginning-of-defun)
15035 (let ((count 0)
15036 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
15037@end group
15038@group
15039 (while
15040 (and (< (point) end)
15041 (re-search-forward
15042 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
15043 end t))
15044 (setq count (1+ count)))
15045 count))
15046@end group
15047@end smallexample
15048
15049How to test this? The function is not interactive, but it is easy to
15050put a wrapper around the function to make it interactive; we can use
15051almost the same code as for the recursive version of
ea4f7750 15052@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}}:
8cda6f8f
GM
15053
15054@smallexample
15055@group
15056;;; @r{Interactive version.}
15057(defun count-words-defun ()
15058 "Number of words and symbols in a function definition."
15059 (interactive)
15060 (message
15061 "Counting words and symbols in function definition ... ")
15062@end group
15063@group
15064 (let ((count (count-words-in-defun)))
15065 (cond
15066 ((zerop count)
15067 (message
15068 "The definition does NOT have any words or symbols."))
15069@end group
15070@group
15071 ((= 1 count)
15072 (message
15073 "The definition has 1 word or symbol."))
15074 (t
15075 (message
15076 "The definition has %d words or symbols." count)))))
15077@end group
15078@end smallexample
15079
15080@need 800
15081@noindent
15082Let's re-use @kbd{C-c =} as a convenient keybinding:
15083
15084@smallexample
15085(global-set-key "\C-c=" 'count-words-defun)
15086@end smallexample
15087
15088Now we can try out @code{count-words-defun}: install both
15089@code{count-words-in-defun} and @code{count-words-defun}, and set the
15090keybinding, and then place the cursor within the following definition:
15091
15092@smallexample
15093@group
15094(defun multiply-by-seven (number)
15095 "Multiply NUMBER by seven."
15096 (* 7 number))
15097 @result{} 10
15098@end group
15099@end smallexample
15100
15101@noindent
15102Success! The definition has 10 words and symbols.
15103
15104The next problem is to count the numbers of words and symbols in
15105several definitions within a single file.
15106
15107@node Several defuns, Find a File, count-words-in-defun, Words in a defun
15108@section Count Several @code{defuns} Within a File
15109
15110A file such as @file{simple.el} may have a hundred or more function
15111definitions within it. Our long term goal is to collect statistics on
15112many files, but as a first step, our immediate goal is to collect
15113statistics on one file.
15114
15115The information will be a series of numbers, each number being the
15116length of a function definition. We can store the numbers in a list.
15117
15118We know that we will want to incorporate the information regarding one
15119file with information about many other files; this means that the
15120function for counting definition lengths within one file need only
15121return the list of lengths. It need not and should not display any
15122messages.
15123
15124The word count commands contain one expression to jump point forward
15125word by word and another expression to count the jumps. The function
15126to return the lengths of definitions can be designed to work the same
15127way, with one expression to jump point forward definition by
15128definition and another expression to construct the lengths' list.
15129
15130This statement of the problem makes it elementary to write the
15131function definition. Clearly, we will start the count at the
15132beginning of the file, so the first command will be @code{(goto-char
15133(point-min))}. Next, we start the @code{while} loop; and the
15134true-or-false test of the loop can be a regular expression search for
15135the next function definition---so long as the search succeeds, point
15136is moved forward and then the body of the loop is evaluated. The body
15137needs an expression that constructs the lengths' list. @code{cons},
15138the list construction command, can be used to create the list. That
15139is almost all there is to it.
15140
15141@need 800
15142Here is what this fragment of code looks like:
15143
15144@smallexample
15145@group
15146(goto-char (point-min))
15147(while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
15148 (setq lengths-list
15149 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
15150@end group
15151@end smallexample
15152
15153What we have left out is the mechanism for finding the file that
15154contains the function definitions.
15155
15156In previous examples, we either used this, the Info file, or we
15157switched back and forth to some other buffer, such as the
15158@file{*scratch*} buffer.
15159
15160Finding a file is a new process that we have not yet discussed.
15161
15162@node Find a File, lengths-list-file, Several defuns, Words in a defun
15163@comment node-name, next, previous, up
15164@section Find a File
15165@cindex Find a File
15166
15167To find a file in Emacs, you use the @kbd{C-x C-f} (@code{find-file})
15168command. This command is almost, but not quite right for the lengths
15169problem.
15170
15171@need 1200
15172Let's look at the source for @code{find-file}:
15173
15174@smallexample
15175@group
15176(defun find-file (filename)
15177 "Edit file FILENAME.
15178Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME,
15179creating one if none already exists."
15180 (interactive "FFind file: ")
15181 (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect filename)))
15182@end group
15183@end smallexample
15184
15185@noindent
15186(The most recent version of the @code{find-file} function definition
15187permits you to specify optional wildcards to visit multiple files; that
15188makes the definition more complex and we will not discuss it here,
15189since it is not relevant. You can see its source using either
15190@kbd{M-.} (@code{find-tag}) or @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}).)
15191
15192@ignore
15193In Emacs 22
15194(defun find-file (filename &optional wildcards)
15195 "Edit file FILENAME.
15196Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME,
15197creating one if none already exists.
15198Interactively, the default if you just type RET is the current directory,
15199but the visited file name is available through the minibuffer history:
15200type M-n to pull it into the minibuffer.
15201
15202Interactively, or if WILDCARDS is non-nil in a call from Lisp,
15203expand wildcards (if any) and visit multiple files. You can
15204suppress wildcard expansion by setting `find-file-wildcards' to nil.
15205
15206To visit a file without any kind of conversion and without
15207automatically choosing a major mode, use \\[find-file-literally]."
15208 (interactive (find-file-read-args "Find file: " nil))
15209 (let ((value (find-file-noselect filename nil nil wildcards)))
15210 (if (listp value)
15211 (mapcar 'switch-to-buffer (nreverse value))
15212 (switch-to-buffer value))))
15213@end ignore
15214
15215The definition I am showing possesses short but complete documentation
15216and an interactive specification that prompts you for a file name when
15217you use the command interactively. The body of the definition
15218contains two functions, @code{find-file-noselect} and
15219@code{switch-to-buffer}.
15220
15221According to its documentation as shown by @kbd{C-h f} (the
15222@code{describe-function} command), the @code{find-file-noselect}
15223function reads the named file into a buffer and returns the buffer.
15224(Its most recent version includes an optional wildcards argument,
15225too, as well as another to read a file literally and an other you
15226suppress warning messages. These optional arguments are irrelevant.)
15227
15228However, the @code{find-file-noselect} function does not select the
15229buffer in which it puts the file. Emacs does not switch its attention
15230(or yours if you are using @code{find-file-noselect}) to the selected
15231buffer. That is what @code{switch-to-buffer} does: it switches the
15232buffer to which Emacs attention is directed; and it switches the
15233buffer displayed in the window to the new buffer. We have discussed
15234buffer switching elsewhere. (@xref{Switching Buffers}.)
15235
15236In this histogram project, we do not need to display each file on the
15237screen as the program determines the length of each definition within
15238it. Instead of employing @code{switch-to-buffer}, we can work with
15239@code{set-buffer}, which redirects the attention of the computer
15240program to a different buffer but does not redisplay it on the screen.
15241So instead of calling on @code{find-file} to do the job, we must write
15242our own expression.
15243
15244The task is easy: use @code{find-file-noselect} and @code{set-buffer}.
15245
15246@node lengths-list-file, Several files, Find a File, Words in a defun
15247@section @code{lengths-list-file} in Detail
15248
15249The core of the @code{lengths-list-file} function is a @code{while}
15250loop containing a function to move point forward `defun by defun' and
15251a function to count the number of words and symbols in each defun.
15252This core must be surrounded by functions that do various other tasks,
15253including finding the file, and ensuring that point starts out at the
15254beginning of the file. The function definition looks like this:
15255@findex lengths-list-file
15256
15257@smallexample
15258@group
15259(defun lengths-list-file (filename)
15260 "Return list of definitions' lengths within FILE.
15261The returned list is a list of numbers.
15262Each number is the number of words or
15263symbols in one function definition."
15264@end group
15265@group
15266 (message "Working on `%s' ... " filename)
15267 (save-excursion
15268 (let ((buffer (find-file-noselect filename))
15269 (lengths-list))
15270 (set-buffer buffer)
15271 (setq buffer-read-only t)
15272 (widen)
15273 (goto-char (point-min))
15274 (while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
15275 (setq lengths-list
15276 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
15277 (kill-buffer buffer)
15278 lengths-list)))
15279@end group
15280@end smallexample
15281
15282@noindent
15283The function is passed one argument, the name of the file on which it
15284will work. It has four lines of documentation, but no interactive
15285specification. Since people worry that a computer is broken if they
15286don't see anything going on, the first line of the body is a
15287message.
15288
15289The next line contains a @code{save-excursion} that returns Emacs'
15290attention to the current buffer when the function completes. This is
15291useful in case you embed this function in another function that
15292presumes point is restored to the original buffer.
15293
15294In the varlist of the @code{let} expression, Emacs finds the file and
15295binds the local variable @code{buffer} to the buffer containing the
15296file. At the same time, Emacs creates @code{lengths-list} as a local
15297variable.
15298
15299Next, Emacs switches its attention to the buffer.
15300
15301In the following line, Emacs makes the buffer read-only. Ideally,
15302this line is not necessary. None of the functions for counting words
15303and symbols in a function definition should change the buffer.
15304Besides, the buffer is not going to be saved, even if it were changed.
15305This line is entirely the consequence of great, perhaps excessive,
15306caution. The reason for the caution is that this function and those
15307it calls work on the sources for Emacs and it is inconvenient if they
15308are inadvertently modified. It goes without saying that I did not
15309realize a need for this line until an experiment went awry and started
15310to modify my Emacs source files @dots{}
15311
15312Next comes a call to widen the buffer if it is narrowed. This
15313function is usually not needed---Emacs creates a fresh buffer if none
15314already exists; but if a buffer visiting the file already exists Emacs
15315returns that one. In this case, the buffer may be narrowed and must
15316be widened. If we wanted to be fully `user-friendly', we would
15317arrange to save the restriction and the location of point, but we
15318won't.
15319
15320The @code{(goto-char (point-min))} expression moves point to the
15321beginning of the buffer.
15322
15323Then comes a @code{while} loop in which the `work' of the function is
15324carried out. In the loop, Emacs determines the length of each
15325definition and constructs a lengths' list containing the information.
15326
15327Emacs kills the buffer after working through it. This is to save
15328space inside of Emacs. My version of GNU Emacs 19 contained over 300
15329source files of interest; GNU Emacs 22 contains over a thousand source
15330files. Another function will apply @code{lengths-list-file} to each
15331of the files.
15332
15333Finally, the last expression within the @code{let} expression is the
15334@code{lengths-list} variable; its value is returned as the value of
15335the whole function.
15336
15337You can try this function by installing it in the usual fashion. Then
15338place your cursor after the following expression and type @kbd{C-x
15339C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}).
15340
15341@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15342@smallexample
15343(lengths-list-file
15344 "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/debug.el")
15345@end smallexample
15346
15347@noindent
15348(You may need to change the pathname of the file; the one here is for
15349GNU Emacs version 22.1.1. To change the expression, copy it to
15350the @file{*scratch*} buffer and edit it.
15351
15352@need 1200
15353@noindent
15354(Also, to see the full length of the list, rather than a truncated
15355version, you may have to evaluate the following:
15356
15357@smallexample
15358(custom-set-variables '(eval-expression-print-length nil))
15359@end smallexample
15360
15361@noindent
15362(@xref{defcustom, , Specifying Variables using @code{defcustom}}.
15363Then evaluate the @code{lengths-list-file} expression.)
15364
15365@need 1200
15366The lengths' list for @file{debug.el} takes less than a second to
15367produce and looks like this in GNU Emacs 22:
15368
15369@smallexample
15370(83 113 105 144 289 22 30 97 48 89 25 52 52 88 28 29 77 49 43 290 232 587)
15371@end smallexample
15372
15373@need 1500
15374(Using my old machine, the version 19 lengths' list for @file{debug.el}
15375took seven seconds to produce and looked like this:
15376
15377@smallexample
15378(75 41 80 62 20 45 44 68 45 12 34 235)
15379@end smallexample
15380
15381(The newer version of @file{debug.el} contains more defuns than the
15382earlier one; and my new machine is much faster than the old one.)
15383
15384Note that the length of the last definition in the file is first in
15385the list.
15386
15387@node Several files, Several files recursively, lengths-list-file, Words in a defun
15388@section Count Words in @code{defuns} in Different Files
15389
15390In the previous section, we created a function that returns a list of
15391the lengths of each definition in a file. Now, we want to define a
15392function to return a master list of the lengths of the definitions in
15393a list of files.
15394
15395Working on each of a list of files is a repetitious act, so we can use
15396either a @code{while} loop or recursion.
15397
15398@menu
15399* lengths-list-many-files:: Return a list of the lengths of defuns.
15400* append:: Attach one list to another.
15401@end menu
15402
15403@node lengths-list-many-files, append, Several files, Several files
15404@ifnottex
15405@unnumberedsubsec Determine the lengths of @code{defuns}
15406@end ifnottex
15407
15408The design using a @code{while} loop is routine. The argument passed
15409the function is a list of files. As we saw earlier (@pxref{Loop
15410Example}), you can write a @code{while} loop so that the body of the
15411loop is evaluated if such a list contains elements, but to exit the
15412loop if the list is empty. For this design to work, the body of the
15413loop must contain an expression that shortens the list each time the
15414body is evaluated, so that eventually the list is empty. The usual
15415technique is to set the value of the list to the value of the @sc{cdr}
15416of the list each time the body is evaluated.
15417
15418@need 800
15419The template looks like this:
15420
15421@smallexample
15422@group
15423(while @var{test-whether-list-is-empty}
15424 @var{body}@dots{}
15425 @var{set-list-to-cdr-of-list})
15426@end group
15427@end smallexample
15428
15429Also, we remember that a @code{while} loop returns @code{nil} (the
15430result of evaluating the true-or-false-test), not the result of any
15431evaluation within its body. (The evaluations within the body of the
15432loop are done for their side effects.) However, the expression that
15433sets the lengths' list is part of the body---and that is the value
15434that we want returned by the function as a whole. To do this, we
15435enclose the @code{while} loop within a @code{let} expression, and
15436arrange that the last element of the @code{let} expression contains
15437the value of the lengths' list. (@xref{Incrementing Example, , Loop
15438Example with an Incrementing Counter}.)
15439
15440@findex lengths-list-many-files
15441@need 1250
15442These considerations lead us directly to the function itself:
15443
15444@smallexample
15445@group
15446;;; @r{Use @code{while} loop.}
15447(defun lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
15448 "Return list of lengths of defuns in LIST-OF-FILES."
15449@end group
15450@group
15451 (let (lengths-list)
15452
15453;;; @r{true-or-false-test}
15454 (while list-of-files
15455 (setq lengths-list
15456 (append
15457 lengths-list
15458
15459;;; @r{Generate a lengths' list.}
15460 (lengths-list-file
15461 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))))
15462@end group
15463
15464@group
15465;;; @r{Make files' list shorter.}
15466 (setq list-of-files (cdr list-of-files)))
15467
15468;;; @r{Return final value of lengths' list.}
15469 lengths-list))
15470@end group
15471@end smallexample
15472
15473@code{expand-file-name} is a built-in function that converts a file
15474name to the absolute, long, path name form. The function employs the
15475name of the directory in which the function is called.
15476
15477@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15478@need 1500
15479Thus, if @code{expand-file-name} is called on @code{debug.el} when
15480Emacs is visiting the
15481@file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/} directory,
15482
15483@smallexample
15484debug.el
15485@end smallexample
15486
15487@need 800
15488@noindent
15489becomes
15490
15491@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15492@smallexample
15493/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/emacs-lisp/debug.el
15494@end smallexample
15495
15496The only other new element of this function definition is the as yet
15497unstudied function @code{append}, which merits a short section for
15498itself.
15499
15500@node append, , lengths-list-many-files, Several files
15501@subsection The @code{append} Function
15502
15503@need 800
15504The @code{append} function attaches one list to another. Thus,
15505
15506@smallexample
15507(append '(1 2 3 4) '(5 6 7 8))
15508@end smallexample
15509
15510@need 800
15511@noindent
15512produces the list
15513
15514@smallexample
15515(1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8)
15516@end smallexample
15517
15518This is exactly how we want to attach two lengths' lists produced by
15519@code{lengths-list-file} to each other. The results contrast with
15520@code{cons},
15521
15522@smallexample
15523(cons '(1 2 3 4) '(5 6 7 8))
15524@end smallexample
15525
15526@need 1250
15527@noindent
15528which constructs a new list in which the first argument to @code{cons}
15529becomes the first element of the new list:
15530
15531@smallexample
15532((1 2 3 4) 5 6 7 8)
15533@end smallexample
15534
15535@node Several files recursively, Prepare the data, Several files, Words in a defun
15536@section Recursively Count Words in Different Files
15537
15538Besides a @code{while} loop, you can work on each of a list of files
15539with recursion. A recursive version of @code{lengths-list-many-files}
15540is short and simple.
15541
15542The recursive function has the usual parts: the `do-again-test', the
15543`next-step-expression', and the recursive call. The `do-again-test'
15544determines whether the function should call itself again, which it
15545will do if the @code{list-of-files} contains any remaining elements;
15546the `next-step-expression' resets the @code{list-of-files} to the
15547@sc{cdr} of itself, so eventually the list will be empty; and the
15548recursive call calls itself on the shorter list. The complete
15549function is shorter than this description!
15550@findex recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15551
15552@smallexample
15553@group
15554(defun recursive-lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
15555 "Return list of lengths of each defun in LIST-OF-FILES."
15556 (if list-of-files ; @r{do-again-test}
15557 (append
15558 (lengths-list-file
15559 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))
15560 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15561 (cdr list-of-files)))))
15562@end group
15563@end smallexample
15564
15565@noindent
15566In a sentence, the function returns the lengths' list for the first of
15567the @code{list-of-files} appended to the result of calling itself on
15568the rest of the @code{list-of-files}.
15569
15570Here is a test of @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files}, along with
15571the results of running @code{lengths-list-file} on each of the files
15572individually.
15573
15574Install @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} and
15575@code{lengths-list-file}, if necessary, and then evaluate the
15576following expressions. You may need to change the files' pathnames;
15577those here work when this Info file and the Emacs sources are located
15578in their customary places. To change the expressions, copy them to
15579the @file{*scratch*} buffer, edit them, and then evaluate them.
15580
15581The results are shown after the @samp{@result{}}. (These results are
15582for files from Emacs version 22.1.1; files from other versions of
15583Emacs may produce different results.)
15584
15585@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15586@smallexample
15587@group
15588(cd "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/")
15589
15590(lengths-list-file "./lisp/macros.el")
15591 @result{} (283 263 480 90)
15592@end group
15593
15594@group
15595(lengths-list-file "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el")
15596 @result{} (38 32 29 95 178 180 321 218 324)
15597@end group
15598
15599@group
15600(lengths-list-file "./lisp/makesum.el")
15601 @result{} (85 181)
15602@end group
15603
15604@group
15605 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15606 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15607 "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el"
15608 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15609 @result{} (283 263 480 90 38 32 29 95 178 180 321 218 324 85 181)
15610@end group
15611@end smallexample
15612
15613The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function produces the
15614output we want.
15615
15616The next step is to prepare the data in the list for display in a graph.
15617
15618@node Prepare the data, , Several files recursively, Words in a defun
15619@section Prepare the Data for Display in a Graph
15620
15621The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function returns a list
15622of numbers. Each number records the length of a function definition.
15623What we need to do now is transform this data into a list of numbers
15624suitable for generating a graph. The new list will tell how many
15625functions definitions contain less than 10 words and
15626symbols, how many contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how
15627many contain between 20 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
15628
15629In brief, we need to go through the lengths' list produced by the
15630@code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function and count the number
15631of defuns within each range of lengths, and produce a list of those
15632numbers.
15633
15634@menu
15635* Data for Display in Detail::
15636* Sorting:: Sorting lists.
15637* Files List:: Making a list of files.
15638* Counting function definitions::
15639@end menu
15640
15641@node Data for Display in Detail, Sorting, Prepare the data, Prepare the data
15642@ifnottex
15643@unnumberedsubsec The Data for Display in Detail
15644@end ifnottex
15645
15646Based on what we have done before, we can readily foresee that it
15647should not be too hard to write a function that `@sc{cdr}s' down the
15648lengths' list, looks at each element, determines which length range it
15649is in, and increments a counter for that range.
15650
15651However, before beginning to write such a function, we should consider
15652the advantages of sorting the lengths' list first, so the numbers are
15653ordered from smallest to largest. First, sorting will make it easier
15654to count the numbers in each range, since two adjacent numbers will
15655either be in the same length range or in adjacent ranges. Second, by
15656inspecting a sorted list, we can discover the highest and lowest
15657number, and thereby determine the largest and smallest length range
15658that we will need.
15659
15660@node Sorting, Files List, Data for Display in Detail, Prepare the data
15661@subsection Sorting Lists
15662@findex sort
15663
15664Emacs contains a function to sort lists, called (as you might guess)
15665@code{sort}. The @code{sort} function takes two arguments, the list
15666to be sorted, and a predicate that determines whether the first of
15667two list elements is ``less'' than the second.
15668
15669As we saw earlier (@pxref{Wrong Type of Argument, , Using the Wrong
15670Type Object as an Argument}), a predicate is a function that
15671determines whether some property is true or false. The @code{sort}
15672function will reorder a list according to whatever property the
15673predicate uses; this means that @code{sort} can be used to sort
15674non-numeric lists by non-numeric criteria---it can, for example,
15675alphabetize a list.
15676
15677@need 1250
15678The @code{<} function is used when sorting a numeric list. For example,
15679
15680@smallexample
15681(sort '(4 8 21 17 33 7 21 7) '<)
15682@end smallexample
15683
15684@need 800
15685@noindent
15686produces this:
15687
15688@smallexample
15689(4 7 7 8 17 21 21 33)
15690@end smallexample
15691
15692@noindent
15693(Note that in this example, both the arguments are quoted so that the
15694symbols are not evaluated before being passed to @code{sort} as
15695arguments.)
15696
15697Sorting the list returned by the
15698@code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function is straightforward;
15699it uses the @code{<} function:
15700
15701@ignore
157022006 Oct 29
15703In GNU Emacs 22, eval
15704(progn
15705 (cd "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.0.50/")
15706 (sort
15707 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15708 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15709 "./lisp/mail/mailalias.el"
15710 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15711 '<))
15712
15713@end ignore
15714
15715@smallexample
15716@group
15717(sort
15718 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15719 '("./lisp/macros.el"
15720 "./lisp/mailalias.el"
15721 "./lisp/makesum.el"))
15722 '<)
15723@end group
15724@end smallexample
15725
15726@need 800
15727@noindent
15728which produces:
15729
15730@smallexample
15731(29 32 38 85 90 95 178 180 181 218 263 283 321 324 480)
15732@end smallexample
15733
15734@noindent
15735(Note that in this example, the first argument to @code{sort} is not
15736quoted, since the expression must be evaluated so as to produce the
15737list that is passed to @code{sort}.)
15738
15739@node Files List, Counting function definitions, Sorting, Prepare the data
15740@subsection Making a List of Files
15741
15742The @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function requires a list
15743of files as its argument. For our test examples, we constructed such
15744a list by hand; but the Emacs Lisp source directory is too large for
15745us to do for that. Instead, we will write a function to do the job
15746for us. In this function, we will use both a @code{while} loop and a
15747recursive call.
15748
15749@findex directory-files
15750We did not have to write a function like this for older versions of
15751GNU Emacs, since they placed all the @samp{.el} files in one
15752directory. Instead, we were able to use the @code{directory-files}
15753function, which lists the names of files that match a specified
15754pattern within a single directory.
15755
15756However, recent versions of Emacs place Emacs Lisp files in
15757sub-directories of the top level @file{lisp} directory. This
15758re-arrangement eases navigation. For example, all the mail related
15759files are in a @file{lisp} sub-directory called @file{mail}. But at
15760the same time, this arrangement forces us to create a file listing
15761function that descends into the sub-directories.
15762
15763@findex files-in-below-directory
15764We can create this function, called @code{files-in-below-directory},
15765using familiar functions such as @code{car}, @code{nthcdr}, and
15766@code{substring} in conjunction with an existing function called
15767@code{directory-files-and-attributes}. This latter function not only
15768lists all the filenames in a directory, including the names
15769of sub-directories, but also their attributes.
15770
15771To restate our goal: to create a function that will enable us
15772to feed filenames to @code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files}
15773as a list that looks like this (but with more elements):
15774
15775@smallexample
15776@group
15777("./lisp/macros.el"
15778 "./lisp/mail/rmail.el"
15779 "./lisp/makesum.el")
15780@end group
15781@end smallexample
15782
15783The @code{directory-files-and-attributes} function returns a list of
15784lists. Each of the lists within the main list consists of 13
15785elements. The first element is a string that contains the name of the
15786file -- which, in GNU/Linux, may be a `directory file', that is to
15787say, a file with the special attributes of a directory. The second
15788element of the list is @code{t} for a directory, a string
15789for symbolic link (the string is the name linked to), or @code{nil}.
15790
15791For example, the first @samp{.el} file in the @file{lisp/} directory
15792is @file{abbrev.el}. Its name is
15793@file{/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/abbrev.el} and it is not a
15794directory or a symbolic link.
15795
15796@need 1000
15797This is how @code{directory-files-and-attributes} lists that file and
15798its attributes:
15799
15800@smallexample
15801@group
15802("abbrev.el"
15803nil
158041
158051000
15806100
15807@end group
15808@group
15809(17733 259)
15810(17491 28834)
15811(17596 62124)
1581213157
15813"-rw-rw-r--"
15814@end group
15815@group
15816nil
158172971624
15818773)
15819@end group
15820@end smallexample
15821
15822@need 1200
15823On the other hand, @file{mail/} is a directory within the @file{lisp/}
15824directory. The beginning of its listing looks like this:
15825
15826@smallexample
15827@group
15828("mail"
15829t
15830@dots{}
15831)
15832@end group
15833@end smallexample
15834
15835(To learn about the different attributes, look at the documentation of
15836@code{file-attributes}. Bear in mind that the @code{file-attributes}
15837function does not list the filename, so its first element is
15838@code{directory-files-and-attributes}'s second element.)
15839
15840We will want our new function, @code{files-in-below-directory}, to
15841list the @samp{.el} files in the directory it is told to check, and in
15842any directories below that directory.
15843
15844This gives us a hint on how to construct
15845@code{files-in-below-directory}: within a directory, the function
15846should add @samp{.el} filenames to a list; and if, within a directory,
15847the function comes upon a sub-directory, it should go into that
15848sub-directory and repeat its actions.
15849
15850However, we should note that every directory contains a name that
15851refers to itself, called @file{.}, (``dot'') and a name that refers to
15852its parent directory, called @file{..} (``double dot''). (In
15853@file{/}, the root directory, @file{..} refers to itself, since
15854@file{/} has no parent.) Clearly, we do not want our
15855@code{files-in-below-directory} function to enter those directories,
15856since they always lead us, directly or indirectly, to the current
15857directory.
15858
15859Consequently, our @code{files-in-below-directory} function must do
15860several tasks:
15861
15862@itemize @bullet
15863@item
15864Check to see whether it is looking at a filename that ends in
15865@samp{.el}; and if so, add its name to a list.
15866
15867@item
15868Check to see whether it is looking at a filename that is the name of a
15869directory; and if so,
15870
15871@itemize @minus
15872@item
15873Check to see whether it is looking at @file{.} or @file{..}; and if
15874so skip it.
15875
15876@item
15877Or else, go into that directory and repeat the process.
15878@end itemize
15879@end itemize
15880
15881Let's write a function definition to do these tasks. We will use a
15882@code{while} loop to move from one filename to another within a
15883directory, checking what needs to be done; and we will use a recursive
15884call to repeat the actions on each sub-directory. The recursive
15885pattern is `accumulate'
15886(@pxref{Accumulate, , Recursive Pattern: @emph{accumulate}}),
15887using @code{append} as the combiner.
15888
15889@ignore
15890(directory-files "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/" t "\\.el$")
15891(shell-command "find /usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/ -name '*.el'")
15892
15893(directory-files "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/" t "\\.el$")
15894(shell-command "find /usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/ -name '*.el'")
15895@end ignore
15896
15897@c /usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/
15898
15899@need 800
15900Here is the function:
15901
15902@smallexample
15903@group
15904(defun files-in-below-directory (directory)
15905 "List the .el files in DIRECTORY and in its sub-directories."
15906 ;; Although the function will be used non-interactively,
15907 ;; it will be easier to test if we make it interactive.
15908 ;; The directory will have a name such as
15909 ;; "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/"
15910 (interactive "DDirectory name: ")
15911@end group
15912@group
15913 (let (el-files-list
15914 (current-directory-list
15915 (directory-files-and-attributes directory t)))
15916 ;; while we are in the current directory
15917 (while current-directory-list
15918@end group
15919@group
15920 (cond
15921 ;; check to see whether filename ends in `.el'
15922 ;; and if so, append its name to a list.
15923 ((equal ".el" (substring (car (car current-directory-list)) -3))
15924 (setq el-files-list
15925 (cons (car (car current-directory-list)) el-files-list)))
15926@end group
15927@group
15928 ;; check whether filename is that of a directory
15929 ((eq t (car (cdr (car current-directory-list))))
15930 ;; decide whether to skip or recurse
15931 (if
15932 (equal "."
15933 (substring (car (car current-directory-list)) -1))
15934 ;; then do nothing since filename is that of
15935 ;; current directory or parent, "." or ".."
15936 ()
15937@end group
15938@group
15939 ;; else descend into the directory and repeat the process
15940 (setq el-files-list
15941 (append
15942 (files-in-below-directory
15943 (car (car current-directory-list)))
15944 el-files-list)))))
15945 ;; move to the next filename in the list; this also
15946 ;; shortens the list so the while loop eventually comes to an end
15947 (setq current-directory-list (cdr current-directory-list)))
15948 ;; return the filenames
15949 el-files-list))
15950@end group
15951@end smallexample
15952
15953@c (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/")
15954@c (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/")
15955
15956The @code{files-in-below-directory} @code{directory-files} function
15957takes one argument, the name of a directory.
15958
15959@need 1250
15960Thus, on my system,
15961
15962@c (length (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/"))
15963
15964@c !!! 22.1.1 lisp sources location here
15965@smallexample
15966@group
15967(length
15968 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/"))
15969@end group
15970@end smallexample
15971
15972@noindent
15973tells me that in and below my Lisp sources directory are 1031
15974@samp{.el} files.
15975
15976@code{files-in-below-directory} returns a list in reverse alphabetical
15977order. An expression to sort the list in alphabetical order looks
15978like this:
15979
15980@smallexample
15981@group
15982(sort
15983 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/share/emacs/22.1.1/lisp/")
15984 'string-lessp)
15985@end group
15986@end smallexample
15987
15988@ignore
15989(defun test ()
15990 "Test how long it takes to find lengths of all sorted elisp defuns."
15991 (insert "\n" (current-time-string) "\n")
15992 (sit-for 0)
15993 (sort
15994 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
15995 (files-in-below-directory "/usr/local/src/emacs/lisp/"))
15996 '<)
15997 (insert (format "%s" (current-time-string))))
15998@end ignore
15999
16000@node Counting function definitions, , Files List, Prepare the data
16001@subsection Counting function definitions
16002
16003Our immediate goal is to generate a list that tells us how many
16004function definitions contain fewer than 10 words and symbols, how many
16005contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how many contain between
1600620 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
16007
16008With a sorted list of numbers, this is easy: count how many elements
16009of the list are smaller than 10, then, after moving past the numbers
16010just counted, count how many are smaller than 20, then, after moving
16011past the numbers just counted, count how many are smaller than 30, and
16012so on. Each of the numbers, 10, 20, 30, 40, and the like, is one
16013larger than the top of that range. We can call the list of such
16014numbers the @code{top-of-ranges} list.
16015
16016@need 1200
16017If we wished, we could generate this list automatically, but it is
16018simpler to write a list manually. Here it is:
16019@vindex top-of-ranges
16020
16021@smallexample
16022@group
16023(defvar top-of-ranges
16024 '(10 20 30 40 50
16025 60 70 80 90 100
16026 110 120 130 140 150
16027 160 170 180 190 200
16028 210 220 230 240 250
16029 260 270 280 290 300)
16030 "List specifying ranges for `defuns-per-range'.")
16031@end group
16032@end smallexample
16033
16034To change the ranges, we edit this list.
16035
16036Next, we need to write the function that creates the list of the
16037number of definitions within each range. Clearly, this function must
16038take the @code{sorted-lengths} and the @code{top-of-ranges} lists
16039as arguments.
16040
16041The @code{defuns-per-range} function must do two things again and
16042again: it must count the number of definitions within a range
16043specified by the current top-of-range value; and it must shift to the
16044next higher value in the @code{top-of-ranges} list after counting the
16045number of definitions in the current range. Since each of these
16046actions is repetitive, we can use @code{while} loops for the job.
16047One loop counts the number of definitions in the range defined by the
16048current top-of-range value, and the other loop selects each of the
16049top-of-range values in turn.
16050
16051Several entries of the @code{sorted-lengths} list are counted for each
16052range; this means that the loop for the @code{sorted-lengths} list
16053will be inside the loop for the @code{top-of-ranges} list, like a
16054small gear inside a big gear.
16055
16056The inner loop counts the number of definitions within the range. It
16057is a simple counting loop of the type we have seen before.
16058(@xref{Incrementing Loop, , A loop with an incrementing counter}.)
16059The true-or-false test of the loop tests whether the value from the
16060@code{sorted-lengths} list is smaller than the current value of the
16061top of the range. If it is, the function increments the counter and
16062tests the next value from the @code{sorted-lengths} list.
16063
16064@need 1250
16065The inner loop looks like this:
16066
16067@smallexample
16068@group
16069(while @var{length-element-smaller-than-top-of-range}
16070 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
16071 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
16072@end group
16073@end smallexample
16074
16075The outer loop must start with the lowest value of the
16076@code{top-of-ranges} list, and then be set to each of the succeeding
16077higher values in turn. This can be done with a loop like this:
16078
16079@smallexample
16080@group
16081(while top-of-ranges
16082 @var{body-of-loop}@dots{}
16083 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges)))
16084@end group
16085@end smallexample
16086
16087@need 1200
16088Put together, the two loops look like this:
16089
16090@smallexample
16091@group
16092(while top-of-ranges
16093
16094 ;; @r{Count the number of elements within the current range.}
16095 (while @var{length-element-smaller-than-top-of-range}
16096 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
16097 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
16098
16099 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
16100 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges)))
16101@end group
16102@end smallexample
16103
16104In addition, in each circuit of the outer loop, Emacs should record
16105the number of definitions within that range (the value of
16106@code{number-within-range}) in a list. We can use @code{cons} for
16107this purpose. (@xref{cons, , @code{cons}}.)
16108
16109The @code{cons} function works fine, except that the list it
16110constructs will contain the number of definitions for the highest
16111range at its beginning and the number of definitions for the lowest
16112range at its end. This is because @code{cons} attaches new elements
16113of the list to the beginning of the list, and since the two loops are
16114working their way through the lengths' list from the lower end first,
16115the @code{defuns-per-range-list} will end up largest number first.
16116But we will want to print our graph with smallest values first and the
16117larger later. The solution is to reverse the order of the
16118@code{defuns-per-range-list}. We can do this using the
16119@code{nreverse} function, which reverses the order of a list.
16120@findex nreverse
16121
16122@need 800
16123For example,
16124
16125@smallexample
16126(nreverse '(1 2 3 4))
16127@end smallexample
16128
16129@need 800
16130@noindent
16131produces:
16132
16133@smallexample
16134(4 3 2 1)
16135@end smallexample
16136
16137Note that the @code{nreverse} function is ``destructive''---that is,
16138it changes the list to which it is applied; this contrasts with the
16139@code{car} and @code{cdr} functions, which are non-destructive. In
16140this case, we do not want the original @code{defuns-per-range-list},
16141so it does not matter that it is destroyed. (The @code{reverse}
16142function provides a reversed copy of a list, leaving the original list
16143as is.)
16144@findex reverse
16145
16146@need 1250
16147Put all together, the @code{defuns-per-range} looks like this:
16148
16149@smallexample
16150@group
16151(defun defuns-per-range (sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
16152 "SORTED-LENGTHS defuns in each TOP-OF-RANGES range."
16153 (let ((top-of-range (car top-of-ranges))
16154 (number-within-range 0)
16155 defuns-per-range-list)
16156@end group
16157
16158@group
16159 ;; @r{Outer loop.}
16160 (while top-of-ranges
16161@end group
16162
16163@group
16164 ;; @r{Inner loop.}
16165 (while (and
16166 ;; @r{Need number for numeric test.}
16167 (car sorted-lengths)
16168 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
16169@end group
16170
16171@group
16172 ;; @r{Count number of definitions within current range.}
16173 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
16174 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
16175
16176 ;; @r{Exit inner loop but remain within outer loop.}
16177@end group
16178
16179@group
16180 (setq defuns-per-range-list
16181 (cons number-within-range defuns-per-range-list))
16182 (setq number-within-range 0) ; @r{Reset count to zero.}
16183@end group
16184
16185@group
16186 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
16187 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges))
16188 ;; @r{Specify next top of range value.}
16189 (setq top-of-range (car top-of-ranges)))
16190@end group
16191
16192@group
16193 ;; @r{Exit outer loop and count the number of defuns larger than}
16194 ;; @r{ the largest top-of-range value.}
16195 (setq defuns-per-range-list
16196 (cons
16197 (length sorted-lengths)
16198 defuns-per-range-list))
16199@end group
16200
16201@group
16202 ;; @r{Return a list of the number of definitions within each range,}
16203 ;; @r{ smallest to largest.}
16204 (nreverse defuns-per-range-list)))
16205@end group
16206@end smallexample
16207
16208@need 1200
16209@noindent
16210The function is straightforward except for one subtle feature. The
16211true-or-false test of the inner loop looks like this:
16212
16213@smallexample
16214@group
16215(and (car sorted-lengths)
16216 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
16217@end group
16218@end smallexample
16219
16220@need 800
16221@noindent
16222instead of like this:
16223
16224@smallexample
16225(< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range)
16226@end smallexample
16227
16228The purpose of the test is to determine whether the first item in the
16229@code{sorted-lengths} list is less than the value of the top of the
16230range.
16231
16232The simple version of the test works fine unless the
16233@code{sorted-lengths} list has a @code{nil} value. In that case, the
16234@code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression function returns
16235@code{nil}. The @code{<} function cannot compare a number to
16236@code{nil}, which is an empty list, so Emacs signals an error and
16237stops the function from attempting to continue to execute.
16238
16239The @code{sorted-lengths} list always becomes @code{nil} when the
16240counter reaches the end of the list. This means that any attempt to
16241use the @code{defuns-per-range} function with the simple version of
16242the test will fail.
16243
16244We solve the problem by using the @code{(car sorted-lengths)}
16245expression in conjunction with the @code{and} expression. The
16246@code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression returns a non-@code{nil}
16247value so long as the list has at least one number within it, but
16248returns @code{nil} if the list is empty. The @code{and} expression
16249first evaluates the @code{(car sorted-lengths)} expression, and
16250if it is @code{nil}, returns false @emph{without} evaluating the
16251@code{<} expression. But if the @code{(car sorted-lengths)}
16252expression returns a non-@code{nil} value, the @code{and} expression
16253evaluates the @code{<} expression, and returns that value as the value
16254of the @code{and} expression.
16255
16256@c colon in printed section title causes problem in Info cross reference
16257This way, we avoid an error.
16258@iftex
16259@noindent
16260(For information about @code{and}, see
16261@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.)
16262@end iftex
16263@ifinfo
16264@noindent
16265(@xref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}, for
16266information about @code{and}.)
16267@end ifinfo
16268
16269Here is a short test of the @code{defuns-per-range} function. First,
16270evaluate the expression that binds (a shortened)
16271@code{top-of-ranges} list to the list of values, then evaluate the
16272expression for binding the @code{sorted-lengths} list, and then
16273evaluate the @code{defuns-per-range} function.
16274
16275@smallexample
16276@group
16277;; @r{(Shorter list than we will use later.)}
16278(setq top-of-ranges
16279 '(110 120 130 140 150
16280 160 170 180 190 200))
16281
16282(setq sorted-lengths
16283 '(85 86 110 116 122 129 154 176 179 200 265 300 300))
16284
16285(defuns-per-range sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
16286@end group
16287@end smallexample
16288
16289@need 800
16290@noindent
16291The list returned looks like this:
16292
16293@smallexample
16294(2 2 2 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 4)
16295@end smallexample
16296
16297@noindent
16298Indeed, there are two elements of the @code{sorted-lengths} list
16299smaller than 110, two elements between 110 and 119, two elements
16300between 120 and 129, and so on. There are four elements with a value
16301of 200 or larger.
16302
16303@c The next step is to turn this numbers' list into a graph.
16304@node Readying a Graph, Emacs Initialization, Words in a defun, Top
16305@chapter Readying a Graph
16306@cindex Readying a graph
16307@cindex Graph prototype
16308@cindex Prototype graph
16309@cindex Body of graph
16310
16311Our goal is to construct a graph showing the numbers of function
16312definitions of various lengths in the Emacs lisp sources.
16313
16314As a practical matter, if you were creating a graph, you would
16315probably use a program such as @code{gnuplot} to do the job.
16316(@code{gnuplot} is nicely integrated into GNU Emacs.) In this case,
16317however, we create one from scratch, and in the process we will
16318re-acquaint ourselves with some of what we learned before and learn
16319more.
16320
16321In this chapter, we will first write a simple graph printing function.
16322This first definition will be a @dfn{prototype}, a rapidly written
16323function that enables us to reconnoiter this unknown graph-making
16324territory. We will discover dragons, or find that they are myth.
16325After scouting the terrain, we will feel more confident and enhance
16326the function to label the axes automatically.
16327
16328@menu
16329* Columns of a graph::
16330* graph-body-print:: How to print the body of a graph.
16331* recursive-graph-body-print::
16332* Printed Axes::
16333* Line Graph Exercise::
16334@end menu
16335
16336@node Columns of a graph, graph-body-print, Readying a Graph, Readying a Graph
16337@ifnottex
16338@unnumberedsec Printing the Columns of a Graph
16339@end ifnottex
16340
16341Since Emacs is designed to be flexible and work with all kinds of
16342terminals, including character-only terminals, the graph will need to
16343be made from one of the `typewriter' symbols. An asterisk will do; as
16344we enhance the graph-printing function, we can make the choice of
16345symbol a user option.
16346
16347We can call this function @code{graph-body-print}; it will take a
16348@code{numbers-list} as its only argument. At this stage, we will not
16349label the graph, but only print its body.
16350
16351The @code{graph-body-print} function inserts a vertical column of
16352asterisks for each element in the @code{numbers-list}. The height of
16353each line is determined by the value of that element of the
16354@code{numbers-list}.
16355
16356Inserting columns is a repetitive act; that means that this function can
16357be written either with a @code{while} loop or recursively.
16358
16359Our first challenge is to discover how to print a column of asterisks.
16360Usually, in Emacs, we print characters onto a screen horizontally,
16361line by line, by typing. We have two routes we can follow: write our
16362own column-insertion function or discover whether one exists in Emacs.
16363
16364To see whether there is one in Emacs, we can use the @kbd{M-x apropos}
16365command. This command is like the @kbd{C-h a} (@code{command-apropos})
16366command, except that the latter finds only those functions that are
16367commands. The @kbd{M-x apropos} command lists all symbols that match
16368a regular expression, including functions that are not interactive.
16369@findex apropos
16370
16371What we want to look for is some command that prints or inserts
16372columns. Very likely, the name of the function will contain either
16373the word `print' or the word `insert' or the word `column'.
16374Therefore, we can simply type @kbd{M-x apropos RET
16375print\|insert\|column RET} and look at the result. On my system, this
16376command once too takes quite some time, and then produced a list of 79
16377functions and variables. Now it does not take much time at all and
16378produces a list of 211 functions and variables. Scanning down the
16379list, the only function that looks as if it might do the job is
16380@code{insert-rectangle}.
16381
16382@need 1200
16383Indeed, this is the function we want; its documentation says:
16384
16385@smallexample
16386@group
16387insert-rectangle:
16388Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
16389RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point,
16390its second line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
16391RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
16392After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
16393and point is at the lower right corner.
16394@end group
16395@end smallexample
16396
16397We can run a quick test, to make sure it does what we expect of it.
16398
16399Here is the result of placing the cursor after the
16400@code{insert-rectangle} expression and typing @kbd{C-u C-x C-e}
16401(@code{eval-last-sexp}). The function inserts the strings
16402@samp{"first"}, @samp{"second"}, and @samp{"third"} at and below
16403point. Also the function returns @code{nil}.
16404
16405@smallexample
16406@group
16407(insert-rectangle '("first" "second" "third"))first
16408 second
16409 thirdnil
16410@end group
16411@end smallexample
16412
16413@noindent
16414Of course, we won't be inserting the text of the
16415@code{insert-rectangle} expression itself into the buffer in which we
16416are making the graph, but will call the function from our program. We
16417shall, however, have to make sure that point is in the buffer at the
16418place where the @code{insert-rectangle} function will insert its
16419column of strings.
16420
16421If you are reading this in Info, you can see how this works by
16422switching to another buffer, such as the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
16423placing point somewhere in the buffer, typing @kbd{M-:}, typing the
16424@code{insert-rectangle} expression into the minibuffer at the prompt,
16425and then typing @key{RET}. This causes Emacs to evaluate the
16426expression in the minibuffer, but to use as the value of point the
16427position of point in the @file{*scratch*} buffer. (@kbd{M-:} is the
16428keybinding for @code{eval-expression}. Also, @code{nil} does not
16429appear in the @file{*scratch*} buffer since the expression is
16430evaluated in the minibuffer.)
16431
16432We find when we do this that point ends up at the end of the last
16433inserted line---that is to say, this function moves point as a
16434side-effect. If we were to repeat the command, with point at this
16435position, the next insertion would be below and to the right of the
16436previous insertion. We don't want this! If we are going to make a
16437bar graph, the columns need to be beside each other.
16438
16439So we discover that each cycle of the column-inserting @code{while}
16440loop must reposition point to the place we want it, and that place
16441will be at the top, not the bottom, of the column. Moreover, we
16442remember that when we print a graph, we do not expect all the columns
16443to be the same height. This means that the top of each column may be
16444at a different height from the previous one. We cannot simply
16445reposition point to the same line each time, but moved over to the
16446right---or perhaps we can@dots{}
16447
16448We are planning to make the columns of the bar graph out of asterisks.
16449The number of asterisks in the column is the number specified by the
16450current element of the @code{numbers-list}. We need to construct a
16451list of asterisks of the right length for each call to
16452@code{insert-rectangle}. If this list consists solely of the requisite
16453number of asterisks, then we will have position point the right number
16454of lines above the base for the graph to print correctly. This could
16455be difficult.
16456
16457Alternatively, if we can figure out some way to pass
16458@code{insert-rectangle} a list of the same length each time, then we
16459can place point on the same line each time, but move it over one
16460column to the right for each new column. If we do this, however, some
16461of the entries in the list passed to @code{insert-rectangle} must be
16462blanks rather than asterisks. For example, if the maximum height of
16463the graph is 5, but the height of the column is 3, then
16464@code{insert-rectangle} requires an argument that looks like this:
16465
16466@smallexample
16467(" " " " "*" "*" "*")
16468@end smallexample
16469
16470This last proposal is not so difficult, so long as we can determine
16471the column height. There are two ways for us to specify the column
16472height: we can arbitrarily state what it will be, which would work
16473fine for graphs of that height; or we can search through the list of
16474numbers and use the maximum height of the list as the maximum height
16475of the graph. If the latter operation were difficult, then the former
16476procedure would be easiest, but there is a function built into Emacs
16477that determines the maximum of its arguments. We can use that
16478function. The function is called @code{max} and it returns the
16479largest of all its arguments, which must be numbers. Thus, for
16480example,
16481
16482@smallexample
16483(max 3 4 6 5 7 3)
16484@end smallexample
16485
16486@noindent
16487returns 7. (A corresponding function called @code{min} returns the
16488smallest of all its arguments.)
16489@findex max
16490@findex min
16491
16492However, we cannot simply call @code{max} on the @code{numbers-list};
16493the @code{max} function expects numbers as its argument, not a list of
16494numbers. Thus, the following expression,
16495
16496@smallexample
16497(max '(3 4 6 5 7 3))
16498@end smallexample
16499
16500@need 800
16501@noindent
16502produces the following error message;
16503
16504@smallexample
16505Wrong type of argument: number-or-marker-p, (3 4 6 5 7 3)
16506@end smallexample
16507
16508@findex apply
16509We need a function that passes a list of arguments to a function.
16510This function is @code{apply}. This function `applies' its first
16511argument (a function) to its remaining arguments, the last of which
16512may be a list.
16513
16514@need 1250
16515For example,
16516
16517@smallexample
16518(apply 'max 3 4 7 3 '(4 8 5))
16519@end smallexample
16520
16521@noindent
16522returns 8.
16523
16524(Incidentally, I don't know how you would learn of this function
16525without a book such as this. It is possible to discover other
16526functions, like @code{search-forward} or @code{insert-rectangle}, by
16527guessing at a part of their names and then using @code{apropos}. Even
16528though its base in metaphor is clear---`apply' its first argument to
16529the rest---I doubt a novice would come up with that particular word
16530when using @code{apropos} or other aid. Of course, I could be wrong;
16531after all, the function was first named by someone who had to invent
16532it.)
16533
16534The second and subsequent arguments to @code{apply} are optional, so
16535we can use @code{apply} to call a function and pass the elements of a
16536list to it, like this, which also returns 8:
16537
16538@smallexample
16539(apply 'max '(4 8 5))
16540@end smallexample
16541
16542This latter way is how we will use @code{apply}. The
16543@code{recursive-lengths-list-many-files} function returns a numbers'
16544list to which we can apply @code{max} (we could also apply @code{max} to
16545the sorted numbers' list; it does not matter whether the list is
16546sorted or not.)
16547
16548@need 800
16549Hence, the operation for finding the maximum height of the graph is this:
16550
16551@smallexample
16552(setq max-graph-height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16553@end smallexample
16554
16555Now we can return to the question of how to create a list of strings
16556for a column of the graph. Told the maximum height of the graph
16557and the number of asterisks that should appear in the column, the
16558function should return a list of strings for the
16559@code{insert-rectangle} command to insert.
16560
16561Each column is made up of asterisks or blanks. Since the function is
16562passed the value of the height of the column and the number of
16563asterisks in the column, the number of blanks can be found by
16564subtracting the number of asterisks from the height of the column.
16565Given the number of blanks and the number of asterisks, two
16566@code{while} loops can be used to construct the list:
16567
16568@smallexample
16569@group
16570;;; @r{First version.}
16571(defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
16572 "Return list of strings that is one column of a graph."
16573 (let ((insert-list nil)
16574 (number-of-top-blanks
16575 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
16576@end group
16577
16578@group
16579 ;; @r{Fill in asterisks.}
16580 (while (> actual-height 0)
16581 (setq insert-list (cons "*" insert-list))
16582 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
16583@end group
16584
16585@group
16586 ;; @r{Fill in blanks.}
16587 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
16588 (setq insert-list (cons " " insert-list))
16589 (setq number-of-top-blanks
16590 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
16591@end group
16592
16593@group
16594 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
16595 insert-list))
16596@end group
16597@end smallexample
16598
16599If you install this function and then evaluate the following
16600expression you will see that it returns the list as desired:
16601
16602@smallexample
16603(column-of-graph 5 3)
16604@end smallexample
16605
16606@need 800
16607@noindent
16608returns
16609
16610@smallexample
16611(" " " " "*" "*" "*")
16612@end smallexample
16613
16614As written, @code{column-of-graph} contains a major flaw: the symbols
16615used for the blank and for the marked entries in the column are
16616`hard-coded' as a space and asterisk. This is fine for a prototype,
16617but you, or another user, may wish to use other symbols. For example,
16618in testing the graph function, you many want to use a period in place
16619of the space, to make sure the point is being repositioned properly
16620each time the @code{insert-rectangle} function is called; or you might
16621want to substitute a @samp{+} sign or other symbol for the asterisk.
16622You might even want to make a graph-column that is more than one
16623display column wide. The program should be more flexible. The way to
16624do that is to replace the blank and the asterisk with two variables
16625that we can call @code{graph-blank} and @code{graph-symbol} and define
16626those variables separately.
16627
16628Also, the documentation is not well written. These considerations
16629lead us to the second version of the function:
16630
16631@smallexample
16632@group
16633(defvar graph-symbol "*"
16634 "String used as symbol in graph, usually an asterisk.")
16635@end group
16636
16637@group
16638(defvar graph-blank " "
16639 "String used as blank in graph, usually a blank space.
16640graph-blank must be the same number of columns wide
16641as graph-symbol.")
16642@end group
16643@end smallexample
16644
16645@noindent
16646(For an explanation of @code{defvar}, see
16647@ref{defvar, , Initializing a Variable with @code{defvar}}.)
16648
16649@smallexample
16650@group
16651;;; @r{Second version.}
16652(defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
16653 "Return MAX-GRAPH-HEIGHT strings; ACTUAL-HEIGHT are graph-symbols.
16654
16655@end group
16656@group
16657The graph-symbols are contiguous entries at the end
16658of the list.
16659The list will be inserted as one column of a graph.
16660The strings are either graph-blank or graph-symbol."
16661@end group
16662
16663@group
16664 (let ((insert-list nil)
16665 (number-of-top-blanks
16666 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
16667@end group
16668
16669@group
16670 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-symbols}.}
16671 (while (> actual-height 0)
16672 (setq insert-list (cons graph-symbol insert-list))
16673 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
16674@end group
16675
16676@group
16677 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-blanks}.}
16678 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
16679 (setq insert-list (cons graph-blank insert-list))
16680 (setq number-of-top-blanks
16681 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
16682
16683 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
16684 insert-list))
16685@end group
16686@end smallexample
16687
16688If we wished, we could rewrite @code{column-of-graph} a third time to
16689provide optionally for a line graph as well as for a bar graph. This
16690would not be hard to do. One way to think of a line graph is that it
16691is no more than a bar graph in which the part of each bar that is
16692below the top is blank. To construct a column for a line graph, the
16693function first constructs a list of blanks that is one shorter than
16694the value, then it uses @code{cons} to attach a graph symbol to the
16695list; then it uses @code{cons} again to attach the `top blanks' to
16696the list.
16697
16698It is easy to see how to write such a function, but since we don't
16699need it, we will not do it. But the job could be done, and if it were
16700done, it would be done with @code{column-of-graph}. Even more
16701important, it is worth noting that few changes would have to be made
16702anywhere else. The enhancement, if we ever wish to make it, is
16703simple.
16704
16705Now, finally, we come to our first actual graph printing function.
16706This prints the body of a graph, not the labels for the vertical and
16707horizontal axes, so we can call this @code{graph-body-print}.
16708
16709@node graph-body-print, recursive-graph-body-print, Columns of a graph, Readying a Graph
16710@section The @code{graph-body-print} Function
16711@findex graph-body-print
16712
16713After our preparation in the preceding section, the
16714@code{graph-body-print} function is straightforward. The function
16715will print column after column of asterisks and blanks, using the
16716elements of a numbers' list to specify the number of asterisks in each
16717column. This is a repetitive act, which means we can use a
16718decrementing @code{while} loop or recursive function for the job. In
16719this section, we will write the definition using a @code{while} loop.
16720
16721The @code{column-of-graph} function requires the height of the graph
16722as an argument, so we should determine and record that as a local variable.
16723
16724This leads us to the following template for the @code{while} loop
16725version of this function:
16726
16727@smallexample
16728@group
16729(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16730 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
16731 (let ((height @dots{}
16732 @dots{}))
16733@end group
16734
16735@group
16736 (while numbers-list
16737 @var{insert-columns-and-reposition-point}
16738 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))))
16739@end group
16740@end smallexample
16741
16742@noindent
16743We need to fill in the slots of the template.
16744
16745Clearly, we can use the @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)} expression to
16746determine the height of the graph.
16747
16748The @code{while} loop will cycle through the @code{numbers-list} one
16749element at a time. As it is shortened by the @code{(setq numbers-list
16750(cdr numbers-list))} expression, the @sc{car} of each instance of the
16751list is the value of the argument for @code{column-of-graph}.
16752
16753At each cycle of the @code{while} loop, the @code{insert-rectangle}
16754function inserts the list returned by @code{column-of-graph}. Since
16755the @code{insert-rectangle} function moves point to the lower right of
16756the inserted rectangle, we need to save the location of point at the
16757time the rectangle is inserted, move back to that position after the
16758rectangle is inserted, and then move horizontally to the next place
16759from which @code{insert-rectangle} is called.
16760
16761If the inserted columns are one character wide, as they will be if
16762single blanks and asterisks are used, the repositioning command is
16763simply @code{(forward-char 1)}; however, the width of a column may be
16764greater than one. This means that the repositioning command should be
16765written @code{(forward-char symbol-width)}. The @code{symbol-width}
16766itself is the length of a @code{graph-blank} and can be found using
16767the expression @code{(length graph-blank)}. The best place to bind
16768the @code{symbol-width} variable to the value of the width of graph
16769column is in the varlist of the @code{let} expression.
16770
16771@need 1250
16772These considerations lead to the following function definition:
16773
16774@smallexample
16775@group
16776(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16777 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
16778The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values."
16779
16780 (let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16781 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))
16782 from-position)
16783@end group
16784
16785@group
16786 (while numbers-list
16787 (setq from-position (point))
16788 (insert-rectangle
16789 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
16790 (goto-char from-position)
16791 (forward-char symbol-width)
16792@end group
16793@group
16794 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
16795 (sit-for 0)
16796 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
16797@end group
16798@group
16799 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
16800 (forward-line height)
16801 (insert "\n")
16802))
16803@end group
16804@end smallexample
16805
16806@noindent
16807The one unexpected expression in this function is the
16808@w{@code{(sit-for 0)}} expression in the @code{while} loop. This
16809expression makes the graph printing operation more interesting to
16810watch than it would be otherwise. The expression causes Emacs to
16811`sit' or do nothing for a zero length of time and then redraw the
16812screen. Placed here, it causes Emacs to redraw the screen column by
16813column. Without it, Emacs would not redraw the screen until the
16814function exits.
16815
16816We can test @code{graph-body-print} with a short list of numbers.
16817
16818@enumerate
16819@item
16820Install @code{graph-symbol}, @code{graph-blank},
16821@code{column-of-graph}, which are in
16822@iftex
16823@ref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph},
16824@end iftex
16825@ifinfo
16826@ref{Columns of a graph},
16827@end ifinfo
16828and @code{graph-body-print}.
16829
16830@need 800
16831@item
16832Copy the following expression:
16833
16834@smallexample
16835(graph-body-print '(1 2 3 4 6 4 3 5 7 6 5 2 3))
16836@end smallexample
16837
16838@item
16839Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
16840want the graph to start.
16841
16842@item
16843Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
16844
16845@item
16846Yank the @code{graph-body-print} expression into the minibuffer
16847with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
16848
16849@item
16850Press @key{RET} to evaluate the @code{graph-body-print} expression.
16851@end enumerate
16852
16853@need 800
16854Emacs will print a graph like this:
16855
16856@smallexample
16857@group
16858 *
16859 * **
16860 * ****
16861 *** ****
16862 ********* *
16863 ************
16864 *************
16865@end group
16866@end smallexample
16867
16868@node recursive-graph-body-print, Printed Axes, graph-body-print, Readying a Graph
16869@section The @code{recursive-graph-body-print} Function
16870@findex recursive-graph-body-print
16871
16872The @code{graph-body-print} function may also be written recursively.
16873The recursive solution is divided into two parts: an outside `wrapper'
16874that uses a @code{let} expression to determine the values of several
16875variables that need only be found once, such as the maximum height of
16876the graph, and an inside function that is called recursively to print
16877the graph.
16878
16879@need 1250
16880The `wrapper' is uncomplicated:
16881
16882@smallexample
16883@group
16884(defun recursive-graph-body-print (numbers-list)
16885 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
16886The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values."
16887 (let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
16888 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))
16889 from-position)
16890 (recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16891 numbers-list
16892 height
16893 symbol-width)))
16894@end group
16895@end smallexample
16896
16897The recursive function is a little more difficult. It has four parts:
16898the `do-again-test', the printing code, the recursive call, and the
16899`next-step-expression'. The `do-again-test' is a @code{when}
16900expression that determines whether the @code{numbers-list} contains
16901any remaining elements; if it does, the function prints one column of
16902the graph using the printing code and calls itself again. The
16903function calls itself again according to the value produced by the
16904`next-step-expression' which causes the call to act on a shorter
16905version of the @code{numbers-list}.
16906
16907@smallexample
16908@group
16909(defun recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16910 (numbers-list height symbol-width)
16911 "Print a bar graph.
16912Used within recursive-graph-body-print function."
16913@end group
16914
16915@group
16916 (when numbers-list
16917 (setq from-position (point))
16918 (insert-rectangle
16919 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
16920@end group
16921@group
16922 (goto-char from-position)
16923 (forward-char symbol-width)
16924 (sit-for 0) ; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
16925 (recursive-graph-body-print-internal
16926 (cdr numbers-list) height symbol-width)))
16927@end group
16928@end smallexample
16929
16930@need 1250
16931After installation, this expression can be tested; here is a sample:
16932
16933@smallexample
16934(recursive-graph-body-print '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1))
16935@end smallexample
16936
16937@need 800
16938Here is what @code{recursive-graph-body-print} produces:
16939
16940@smallexample
16941@group
16942 *
16943 ** *
16944 **** *
16945 **** ***
16946 * *********
16947 ************
16948 *************
16949@end group
16950@end smallexample
16951
16952Either of these two functions, @code{graph-body-print} or
16953@code{recursive-graph-body-print}, create the body of a graph.
16954
16955@node Printed Axes, Line Graph Exercise, recursive-graph-body-print, Readying a Graph
16956@section Need for Printed Axes
16957
16958A graph needs printed axes, so you can orient yourself. For a do-once
16959project, it may be reasonable to draw the axes by hand using Emacs'
16960Picture mode; but a graph drawing function may be used more than once.
16961
16962For this reason, I have written enhancements to the basic
16963@code{print-graph-body} function that automatically print labels for
16964the horizontal and vertical axes. Since the label printing functions
16965do not contain much new material, I have placed their description in
09e80d9f 16966an appendix. @xref{Full Graph, , A Graph with Labeled Axes}.
8cda6f8f
GM
16967
16968@node Line Graph Exercise, , Printed Axes, Readying a Graph
16969@section Exercise
16970
16971Write a line graph version of the graph printing functions.
16972
16973@node Emacs Initialization, Debugging, Readying a Graph, Top
16974@chapter Your @file{.emacs} File
16975@cindex @file{.emacs} file
16976@cindex Customizing your @file{.emacs} file
16977@cindex Initialization file
16978
16979``You don't have to like Emacs to like it'' -- this seemingly
16980paradoxical statement is the secret of GNU Emacs. The plain, `out of
16981the box' Emacs is a generic tool. Most people who use it, customize
16982it to suit themselves.
16983
16984GNU Emacs is mostly written in Emacs Lisp; this means that by writing
16985expressions in Emacs Lisp you can change or extend Emacs.
16986
16987@menu
16988* Default Configuration::
16989* Site-wide Init:: You can write site-wide init files.
16990* defcustom:: Emacs will write code for you.
16991* Beginning a .emacs File:: How to write a @code{.emacs file}.
16992* Text and Auto-fill:: Automatically wrap lines.
16993* Mail Aliases:: Use abbreviations for email addresses.
16994* Indent Tabs Mode:: Don't use tabs with @TeX{}
16995* Keybindings:: Create some personal keybindings.
16996* Keymaps:: More about key binding.
16997* Loading Files:: Load (i.e., evaluate) files automatically.
16998* Autoload:: Make functions available.
16999* Simple Extension:: Define a function; bind it to a key.
17000* X11 Colors:: Colors in X.
17001* Miscellaneous::
17002* Mode Line:: How to customize your mode line.
17003@end menu
17004
17005@node Default Configuration, Site-wide Init, Emacs Initialization, Emacs Initialization
17006@ifnottex
17007@unnumberedsec Emacs' Default Configuration
17008@end ifnottex
17009
17010There are those who appreciate Emacs' default configuration. After
17011all, Emacs starts you in C mode when you edit a C file, starts you in
17012Fortran mode when you edit a Fortran file, and starts you in
17013Fundamental mode when you edit an unadorned file. This all makes
17014sense, if you do not know who is going to use Emacs. Who knows what a
17015person hopes to do with an unadorned file? Fundamental mode is the
17016right default for such a file, just as C mode is the right default for
17017editing C code. (Enough programming languages have syntaxes
17018that enable them to share or nearly share features, so C mode is
6bd6c2fa 17019now provided by CC mode, the `C Collection'.)
8cda6f8f
GM
17020
17021But when you do know who is going to use Emacs---you,
17022yourself---then it makes sense to customize Emacs.
17023
17024For example, I seldom want Fundamental mode when I edit an
17025otherwise undistinguished file; I want Text mode. This is why I
17026customize Emacs: so it suits me.
17027
17028You can customize and extend Emacs by writing or adapting a
17029@file{~/.emacs} file. This is your personal initialization file; its
17030contents, written in Emacs Lisp, tell Emacs what to do.@footnote{You
17031may also add @file{.el} to @file{~/.emacs} and call it a
17032@file{~/.emacs.el} file. In the past, you were forbidden to type the
17033extra keystrokes that the name @file{~/.emacs.el} requires, but now
17034you may. The new format is consistent with the Emacs Lisp file
17035naming conventions; the old format saves typing.}
17036
17037A @file{~/.emacs} file contains Emacs Lisp code. You can write this
17038code yourself; or you can use Emacs' @code{customize} feature to write
17039the code for you. You can combine your own expressions and
17040auto-written Customize expressions in your @file{.emacs} file.
17041
17042(I myself prefer to write my own expressions, except for those,
17043particularly fonts, that I find easier to manipulate using the
17044@code{customize} command. I combine the two methods.)
17045
17046Most of this chapter is about writing expressions yourself. It
17047describes a simple @file{.emacs} file; for more information, see
17048@ref{Init File, , The Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, and
17049@ref{Init File, , The Init File, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
17050Manual}.
17051
17052@node Site-wide Init, defcustom, Default Configuration, Emacs Initialization
17053@section Site-wide Initialization Files
17054
17055@cindex @file{default.el} init file
17056@cindex @file{site-init.el} init file
17057@cindex @file{site-load.el} init file
17058In addition to your personal initialization file, Emacs automatically
17059loads various site-wide initialization files, if they exist. These
17060have the same form as your @file{.emacs} file, but are loaded by
17061everyone.
17062
17063Two site-wide initialization files, @file{site-load.el} and
17064@file{site-init.el}, are loaded into Emacs and then `dumped' if a
17065`dumped' version of Emacs is created, as is most common. (Dumped
17066copies of Emacs load more quickly. However, once a file is loaded and
17067dumped, a change to it does not lead to a change in Emacs unless you
17068load it yourself or re-dump Emacs. @xref{Building Emacs, , Building
17069Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, and the
17070@file{INSTALL} file.)
17071
17072Three other site-wide initialization files are loaded automatically
17073each time you start Emacs, if they exist. These are
17074@file{site-start.el}, which is loaded @emph{before} your @file{.emacs}
17075file, and @file{default.el}, and the terminal type file, which are both
17076loaded @emph{after} your @file{.emacs} file.
17077
17078Settings and definitions in your @file{.emacs} file will overwrite
17079conflicting settings and definitions in a @file{site-start.el} file,
17080if it exists; but the settings and definitions in a @file{default.el}
17081or terminal type file will overwrite those in your @file{.emacs} file.
17082(You can prevent interference from a terminal type file by setting
17083@code{term-file-prefix} to @code{nil}. @xref{Simple Extension, , A
17084Simple Extension}.)
17085
17086@c Rewritten to avoid overfull hbox.
17087The @file{INSTALL} file that comes in the distribution contains
17088descriptions of the @file{site-init.el} and @file{site-load.el} files.
17089
17090The @file{loadup.el}, @file{startup.el}, and @file{loaddefs.el} files
17091control loading. These files are in the @file{lisp} directory of the
17092Emacs distribution and are worth perusing.
17093
17094The @file{loaddefs.el} file contains a good many suggestions as to
17095what to put into your own @file{.emacs} file, or into a site-wide
17096initialization file.
17097
17098@node defcustom, Beginning a .emacs File, Site-wide Init, Emacs Initialization
17099@section Specifying Variables using @code{defcustom}
17100@findex defcustom
17101
17102You can specify variables using @code{defcustom} so that you and
17103others can then use Emacs' @code{customize} feature to set their
17104values. (You cannot use @code{customize} to write function
17105definitions; but you can write @code{defuns} in your @file{.emacs}
17106file. Indeed, you can write any Lisp expression in your @file{.emacs}
17107file.)
17108
17109The @code{customize} feature depends on the @code{defcustom} special
17110form. Although you can use @code{defvar} or @code{setq} for variables
17111that users set, the @code{defcustom} special form is designed for the
17112job.
17113
17114You can use your knowledge of @code{defvar} for writing the
17115first three arguments for @code{defcustom}. The first argument to
17116@code{defcustom} is the name of the variable. The second argument is
17117the variable's initial value, if any; and this value is set only if
17118the value has not already been set. The third argument is the
17119documentation.
17120
17121The fourth and subsequent arguments to @code{defcustom} specify types
17122and options; these are not featured in @code{defvar}. (These
17123arguments are optional.)
17124
17125Each of these arguments consists of a keyword followed by a value.
17126Each keyword starts with the colon character @samp{:}.
17127
17128@need 1250
17129For example, the customizable user option variable
17130@code{text-mode-hook} looks like this:
17131
17132@smallexample
17133@group
17134(defcustom text-mode-hook nil
17135 "Normal hook run when entering Text mode and many related modes."
17136 :type 'hook
17137 :options '(turn-on-auto-fill flyspell-mode)
17138 :group 'data)
17139@end group
17140@end smallexample
17141
17142@noindent
17143The name of the variable is @code{text-mode-hook}; it has no default
17144value; and its documentation string tells you what it does.
17145
17146The @code{:type} keyword tells Emacs the kind of data to which
17147@code{text-mode-hook} should be set and how to display the value in a
17148Customization buffer.
17149
17150The @code{:options} keyword specifies a suggested list of values for
17151the variable. Usually, @code{:options} applies to a hook.
17152The list is only a suggestion; it is not exclusive; a person who sets
17153the variable may set it to other values; the list shown following the
17154@code{:options} keyword is intended to offer convenient choices to a
17155user.
17156
17157Finally, the @code{:group} keyword tells the Emacs Customization
17158command in which group the variable is located. This tells where to
17159find it.
17160
17161The @code{defcustom} function recognizes more than a dozen keywords.
17162For more information, see @ref{Customization, , Writing Customization
17163Definitions, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
17164
17165Consider @code{text-mode-hook} as an example.
17166
17167There are two ways to customize this variable. You can use the
17168customization command or write the appropriate expressions yourself.
17169
17170@need 800
17171Using the customization command, you can type:
17172
17173@smallexample
17174M-x customize
17175@end smallexample
17176
17177@noindent
17178and find that the group for editing files of data is called `data'.
17179Enter that group. Text Mode Hook is the first member. You can click
17180on its various options, such as @code{turn-on-auto-fill}, to set the
17181values. After you click on the button to
17182
17183@smallexample
17184Save for Future Sessions
17185@end smallexample
17186
17187@noindent
17188Emacs will write an expression into your @file{.emacs} file.
17189It will look like this:
17190
17191@smallexample
17192@group
17193(custom-set-variables
17194 ;; custom-set-variables was added by Custom.
17195 ;; If you edit it by hand, you could mess it up, so be careful.
17196 ;; Your init file should contain only one such instance.
17197 ;; If there is more than one, they won't work right.
17198 '(text-mode-hook (quote (turn-on-auto-fill text-mode-hook-identify))))
17199@end group
17200@end smallexample
17201
17202@noindent
17203(The @code{text-mode-hook-identify} function tells
17204@code{toggle-text-mode-auto-fill} which buffers are in Text mode.
17205It comes on automatically.)
17206
17207The @code{custom-set-variables} function works somewhat differently
17208than a @code{setq}. While I have never learned the differences, I
17209modify the @code{custom-set-variables} expressions in my @file{.emacs}
17210file by hand: I make the changes in what appears to me to be a
17211reasonable manner and have not had any problems. Others prefer to use
17212the Customization command and let Emacs do the work for them.
17213
17214Another @code{custom-set-@dots{}} function is @code{custom-set-faces}.
17215This function sets the various font faces. Over time, I have set a
17216considerable number of faces. Some of the time, I re-set them using
17217@code{customize}; other times, I simply edit the
17218@code{custom-set-faces} expression in my @file{.emacs} file itself.
17219
17220The second way to customize your @code{text-mode-hook} is to set it
17221yourself in your @file{.emacs} file using code that has nothing to do
17222with the @code{custom-set-@dots{}} functions.
17223
17224@need 800
17225When you do this, and later use @code{customize}, you will see a
17226message that says
17227
17228@smallexample
17229CHANGED outside Customize; operating on it here may be unreliable.
17230@end smallexample
17231
17232@need 800
17233This message is only a warning. If you click on the button to
17234
17235@smallexample
17236Save for Future Sessions
17237@end smallexample
17238
17239@noindent
17240Emacs will write a @code{custom-set-@dots{}} expression near the end
17241of your @file{.emacs} file that will be evaluated after your
17242hand-written expression. It will, therefore, overrule your
17243hand-written expression. No harm will be done. When you do this,
17244however, be careful to remember which expression is active; if you
17245forget, you may confuse yourself.
17246
17247So long as you remember where the values are set, you will have no
17248trouble. In any event, the values are always set in your
17249initialization file, which is usually called @file{.emacs}.
17250
17251I myself use @code{customize} for hardly anything. Mostly, I write
17252expressions myself.
17253
17254@findex defsubst
17255@findex defconst
17256Incidentally, to be more complete concerning defines: @code{defsubst}
17257defines an inline function. The syntax is just like that of
17258@code{defun}. @code{defconst} defines a symbol as a constant. The
17259intent is that neither programs nor users should ever change a value
17260set by @code{defconst}. (You can change it; the value set is a
17261variable; but please do not.)
17262
17263@node Beginning a .emacs File, Text and Auto-fill, defcustom, Emacs Initialization
17264@section Beginning a @file{.emacs} File
17265@cindex @file{.emacs} file, beginning of
17266
17267When you start Emacs, it loads your @file{.emacs} file unless you tell
17268it not to by specifying @samp{-q} on the command line. (The
17269@code{emacs -q} command gives you a plain, out-of-the-box Emacs.)
17270
17271A @file{.emacs} file contains Lisp expressions. Often, these are no
17272more than expressions to set values; sometimes they are function
17273definitions.
17274
17275@xref{Init File, , The Init File @file{~/.emacs}, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17276Manual}, for a short description of initialization files.
17277
17278This chapter goes over some of the same ground, but is a walk among
17279extracts from a complete, long-used @file{.emacs} file---my own.
17280
17281The first part of the file consists of comments: reminders to myself.
17282By now, of course, I remember these things, but when I started, I did
17283not.
17284
17285@need 1200
17286@smallexample
17287@group
17288;;;; Bob's .emacs file
17289; Robert J. Chassell
17290; 26 September 1985
17291@end group
17292@end smallexample
17293
17294@noindent
17295Look at that date! I started this file a long time ago. I have been
17296adding to it ever since.
17297
17298@smallexample
17299@group
17300; Each section in this file is introduced by a
17301; line beginning with four semicolons; and each
17302; entry is introduced by a line beginning with
17303; three semicolons.
17304@end group
17305@end smallexample
17306
17307@noindent
17308This describes the usual conventions for comments in Emacs Lisp.
17309Everything on a line that follows a semicolon is a comment. Two,
17310three, and four semicolons are used as subsection and section markers.
17311(@xref{Comments, ,, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for
17312more about comments.)
17313
17314@smallexample
17315@group
17316;;;; The Help Key
17317; Control-h is the help key;
17318; after typing control-h, type a letter to
17319; indicate the subject about which you want help.
17320; For an explanation of the help facility,
17321; type control-h two times in a row.
17322@end group
17323@end smallexample
17324
17325@noindent
17326Just remember: type @kbd{C-h} two times for help.
17327
17328@smallexample
17329@group
17330; To find out about any mode, type control-h m
17331; while in that mode. For example, to find out
17332; about mail mode, enter mail mode and then type
17333; control-h m.
17334@end group
17335@end smallexample
17336
17337@noindent
17338`Mode help', as I call this, is very helpful. Usually, it tells you
17339all you need to know.
17340
17341Of course, you don't need to include comments like these in your
17342@file{.emacs} file. I included them in mine because I kept forgetting
17343about Mode help or the conventions for comments---but I was able to
17344remember to look here to remind myself.
17345
17346@node Text and Auto-fill, Mail Aliases, Beginning a .emacs File, Emacs Initialization
17347@section Text and Auto Fill Mode
17348
17349Now we come to the part that `turns on' Text mode and
17350Auto Fill mode.
17351
17352@smallexample
17353@group
17354;;; Text mode and Auto Fill mode
cd61af01
SM
17355;; The next two lines put Emacs into Text mode
17356;; and Auto Fill mode, and are for writers who
17357;; want to start writing prose rather than code.
17358(setq-default major-mode 'text-mode)
8cda6f8f
GM
17359(add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
17360@end group
17361@end smallexample
17362
17363Here is the first part of this @file{.emacs} file that does something
17364besides remind a forgetful human!
17365
17366The first of the two lines in parentheses tells Emacs to turn on Text
17367mode when you find a file, @emph{unless} that file should go into some
17368other mode, such as C mode.
17369
17370@cindex Per-buffer, local variables list
17371@cindex Local variables list, per-buffer,
17372@cindex Automatic mode selection
17373@cindex Mode selection, automatic
17374When Emacs reads a file, it looks at the extension to the file name,
17375if any. (The extension is the part that comes after a @samp{.}.) If
17376the file ends with a @samp{.c} or @samp{.h} extension then Emacs turns
17377on C mode. Also, Emacs looks at first nonblank line of the file; if
17378the line says @w{@samp{-*- C -*-}}, Emacs turns on C mode. Emacs
17379possesses a list of extensions and specifications that it uses
17380automatically. In addition, Emacs looks near the last page for a
17381per-buffer, ``local variables list'', if any.
17382
17383@ifinfo
17384@xref{Choosing Modes, , How Major Modes are Chosen, emacs, The GNU
17385Emacs Manual}.
17386
17387@xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17388Manual}.
17389@end ifinfo
17390@iftex
17391See sections ``How Major Modes are Chosen'' and ``Local Variables in
17392Files'' in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17393@end iftex
17394
17395Now, back to the @file{.emacs} file.
17396
17397@need 800
17398Here is the line again; how does it work?
17399
17400@cindex Text Mode turned on
17401@smallexample
4e3b4528 17402(setq major-mode 'text-mode)
8cda6f8f
GM
17403@end smallexample
17404
17405@noindent
17406This line is a short, but complete Emacs Lisp expression.
17407
17408We are already familiar with @code{setq}. It sets the following variable,
4e3b4528
SM
17409@code{major-mode}, to the subsequent value, which is @code{text-mode}.
17410The single quote mark before @code{text-mode} tells Emacs to deal directly
17411with the @code{text-mode} symbol, not with whatever it might stand for.
17412@xref{set & setq, , Setting the Value of a Variable},
17413for a reminder of how @code{setq} works.
17414The main point is that there is no difference between the procedure you
17415use to set a value in your @file{.emacs} file and the procedure you use
17416anywhere else in Emacs.
8cda6f8f
GM
17417
17418@need 800
17419Here is the next line:
17420
17421@cindex Auto Fill mode turned on
17422@findex add-hook
17423@smallexample
17424(add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
17425@end smallexample
17426
17427@noindent
17428In this line, the @code{add-hook} command adds
17429@code{turn-on-auto-fill} to the variable.
17430
17431@code{turn-on-auto-fill} is the name of a program, that, you guessed
17432it!, turns on Auto Fill mode.
17433
17434Every time Emacs turns on Text mode, Emacs runs the commands `hooked'
17435onto Text mode. So every time Emacs turns on Text mode, Emacs also
17436turns on Auto Fill mode.
17437
17438In brief, the first line causes Emacs to enter Text mode when you edit a
17439file, unless the file name extension, a first non-blank line, or local
17440variables to tell Emacs otherwise.
17441
17442Text mode among other actions, sets the syntax table to work
17443conveniently for writers. In Text mode, Emacs considers an apostrophe
17444as part of a word like a letter; but Emacs does not consider a period
17445or a space as part of a word. Thus, @kbd{M-f} moves you over
17446@samp{it's}. On the other hand, in C mode, @kbd{M-f} stops just after
17447the @samp{t} of @samp{it's}.
17448
17449The second line causes Emacs to turn on Auto Fill mode when it turns
17450on Text mode. In Auto Fill mode, Emacs automatically breaks a line
17451that is too wide and brings the excessively wide part of the line down
17452to the next line. Emacs breaks lines between words, not within them.
17453
17454When Auto Fill mode is turned off, lines continue to the right as you
17455type them. Depending on how you set the value of
17456@code{truncate-lines}, the words you type either disappear off the
17457right side of the screen, or else are shown, in a rather ugly and
17458unreadable manner, as a continuation line on the screen.
17459
17460@need 1250
17461In addition, in this part of my @file{.emacs} file, I tell the Emacs
17462fill commands to insert two spaces after a colon:
17463
17464@smallexample
17465(setq colon-double-space t)
17466@end smallexample
17467
17468@node Mail Aliases, Indent Tabs Mode, Text and Auto-fill, Emacs Initialization
17469@section Mail Aliases
17470
17471Here is a @code{setq} that `turns on' mail aliases, along with more
17472reminders.
17473
17474@smallexample
17475@group
17476;;; Mail mode
17477; To enter mail mode, type `C-x m'
17478; To enter RMAIL (for reading mail),
17479; type `M-x rmail'
17480(setq mail-aliases t)
17481@end group
17482@end smallexample
17483
17484@cindex Mail aliases
17485@noindent
17486This @code{setq} command sets the value of the variable
17487@code{mail-aliases} to @code{t}. Since @code{t} means true, the line
17488says, in effect, ``Yes, use mail aliases.''
17489
17490Mail aliases are convenient short names for long email addresses or
17491for lists of email addresses. The file where you keep your `aliases'
17492is @file{~/.mailrc}. You write an alias like this:
17493
17494@smallexample
17495alias geo george@@foobar.wiz.edu
17496@end smallexample
17497
17498@noindent
17499When you write a message to George, address it to @samp{geo}; the
17500mailer will automatically expand @samp{geo} to the full address.
17501
17502@node Indent Tabs Mode, Keybindings, Mail Aliases, Emacs Initialization
17503@section Indent Tabs Mode
17504@cindex Tabs, preventing
17505@findex indent-tabs-mode
17506
17507By default, Emacs inserts tabs in place of multiple spaces when it
17508formats a region. (For example, you might indent many lines of text
17509all at once with the @code{indent-region} command.) Tabs look fine on
17510a terminal or with ordinary printing, but they produce badly indented
17511output when you use @TeX{} or Texinfo since @TeX{} ignores tabs.
17512
17513@need 1250
17514The following turns off Indent Tabs mode:
17515
17516@smallexample
17517@group
17518;;; Prevent Extraneous Tabs
17519(setq-default indent-tabs-mode nil)
17520@end group
17521@end smallexample
17522
17523Note that this line uses @code{setq-default} rather than the
17524@code{setq} command that we have seen before. The @code{setq-default}
17525command sets values only in buffers that do not have their own local
17526values for the variable.
17527
17528@ifinfo
17529@xref{Just Spaces, , Tabs vs. Spaces, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17530
17531@xref{File Variables, , Local Variables in Files, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17532Manual}.
17533@end ifinfo
17534@iftex
17535See sections ``Tabs vs.@: Spaces'' and ``Local Variables in
17536Files'' in @cite{The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17537@end iftex
17538
17539@need 1700
17540@node Keybindings, Keymaps, Indent Tabs Mode, Emacs Initialization
17541@section Some Keybindings
17542
17543Now for some personal keybindings:
17544
17545@smallexample
17546@group
17547;;; Compare windows
17548(global-set-key "\C-cw" 'compare-windows)
17549@end group
17550@end smallexample
17551
17552@findex compare-windows
17553@code{compare-windows} is a nifty command that compares the text in
17554your current window with text in the next window. It makes the
17555comparison by starting at point in each window, moving over text in
17556each window as far as they match. I use this command all the time.
17557
17558This also shows how to set a key globally, for all modes.
17559
17560@cindex Setting a key globally
17561@cindex Global set key
17562@cindex Key setting globally
17563@findex global-set-key
17564The command is @code{global-set-key}. It is followed by the
17565keybinding. In a @file{.emacs} file, the keybinding is written as
17566shown: @code{\C-c} stands for `control-c', which means `press the
17567control key and the @key{c} key at the same time'. The @code{w} means
17568`press the @key{w} key'. The keybinding is surrounded by double
17569quotation marks. In documentation, you would write this as
17570@w{@kbd{C-c w}}. (If you were binding a @key{META} key, such as
17571@kbd{M-c}, rather than a @key{CTRL} key, you would write
17572@w{@code{\M-c}} in your @file{.emacs} file. @xref{Init Rebinding, ,
17573Rebinding Keys in Your Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for
17574details.)
17575
17576The command invoked by the keys is @code{compare-windows}. Note that
17577@code{compare-windows} is preceded by a single quote; otherwise, Emacs
17578would first try to evaluate the symbol to determine its value.
17579
17580These three things, the double quotation marks, the backslash before
17581the @samp{C}, and the single quote mark are necessary parts of
17582keybinding that I tend to forget. Fortunately, I have come to
17583remember that I should look at my existing @file{.emacs} file, and
17584adapt what is there.
17585
17586As for the keybinding itself: @kbd{C-c w}. This combines the prefix
17587key, @kbd{C-c}, with a single character, in this case, @kbd{w}. This
17588set of keys, @kbd{C-c} followed by a single character, is strictly
17589reserved for individuals' own use. (I call these `own' keys, since
17590these are for my own use.) You should always be able to create such a
17591keybinding for your own use without stomping on someone else's
17592keybinding. If you ever write an extension to Emacs, please avoid
17593taking any of these keys for public use. Create a key like @kbd{C-c
17594C-w} instead. Otherwise, we will run out of `own' keys.
17595
17596@need 1250
17597Here is another keybinding, with a comment:
17598
17599@smallexample
17600@group
17601;;; Keybinding for `occur'
17602; I use occur a lot, so let's bind it to a key:
17603(global-set-key "\C-co" 'occur)
17604@end group
17605@end smallexample
17606
17607@findex occur
17608The @code{occur} command shows all the lines in the current buffer
17609that contain a match for a regular expression. Matching lines are
17610shown in a buffer called @file{*Occur*}. That buffer serves as a menu
17611to jump to occurrences.
17612
17613@findex global-unset-key
17614@cindex Unbinding key
17615@cindex Key unbinding
17616@need 1250
17617Here is how to unbind a key, so it does not
17618work:
17619
17620@smallexample
17621@group
17622;;; Unbind `C-x f'
17623(global-unset-key "\C-xf")
17624@end group
17625@end smallexample
17626
17627There is a reason for this unbinding: I found I inadvertently typed
17628@w{@kbd{C-x f}} when I meant to type @kbd{C-x C-f}. Rather than find a
17629file, as I intended, I accidentally set the width for filled text,
17630almost always to a width I did not want. Since I hardly ever reset my
17631default width, I simply unbound the key.
17632
17633@findex list-buffers, @r{rebound}
17634@findex buffer-menu, @r{bound to key}
17635@need 1250
17636The following rebinds an existing key:
17637
17638@smallexample
17639@group
17640;;; Rebind `C-x C-b' for `buffer-menu'
17641(global-set-key "\C-x\C-b" 'buffer-menu)
17642@end group
17643@end smallexample
17644
17645By default, @kbd{C-x C-b} runs the
17646@code{list-buffers} command. This command lists
17647your buffers in @emph{another} window. Since I
17648almost always want to do something in that
17649window, I prefer the @code{buffer-menu}
17650command, which not only lists the buffers,
17651but moves point into that window.
17652
17653@node Keymaps, Loading Files, Keybindings, Emacs Initialization
17654@section Keymaps
17655@cindex Keymaps
17656@cindex Rebinding keys
17657
17658Emacs uses @dfn{keymaps} to record which keys call which commands.
17659When you use @code{global-set-key} to set the keybinding for a single
17660command in all parts of Emacs, you are specifying the keybinding in
17661@code{current-global-map}.
17662
17663Specific modes, such as C mode or Text mode, have their own keymaps;
17664the mode-specific keymaps override the global map that is shared by
17665all buffers.
17666
17667The @code{global-set-key} function binds, or rebinds, the global
17668keymap. For example, the following binds the key @kbd{C-x C-b} to the
17669function @code{buffer-menu}:
17670
17671@smallexample
17672(global-set-key "\C-x\C-b" 'buffer-menu)
17673@end smallexample
17674
17675Mode-specific keymaps are bound using the @code{define-key} function,
17676which takes a specific keymap as an argument, as well as the key and
17677the command. For example, my @file{.emacs} file contains the
17678following expression to bind the @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} command
17679to @kbd{C-c C-c g}:
17680
17681@smallexample
17682@group
17683(define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cg" 'texinfo-insert-@@group)
17684@end group
17685@end smallexample
17686
17687@noindent
17688The @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} function itself is a little extension
17689to Texinfo mode that inserts @samp{@@group} into a Texinfo file. I
17690use this command all the time and prefer to type the three strokes
17691@kbd{C-c C-c g} rather than the six strokes @kbd{@@ g r o u p}.
17692(@samp{@@group} and its matching @samp{@@end group} are commands that
17693keep all enclosed text together on one page; many multi-line examples
17694in this book are surrounded by @samp{@@group @dots{} @@end group}.)
17695
17696@need 1250
17697Here is the @code{texinfo-insert-@@group} function definition:
17698
17699@smallexample
17700@group
17701(defun texinfo-insert-@@group ()
17702 "Insert the string @@group in a Texinfo buffer."
17703 (interactive)
17704 (beginning-of-line)
17705 (insert "@@group\n"))
17706@end group
17707@end smallexample
17708
17709(Of course, I could have used Abbrev mode to save typing, rather than
17710write a function to insert a word; but I prefer key strokes consistent
17711with other Texinfo mode key bindings.)
17712
17713You will see numerous @code{define-key} expressions in
17714@file{loaddefs.el} as well as in the various mode libraries, such as
17715@file{cc-mode.el} and @file{lisp-mode.el}.
17716
17717@xref{Key Bindings, , Customizing Key Bindings, emacs, The GNU Emacs
17718Manual}, and @ref{Keymaps, , Keymaps, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
17719Reference Manual}, for more information about keymaps.
17720
17721@node Loading Files, Autoload, Keymaps, Emacs Initialization
17722@section Loading Files
17723@cindex Loading files
17724@c findex load
17725
17726Many people in the GNU Emacs community have written extensions to
17727Emacs. As time goes by, these extensions are often included in new
17728releases. For example, the Calendar and Diary packages are now part
17729of the standard GNU Emacs, as is Calc.
17730
17731You can use a @code{load} command to evaluate a complete file and
17732thereby install all the functions and variables in the file into Emacs.
17733For example:
17734
17735@c (auto-compression-mode t)
17736
17737@smallexample
17738(load "~/emacs/slowsplit")
17739@end smallexample
17740
17741This evaluates, i.e.@: loads, the @file{slowsplit.el} file or if it
17742exists, the faster, byte compiled @file{slowsplit.elc} file from the
17743@file{emacs} sub-directory of your home directory. The file contains
17744the function @code{split-window-quietly}, which John Robinson wrote in
177451989.
17746
17747The @code{split-window-quietly} function splits a window with the
17748minimum of redisplay. I installed it in 1989 because it worked well
17749with the slow 1200 baud terminals I was then using. Nowadays, I only
17750occasionally come across such a slow connection, but I continue to use
17751the function because I like the way it leaves the bottom half of a
17752buffer in the lower of the new windows and the top half in the upper
17753window.
17754
17755@need 1250
17756To replace the key binding for the default
17757@code{split-window-vertically}, you must also unset that key and bind
17758the keys to @code{split-window-quietly}, like this:
17759
17760@smallexample
17761@group
17762(global-unset-key "\C-x2")
17763(global-set-key "\C-x2" 'split-window-quietly)
17764@end group
17765@end smallexample
17766
17767@vindex load-path
17768If you load many extensions, as I do, then instead of specifying the
17769exact location of the extension file, as shown above, you can specify
17770that directory as part of Emacs' @code{load-path}. Then, when Emacs
17771loads a file, it will search that directory as well as its default
17772list of directories. (The default list is specified in @file{paths.h}
17773when Emacs is built.)
17774
17775@need 1250
17776The following command adds your @file{~/emacs} directory to the
17777existing load path:
17778
17779@smallexample
17780@group
17781;;; Emacs Load Path
17782(setq load-path (cons "~/emacs" load-path))
17783@end group
17784@end smallexample
17785
17786Incidentally, @code{load-library} is an interactive interface to the
17787@code{load} function. The complete function looks like this:
17788
17789@findex load-library
17790@smallexample
17791@group
17792(defun load-library (library)
17793 "Load the library named LIBRARY.
17794This is an interface to the function `load'."
17795 (interactive
17796 (list (completing-read "Load library: "
e0e10d9d 17797 (apply-partially 'locate-file-completion-table
f51f97dd
SM
17798 load-path
17799 (get-load-suffixes)))))
8cda6f8f
GM
17800 (load library))
17801@end group
17802@end smallexample
17803
17804The name of the function, @code{load-library}, comes from the use of
17805`library' as a conventional synonym for `file'. The source for the
17806@code{load-library} command is in the @file{files.el} library.
17807
17808Another interactive command that does a slightly different job is
17809@code{load-file}. @xref{Lisp Libraries, , Libraries of Lisp Code for
17810Emacs, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}, for information on the
17811distinction between @code{load-library} and this command.
17812
17813@node Autoload, Simple Extension, Loading Files, Emacs Initialization
17814@section Autoloading
17815@findex autoload
17816
17817Instead of installing a function by loading the file that contains it,
17818or by evaluating the function definition, you can make the function
17819available but not actually install it until it is first called. This
17820is called @dfn{autoloading}.
17821
17822When you execute an autoloaded function, Emacs automatically evaluates
17823the file that contains the definition, and then calls the function.
17824
17825Emacs starts quicker with autoloaded functions, since their libraries
17826are not loaded right away; but you need to wait a moment when you
17827first use such a function, while its containing file is evaluated.
17828
17829Rarely used functions are frequently autoloaded. The
17830@file{loaddefs.el} library contains hundreds of autoloaded functions,
17831from @code{bookmark-set} to @code{wordstar-mode}. Of course, you may
17832come to use a `rare' function frequently. When you do, you should
17833load that function's file with a @code{load} expression in your
17834@file{.emacs} file.
17835
17836In my @file{.emacs} file, I load 14 libraries that contain functions
17837that would otherwise be autoloaded. (Actually, it would have been
17838better to include these files in my `dumped' Emacs, but I forgot.
17839@xref{Building Emacs, , Building Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
17840Reference Manual}, and the @file{INSTALL} file for more about
17841dumping.)
17842
17843You may also want to include autoloaded expressions in your @file{.emacs}
17844file. @code{autoload} is a built-in function that takes up to five
17845arguments, the final three of which are optional. The first argument
17846is the name of the function to be autoloaded; the second is the name
17847of the file to be loaded. The third argument is documentation for the
17848function, and the fourth tells whether the function can be called
17849interactively. The fifth argument tells what type of
17850object---@code{autoload} can handle a keymap or macro as well as a
17851function (the default is a function).
17852
17853@need 800
17854Here is a typical example:
17855
17856@smallexample
17857@group
17858(autoload 'html-helper-mode
17859 "html-helper-mode" "Edit HTML documents" t)
17860@end group
17861@end smallexample
17862
17863@noindent
17864(@code{html-helper-mode} is an older alternative to @code{html-mode},
17865which is a standard part of the distribution.)
17866
17867@noindent
17868This expression autoloads the @code{html-helper-mode} function. It
17869takes it from the @file{html-helper-mode.el} file (or from the byte
a9097c6d
KB
17870compiled version @file{html-helper-mode.elc}, if that exists.) The
17871file must be located in a directory specified by @code{load-path}.
17872The documentation says that this is a mode to help you edit documents
8cda6f8f
GM
17873written in the HyperText Markup Language. You can call this mode
17874interactively by typing @kbd{M-x html-helper-mode}. (You need to
17875duplicate the function's regular documentation in the autoload
17876expression because the regular function is not yet loaded, so its
17877documentation is not available.)
17878
17879@xref{Autoload, , Autoload, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
17880Manual}, for more information.
17881
17882@node Simple Extension, X11 Colors, Autoload, Emacs Initialization
17883@section A Simple Extension: @code{line-to-top-of-window}
17884@findex line-to-top-of-window
17885@cindex Simple extension in @file{.emacs} file
17886
17887Here is a simple extension to Emacs that moves the line point is on to
17888the top of the window. I use this all the time, to make text easier
17889to read.
17890
17891You can put the following code into a separate file and then load it
17892from your @file{.emacs} file, or you can include it within your
17893@file{.emacs} file.
17894
17895@need 1250
17896Here is the definition:
17897
17898@smallexample
17899@group
17900;;; Line to top of window;
17901;;; replace three keystroke sequence C-u 0 C-l
17902(defun line-to-top-of-window ()
17903 "Move the line point is on to top of window."
17904 (interactive)
17905 (recenter 0))
17906@end group
17907@end smallexample
17908
17909@need 1250
17910Now for the keybinding.
17911
17912Nowadays, function keys as well as mouse button events and
17913non-@sc{ascii} characters are written within square brackets, without
17914quotation marks. (In Emacs version 18 and before, you had to write
17915different function key bindings for each different make of terminal.)
17916
17917I bind @code{line-to-top-of-window} to my @key{F6} function key like
17918this:
17919
17920@smallexample
17921(global-set-key [f6] 'line-to-top-of-window)
17922@end smallexample
17923
17924For more information, see @ref{Init Rebinding, , Rebinding Keys in
17925Your Init File, emacs, The GNU Emacs Manual}.
17926
17927@cindex Conditional 'twixt two versions of Emacs
17928@cindex Version of Emacs, choosing
17929@cindex Emacs version, choosing
6dd28193 17930If you run two versions of GNU Emacs, such as versions 22 and 23, and
8cda6f8f
GM
17931use one @file{.emacs} file, you can select which code to evaluate with
17932the following conditional:
17933
17934@smallexample
17935@group
17936(cond
6dd28193 17937 ((= 22 emacs-major-version)
8cda6f8f 17938 ;; evaluate version 22 code
6dd28193
CY
17939 ( @dots{} ))
17940 ((= 23 emacs-major-version)
17941 ;; evaluate version 23 code
8cda6f8f
GM
17942 ( @dots{} )))
17943@end group
17944@end smallexample
17945
17946For example, in contrast to version 20, more recent versions blink
17947their cursors by default. I hate such blinking, as well as other
17948features, so I placed the following in my @file{.emacs}
17949file@footnote{When I start instances of Emacs that do not load my
17950@file{.emacs} file or any site file, I also turn off blinking:
17951
17952@smallexample
17953emacs -q --no-site-file -eval '(blink-cursor-mode nil)'
17954
17955@exdent Or nowadays, using an even more sophisticated set of options,
17956
17957emacs -Q - D
17958@end smallexample
17959}:
17960
17961@smallexample
17962@group
6dd28193
CY
17963(when (>= emacs-major-version 21)
17964 (blink-cursor-mode 0)
17965 ;; Insert newline when you press `C-n' (next-line)
17966 ;; at the end of the buffer
17967 (setq next-line-add-newlines t)
8cda6f8f
GM
17968@end group
17969@group
6dd28193
CY
17970 ;; Turn on image viewing
17971 (auto-image-file-mode t)
8cda6f8f
GM
17972@end group
17973@group
6dd28193
CY
17974 ;; Turn on menu bar (this bar has text)
17975 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17976 (menu-bar-mode 1)
8cda6f8f
GM
17977@end group
17978@group
6dd28193
CY
17979 ;; Turn off tool bar (this bar has icons)
17980 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17981 (tool-bar-mode nil)
8cda6f8f 17982@end group
8cda6f8f 17983@group
6dd28193
CY
17984 ;; Turn off tooltip mode for tool bar
17985 ;; (This mode causes icon explanations to pop up)
17986 ;; (Use numeric argument to turn on)
17987 (tooltip-mode nil)
17988 ;; If tooltips turned on, make tips appear promptly
17989 (setq tooltip-delay 0.1) ; default is 0.7 second
17990 )
8cda6f8f
GM
17991@end group
17992@end smallexample
17993
8cda6f8f
GM
17994@node X11 Colors, Miscellaneous, Simple Extension, Emacs Initialization
17995@section X11 Colors
17996
17997You can specify colors when you use Emacs with the MIT X Windowing
17998system.
17999
18000I dislike the default colors and specify my own.
18001
18002@need 1250
18003Here are the expressions in my @file{.emacs}
18004file that set values:
18005
18006@smallexample
18007@group
18008;; Set cursor color
18009(set-cursor-color "white")
18010
18011;; Set mouse color
18012(set-mouse-color "white")
18013
18014;; Set foreground and background
18015(set-foreground-color "white")
18016(set-background-color "darkblue")
18017@end group
18018
18019@group
18020;;; Set highlighting colors for isearch and drag
18021(set-face-foreground 'highlight "white")
18022(set-face-background 'highlight "blue")
18023@end group
18024
18025@group
18026(set-face-foreground 'region "cyan")
18027(set-face-background 'region "blue")
18028@end group
18029
18030@group
18031(set-face-foreground 'secondary-selection "skyblue")
18032(set-face-background 'secondary-selection "darkblue")
18033@end group
18034
18035@group
18036;; Set calendar highlighting colors
18037(setq calendar-load-hook
18038 '(lambda ()
18039 (set-face-foreground 'diary-face "skyblue")
18040 (set-face-background 'holiday-face "slate blue")
18041 (set-face-foreground 'holiday-face "white")))
18042@end group
18043@end smallexample
18044
18045The various shades of blue soothe my eye and prevent me from seeing
18046the screen flicker.
18047
18048Alternatively, I could have set my specifications in various X
18049initialization files. For example, I could set the foreground,
18050background, cursor, and pointer (i.e., mouse) colors in my
18051@file{~/.Xresources} file like this:
18052
18053@smallexample
18054@group
18055Emacs*foreground: white
18056Emacs*background: darkblue
18057Emacs*cursorColor: white
18058Emacs*pointerColor: white
18059@end group
18060@end smallexample
18061
18062In any event, since it is not part of Emacs, I set the root color of
18063my X window in my @file{~/.xinitrc} file, like this@footnote{I also
18064run more modern window managers, such as Enlightenment, Gnome, or KDE;
18065in those cases, I often specify an image rather than a plain color.}:
18066
18067@smallexample
18068xsetroot -solid Navy -fg white &
18069@end smallexample
18070
18071@need 1700
18072@node Miscellaneous, Mode Line, X11 Colors, Emacs Initialization
18073@section Miscellaneous Settings for a @file{.emacs} File
18074
18075@need 1250
18076Here are a few miscellaneous settings:
18077@sp 1
18078
18079@itemize @minus
18080@item
18081Set the shape and color of the mouse cursor:
18082
18083@smallexample
18084@group
18085; Cursor shapes are defined in
18086; `/usr/include/X11/cursorfont.h';
18087; for example, the `target' cursor is number 128;
18088; the `top_left_arrow' cursor is number 132.
18089@end group
18090
18091@group
18092(let ((mpointer (x-get-resource "*mpointer"
18093 "*emacs*mpointer")))
18094 ;; If you have not set your mouse pointer
18095 ;; then set it, otherwise leave as is:
18096 (if (eq mpointer nil)
18097 (setq mpointer "132")) ; top_left_arrow
18098@end group
18099@group
18100 (setq x-pointer-shape (string-to-int mpointer))
18101 (set-mouse-color "white"))
18102@end group
18103@end smallexample
18104
18105@item
18106Or you can set the values of a variety of features in an alist, like
18107this:
18108
18109@smallexample
18110@group
18111(setq-default
18112 default-frame-alist
18113 '((cursor-color . "white")
18114 (mouse-color . "white")
18115 (foreground-color . "white")
18116 (background-color . "DodgerBlue4")
18117 ;; (cursor-type . bar)
18118 (cursor-type . box)
18119@end group
18120@group
18121 (tool-bar-lines . 0)
18122 (menu-bar-lines . 1)
18123 (width . 80)
18124 (height . 58)
18125 (font .
18126 "-Misc-Fixed-Medium-R-Normal--20-200-75-75-C-100-ISO8859-1")
18127 ))
18128@end group
18129@end smallexample
18130
18131@item
18132Convert @kbd{@key{CTRL}-h} into @key{DEL} and @key{DEL}
18133into @kbd{@key{CTRL}-h}.@*
18134(Some older keyboards needed this, although I have not seen the
18135problem recently.)
18136
18137@smallexample
18138@group
18139;; Translate `C-h' to <DEL>.
18140; (keyboard-translate ?\C-h ?\C-?)
18141
18142;; Translate <DEL> to `C-h'.
18143(keyboard-translate ?\C-? ?\C-h)
18144@end group
18145@end smallexample
18146
18147@item Turn off a blinking cursor!
18148
18149@smallexample
18150@group
18151(if (fboundp 'blink-cursor-mode)
18152 (blink-cursor-mode -1))
18153@end group
18154@end smallexample
18155
18156@noindent
18157or start GNU Emacs with the command @code{emacs -nbc}.
18158
18159@need 1250
18160@item When using `grep'@*
18161@samp{-i}@w{ } Ignore case distinctions@*
18162@samp{-n}@w{ } Prefix each line of output with line number@*
18163@samp{-H}@w{ } Print the filename for each match.@*
18164@samp{-e}@w{ } Protect patterns beginning with a hyphen character, @samp{-}
18165
18166@smallexample
18167(setq grep-command "grep -i -nH -e ")
18168@end smallexample
18169
18170@ignore
18171@c Evidently, no longer needed in GNU Emacs 22
18172
18173item Automatically uncompress compressed files when visiting them
18174
18175smallexample
18176(load "uncompress")
18177end smallexample
18178
18179@end ignore
18180
18181@item Find an existing buffer, even if it has a different name@*
18182This avoids problems with symbolic links.
18183
18184@smallexample
18185(setq find-file-existing-other-name t)
18186@end smallexample
18187
18188@item Set your language environment and default input method
18189
18190@smallexample
18191@group
18192(set-language-environment "latin-1")
18193;; Remember you can enable or disable multilingual text input
18194;; with the @code{toggle-input-method'} (@kbd{C-\}) command
18195(setq default-input-method "latin-1-prefix")
18196@end group
18197@end smallexample
18198
18199If you want to write with Chinese `GB' characters, set this instead:
18200
18201@smallexample
18202@group
18203(set-language-environment "Chinese-GB")
18204(setq default-input-method "chinese-tonepy")
18205@end group
18206@end smallexample
18207@end itemize
18208
18209@subsubheading Fixing Unpleasant Key Bindings
18210@cindex Key bindings, fixing
18211@cindex Bindings, key, fixing unpleasant
18212
18213Some systems bind keys unpleasantly. Sometimes, for example, the
18214@key{CTRL} key appears in an awkward spot rather than at the far left
18215of the home row.
18216
18217Usually, when people fix these sorts of keybindings, they do not
18218change their @file{~/.emacs} file. Instead, they bind the proper keys
18219on their consoles with the @code{loadkeys} or @code{install-keymap}
18220commands in their boot script and then include @code{xmodmap} commands
18221in their @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file for X Windows.
18222
18223@need 1250
18224@noindent
18225For a boot script:
18226
18227@smallexample
18228@group
18229loadkeys /usr/share/keymaps/i386/qwerty/emacs2.kmap.gz
18230@exdent or
18231install-keymap emacs2
18232@end group
18233@end smallexample
18234
18235@need 1250
18236@noindent
18237For a @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file when the @key{Caps
18238Lock} key is at the far left of the home row:
18239
18240@smallexample
18241@group
18242# Bind the key labeled `Caps Lock' to `Control'
18243# (Such a broken user interface suggests that keyboard manufacturers
18244# think that computers are typewriters from 1885.)
18245
18246xmodmap -e "clear Lock"
18247xmodmap -e "add Control = Caps_Lock"
18248@end group
18249@end smallexample
18250
18251@need 1250
18252@noindent
18253In a @file{.xinitrc} or @file{.Xsession} file, to convert an @key{ALT}
18254key to a @key{META} key:
18255
18256@smallexample
18257@group
18258# Some ill designed keyboards have a key labeled ALT and no Meta
18259xmodmap -e "keysym Alt_L = Meta_L Alt_L"
18260@end group
18261@end smallexample
18262
18263@need 1700
18264@node Mode Line, , Miscellaneous, Emacs Initialization
18265@section A Modified Mode Line
cd61af01 18266@vindex mode-line-format
8cda6f8f
GM
18267@cindex Mode line format
18268
18269Finally, a feature I really like: a modified mode line.
18270
18271When I work over a network, I forget which machine I am using. Also,
18272I tend to I lose track of where I am, and which line point is on.
18273
18274So I reset my mode line to look like this:
18275
18276@smallexample
18277-:-- foo.texi rattlesnake:/home/bob/ Line 1 (Texinfo Fill) Top
18278@end smallexample
18279
18280I am visiting a file called @file{foo.texi}, on my machine
18281@file{rattlesnake} in my @file{/home/bob} buffer. I am on line 1, in
18282Texinfo mode, and am at the top of the buffer.
18283
18284@need 1200
18285My @file{.emacs} file has a section that looks like this:
18286
18287@smallexample
18288@group
18289;; Set a Mode Line that tells me which machine, which directory,
18290;; and which line I am on, plus the other customary information.
cd61af01 18291(setq-default mode-line-format
8cda6f8f
GM
18292 (quote
18293 (#("-" 0 1
18294 (help-echo
18295 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18296 mode-line-mule-info
18297 mode-line-modified
18298 mode-line-frame-identification
18299 " "
18300@end group
18301@group
18302 mode-line-buffer-identification
18303 " "
18304 (:eval (substring
18305 (system-name) 0 (string-match "\\..+" (system-name))))
18306 ":"
18307 default-directory
18308 #(" " 0 1
18309 (help-echo
18310 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18311 (line-number-mode " Line %l ")
18312 global-mode-string
18313@end group
18314@group
18315 #(" %[(" 0 6
18316 (help-echo
18317 "mouse-1: select window, mouse-2: delete others ..."))
18318 (:eval (mode-line-mode-name))
18319 mode-line-process
18320 minor-mode-alist
18321 #("%n" 0 2 (help-echo "mouse-2: widen" local-map (keymap ...)))
18322 ")%] "
18323 (-3 . "%P")
18324 ;; "-%-"
18325 )))
18326@end group
18327@end smallexample
18328
18329@noindent
18330Here, I redefine the default mode line. Most of the parts are from
18331the original; but I make a few changes. I set the @emph{default} mode
18332line format so as to permit various modes, such as Info, to override
18333it.
18334
18335Many elements in the list are self-explanatory:
18336@code{mode-line-modified} is a variable that tells whether the buffer
18337has been modified, @code{mode-name} tells the name of the mode, and so
18338on. However, the format looks complicated because of two features we
18339have not discussed.
18340
18341@cindex Properties, in mode line example
18342The first string in the mode line is a dash or hyphen, @samp{-}. In
18343the old days, it would have been specified simply as @code{"-"}. But
18344nowadays, Emacs can add properties to a string, such as highlighting
18345or, as in this case, a help feature. If you place your mouse cursor
18346over the hyphen, some help information appears (By default, you must
18347wait seven-tenths of a second before the information appears. You can
18348change that timing by changing the value of @code{tooltip-delay}.)
18349
18350@need 1000
18351The new string format has a special syntax:
18352
18353@smallexample
18354#("-" 0 1 (help-echo "mouse-1: select window, ..."))
18355@end smallexample
18356
18357@noindent
18358The @code{#(} begins a list. The first element of the list is the
18359string itself, just one @samp{-}. The second and third
18360elements specify the range over which the fourth element applies. A
18361range starts @emph{after} a character, so a zero means the range
18362starts just before the first character; a 1 means that the range ends
18363just after the first character. The third element is the property for
18364the range. It consists of a property list, a
18365property name, in this case, @samp{help-echo}, followed by a value, in this
18366case, a string. The second, third, and fourth elements of this new
18367string format can be repeated.
18368
18369@xref{Text Properties, , Text Properties, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
18370Reference Manual}, and see @ref{Mode Line Format, , Mode Line Format,
18371elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for more information.
18372
18373@code{mode-line-buffer-identification}
18374displays the current buffer name. It is a list
18375beginning @code{(#("%12b" 0 4 @dots{}}.
18376The @code{#(} begins the list.
18377
18378The @samp{"%12b"} displays the current buffer name, using the
18379@code{buffer-name} function with which we are familiar; the `12'
18380specifies the maximum number of characters that will be displayed.
18381When a name has fewer characters, whitespace is added to fill out to
18382this number. (Buffer names can and often should be longer than 12
18383characters; this length works well in a typical 80 column wide
18384window.)
18385
18386@code{:eval} says to evaluate the following form and use the result as
18387a string to display. In this case, the expression displays the first
18388component of the full system name. The end of the first component is
18389a @samp{.} (`period'), so I use the @code{string-match} function to
18390tell me the length of the first component. The substring from the
18391zeroth character to that length is the name of the machine.
18392
18393@need 1250
18394This is the expression:
18395
18396@smallexample
18397@group
18398(:eval (substring
18399 (system-name) 0 (string-match "\\..+" (system-name))))
18400@end group
18401@end smallexample
18402
18403@samp{%[} and @samp{%]} cause a pair of square brackets
18404to appear for each recursive editing level. @samp{%n} says `Narrow'
18405when narrowing is in effect. @samp{%P} tells you the percentage of
18406the buffer that is above the bottom of the window, or `Top', `Bottom',
18407or `All'. (A lower case @samp{p} tell you the percentage above the
18408@emph{top} of the window.) @samp{%-} inserts enough dashes to fill
18409out the line.
18410
18411Remember, ``You don't have to like Emacs to like it'' --- your own
18412Emacs can have different colors, different commands, and different
18413keys than a default Emacs.
18414
18415On the other hand, if you want to bring up a plain `out of the box'
18416Emacs, with no customization, type:
18417
18418@smallexample
18419emacs -q
18420@end smallexample
18421
18422@noindent
18423This will start an Emacs that does @emph{not} load your
18424@file{~/.emacs} initialization file. A plain, default Emacs. Nothing
18425more.
18426
18427@node Debugging, Conclusion, Emacs Initialization, Top
18428@chapter Debugging
18429@cindex debugging
18430
18431GNU Emacs has two debuggers, @code{debug} and @code{edebug}. The
18432first is built into the internals of Emacs and is always with you;
18433the second requires that you instrument a function before you can use it.
18434
18435Both debuggers are described extensively in @ref{Debugging, ,
18436Debugging Lisp Programs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18437In this chapter, I will walk through a short example of each.
18438
18439@menu
18440* debug:: How to use the built-in debugger.
18441* debug-on-entry:: Start debugging when you call a function.
18442* debug-on-quit:: Start debugging when you quit with @kbd{C-g}.
18443* edebug:: How to use Edebug, a source level debugger.
18444* Debugging Exercises::
18445@end menu
18446
18447@node debug, debug-on-entry, Debugging, Debugging
18448@section @code{debug}
18449@findex debug
18450
18451Suppose you have written a function definition that is intended to
18452return the sum of the numbers 1 through a given number. (This is the
18453@code{triangle} function discussed earlier. @xref{Decrementing
18454Example, , Example with Decrementing Counter}, for a discussion.)
18455@c xref{Decrementing Loop,, Loop with a Decrementing Counter}, for a discussion.)
18456
18457However, your function definition has a bug. You have mistyped
18458@samp{1=} for @samp{1-}. Here is the broken definition:
18459
18460@findex triangle-bugged
18461@smallexample
18462@group
18463(defun triangle-bugged (number)
18464 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
18465 (let ((total 0))
18466 (while (> number 0)
18467 (setq total (+ total number))
18468 (setq number (1= number))) ; @r{Error here.}
18469 total))
18470@end group
18471@end smallexample
18472
18473If you are reading this in Info, you can evaluate this definition in
18474the normal fashion. You will see @code{triangle-bugged} appear in the
18475echo area.
18476
18477@need 1250
18478Now evaluate the @code{triangle-bugged} function with an
18479argument of 4:
18480
18481@smallexample
18482(triangle-bugged 4)
18483@end smallexample
18484
18485@noindent
18486In a recent GNU Emacs, you will create and enter a @file{*Backtrace*}
18487buffer that says:
18488
18489@noindent
18490@smallexample
18491@group
18492---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18493Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18494 (1= number)
18495 (setq number (1= number))
18496 (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number))
18497 (setq number (1= number)))
18498 (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18499 (setq number ...)) total)
18500 triangle-bugged(4)
18501@end group
18502@group
18503 eval((triangle-bugged 4))
18504 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18505 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18506 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18507---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18508@end group
18509@end smallexample
18510
18511@noindent
18512(I have reformatted this example slightly; the debugger does not fold
18513long lines. As usual, you can quit the debugger by typing @kbd{q} in
18514the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer.)
18515
18516In practice, for a bug as simple as this, the `Lisp error' line will
18517tell you what you need to know to correct the definition. The
18518function @code{1=} is `void'.
18519
18520@ignore
18521@need 800
18522In GNU Emacs 20 and before, you will see:
18523
18524@smallexample
18525Symbol's function definition is void:@: 1=
18526@end smallexample
18527
18528@noindent
18529which has the same meaning as the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer line in
18530version 21.
18531@end ignore
18532
18533However, suppose you are not quite certain what is going on?
18534You can read the complete backtrace.
18535
18536In this case, you need to run a recent GNU Emacs, which automatically
18537starts the debugger that puts you in the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer; or
18538else, you need to start the debugger manually as described below.
18539
18540Read the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer from the bottom up; it tells you
18541what Emacs did that led to the error. Emacs made an interactive call
18542to @kbd{C-x C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}), which led to the evaluation
18543of the @code{triangle-bugged} expression. Each line above tells you
18544what the Lisp interpreter evaluated next.
18545
18546@need 1250
18547The third line from the top of the buffer is
18548
18549@smallexample
18550(setq number (1= number))
18551@end smallexample
18552
18553@noindent
18554Emacs tried to evaluate this expression; in order to do so, it tried
18555to evaluate the inner expression shown on the second line from the
18556top:
18557
18558@smallexample
18559(1= number)
18560@end smallexample
18561
18562@need 1250
18563@noindent
18564This is where the error occurred; as the top line says:
18565
18566@smallexample
18567Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18568@end smallexample
18569
18570@noindent
18571You can correct the mistake, re-evaluate the function definition, and
18572then run your test again.
18573
18574@node debug-on-entry, debug-on-quit, debug, Debugging
18575@section @code{debug-on-entry}
18576@findex debug-on-entry
18577
18578A recent GNU Emacs starts the debugger automatically when your
18579function has an error.
18580
18581@ignore
18582GNU Emacs version 20 and before did not; it simply
18583presented you with an error message. You had to start the debugger
18584manually.
18585@end ignore
18586
18587Incidentally, you can start the debugger manually for all versions of
18588Emacs; the advantage is that the debugger runs even if you do not have
18589a bug in your code. Sometimes your code will be free of bugs!
18590
18591You can enter the debugger when you call the function by calling
18592@code{debug-on-entry}.
18593
18594@need 1250
18595@noindent
18596Type:
18597
18598@smallexample
18599M-x debug-on-entry RET triangle-bugged RET
18600@end smallexample
18601
18602@need 1250
18603@noindent
18604Now, evaluate the following:
18605
18606@smallexample
18607(triangle-bugged 5)
18608@end smallexample
18609
18610@noindent
18611All versions of Emacs will create a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer and tell
18612you that it is beginning to evaluate the @code{triangle-bugged}
18613function:
18614
18615@smallexample
18616@group
18617---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18618Debugger entered--entering a function:
18619* triangle-bugged(5)
18620 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18621@end group
18622@group
18623 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18624 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18625 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18626---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18627@end group
18628@end smallexample
18629
18630In the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer, type @kbd{d}. Emacs will evaluate
18631the first expression in @code{triangle-bugged}; the buffer will look
18632like this:
18633
18634@smallexample
18635@group
18636---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18637Debugger entered--beginning evaluation of function call form:
18638* (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18639 (setq number ...)) total)
18640* triangle-bugged(5)
18641 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18642@end group
18643@group
18644 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18645 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18646 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18647---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18648@end group
18649@end smallexample
18650
18651@noindent
18652Now, type @kbd{d} again, eight times, slowly. Each time you type
18653@kbd{d}, Emacs will evaluate another expression in the function
18654definition.
18655
18656@need 1750
18657Eventually, the buffer will look like this:
18658
18659@smallexample
18660@group
18661---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18662Debugger entered--beginning evaluation of function call form:
18663* (setq number (1= number))
18664* (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number))
18665 (setq number (1= number)))
18666@group
18667@end group
18668* (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...)
18669 (setq number ...)) total)
18670* triangle-bugged(5)
18671 eval((triangle-bugged 5))
18672@group
18673@end group
18674 eval-last-sexp-1(nil)
18675 eval-last-sexp(nil)
18676 call-interactively(eval-last-sexp)
18677---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18678@end group
18679@end smallexample
18680
18681@need 1500
18682@noindent
18683Finally, after you type @kbd{d} two more times, Emacs will reach the
18684error, and the top two lines of the @file{*Backtrace*} buffer will look
18685like this:
18686
18687@smallexample
18688@group
18689---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18690Debugger entered--Lisp error: (void-function 1=)
18691* (1= number)
18692@dots{}
18693---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
18694@end group
18695@end smallexample
18696
18697By typing @kbd{d}, you were able to step through the function.
18698
18699You can quit a @file{*Backtrace*} buffer by typing @kbd{q} in it; this
18700quits the trace, but does not cancel @code{debug-on-entry}.
18701
18702@findex cancel-debug-on-entry
18703To cancel the effect of @code{debug-on-entry}, call
18704@code{cancel-debug-on-entry} and the name of the function, like this:
18705
18706@smallexample
18707M-x cancel-debug-on-entry RET triangle-bugged RET
18708@end smallexample
18709
18710@noindent
18711(If you are reading this in Info, cancel @code{debug-on-entry} now.)
18712
18713@node debug-on-quit, edebug, debug-on-entry, Debugging
18714@section @code{debug-on-quit} and @code{(debug)}
18715
18716In addition to setting @code{debug-on-error} or calling @code{debug-on-entry},
18717there are two other ways to start @code{debug}.
18718
18719@findex debug-on-quit
18720You can start @code{debug} whenever you type @kbd{C-g}
18721(@code{keyboard-quit}) by setting the variable @code{debug-on-quit} to
18722@code{t}. This is useful for debugging infinite loops.
18723
18724@need 1500
18725@cindex @code{(debug)} in code
18726Or, you can insert a line that says @code{(debug)} into your code
18727where you want the debugger to start, like this:
18728
18729@smallexample
18730@group
18731(defun triangle-bugged (number)
18732 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive."
18733 (let ((total 0))
18734 (while (> number 0)
18735 (setq total (+ total number))
18736 (debug) ; @r{Start debugger.}
18737 (setq number (1= number))) ; @r{Error here.}
18738 total))
18739@end group
18740@end smallexample
18741
18742The @code{debug} function is described in detail in @ref{Debugger, ,
18743The Lisp Debugger, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18744
18745@node edebug, Debugging Exercises, debug-on-quit, Debugging
18746@section The @code{edebug} Source Level Debugger
18747@cindex Source level debugger
18748@findex edebug
18749
18750Edebug is a source level debugger. Edebug normally displays the
18751source of the code you are debugging, with an arrow at the left that
18752shows which line you are currently executing.
18753
18754You can walk through the execution of a function, line by line, or run
18755quickly until reaching a @dfn{breakpoint} where execution stops.
18756
18757Edebug is described in @ref{edebug, , Edebug, elisp, The GNU Emacs
18758Lisp Reference Manual}.
18759
18760@need 1250
18761Here is a bugged function definition for @code{triangle-recursively}.
18762@xref{Recursive triangle function, , Recursion in place of a counter},
18763for a review of it.
18764
18765@smallexample
18766@group
18767(defun triangle-recursively-bugged (number)
18768 "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive.
18769Uses recursion."
18770 (if (= number 1)
18771 1
18772 (+ number
18773 (triangle-recursively-bugged
18774 (1= number))))) ; @r{Error here.}
18775@end group
18776@end smallexample
18777
18778@noindent
18779Normally, you would install this definition by positioning your cursor
18780after the function's closing parenthesis and typing @kbd{C-x C-e}
18781(@code{eval-last-sexp}) or else by positioning your cursor within the
18782definition and typing @kbd{C-M-x} (@code{eval-defun}). (By default,
18783the @code{eval-defun} command works only in Emacs Lisp mode or in Lisp
a1539cd7 18784Interaction mode.)
8cda6f8f
GM
18785
18786@need 1500
18787However, to prepare this function definition for Edebug, you must
18788first @dfn{instrument} the code using a different command. You can do
18789this by positioning your cursor within or just after the definition
18790and typing
18791
18792@smallexample
18793M-x edebug-defun RET
18794@end smallexample
18795
18796@noindent
18797This will cause Emacs to load Edebug automatically if it is not
18798already loaded, and properly instrument the function.
18799
18800After instrumenting the function, place your cursor after the
18801following expression and type @kbd{C-x C-e} (@code{eval-last-sexp}):
18802
18803@smallexample
18804(triangle-recursively-bugged 3)
18805@end smallexample
18806
18807@noindent
18808You will be jumped back to the source for
18809@code{triangle-recursively-bugged} and the cursor positioned at the
18810beginning of the @code{if} line of the function. Also, you will see
18811an arrowhead at the left hand side of that line. The arrowhead marks
18812the line where the function is executing. (In the following examples,
18813we show the arrowhead with @samp{=>}; in a windowing system, you may
18814see the arrowhead as a solid triangle in the window `fringe'.)
18815
18816@smallexample
18817=>@point{}(if (= number 1)
18818@end smallexample
18819
18820@noindent
18821@iftex
18822In the example, the location of point is displayed with a star,
18823@samp{@point{}} (in Info, it is displayed as @samp{-!-}).
18824@end iftex
18825@ifnottex
18826In the example, the location of point is displayed as @samp{@point{}}
18827(in a printed book, it is displayed with a five pointed star).
18828@end ifnottex
18829
18830If you now press @key{SPC}, point will move to the next expression to
18831be executed; the line will look like this:
18832
18833@smallexample
18834=>(if @point{}(= number 1)
18835@end smallexample
18836
18837@noindent
18838As you continue to press @key{SPC}, point will move from expression to
18839expression. At the same time, whenever an expression returns a value,
18840that value will be displayed in the echo area. For example, after you
18841move point past @code{number}, you will see the following:
18842
18843@smallexample
18844Result: 3 (#o3, #x3, ?\C-c)
18845@end smallexample
18846
18847@noindent
18848This means the value of @code{number} is 3, which is octal three,
18849hexadecimal three, and @sc{ascii} `control-c' (the third letter of the
18850alphabet, in case you need to know this information).
18851
18852You can continue moving through the code until you reach the line with
18853the error. Before evaluation, that line looks like this:
18854
18855@smallexample
18856=> @point{}(1= number))))) ; @r{Error here.}
18857@end smallexample
18858
18859@need 1250
18860@noindent
18861When you press @key{SPC} once again, you will produce an error message
18862that says:
18863
18864@smallexample
18865Symbol's function definition is void:@: 1=
18866@end smallexample
18867
18868@noindent
18869This is the bug.
18870
18871Press @kbd{q} to quit Edebug.
18872
18873To remove instrumentation from a function definition, simply
18874re-evaluate it with a command that does not instrument it.
18875For example, you could place your cursor after the definition's
18876closing parenthesis and type @kbd{C-x C-e}.
18877
18878Edebug does a great deal more than walk with you through a function.
18879You can set it so it races through on its own, stopping only at an
18880error or at specified stopping points; you can cause it to display the
18881changing values of various expressions; you can find out how many
18882times a function is called, and more.
18883
18884Edebug is described in @ref{edebug, , Edebug, elisp, The GNU Emacs
18885Lisp Reference Manual}.
18886
18887@need 1500
18888@node Debugging Exercises, , edebug, Debugging
18889@section Debugging Exercises
18890
18891@itemize @bullet
18892@item
ea4f7750 18893Install the @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} function and then cause it to
8cda6f8f
GM
18894enter the built-in debugger when you call it. Run the command on a
18895region containing two words. You will need to press @kbd{d} a
18896remarkable number of times. On your system, is a `hook' called after
18897the command finishes? (For information on hooks, see @ref{Command
18898Overview, , Command Loop Overview, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference
18899Manual}.)
18900
18901@item
ea4f7750 18902Copy @code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} into the @file{*scratch*} buffer,
8cda6f8f
GM
18903instrument the function for Edebug, and walk through its execution.
18904The function does not need to have a bug, although you can introduce
18905one if you wish. If the function lacks a bug, the walk-through
18906completes without problems.
18907
18908@item
18909While running Edebug, type @kbd{?} to see a list of all the Edebug commands.
18910(The @code{global-edebug-prefix} is usually @kbd{C-x X}, i.e.@:
18911@kbd{@key{CTRL}-x} followed by an upper case @kbd{X}; use this prefix
18912for commands made outside of the Edebug debugging buffer.)
18913
18914@item
18915In the Edebug debugging buffer, use the @kbd{p}
18916(@code{edebug-bounce-point}) command to see where in the region the
ea4f7750 18917@code{@value{COUNT-WORDS}} is working.
8cda6f8f
GM
18918
18919@item
18920Move point to some spot further down the function and then type the
18921@kbd{h} (@code{edebug-goto-here}) command to jump to that location.
18922
18923@item
18924Use the @kbd{t} (@code{edebug-trace-mode}) command to cause Edebug to
18925walk through the function on its own; use an upper case @kbd{T} for
18926@code{edebug-Trace-fast-mode}.
18927
18928@item
18929Set a breakpoint, then run Edebug in Trace mode until it reaches the
18930stopping point.
18931@end itemize
18932
18933@node Conclusion, the-the, Debugging, Top
18934@chapter Conclusion
18935
18936We have now reached the end of this Introduction. You have now
18937learned enough about programming in Emacs Lisp to set values, to write
18938simple @file{.emacs} files for yourself and your friends, and write
18939simple customizations and extensions to Emacs.
18940
18941This is a place to stop. Or, if you wish, you can now go onward, and
18942teach yourself.
18943
18944You have learned some of the basic nuts and bolts of programming. But
18945only some. There are a great many more brackets and hinges that are
18946easy to use that we have not touched.
18947
18948A path you can follow right now lies among the sources to GNU Emacs
18949and in
18950@ifnotinfo
18951@cite{The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18952@end ifnotinfo
18953@ifinfo
18954@ref{Top, , The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, elisp, The GNU
18955Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.
18956@end ifinfo
18957
18958The Emacs Lisp sources are an adventure. When you read the sources and
18959come across a function or expression that is unfamiliar, you need to
18960figure out or find out what it does.
18961
18962Go to the Reference Manual. It is a thorough, complete, and fairly
18963easy-to-read description of Emacs Lisp. It is written not only for
18964experts, but for people who know what you know. (The @cite{Reference
18965Manual} comes with the standard GNU Emacs distribution. Like this
18966introduction, it comes as a Texinfo source file, so you can read it
18967on-line and as a typeset, printed book.)
18968
18969Go to the other on-line help that is part of GNU Emacs: the on-line
88c26f5c 18970documentation for all functions and variables, and @code{find-tag},
8cda6f8f
GM
18971the program that takes you to sources.
18972
18973Here is an example of how I explore the sources. Because of its name,
18974@file{simple.el} is the file I looked at first, a long time ago. As
18975it happens some of the functions in @file{simple.el} are complicated,
18976or at least look complicated at first sight. The @code{open-line}
18977function, for example, looks complicated.
18978
18979You may want to walk through this function slowly, as we did with the
18980@code{forward-sentence} function. (@xref{forward-sentence, The
18981@code{forward-sentence} function}.) Or you may want to skip that
18982function and look at another, such as @code{split-line}. You don't
18983need to read all the functions. According to
18984@code{count-words-in-defun}, the @code{split-line} function contains
18985102 words and symbols.
18986
18987Even though it is short, @code{split-line} contains expressions
18988we have not studied: @code{skip-chars-forward}, @code{indent-to},
18989@code{current-column} and @code{insert-and-inherit}.
18990
18991Consider the @code{skip-chars-forward} function. (It is part of the
18992function definition for @code{back-to-indentation}, which is shown in
18993@ref{Review, , Review}.)
18994
18995In GNU Emacs, you can find out more about @code{skip-chars-forward} by
18996typing @kbd{C-h f} (@code{describe-function}) and the name of the
18997function. This gives you the function documentation.
18998
18999You may be able to guess what is done by a well named function such as
19000@code{indent-to}; or you can look it up, too. Incidentally, the
19001@code{describe-function} function itself is in @file{help.el}; it is
19002one of those long, but decipherable functions. You can look up
19003@code{describe-function} using the @kbd{C-h f} command!
19004
19005In this instance, since the code is Lisp, the @file{*Help*} buffer
19006contains the name of the library containing the function's source.
19007You can put point over the name of the library and press the RET key,
19008which in this situation is bound to @code{help-follow}, and be taken
19009directly to the source, in the same way as @kbd{M-.}
19010(@code{find-tag}).
19011
19012The definition for @code{describe-function} illustrates how to
19013customize the @code{interactive} expression without using the standard
19014character codes; and it shows how to create a temporary buffer.
19015
19016(The @code{indent-to} function is written in C rather than Emacs Lisp;
19017it is a `built-in' function. @code{help-follow} takes you to its
19018source as does @code{find-tag}, when properly set up.)
19019
19020You can look at a function's source using @code{find-tag}, which is
19021bound to @kbd{M-.} Finally, you can find out what the Reference
19022Manual has to say by visiting the manual in Info, and typing @kbd{i}
19023(@code{Info-index}) and the name of the function, or by looking up the
19024function in the index to a printed copy of the manual.
19025
19026Similarly, you can find out what is meant by
19027@code{insert-and-inherit}.
19028
19029Other interesting source files include @file{paragraphs.el},
19030@file{loaddefs.el}, and @file{loadup.el}. The @file{paragraphs.el}
19031file includes short, easily understood functions as well as longer
19032ones. The @file{loaddefs.el} file contains the many standard
19033autoloads and many keymaps. I have never looked at it all; only at
19034parts. @file{loadup.el} is the file that loads the standard parts of
19035Emacs; it tells you a great deal about how Emacs is built.
19036(@xref{Building Emacs, , Building Emacs, elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp
19037Reference Manual}, for more about building.)
19038
19039As I said, you have learned some nuts and bolts; however, and very
19040importantly, we have hardly touched major aspects of programming; I
19041have said nothing about how to sort information, except to use the
19042predefined @code{sort} function; I have said nothing about how to store
19043information, except to use variables and lists; I have said nothing
19044about how to write programs that write programs. These are topics for
19045another, and different kind of book, a different kind of learning.
19046
19047What you have done is learn enough for much practical work with GNU
19048Emacs. What you have done is get started. This is the end of a
19049beginning.
19050
19051@c ================ Appendix ================
19052
19053@node the-the, Kill Ring, Conclusion, Top
19054@appendix The @code{the-the} Function
19055@findex the-the
19056@cindex Duplicated words function
19057@cindex Words, duplicated
19058
19059Sometimes when you you write text, you duplicate words---as with ``you
19060you'' near the beginning of this sentence. I find that most
19061frequently, I duplicate ``the''; hence, I call the function for
19062detecting duplicated words, @code{the-the}.
19063
19064@need 1250
19065As a first step, you could use the following regular expression to
19066search for duplicates:
19067
19068@smallexample
19069\\(\\w+[ \t\n]+\\)\\1
19070@end smallexample
19071
19072@noindent
19073This regexp matches one or more word-constituent characters followed
19074by one or more spaces, tabs, or newlines. However, it does not detect
19075duplicated words on different lines, since the ending of the first
19076word, the end of the line, is different from the ending of the second
19077word, a space. (For more information about regular expressions, see
19078@ref{Regexp Search, , Regular Expression Searches}, as well as
19079@ref{Regexps, , Syntax of Regular Expressions, emacs, The GNU Emacs
19080Manual}, and @ref{Regular Expressions, , Regular Expressions, elisp,
19081The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}.)
19082
19083You might try searching just for duplicated word-constituent
19084characters but that does not work since the pattern detects doubles
19085such as the two occurrences of `th' in `with the'.
19086
19087Another possible regexp searches for word-constituent characters
19088followed by non-word-constituent characters, reduplicated. Here,
19089@w{@samp{\\w+}} matches one or more word-constituent characters and
19090@w{@samp{\\W*}} matches zero or more non-word-constituent characters.
19091
19092@smallexample
19093\\(\\(\\w+\\)\\W*\\)\\1
19094@end smallexample
19095
19096@noindent
19097Again, not useful.
19098
19099Here is the pattern that I use. It is not perfect, but good enough.
19100@w{@samp{\\b}} matches the empty string, provided it is at the beginning
19101or end of a word; @w{@samp{[^@@ \n\t]+}} matches one or more occurrences of
19102any characters that are @emph{not} an @@-sign, space, newline, or tab.
19103
19104@smallexample
19105\\b\\([^@@ \n\t]+\\)[ \n\t]+\\1\\b
19106@end smallexample
19107
19108One can write more complicated expressions, but I found that this
19109expression is good enough, so I use it.
19110
19111Here is the @code{the-the} function, as I include it in my
19112@file{.emacs} file, along with a handy global key binding:
19113
19114@smallexample
19115@group
19116(defun the-the ()
19117 "Search forward for for a duplicated word."
19118 (interactive)
19119 (message "Searching for for duplicated words ...")
19120 (push-mark)
19121@end group
19122@group
19123 ;; This regexp is not perfect
19124 ;; but is fairly good over all:
19125 (if (re-search-forward
19126 "\\b\\([^@@ \n\t]+\\)[ \n\t]+\\1\\b" nil 'move)
19127 (message "Found duplicated word.")
19128 (message "End of buffer")))
19129@end group
19130
19131@group
19132;; Bind `the-the' to C-c \
19133(global-set-key "\C-c\\" 'the-the)
19134@end group
19135@end smallexample
19136
19137@sp 1
19138Here is test text:
19139
19140@smallexample
19141@group
19142one two two three four five
19143five six seven
19144@end group
19145@end smallexample
19146
19147You can substitute the other regular expressions shown above in the
19148function definition and try each of them on this list.
19149
19150@node Kill Ring, Full Graph, the-the, Top
19151@appendix Handling the Kill Ring
19152@cindex Kill ring handling
19153@cindex Handling the kill ring
19154@cindex Ring, making a list like a
19155
19156The kill ring is a list that is transformed into a ring by the
19157workings of the @code{current-kill} function. The @code{yank} and
19158@code{yank-pop} commands use the @code{current-kill} function.
19159
19160This appendix describes the @code{current-kill} function as well as
19161both the @code{yank} and the @code{yank-pop} commands, but first,
19162consider the workings of the kill ring.
19163
19164@menu
19165* What the Kill Ring Does::
19166* current-kill::
19167* yank:: Paste a copy of a clipped element.
19168* yank-pop:: Insert element pointed to.
19169* ring file::
19170@end menu
19171
19172@node What the Kill Ring Does, current-kill, Kill Ring, Kill Ring
19173@ifnottex
19174@unnumberedsec What the Kill Ring Does
19175@end ifnottex
19176
19177@need 1250
19178The kill ring has a default maximum length of sixty items; this number
19179is too large for an explanation. Instead, set it to four. Please
19180evaluate the following:
19181
19182@smallexample
19183@group
19184(setq old-kill-ring-max kill-ring-max)
19185(setq kill-ring-max 4)
19186@end group
19187@end smallexample
19188
19189@noindent
19190Then, please copy each line of the following indented example into the
19191kill ring. You may kill each line with @kbd{C-k} or mark it and copy
19192it with @kbd{M-w}.
19193
19194@noindent
19195(In a read-only buffer, such as the @file{*info*} buffer, the kill
19196command, @kbd{C-k} (@code{kill-line}), will not remove the text,
19197merely copy it to the kill ring. However, your machine may beep at
19198you. Alternatively, for silence, you may copy the region of each line
19199with the @kbd{M-w} (@code{kill-ring-save}) command. You must mark
19200each line for this command to succeed, but it does not matter at which
19201end you put point or mark.)
19202
19203@need 1250
19204@noindent
19205Please invoke the calls in order, so that five elements attempt to
19206fill the kill ring:
19207
19208@smallexample
19209@group
19210first some text
19211second piece of text
19212third line
19213fourth line of text
19214fifth bit of text
19215@end group
19216@end smallexample
19217
19218@need 1250
19219@noindent
19220Then find the value of @code{kill-ring} by evaluating
19221
19222@smallexample
19223kill-ring
19224@end smallexample
19225
19226@need 800
19227@noindent
19228It is:
19229
19230@smallexample
19231@group
19232("fifth bit of text" "fourth line of text"
19233"third line" "second piece of text")
19234@end group
19235@end smallexample
19236
19237@noindent
19238The first element, @samp{first some text}, was dropped.
19239
19240@need 1250
19241To return to the old value for the length of the kill ring, evaluate:
19242
19243@smallexample
19244(setq kill-ring-max old-kill-ring-max)
19245@end smallexample
19246
19247@node current-kill, yank, What the Kill Ring Does, Kill Ring
19248@comment node-name, next, previous, up
19249@appendixsec The @code{current-kill} Function
19250@findex current-kill
19251
19252The @code{current-kill} function changes the element in the kill ring
19253to which @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points. (Also, the
19254@code{kill-new} function sets @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to point
867d4bb3 19255to the latest element of the kill ring. The @code{kill-new}
8cda6f8f
GM
19256function is used directly or indirectly by @code{kill-append},
19257@code{copy-region-as-kill}, @code{kill-ring-save}, @code{kill-line},
19258and @code{kill-region}.)
19259
19260@menu
19261* Code for current-kill::
19262* Understanding current-kill::
19263@end menu
19264
19265@node Code for current-kill, Understanding current-kill, current-kill, current-kill
19266@ifnottex
19267@unnumberedsubsec The code for @code{current-kill}
19268@end ifnottex
19269
19270
19271@need 1500
19272The @code{current-kill} function is used by @code{yank} and by
19273@code{yank-pop}. Here is the code for @code{current-kill}:
19274
19275@smallexample
19276@group
19277(defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
19278 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill.
19279If N is zero, `interprogram-paste-function' is set, and calling it
19280returns a string, then that string is added to the front of the
19281kill ring and returned as the latest kill.
19282@end group
19283@group
19284If optional arg DO-NOT-MOVE is non-nil, then don't actually move the
19285yanking point; just return the Nth kill forward."
19286 (let ((interprogram-paste (and (= n 0)
19287 interprogram-paste-function
19288 (funcall interprogram-paste-function))))
19289@end group
19290@group
19291 (if interprogram-paste
19292 (progn
19293 ;; Disable the interprogram cut function when we add the new
19294 ;; text to the kill ring, so Emacs doesn't try to own the
19295 ;; selection, with identical text.
19296 (let ((interprogram-cut-function nil))
19297 (kill-new interprogram-paste))
19298 interprogram-paste)
19299@end group
19300@group
19301 (or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
19302 (let ((ARGth-kill-element
19303 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19304 (length kill-ring))
19305 kill-ring)))
19306 (or do-not-move
19307 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
19308 (car ARGth-kill-element)))))
19309@end group
19310@end smallexample
19311
19312Remember also that the @code{kill-new} function sets
867d4bb3 19313@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to the latest element of the kill
8cda6f8f
GM
19314ring, which means that all the functions that call it set the value
19315indirectly: @code{kill-append}, @code{copy-region-as-kill},
19316@code{kill-ring-save}, @code{kill-line}, and @code{kill-region}.
19317
19318@need 1500
19319Here is the line in @code{kill-new}, which is explained in
19320@ref{kill-new function, , The @code{kill-new} function}.
19321
19322@smallexample
19323(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
19324@end smallexample
19325
19326@node Understanding current-kill, , Code for current-kill, current-kill
19327@ifnottex
19328@unnumberedsubsec @code{current-kill} in Outline
19329@end ifnottex
19330
19331The @code{current-kill} function looks complex, but as usual, it can
19332be understood by taking it apart piece by piece. First look at it in
19333skeletal form:
19334
19335@smallexample
19336@group
19337(defun current-kill (n &optional do-not-move)
19338 "Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill."
19339 (let @var{varlist}
19340 @var{body}@dots{})
19341@end group
19342@end smallexample
19343
19344This function takes two arguments, one of which is optional. It has a
19345documentation string. It is @emph{not} interactive.
19346
19347@menu
19348* Body of current-kill::
19349* Digression concerning error:: How to mislead humans, but not computers.
19350* Determining the Element::
19351@end menu
19352
19353@node Body of current-kill, Digression concerning error, Understanding current-kill, Understanding current-kill
19354@ifnottex
19355@unnumberedsubsubsec The Body of @code{current-kill}
19356@end ifnottex
19357
19358The body of the function definition is a @code{let} expression, which
19359itself has a body as well as a @var{varlist}.
19360
19361The @code{let} expression declares a variable that will be only usable
19362within the bounds of this function. This variable is called
19363@code{interprogram-paste} and is for copying to another program. It
19364is not for copying within this instance of GNU Emacs. Most window
19365systems provide a facility for interprogram pasting. Sadly, that
19366facility usually provides only for the last element. Most windowing
19367systems have not adopted a ring of many possibilities, even though
19368Emacs has provided it for decades.
19369
19370The @code{if} expression has two parts, one if there exists
19371@code{interprogram-paste} and one if not.
19372
19373@need 2000
19374Let us consider the `if not' or else-part of the @code{current-kill}
867d4bb3 19375function. (The then-part uses the @code{kill-new} function, which
8cda6f8f
GM
19376we have already described. @xref{kill-new function, , The
19377@code{kill-new} function}.)
19378
19379@smallexample
19380@group
19381(or kill-ring (error "Kill ring is empty"))
19382(let ((ARGth-kill-element
19383 (nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19384 (length kill-ring))
19385 kill-ring)))
19386 (or do-not-move
19387 (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))
19388 (car ARGth-kill-element))
19389@end group
19390@end smallexample
19391
19392@noindent
19393The code first checks whether the kill ring has content; otherwise it
19394signals an error.
19395
19396@need 1000
19397Note that the @code{or} expression is very similar to testing length
19398with an @code{if}:
19399
19400@findex zerop
19401@findex error
19402@smallexample
19403@group
19404(if (zerop (length kill-ring)) ; @r{if-part}
19405 (error "Kill ring is empty")) ; @r{then-part}
19406 ;; No else-part
19407@end group
19408@end smallexample
19409
19410@noindent
19411If there is not anything in the kill ring, its length must be zero and
19412an error message sent to the user: @samp{Kill ring is empty}. The
19413@code{current-kill} function uses an @code{or} expression which is
19414simpler. But an @code{if} expression reminds us what goes on.
19415
19416This @code{if} expression uses the function @code{zerop} which returns
19417true if the value it is testing is zero. When @code{zerop} tests
19418true, the then-part of the @code{if} is evaluated. The then-part is a
19419list starting with the function @code{error}, which is a function that
19420is similar to the @code{message} function
19421(@pxref{message, , The @code{message} Function}) in that
19422it prints a one-line message in the echo area. However, in addition
19423to printing a message, @code{error} also stops evaluation of the
19424function within which it is embedded. This means that the rest of the
19425function will not be evaluated if the length of the kill ring is zero.
19426
19427Then the @code{current-kill} function selects the element to return.
19428The selection depends on the number of places that @code{current-kill}
19429rotates and on where @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points.
19430
19431Next, either the optional @code{do-not-move} argument is true or the
19432current value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} is set to point to the
19433list. Finally, another expression returns the first element of the
19434list even if the @code{do-not-move} argument is true.
19435
19436@node Digression concerning error, Determining the Element, Body of current-kill, Understanding current-kill
19437@ifnottex
19438@unnumberedsubsubsec Digression about the word `error'
19439@end ifnottex
19440
19441In my opinion, it is slightly misleading, at least to humans, to use
19442the term `error' as the name of the @code{error} function. A better
19443term would be `cancel'. Strictly speaking, of course, you cannot
19444point to, much less rotate a pointer to a list that has no length, so
19445from the point of view of the computer, the word `error' is correct.
19446But a human expects to attempt this sort of thing, if only to find out
19447whether the kill ring is full or empty. This is an act of
19448exploration.
19449
19450From the human point of view, the act of exploration and discovery is
09e80d9f 19451not necessarily an error, and therefore should not be labeled as one,
8cda6f8f
GM
19452even in the bowels of a computer. As it is, the code in Emacs implies
19453that a human who is acting virtuously, by exploring his or her
19454environment, is making an error. This is bad. Even though the computer
19455takes the same steps as it does when there is an `error', a term such as
19456`cancel' would have a clearer connotation.
19457
19458@node Determining the Element, , Digression concerning error, Understanding current-kill
19459@ifnottex
19460@unnumberedsubsubsec Determining the Element
19461@end ifnottex
19462
19463Among other actions, the else-part of the @code{if} expression sets
19464the value of @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} to
19465@code{ARGth-kill-element} when the kill ring has something in it and
19466the value of @code{do-not-move} is @code{nil}.
19467
19468@need 800
19469The code looks like this:
19470
19471@smallexample
19472@group
19473(nthcdr (mod (- n (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
19474 (length kill-ring))
19475 kill-ring)))
19476@end group
19477@end smallexample
19478
19479This needs some examination. Unless it is not supposed to move the
19480pointer, the @code{current-kill} function changes where
19481@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} points.
19482That is what the
19483@w{@code{(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ARGth-kill-element))}}
19484expression does. Also, clearly, @code{ARGth-kill-element} is being
19485set to be equal to some @sc{cdr} of the kill ring, using the
19486@code{nthcdr} function that is described in an earlier section.
19487(@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.) How does it do this?
19488
19489As we have seen before (@pxref{nthcdr}), the @code{nthcdr} function
19490works by repeatedly taking the @sc{cdr} of a list---it takes the
19491@sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} of the @sc{cdr} @dots{}
19492
19493@need 800
19494The two following expressions produce the same result:
19495
19496@smallexample
19497@group
19498(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (cdr kill-ring))
19499
19500(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (nthcdr 1 kill-ring))
19501@end group
19502@end smallexample
19503
19504However, the @code{nthcdr} expression is more complicated. It uses
19505the @code{mod} function to determine which @sc{cdr} to select.
19506
19507(You will remember to look at inner functions first; indeed, we will
19508have to go inside the @code{mod}.)
19509
19510The @code{mod} function returns the value of its first argument modulo
19511the second; that is to say, it returns the remainder after dividing
19512the first argument by the second. The value returned has the same
19513sign as the second argument.
19514
19515@need 800
19516Thus,
19517
19518@smallexample
19519@group
19520(mod 12 4)
19521 @result{} 0 ;; @r{because there is no remainder}
19522(mod 13 4)
19523 @result{} 1
19524@end group
19525@end smallexample
19526
19527@need 1250
19528In this case, the first argument is often smaller than the second.
19529That is fine.
19530
19531@smallexample
19532@group
19533(mod 0 4)
19534 @result{} 0
19535(mod 1 4)
19536 @result{} 1
19537@end group
19538@end smallexample
19539
19540We can guess what the @code{-} function does. It is like @code{+} but
19541subtracts instead of adds; the @code{-} function subtracts its second
19542argument from its first. Also, we already know what the @code{length}
19543function does (@pxref{length}). It returns the length of a list.
19544
19545And @code{n} is the name of the required argument to the
19546@code{current-kill} function.
19547
19548@need 1250
19549So when the first argument to @code{nthcdr} is zero, the @code{nthcdr}
19550expression returns the whole list, as you can see by evaluating the
19551following:
19552
19553@smallexample
19554@group
19555;; kill-ring-yank-pointer @r{and} kill-ring @r{have a length of four}
19556;; @r{and} (mod (- 0 4) 4) @result{} 0
19557(nthcdr (mod (- 0 4) 4)
19558 '("fourth line of text"
19559 "third line"
19560 "second piece of text"
19561 "first some text"))
19562@end group
19563@end smallexample
19564
19565@need 1250
19566When the first argument to the @code{current-kill} function is one,
19567the @code{nthcdr} expression returns the list without its first
19568element.
19569
19570@smallexample
19571@group
19572(nthcdr (mod (- 1 4) 4)
19573 '("fourth line of text"
19574 "third line"
19575 "second piece of text"
19576 "first some text"))
19577@end group
19578@end smallexample
19579
19580@cindex @samp{global variable} defined
19581@cindex @samp{variable, global}, defined
19582Incidentally, both @code{kill-ring} and @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer}
19583are @dfn{global variables}. That means that any expression in Emacs
19584Lisp can access them. They are not like the local variables set by
19585@code{let} or like the symbols in an argument list.
19586Local variables can only be accessed
19587within the @code{let} that defines them or the function that specifies
19588them in an argument list (and within expressions called by them).
19589
19590@ignore
19591@c texi2dvi fails when the name of the section is within ifnottex ...
19592(@xref{Prevent confusion, , @code{let} Prevents Confusion}, and
19593@ref{defun, , The @code{defun} Special Form}.)
19594@end ignore
19595
19596@node yank, yank-pop, current-kill, Kill Ring
19597@comment node-name, next, previous, up
19598@appendixsec @code{yank}
19599@findex yank
19600
19601After learning about @code{current-kill}, the code for the
19602@code{yank} function is almost easy.
19603
19604The @code{yank} function does not use the
19605@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable directly. It calls
19606@code{insert-for-yank} which calls @code{current-kill} which sets the
19607@code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} variable.
19608
19609@need 1250
19610The code looks like this:
19611
19612@c in GNU Emacs 22
19613@smallexample
19614@group
19615(defun yank (&optional arg)
19616 "Reinsert (\"paste\") the last stretch of killed text.
19617More precisely, reinsert the stretch of killed text most recently
19618killed OR yanked. Put point at end, and set mark at beginning.
19619With just \\[universal-argument] as argument, same but put point at
19620beginning (and mark at end). With argument N, reinsert the Nth most
19621recently killed stretch of killed text.
19622
19623When this command inserts killed text into the buffer, it honors
19624`yank-excluded-properties' and `yank-handler' as described in the
19625doc string for `insert-for-yank-1', which see.
19626
19627See also the command \\[yank-pop]."
19628@end group
19629@group
19630 (interactive "*P")
19631 (setq yank-window-start (window-start))
19632 ;; If we don't get all the way thru, make last-command indicate that
19633 ;; for the following command.
19634 (setq this-command t)
19635 (push-mark (point))
19636@end group
19637@group
19638 (insert-for-yank (current-kill (cond
19639 ((listp arg) 0)
19640 ((eq arg '-) -2)
19641 (t (1- arg)))))
19642 (if (consp arg)
19643 ;; This is like exchange-point-and-mark,
19644 ;; but doesn't activate the mark.
19645 ;; It is cleaner to avoid activation, even though the command
19646 ;; loop would deactivate the mark because we inserted text.
19647 (goto-char (prog1 (mark t)
19648 (set-marker (mark-marker) (point) (current-buffer)))))
19649@end group
19650@group
19651 ;; If we do get all the way thru, make this-command indicate that.
19652 (if (eq this-command t)
19653 (setq this-command 'yank))
19654 nil)
19655@end group
19656@end smallexample
19657
19658The key expression is @code{insert-for-yank}, which inserts the string
19659returned by @code{current-kill}, but removes some text properties from
19660it.
19661
19662However, before getting to that expression, the function sets the value
19663of @code{yank-window-start} to the position returned by the
19664@code{(window-start)} expression, the position at which the display
19665currently starts. The @code{yank} function also sets
19666@code{this-command} and pushes the mark.
19667
19668After it yanks the appropriate element, if the optional argument is a
19669@sc{cons} rather than a number or nothing, it puts point at beginning
19670of the yanked text and mark at its end.
19671
19672(The @code{prog1} function is like @code{progn} but returns the value
19673of its first argument rather than the value of its last argument. Its
19674first argument is forced to return the buffer's mark as an integer.
19675You can see the documentation for these functions by placing point
19676over them in this buffer and then typing @kbd{C-h f}
19677(@code{describe-function}) followed by a @kbd{RET}; the default is the
19678function.)
19679
19680The last part of the function tells what to do when it succeeds.
19681
19682@node yank-pop, ring file, yank, Kill Ring
19683@comment node-name, next, previous, up
19684@appendixsec @code{yank-pop}
19685@findex yank-pop
19686
19687After understanding @code{yank} and @code{current-kill}, you know how
19688to approach the @code{yank-pop} function. Leaving out the
19689documentation to save space, it looks like this:
19690
19691@c GNU Emacs 22
19692@smallexample
19693@group
19694(defun yank-pop (&optional arg)
19695 "@dots{}"
19696 (interactive "*p")
19697 (if (not (eq last-command 'yank))
19698 (error "Previous command was not a yank"))
19699@end group
19700@group
19701 (setq this-command 'yank)
19702 (unless arg (setq arg 1))
19703 (let ((inhibit-read-only t)
19704 (before (< (point) (mark t))))
19705@end group
19706@group
19707 (if before
19708 (funcall (or yank-undo-function 'delete-region) (point) (mark t))
19709 (funcall (or yank-undo-function 'delete-region) (mark t) (point)))
19710 (setq yank-undo-function nil)
19711@end group
19712@group
19713 (set-marker (mark-marker) (point) (current-buffer))
19714 (insert-for-yank (current-kill arg))
19715 ;; Set the window start back where it was in the yank command,
19716 ;; if possible.
19717 (set-window-start (selected-window) yank-window-start t)
19718@end group
19719@group
19720 (if before
19721 ;; This is like exchange-point-and-mark,
19722 ;; but doesn't activate the mark.
19723 ;; It is cleaner to avoid activation, even though the command
19724 ;; loop would deactivate the mark because we inserted text.
19725 (goto-char (prog1 (mark t)
19726 (set-marker (mark-marker)
19727 (point)
19728 (current-buffer))))))
19729 nil)
19730@end group
19731@end smallexample
19732
19733The function is interactive with a small @samp{p} so the prefix
19734argument is processed and passed to the function. The command can
19735only be used after a previous yank; otherwise an error message is
19736sent. This check uses the variable @code{last-command} which is set
19737by @code{yank} and is discussed elsewhere.
19738(@xref{copy-region-as-kill}.)
19739
19740The @code{let} clause sets the variable @code{before} to true or false
19741depending whether point is before or after mark and then the region
19742between point and mark is deleted. This is the region that was just
19743inserted by the previous yank and it is this text that will be
19744replaced.
19745
19746@code{funcall} calls its first argument as a function, passing
19747remaining arguments to it. The first argument is whatever the
19748@code{or} expression returns. The two remaining arguments are the
19749positions of point and mark set by the preceding @code{yank} command.
19750
19751There is more, but that is the hardest part.
19752
19753@node ring file, , yank-pop, Kill Ring
19754@comment node-name, next, previous, up
19755@appendixsec The @file{ring.el} File
19756@cindex @file{ring.el} file
19757
19758Interestingly, GNU Emacs posses a file called @file{ring.el} that
19759provides many of the features we just discussed. But functions such
19760as @code{kill-ring-yank-pointer} do not use this library, possibly
19761because they were written earlier.
19762
19763@node Full Graph, Free Software and Free Manuals, Kill Ring, Top
09e80d9f 19764@appendix A Graph with Labeled Axes
8cda6f8f
GM
19765
19766Printed axes help you understand a graph. They convey scale. In an
19767earlier chapter (@pxref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph}), we
19768wrote the code to print the body of a graph. Here we write the code
09e80d9f 19769for printing and labeling vertical and horizontal axes, along with the
8cda6f8f
GM
19770body itself.
19771
19772@menu
09e80d9f 19773* Labeled Example::
8cda6f8f
GM
19774* print-graph Varlist:: @code{let} expression in @code{print-graph}.
19775* print-Y-axis:: Print a label for the vertical axis.
19776* print-X-axis:: Print a horizontal label.
19777* Print Whole Graph:: The function to print a complete graph.
19778@end menu
19779
09e80d9f 19780@node Labeled Example, print-graph Varlist, Full Graph, Full Graph
8cda6f8f 19781@ifnottex
09e80d9f 19782@unnumberedsec Labeled Example Graph
8cda6f8f
GM
19783@end ifnottex
19784
19785Since insertions fill a buffer to the right and below point, the new
19786graph printing function should first print the Y or vertical axis,
19787then the body of the graph, and finally the X or horizontal axis.
19788This sequence lays out for us the contents of the function:
19789
19790@enumerate
19791@item
19792Set up code.
19793
19794@item
19795Print Y axis.
19796
19797@item
19798Print body of graph.
19799
19800@item
19801Print X axis.
19802@end enumerate
19803
19804@need 800
19805Here is an example of how a finished graph should look:
19806
19807@smallexample
19808@group
19809 10 -
19810 *
19811 * *
19812 * **
19813 * ***
19814 5 - * *******
19815 * *** *******
19816 *************
19817 ***************
19818 1 - ****************
19819 | | | |
19820 1 5 10 15
19821@end group
19822@end smallexample
19823
19824@noindent
09e80d9f 19825In this graph, both the vertical and the horizontal axes are labeled
8cda6f8f 19826with numbers. However, in some graphs, the horizontal axis is time
09e80d9f 19827and would be better labeled with months, like this:
8cda6f8f
GM
19828
19829@smallexample
19830@group
19831 5 - *
19832 * ** *
19833 *******
19834 ********** **
19835 1 - **************
19836 | ^ |
19837 Jan June Jan
19838@end group
19839@end smallexample
19840
19841Indeed, with a little thought, we can easily come up with a variety of
09e80d9f 19842vertical and horizontal labeling schemes. Our task could become
8cda6f8f 19843complicated. But complications breed confusion. Rather than permit
09e80d9f 19844this, it is better choose a simple labeling scheme for our first
8cda6f8f
GM
19845effort, and to modify or replace it later.
19846
19847@need 1200
19848These considerations suggest the following outline for the
19849@code{print-graph} function:
19850
19851@smallexample
19852@group
19853(defun print-graph (numbers-list)
19854 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
19855 (let ((height @dots{}
19856 @dots{}))
19857@end group
19858@group
19859 (print-Y-axis height @dots{} )
19860 (graph-body-print numbers-list)
19861 (print-X-axis @dots{} )))
19862@end group
19863@end smallexample
19864
19865We can work on each part of the @code{print-graph} function definition
19866in turn.
19867
09e80d9f 19868@node print-graph Varlist, print-Y-axis, Labeled Example, Full Graph
8cda6f8f
GM
19869@comment node-name, next, previous, up
19870@appendixsec The @code{print-graph} Varlist
19871@cindex @code{print-graph} varlist
19872
19873In writing the @code{print-graph} function, the first task is to write
19874the varlist in the @code{let} expression. (We will leave aside for the
19875moment any thoughts about making the function interactive or about the
19876contents of its documentation string.)
19877
19878The varlist should set several values. Clearly, the top of the label
19879for the vertical axis must be at least the height of the graph, which
19880means that we must obtain this information here. Note that the
19881@code{print-graph-body} function also requires this information. There
19882is no reason to calculate the height of the graph in two different
19883places, so we should change @code{print-graph-body} from the way we
19884defined it earlier to take advantage of the calculation.
19885
19886Similarly, both the function for printing the X axis labels and the
19887@code{print-graph-body} function need to learn the value of the width of
19888each symbol. We can perform the calculation here and change the
19889definition for @code{print-graph-body} from the way we defined it in the
19890previous chapter.
19891
19892The length of the label for the horizontal axis must be at least as long
19893as the graph. However, this information is used only in the function
19894that prints the horizontal axis, so it does not need to be calculated here.
19895
19896These thoughts lead us directly to the following form for the varlist
19897in the @code{let} for @code{print-graph}:
19898
19899@smallexample
19900@group
19901(let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list)) ; @r{First version.}
19902 (symbol-width (length graph-blank)))
19903@end group
19904@end smallexample
19905
19906@noindent
19907As we shall see, this expression is not quite right.
19908
19909@need 2000
19910@node print-Y-axis, print-X-axis, print-graph Varlist, Full Graph
19911@comment node-name, next, previous, up
19912@appendixsec The @code{print-Y-axis} Function
19913@cindex Axis, print vertical
19914@cindex Y axis printing
19915@cindex Vertical axis printing
19916@cindex Print vertical axis
19917
19918The job of the @code{print-Y-axis} function is to print a label for
19919the vertical axis that looks like this:
19920
19921@smallexample
19922@group
19923 10 -
19924
19925
19926
19927
19928 5 -
19929
19930
19931
19932 1 -
19933@end group
19934@end smallexample
19935
19936@noindent
19937The function should be passed the height of the graph, and then should
19938construct and insert the appropriate numbers and marks.
19939
19940@menu
19941* print-Y-axis in Detail::
19942* Height of label:: What height for the Y axis?
19943* Compute a Remainder:: How to compute the remainder of a division.
19944* Y Axis Element:: Construct a line for the Y axis.
19945* Y-axis-column:: Generate a list of Y axis labels.
19946* print-Y-axis Penultimate:: A not quite final version.
19947@end menu
19948
19949@node print-Y-axis in Detail, Height of label, print-Y-axis, print-Y-axis
19950@ifnottex
19951@unnumberedsubsec The @code{print-Y-axis} Function in Detail
19952@end ifnottex
19953
19954It is easy enough to see in the figure what the Y axis label should
19955look like; but to say in words, and then to write a function
19956definition to do the job is another matter. It is not quite true to
19957say that we want a number and a tic every five lines: there are only
19958three lines between the @samp{1} and the @samp{5} (lines 2, 3, and 4),
19959but four lines between the @samp{5} and the @samp{10} (lines 6, 7, 8,
19960and 9). It is better to say that we want a number and a tic mark on
19961the base line (number 1) and then that we want a number and a tic on
19962the fifth line from the bottom and on every line that is a multiple of
19963five.
19964
19965@node Height of label, Compute a Remainder, print-Y-axis in Detail, print-Y-axis
19966@ifnottex
19967@unnumberedsubsec What height should the label be?
19968@end ifnottex
19969
19970The next issue is what height the label should be? Suppose the maximum
19971height of tallest column of the graph is seven. Should the highest
19972label on the Y axis be @samp{5 -}, and should the graph stick up above
19973the label? Or should the highest label be @samp{7 -}, and mark the peak
19974of the graph? Or should the highest label be @code{10 -}, which is a
19975multiple of five, and be higher than the topmost value of the graph?
19976
19977The latter form is preferred. Most graphs are drawn within rectangles
19978whose sides are an integral number of steps long---5, 10, 15, and so
19979on for a step distance of five. But as soon as we decide to use a
19980step height for the vertical axis, we discover that the simple
19981expression in the varlist for computing the height is wrong. The
19982expression is @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)}. This returns the
19983precise height, not the maximum height plus whatever is necessary to
19984round up to the nearest multiple of five. A more complex expression
19985is required.
19986
19987As usual in cases like this, a complex problem becomes simpler if it is
19988divided into several smaller problems.
19989
19990First, consider the case when the highest value of the graph is an
19991integral multiple of five---when it is 5, 10, 15, or some higher
19992multiple of five. We can use this value as the Y axis height.
19993
19994A fairly simply way to determine whether a number is a multiple of
19995five is to divide it by five and see if the division results in a
19996remainder. If there is no remainder, the number is a multiple of
19997five. Thus, seven divided by five has a remainder of two, and seven
19998is not an integral multiple of five. Put in slightly different
19999language, more reminiscent of the classroom, five goes into seven
20000once, with a remainder of two. However, five goes into ten twice,
20001with no remainder: ten is an integral multiple of five.
20002
20003@node Compute a Remainder, Y Axis Element, Height of label, print-Y-axis
20004@appendixsubsec Side Trip: Compute a Remainder
20005
20006@findex % @r{(remainder function)}
20007@cindex Remainder function, @code{%}
20008In Lisp, the function for computing a remainder is @code{%}. The
20009function returns the remainder of its first argument divided by its
20010second argument. As it happens, @code{%} is a function in Emacs Lisp
20011that you cannot discover using @code{apropos}: you find nothing if you
20012type @kbd{M-x apropos @key{RET} remainder @key{RET}}. The only way to
20013learn of the existence of @code{%} is to read about it in a book such
20014as this or in the Emacs Lisp sources.
20015
20016You can try the @code{%} function by evaluating the following two
20017expressions:
20018
20019@smallexample
20020@group
20021(% 7 5)
20022
20023(% 10 5)
20024@end group
20025@end smallexample
20026
20027@noindent
20028The first expression returns 2 and the second expression returns 0.
20029
20030To test whether the returned value is zero or some other number, we
20031can use the @code{zerop} function. This function returns @code{t} if
20032its argument, which must be a number, is zero.
20033
20034@smallexample
20035@group
20036(zerop (% 7 5))
20037 @result{} nil
20038
20039(zerop (% 10 5))
20040 @result{} t
20041@end group
20042@end smallexample
20043
20044Thus, the following expression will return @code{t} if the height
20045of the graph is evenly divisible by five:
20046
20047@smallexample
20048(zerop (% height 5))
20049@end smallexample
20050
20051@noindent
20052(The value of @code{height}, of course, can be found from @code{(apply
20053'max numbers-list)}.)
20054
20055On the other hand, if the value of @code{height} is not a multiple of
20056five, we want to reset the value to the next higher multiple of five.
20057This is straightforward arithmetic using functions with which we are
20058already familiar. First, we divide the value of @code{height} by five
20059to determine how many times five goes into the number. Thus, five
20060goes into twelve twice. If we add one to this quotient and multiply by
20061five, we will obtain the value of the next multiple of five that is
20062larger than the height. Five goes into twelve twice. Add one to two,
20063and multiply by five; the result is fifteen, which is the next multiple
20064of five that is higher than twelve. The Lisp expression for this is:
20065
20066@smallexample
20067(* (1+ (/ height 5)) 5)
20068@end smallexample
20069
20070@noindent
20071For example, if you evaluate the following, the result is 15:
20072
20073@smallexample
20074(* (1+ (/ 12 5)) 5)
20075@end smallexample
20076
20077All through this discussion, we have been using `five' as the value
20078for spacing labels on the Y axis; but we may want to use some other
20079value. For generality, we should replace `five' with a variable to
20080which we can assign a value. The best name I can think of for this
20081variable is @code{Y-axis-label-spacing}.
20082
20083@need 1250
20084Using this term, and an @code{if} expression, we produce the
20085following:
20086
20087@smallexample
20088@group
20089(if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20090 height
20091 ;; @r{else}
20092 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20093 Y-axis-label-spacing))
20094@end group
20095@end smallexample
20096
20097@noindent
20098This expression returns the value of @code{height} itself if the height
20099is an even multiple of the value of the @code{Y-axis-label-spacing} or
20100else it computes and returns a value of @code{height} that is equal to
20101the next higher multiple of the value of the @code{Y-axis-label-spacing}.
20102
20103We can now include this expression in the @code{let} expression of the
20104@code{print-graph} function (after first setting the value of
20105@code{Y-axis-label-spacing}):
20106@vindex Y-axis-label-spacing
20107
20108@smallexample
20109@group
20110(defvar Y-axis-label-spacing 5
20111 "Number of lines from one Y axis label to next.")
20112@end group
20113
20114@group
20115@dots{}
20116(let* ((height (apply 'max numbers-list))
20117 (height-of-top-line
20118 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20119 height
20120@end group
20121@group
20122 ;; @r{else}
20123 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20124 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
20125 (symbol-width (length graph-blank))))
20126@dots{}
20127@end group
20128@end smallexample
20129
20130@noindent
20131(Note use of the @code{let*} function: the initial value of height is
20132computed once by the @code{(apply 'max numbers-list)} expression and
20133then the resulting value of @code{height} is used to compute its
20134final value. @xref{fwd-para let, , The @code{let*} expression}, for
20135more about @code{let*}.)
20136
20137@node Y Axis Element, Y-axis-column, Compute a Remainder, print-Y-axis
20138@appendixsubsec Construct a Y Axis Element
20139
20140When we print the vertical axis, we want to insert strings such as
20141@w{@samp{5 -}} and @w{@samp{10 - }} every five lines.
20142Moreover, we want the numbers and dashes to line up, so shorter
20143numbers must be padded with leading spaces. If some of the strings
20144use two digit numbers, the strings with single digit numbers must
20145include a leading blank space before the number.
20146
20147@findex number-to-string
20148To figure out the length of the number, the @code{length} function is
20149used. But the @code{length} function works only with a string, not with
20150a number. So the number has to be converted from being a number to
20151being a string. This is done with the @code{number-to-string} function.
20152For example,
20153
20154@smallexample
20155@group
20156(length (number-to-string 35))
20157 @result{} 2
20158
20159(length (number-to-string 100))
20160 @result{} 3
20161@end group
20162@end smallexample
20163
20164@noindent
20165(@code{number-to-string} is also called @code{int-to-string}; you will
20166see this alternative name in various sources.)
20167
20168In addition, in each label, each number is followed by a string such
20169as @w{@samp{ - }}, which we will call the @code{Y-axis-tic} marker.
20170This variable is defined with @code{defvar}:
20171
20172@vindex Y-axis-tic
20173@smallexample
20174@group
20175(defvar Y-axis-tic " - "
20176 "String that follows number in a Y axis label.")
20177@end group
20178@end smallexample
20179
20180The length of the Y label is the sum of the length of the Y axis tic
20181mark and the length of the number of the top of the graph.
20182
20183@smallexample
20184(length (concat (number-to-string height) Y-axis-tic)))
20185@end smallexample
20186
20187This value will be calculated by the @code{print-graph} function in
20188its varlist as @code{full-Y-label-width} and passed on. (Note that we
20189did not think to include this in the varlist when we first proposed it.)
20190
20191To make a complete vertical axis label, a tic mark is concatenated
20192with a number; and the two together may be preceded by one or more
20193spaces depending on how long the number is. The label consists of
20194three parts: the (optional) leading spaces, the number, and the tic
20195mark. The function is passed the value of the number for the specific
20196row, and the value of the width of the top line, which is calculated
20197(just once) by @code{print-graph}.
20198
20199@smallexample
20200@group
20201(defun Y-axis-element (number full-Y-label-width)
20202 "Construct a NUMBERed label element.
20203A numbered element looks like this ` 5 - ',
20204and is padded as needed so all line up with
20205the element for the largest number."
20206@end group
20207@group
20208 (let* ((leading-spaces
20209 (- full-Y-label-width
20210 (length
20211 (concat (number-to-string number)
20212 Y-axis-tic)))))
20213@end group
20214@group
20215 (concat
20216 (make-string leading-spaces ? )
20217 (number-to-string number)
20218 Y-axis-tic)))
20219@end group
20220@end smallexample
20221
20222The @code{Y-axis-element} function concatenates together the leading
20223spaces, if any; the number, as a string; and the tic mark.
20224
20225To figure out how many leading spaces the label will need, the
20226function subtracts the actual length of the label---the length of the
20227number plus the length of the tic mark---from the desired label width.
20228
20229@findex make-string
20230Blank spaces are inserted using the @code{make-string} function. This
20231function takes two arguments: the first tells it how long the string
20232will be and the second is a symbol for the character to insert, in a
20233special format. The format is a question mark followed by a blank
20234space, like this, @samp{? }. @xref{Character Type, , Character Type,
20235elisp, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual}, for a description of the
20236syntax for characters. (Of course, you might want to replace the
20237blank space by some other character @dots{} You know what to do.)
20238
20239The @code{number-to-string} function is used in the concatenation
20240expression, to convert the number to a string that is concatenated
20241with the leading spaces and the tic mark.
20242
20243@node Y-axis-column, print-Y-axis Penultimate, Y Axis Element, print-Y-axis
20244@appendixsubsec Create a Y Axis Column
20245
20246The preceding functions provide all the tools needed to construct a
20247function that generates a list of numbered and blank strings to insert
20248as the label for the vertical axis:
20249
20250@findex Y-axis-column
20251@smallexample
20252@group
20253(defun Y-axis-column (height width-of-label)
20254 "Construct list of Y axis labels and blank strings.
20255For HEIGHT of line above base and WIDTH-OF-LABEL."
20256 (let (Y-axis)
20257@group
20258@end group
20259 (while (> height 1)
20260 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20261 ;; @r{Insert label.}
20262 (setq Y-axis
20263 (cons
20264 (Y-axis-element height width-of-label)
20265 Y-axis))
20266@group
20267@end group
20268 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
20269 (setq Y-axis
20270 (cons
20271 (make-string width-of-label ? )
20272 Y-axis)))
20273 (setq height (1- height)))
20274 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
20275 (setq Y-axis
20276 (cons (Y-axis-element 1 width-of-label) Y-axis))
20277 (nreverse Y-axis)))
20278@end group
20279@end smallexample
20280
20281In this function, we start with the value of @code{height} and
20282repetitively subtract one from its value. After each subtraction, we
20283test to see whether the value is an integral multiple of the
20284@code{Y-axis-label-spacing}. If it is, we construct a numbered label
20285using the @code{Y-axis-element} function; if not, we construct a
20286blank label using the @code{make-string} function. The base line
20287consists of the number one followed by a tic mark.
20288
20289@need 2000
20290@node print-Y-axis Penultimate, , Y-axis-column, print-Y-axis
20291@appendixsubsec The Not Quite Final Version of @code{print-Y-axis}
20292
20293The list constructed by the @code{Y-axis-column} function is passed to
20294the @code{print-Y-axis} function, which inserts the list as a column.
20295
20296@findex print-Y-axis
20297@smallexample
20298@group
20299(defun print-Y-axis (height full-Y-label-width)
20300 "Insert Y axis using HEIGHT and FULL-Y-LABEL-WIDTH.
20301Height must be the maximum height of the graph.
20302Full width is the width of the highest label element."
20303;; Value of height and full-Y-label-width
20304;; are passed by `print-graph'.
20305@end group
20306@group
20307 (let ((start (point)))
20308 (insert-rectangle
20309 (Y-axis-column height full-Y-label-width))
20310 ;; @r{Place point ready for inserting graph.}
20311 (goto-char start)
20312 ;; @r{Move point forward by value of} full-Y-label-width
20313 (forward-char full-Y-label-width)))
20314@end group
20315@end smallexample
20316
20317The @code{print-Y-axis} uses the @code{insert-rectangle} function to
20318insert the Y axis labels created by the @code{Y-axis-column} function.
20319In addition, it places point at the correct position for printing the body of
20320the graph.
20321
20322You can test @code{print-Y-axis}:
20323
20324@enumerate
20325@item
20326Install
20327
20328@smallexample
20329@group
20330Y-axis-label-spacing
20331Y-axis-tic
20332Y-axis-element
20333Y-axis-column
20334print-Y-axis
20335@end group
20336@end smallexample
20337
20338@item
20339Copy the following expression:
20340
20341@smallexample
20342(print-Y-axis 12 5)
20343@end smallexample
20344
20345@item
20346Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20347want the axis labels to start.
20348
20349@item
20350Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20351
20352@item
20353Yank the @code{graph-body-print} expression into the minibuffer
20354with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20355
20356@item
20357Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20358@end enumerate
20359
20360Emacs will print labels vertically, the top one being @w{@samp{10 -@w{
20361}}}. (The @code{print-graph} function will pass the value of
20362@code{height-of-top-line}, which in this case will end up as 15,
20363thereby getting rid of what might appear as a bug.)
20364
20365@need 2000
20366@node print-X-axis, Print Whole Graph, print-Y-axis, Full Graph
20367@appendixsec The @code{print-X-axis} Function
20368@cindex Axis, print horizontal
20369@cindex X axis printing
20370@cindex Print horizontal axis
20371@cindex Horizontal axis printing
20372
20373X axis labels are much like Y axis labels, except that the ticks are on a
20374line above the numbers. Labels should look like this:
20375
20376@smallexample
20377@group
20378 | | | |
20379 1 5 10 15
20380@end group
20381@end smallexample
20382
20383The first tic is under the first column of the graph and is preceded by
20384several blank spaces. These spaces provide room in rows above for the Y
20385axis labels. The second, third, fourth, and subsequent ticks are all
20386spaced equally, according to the value of @code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20387
20388The second row of the X axis consists of numbers, preceded by several
20389blank spaces and also separated according to the value of the variable
20390@code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20391
20392The value of the variable @code{X-axis-label-spacing} should itself be
20393measured in units of @code{symbol-width}, since you may want to change
20394the width of the symbols that you are using to print the body of the
09e80d9f 20395graph without changing the ways the graph is labeled.
8cda6f8f
GM
20396
20397@menu
20398* Similarities differences:: Much like @code{print-Y-axis}, but not exactly.
20399* X Axis Tic Marks:: Create tic marks for the horizontal axis.
20400@end menu
20401
20402@node Similarities differences, X Axis Tic Marks, print-X-axis, print-X-axis
20403@ifnottex
20404@unnumberedsubsec Similarities and differences
20405@end ifnottex
20406
20407The @code{print-X-axis} function is constructed in more or less the
20408same fashion as the @code{print-Y-axis} function except that it has
20409two lines: the line of tic marks and the numbers. We will write a
20410separate function to print each line and then combine them within the
20411@code{print-X-axis} function.
20412
20413This is a three step process:
20414
20415@enumerate
20416@item
20417Write a function to print the X axis tic marks, @code{print-X-axis-tic-line}.
20418
20419@item
20420Write a function to print the X numbers, @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20421
20422@item
20423Write a function to print both lines, the @code{print-X-axis} function,
20424using @code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and
20425@code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20426@end enumerate
20427
20428@node X Axis Tic Marks, , Similarities differences, print-X-axis
20429@appendixsubsec X Axis Tic Marks
20430
20431The first function should print the X axis tic marks. We must specify
20432the tic marks themselves and their spacing:
20433
20434@smallexample
20435@group
20436(defvar X-axis-label-spacing
20437 (if (boundp 'graph-blank)
20438 (* 5 (length graph-blank)) 5)
20439 "Number of units from one X axis label to next.")
20440@end group
20441@end smallexample
20442
20443@noindent
20444(Note that the value of @code{graph-blank} is set by another
20445@code{defvar}. The @code{boundp} predicate checks whether it has
20446already been set; @code{boundp} returns @code{nil} if it has not. If
20447@code{graph-blank} were unbound and we did not use this conditional
20448construction, in a recent GNU Emacs, we would enter the debugger and
20449see an error message saying @samp{@w{Debugger entered--Lisp error:}
20450@w{(void-variable graph-blank)}}.)
20451
20452@need 1200
20453Here is the @code{defvar} for @code{X-axis-tic-symbol}:
20454
20455@smallexample
20456@group
20457(defvar X-axis-tic-symbol "|"
20458 "String to insert to point to a column in X axis.")
20459@end group
20460@end smallexample
20461
20462@need 1250
20463The goal is to make a line that looks like this:
20464
20465@smallexample
20466 | | | |
20467@end smallexample
20468
20469The first tic is indented so that it is under the first column, which is
20470indented to provide space for the Y axis labels.
20471
20472A tic element consists of the blank spaces that stretch from one tic to
20473the next plus a tic symbol. The number of blanks is determined by the
20474width of the tic symbol and the @code{X-axis-label-spacing}.
20475
20476@need 1250
20477The code looks like this:
20478
20479@smallexample
20480@group
20481;;; X-axis-tic-element
20482@dots{}
20483(concat
20484 (make-string
20485 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
20486 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20487 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
20488 ? )
20489 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
20490 X-axis-tic-symbol)
20491@dots{}
20492@end group
20493@end smallexample
20494
20495Next, we determine how many blanks are needed to indent the first tic
20496mark to the first column of the graph. This uses the value of
20497@code{full-Y-label-width} passed it by the @code{print-graph} function.
20498
20499@need 1250
20500The code to make @code{X-axis-leading-spaces}
20501looks like this:
20502
20503@smallexample
20504@group
20505;; X-axis-leading-spaces
20506@dots{}
20507(make-string full-Y-label-width ? )
20508@dots{}
20509@end group
20510@end smallexample
20511
20512We also need to determine the length of the horizontal axis, which is
20513the length of the numbers list, and the number of ticks in the horizontal
20514axis:
20515
20516@smallexample
20517@group
20518;; X-length
20519@dots{}
20520(length numbers-list)
20521@end group
20522
20523@group
20524;; tic-width
20525@dots{}
20526(* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20527@end group
20528
20529@group
20530;; number-of-X-ticks
20531(if (zerop (% (X-length tic-width)))
20532 (/ (X-length tic-width))
20533 (1+ (/ (X-length tic-width))))
20534@end group
20535@end smallexample
20536
20537@need 1250
20538All this leads us directly to the function for printing the X axis tic line:
20539
20540@findex print-X-axis-tic-line
20541@smallexample
20542@group
20543(defun print-X-axis-tic-line
20544 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces X-axis-tic-element)
20545 "Print ticks for X axis."
20546 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
20547 (insert X-axis-tic-symbol) ; @r{Under first column.}
20548@end group
20549@group
20550 ;; @r{Insert second tic in the right spot.}
20551 (insert (concat
20552 (make-string
20553 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20554 ;; @r{Insert white space up to second tic symbol.}
20555 (* 2 (length X-axis-tic-symbol)))
20556 ? )
20557 X-axis-tic-symbol))
20558@end group
20559@group
20560 ;; @r{Insert remaining ticks.}
20561 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
20562 (insert X-axis-tic-element)
20563 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics))))
20564@end group
20565@end smallexample
20566
20567The line of numbers is equally straightforward:
20568
20569@need 1250
20570First, we create a numbered element with blank spaces before each number:
20571
20572@findex X-axis-element
20573@smallexample
20574@group
20575(defun X-axis-element (number)
20576 "Construct a numbered X axis element."
20577 (let ((leading-spaces
20578 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20579 (length (number-to-string number)))))
20580 (concat (make-string leading-spaces ? )
20581 (number-to-string number))))
20582@end group
20583@end smallexample
20584
20585Next, we create the function to print the numbered line, starting with
20586the number ``1'' under the first column:
20587
20588@findex print-X-axis-numbered-line
20589@smallexample
20590@group
20591(defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
20592 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces)
20593 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
20594 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing))
20595 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
20596 (insert "1")
20597@end group
20598@group
20599 (insert (concat
20600 (make-string
20601 ;; @r{Insert white space up to next number.}
20602 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing) 2)
20603 ? )
20604 (number-to-string number)))
20605@end group
20606@group
20607 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
20608 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
20609 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
20610 (insert (X-axis-element number))
20611 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
20612 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
20613@end group
20614@end smallexample
20615
20616Finally, we need to write the @code{print-X-axis} that uses
20617@code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and
20618@code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}.
20619
20620The function must determine the local values of the variables used by both
20621@code{print-X-axis-tic-line} and @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}, and
20622then it must call them. Also, it must print the carriage return that
20623separates the two lines.
20624
20625The function consists of a varlist that specifies five local variables,
20626and calls to each of the two line printing functions:
20627
20628@findex print-X-axis
20629@smallexample
20630@group
20631(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list)
20632 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST."
20633 (let* ((leading-spaces
20634 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
20635@end group
20636@group
20637 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
20638 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
20639 (X-length (length numbers-list))
20640@end group
20641@group
20642 (X-tic
20643 (concat
20644 (make-string
20645@end group
20646@group
20647 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
20648 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
20649 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
20650 ? )
20651@end group
20652@group
20653 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
20654 X-axis-tic-symbol))
20655@end group
20656@group
20657 (tic-number
20658 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
20659 (/ X-length tic-width)
20660 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
20661@end group
20662@group
20663 (print-X-axis-tic-line tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
20664 (insert "\n")
20665 (print-X-axis-numbered-line tic-number leading-spaces)))
20666@end group
20667@end smallexample
20668
20669@need 1250
20670You can test @code{print-X-axis}:
20671
20672@enumerate
20673@item
20674Install @code{X-axis-tic-symbol}, @code{X-axis-label-spacing},
20675@code{print-X-axis-tic-line}, as well as @code{X-axis-element},
20676@code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}, and @code{print-X-axis}.
20677
20678@item
20679Copy the following expression:
20680
20681@smallexample
20682@group
20683(progn
20684 (let ((full-Y-label-width 5)
20685 (symbol-width 1))
20686 (print-X-axis
20687 '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16))))
20688@end group
20689@end smallexample
20690
20691@item
20692Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20693want the axis labels to start.
20694
20695@item
20696Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20697
20698@item
20699Yank the test expression into the minibuffer
20700with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20701
20702@item
20703Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20704@end enumerate
20705
20706@need 1250
20707Emacs will print the horizontal axis like this:
20708@sp 1
20709
20710@smallexample
20711@group
20712 | | | | |
20713 1 5 10 15 20
20714@end group
20715@end smallexample
20716
20717@node Print Whole Graph, , print-X-axis, Full Graph
20718@appendixsec Printing the Whole Graph
20719@cindex Printing the whole graph
20720@cindex Whole graph printing
20721@cindex Graph, printing all
20722
20723Now we are nearly ready to print the whole graph.
20724
20725The function to print the graph with the proper labels follows the
09e80d9f 20726outline we created earlier (@pxref{Full Graph, , A Graph with Labeled
8cda6f8f
GM
20727Axes}), but with additions.
20728
20729@need 1250
20730Here is the outline:
20731
20732@smallexample
20733@group
20734(defun print-graph (numbers-list)
20735 "@var{documentation}@dots{}"
20736 (let ((height @dots{}
20737 @dots{}))
20738@end group
20739@group
20740 (print-Y-axis height @dots{} )
20741 (graph-body-print numbers-list)
20742 (print-X-axis @dots{} )))
20743@end group
20744@end smallexample
20745
20746@menu
20747* The final version:: A few changes.
20748* Test print-graph:: Run a short test.
20749* Graphing words in defuns:: Executing the final code.
20750* lambda:: How to write an anonymous function.
20751* mapcar:: Apply a function to elements of a list.
20752* Another Bug:: Yet another bug @dots{} most insidious.
20753* Final printed graph:: The graph itself!
20754@end menu
20755
20756@node The final version, Test print-graph, Print Whole Graph, Print Whole Graph
20757@ifnottex
20758@unnumberedsubsec Changes for the Final Version
20759@end ifnottex
20760
20761The final version is different from what we planned in two ways:
20762first, it contains additional values calculated once in the varlist;
20763second, it carries an option to specify the labels' increment per row.
20764This latter feature turns out to be essential; otherwise, a graph may
20765have more rows than fit on a display or on a sheet of paper.
20766
20767@need 1500
20768This new feature requires a change to the @code{Y-axis-column}
20769function, to add @code{vertical-step} to it. The function looks like
20770this:
20771
20772@findex Y-axis-column @r{Final version.}
20773@smallexample
20774@group
20775;;; @r{Final version.}
20776(defun Y-axis-column
20777 (height width-of-label &optional vertical-step)
20778 "Construct list of labels for Y axis.
20779HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
20780WIDTH-OF-LABEL is maximum width of label.
20781VERTICAL-STEP, an option, is a positive integer
20782that specifies how much a Y axis label increments
20783for each line. For example, a step of 5 means
20784that each line is five units of the graph."
20785@end group
20786@group
20787 (let (Y-axis
20788 (number-per-line (or vertical-step 1)))
20789 (while (> height 1)
20790 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20791@end group
20792@group
20793 ;; @r{Insert label.}
20794 (setq Y-axis
20795 (cons
20796 (Y-axis-element
20797 (* height number-per-line)
20798 width-of-label)
20799 Y-axis))
20800@end group
20801@group
20802 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
20803 (setq Y-axis
20804 (cons
20805 (make-string width-of-label ? )
20806 Y-axis)))
20807 (setq height (1- height)))
20808@end group
20809@group
20810 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
20811 (setq Y-axis (cons (Y-axis-element
20812 (or vertical-step 1)
20813 width-of-label)
20814 Y-axis))
20815 (nreverse Y-axis)))
20816@end group
20817@end smallexample
20818
20819The values for the maximum height of graph and the width of a symbol
20820are computed by @code{print-graph} in its @code{let} expression; so
20821@code{graph-body-print} must be changed to accept them.
20822
20823@findex graph-body-print @r{Final version.}
20824@smallexample
20825@group
20826;;; @r{Final version.}
20827(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list height symbol-width)
20828 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
20829The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
20830HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
20831SYMBOL-WIDTH is number of each column."
20832@end group
20833@group
20834 (let (from-position)
20835 (while numbers-list
20836 (setq from-position (point))
20837 (insert-rectangle
20838 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
20839 (goto-char from-position)
20840 (forward-char symbol-width)
20841@end group
20842@group
20843 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
20844 (sit-for 0)
20845 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
20846 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
20847 (forward-line height)
20848 (insert "\n")))
20849@end group
20850@end smallexample
20851
20852@need 1250
20853Finally, the code for the @code{print-graph} function:
20854
20855@findex print-graph @r{Final version.}
20856@smallexample
20857@group
20858;;; @r{Final version.}
20859(defun print-graph
20860 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step)
09e80d9f 20861 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
8cda6f8f
GM
20862The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
20863@end group
20864
20865@group
20866Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
20867specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
20868each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
20869each row is five units."
20870@end group
20871@group
20872 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
20873 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
20874 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
20875 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
20876@end group
20877@group
20878 (height-of-top-line
20879 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20880 height
20881 ;; @r{else}
20882 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
20883 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
20884@end group
20885@group
20886 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
20887 (full-Y-label-width
20888 (length
20889@end group
20890@group
20891 (concat
20892 (number-to-string
20893 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
20894 Y-axis-tic))))
20895@end group
20896
20897@group
20898 (print-Y-axis
20899 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
20900@end group
20901@group
20902 (graph-body-print
20903 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
20904 (print-X-axis numbers-list)))
20905@end group
20906@end smallexample
20907
20908@node Test print-graph, Graphing words in defuns, The final version, Print Whole Graph
20909@appendixsubsec Testing @code{print-graph}
20910
20911@need 1250
20912We can test the @code{print-graph} function with a short list of numbers:
20913
20914@enumerate
20915@item
20916Install the final versions of @code{Y-axis-column},
20917@code{graph-body-print}, and @code{print-graph} (in addition to the
20918rest of the code.)
20919
20920@item
20921Copy the following expression:
20922
20923@smallexample
20924(print-graph '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1))
20925@end smallexample
20926
20927@item
20928Switch to the @file{*scratch*} buffer and place the cursor where you
20929want the axis labels to start.
20930
20931@item
20932Type @kbd{M-:} (@code{eval-expression}).
20933
20934@item
20935Yank the test expression into the minibuffer
20936with @kbd{C-y} (@code{yank)}.
20937
20938@item
20939Press @key{RET} to evaluate the expression.
20940@end enumerate
20941
20942@need 1250
20943Emacs will print a graph that looks like this:
20944
20945@smallexample
20946@group
2094710 -
20948
20949
20950 *
20951 ** *
20952 5 - **** *
20953 **** ***
20954 * *********
20955 ************
20956 1 - *************
20957
20958 | | | |
20959 1 5 10 15
20960@end group
20961@end smallexample
20962
20963@need 1200
20964On the other hand, if you pass @code{print-graph} a
20965@code{vertical-step} value of 2, by evaluating this expression:
20966
20967@smallexample
20968(print-graph '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1) 2)
20969@end smallexample
20970
20971@need 1250
20972@noindent
20973The graph looks like this:
20974
20975@smallexample
20976@group
2097720 -
20978
20979
20980 *
20981 ** *
2098210 - **** *
20983 **** ***
20984 * *********
20985 ************
20986 2 - *************
20987
20988 | | | |
20989 1 5 10 15
20990@end group
20991@end smallexample
20992
20993@noindent
20994(A question: is the `2' on the bottom of the vertical axis a bug or a
20995feature? If you think it is a bug, and should be a `1' instead, (or
20996even a `0'), you can modify the sources.)
20997
20998@node Graphing words in defuns, lambda, Test print-graph, Print Whole Graph
20999@appendixsubsec Graphing Numbers of Words and Symbols
21000
21001Now for the graph for which all this code was written: a graph that
21002shows how many function definitions contain fewer than 10 words and
21003symbols, how many contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how
21004many contain between 20 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
21005
21006This is a multi-step process. First make sure you have loaded all the
21007requisite code.
21008
21009@need 1500
21010It is a good idea to reset the value of @code{top-of-ranges} in case
21011you have set it to some different value. You can evaluate the
21012following:
21013
21014@smallexample
21015@group
21016(setq top-of-ranges
21017 '(10 20 30 40 50
21018 60 70 80 90 100
21019 110 120 130 140 150
21020 160 170 180 190 200
21021 210 220 230 240 250
21022 260 270 280 290 300)
21023@end group
21024@end smallexample
21025
21026@noindent
21027Next create a list of the number of words and symbols in each range.
21028
21029@need 1500
21030@noindent
21031Evaluate the following:
21032
21033@smallexample
21034@group
21035(setq list-for-graph
21036 (defuns-per-range
21037 (sort
21038 (recursive-lengths-list-many-files
21039 (directory-files "/usr/local/emacs/lisp"
21040 t ".+el$"))
21041 '<)
21042 top-of-ranges))
21043@end group
21044@end smallexample
21045
21046@noindent
21047On my old machine, this took about an hour. It looked though 303 Lisp
21048files in my copy of Emacs version 19.23. After all that computing,
21049the @code{list-for-graph} had this value:
21050
21051@smallexample
21052@group
21053(537 1027 955 785 594 483 349 292 224 199 166 120 116 99
2105490 80 67 48 52 45 41 33 28 26 25 20 12 28 11 13 220)
21055@end group
21056@end smallexample
21057
21058@noindent
21059This means that my copy of Emacs had 537 function definitions with
21060fewer than 10 words or symbols in them, 1,027 function definitions
21061with 10 to 19 words or symbols in them, 955 function definitions with
2106220 to 29 words or symbols in them, and so on.
21063
21064Clearly, just by looking at this list we can see that most function
21065definitions contain ten to thirty words and symbols.
21066
21067Now for printing. We do @emph{not} want to print a graph that is
210681,030 lines high @dots{} Instead, we should print a graph that is
21069fewer than twenty-five lines high. A graph that height can be
21070displayed on almost any monitor, and easily printed on a sheet of paper.
21071
21072This means that each value in @code{list-for-graph} must be reduced to
21073one-fiftieth its present value.
21074
21075Here is a short function to do just that, using two functions we have
21076not yet seen, @code{mapcar} and @code{lambda}.
21077
21078@smallexample
21079@group
21080(defun one-fiftieth (full-range)
21081 "Return list, each number one-fiftieth of previous."
21082 (mapcar '(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
21083@end group
21084@end smallexample
21085
21086@node lambda, mapcar, Graphing words in defuns, Print Whole Graph
21087@appendixsubsec A @code{lambda} Expression: Useful Anonymity
21088@cindex Anonymous function
21089@findex lambda
21090
21091@code{lambda} is the symbol for an anonymous function, a function
21092without a name. Every time you use an anonymous function, you need to
21093include its whole body.
21094
21095@need 1250
21096@noindent
21097Thus,
21098
21099@smallexample
21100(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50))
21101@end smallexample
21102
21103@noindent
21104is a function definition that says `return the value resulting from
21105dividing whatever is passed to me as @code{arg} by 50'.
21106
21107@need 1200
21108Earlier, for example, we had a function @code{multiply-by-seven}; it
21109multiplied its argument by 7. This function is similar, except it
21110divides its argument by 50; and, it has no name. The anonymous
21111equivalent of @code{multiply-by-seven} is:
21112
21113@smallexample
21114(lambda (number) (* 7 number))
21115@end smallexample
21116
21117@noindent
21118(@xref{defun, , The @code{defun} Special Form}.)
21119
21120@need 1250
21121@noindent
21122If we want to multiply 3 by 7, we can write:
21123
21124@c !!! Clear print-postscript-figures if the computer formatting this
21125@c document is too small and cannot handle all the diagrams and figures.
21126@c clear print-postscript-figures
21127@c set print-postscript-figures
21128@c lambda example diagram #1
21129@ifnottex
21130@smallexample
21131@group
21132(multiply-by-seven 3)
21133 \_______________/ ^
21134 | |
21135 function argument
21136@end group
21137@end smallexample
21138@end ifnottex
21139@ifset print-postscript-figures
21140@sp 1
21141@tex
21142@center @image{lambda-1}
21143%%%% old method of including an image
21144% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
21145% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/lambda-1.eps}}
21146% \catcode`\@=0 %
21147@end tex
21148@sp 1
21149@end ifset
21150@ifclear print-postscript-figures
21151@iftex
21152@smallexample
21153@group
21154(multiply-by-seven 3)
21155 \_______________/ ^
21156 | |
21157 function argument
21158@end group
21159@end smallexample
21160@end iftex
21161@end ifclear
21162
21163@noindent
21164This expression returns 21.
21165
21166@need 1250
21167@noindent
21168Similarly, we can write:
21169
21170@c lambda example diagram #2
21171@ifnottex
21172@smallexample
21173@group
21174((lambda (number) (* 7 number)) 3)
21175 \____________________________/ ^
21176 | |
21177 anonymous function argument
21178@end group
21179@end smallexample
21180@end ifnottex
21181@ifset print-postscript-figures
21182@sp 1
21183@tex
21184@center @image{lambda-2}
21185%%%% old method of including an image
21186% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
21187% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/lambda-2.eps}}
21188% \catcode`\@=0 %
21189@end tex
21190@sp 1
21191@end ifset
21192@ifclear print-postscript-figures
21193@iftex
21194@smallexample
21195@group
21196((lambda (number) (* 7 number)) 3)
21197 \____________________________/ ^
21198 | |
21199 anonymous function argument
21200@end group
21201@end smallexample
21202@end iftex
21203@end ifclear
21204
21205@need 1250
21206@noindent
21207If we want to divide 100 by 50, we can write:
21208
21209@c lambda example diagram #3
21210@ifnottex
21211@smallexample
21212@group
21213((lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) 100)
21214 \______________________/ \_/
21215 | |
21216 anonymous function argument
21217@end group
21218@end smallexample
21219@end ifnottex
21220@ifset print-postscript-figures
21221@sp 1
21222@tex
21223@center @image{lambda-3}
21224%%%% old method of including an image
21225% \input /usr/local/lib/tex/inputs/psfig.tex
21226% \centerline{\psfig{figure=/usr/local/lib/emacs/man/lambda-3.eps}}
21227% \catcode`\@=0 %
21228@end tex
21229@sp 1
21230@end ifset
21231@ifclear print-postscript-figures
21232@iftex
21233@smallexample
21234@group
21235((lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) 100)
21236 \______________________/ \_/
21237 | |
21238 anonymous function argument
21239@end group
21240@end smallexample
21241@end iftex
21242@end ifclear
21243
21244@noindent
21245This expression returns 2. The 100 is passed to the function, which
21246divides that number by 50.
21247
21248@xref{Lambda Expressions, , Lambda Expressions, elisp, The GNU Emacs
21249Lisp Reference Manual}, for more about @code{lambda}. Lisp and lambda
21250expressions derive from the Lambda Calculus.
21251
21252@node mapcar, Another Bug, lambda, Print Whole Graph
21253@appendixsubsec The @code{mapcar} Function
21254@findex mapcar
21255
21256@code{mapcar} is a function that calls its first argument with each
21257element of its second argument, in turn. The second argument must be
21258a sequence.
21259
21260The @samp{map} part of the name comes from the mathematical phrase,
21261`mapping over a domain', meaning to apply a function to each of the
21262elements in a domain. The mathematical phrase is based on the
21263metaphor of a surveyor walking, one step at a time, over an area he is
21264mapping. And @samp{car}, of course, comes from the Lisp notion of the
21265first of a list.
21266
21267@need 1250
21268@noindent
21269For example,
21270
21271@smallexample
21272@group
21273(mapcar '1+ '(2 4 6))
21274 @result{} (3 5 7)
21275@end group
21276@end smallexample
21277
21278@noindent
21279The function @code{1+} which adds one to its argument, is executed on
21280@emph{each} element of the list, and a new list is returned.
21281
21282Contrast this with @code{apply}, which applies its first argument to
21283all the remaining.
21284(@xref{Readying a Graph, , Readying a Graph}, for a explanation of
21285@code{apply}.)
21286
21287@need 1250
21288In the definition of @code{one-fiftieth}, the first argument is the
21289anonymous function:
21290
21291@smallexample
21292(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50))
21293@end smallexample
21294
21295@noindent
21296and the second argument is @code{full-range}, which will be bound to
21297@code{list-for-graph}.
21298
21299@need 1250
21300The whole expression looks like this:
21301
21302@smallexample
21303(mapcar '(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
21304@end smallexample
21305
21306@xref{Mapping Functions, , Mapping Functions, elisp, The GNU Emacs
21307Lisp Reference Manual}, for more about @code{mapcar}.
21308
21309Using the @code{one-fiftieth} function, we can generate a list in
21310which each element is one-fiftieth the size of the corresponding
21311element in @code{list-for-graph}.
21312
21313@smallexample
21314@group
21315(setq fiftieth-list-for-graph
21316 (one-fiftieth list-for-graph))
21317@end group
21318@end smallexample
21319
21320@need 1250
21321The resulting list looks like this:
21322
21323@smallexample
21324@group
21325(10 20 19 15 11 9 6 5 4 3 3 2 2
213261 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4)
21327@end group
21328@end smallexample
21329
21330@noindent
21331This, we are almost ready to print! (We also notice the loss of
21332information: many of the higher ranges are 0, meaning that fewer than
2133350 defuns had that many words or symbols---but not necessarily meaning
21334that none had that many words or symbols.)
21335
21336@node Another Bug, Final printed graph, mapcar, Print Whole Graph
21337@appendixsubsec Another Bug @dots{} Most Insidious
21338@cindex Bug, most insidious type
21339@cindex Insidious type of bug
21340
21341I said `almost ready to print'! Of course, there is a bug in the
21342@code{print-graph} function @dots{} It has a @code{vertical-step}
21343option, but not a @code{horizontal-step} option. The
21344@code{top-of-range} scale goes from 10 to 300 by tens. But the
21345@code{print-graph} function will print only by ones.
21346
21347This is a classic example of what some consider the most insidious
21348type of bug, the bug of omission. This is not the kind of bug you can
21349find by studying the code, for it is not in the code; it is an omitted
21350feature. Your best actions are to try your program early and often;
21351and try to arrange, as much as you can, to write code that is easy to
21352understand and easy to change. Try to be aware, whenever you can,
21353that whatever you have written, @emph{will} be rewritten, if not soon,
21354eventually. A hard maxim to follow.
21355
21356It is the @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line} function that needs the
21357work; and then the @code{print-X-axis} and the @code{print-graph}
21358functions need to be adapted. Not much needs to be done; there is one
21359nicety: the numbers ought to line up under the tic marks. This takes
21360a little thought.
21361
21362@need 1250
21363Here is the corrected @code{print-X-axis-numbered-line}:
21364
21365@smallexample
21366@group
21367(defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
21368 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces
21369 &optional horizontal-step)
21370 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
21371 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing)
21372 (horizontal-step (or horizontal-step 1)))
21373@end group
21374@group
21375 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21376 ;; @r{Delete extra leading spaces.}
21377 (delete-char
21378 (- (1-
21379 (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))))
21380 (insert (concat
21381 (make-string
21382@end group
21383@group
21384 ;; @r{Insert white space.}
21385 (- (* symbol-width
21386 X-axis-label-spacing)
21387 (1-
21388 (length
21389 (number-to-string horizontal-step)))
21390 2)
21391 ? )
21392 (number-to-string
21393 (* number horizontal-step))))
21394@end group
21395@group
21396 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
21397 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21398 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21399 (insert (X-axis-element
21400 (* number horizontal-step)))
21401 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21402 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
21403@end group
21404@end smallexample
21405
21406@need 1500
21407If you are reading this in Info, you can see the new versions of
21408@code{print-X-axis} @code{print-graph} and evaluate them. If you are
21409reading this in a printed book, you can see the changed lines here
21410(the full text is too much to print).
21411
21412@iftex
21413@smallexample
21414@group
21415(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21416 @dots{}
21417 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21418 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step))
21419@end group
21420@end smallexample
21421
21422@smallexample
21423@group
21424(defun print-graph
21425 (numbers-list
21426 &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
21427 @dots{}
21428 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step))
21429@end group
21430@end smallexample
21431@end iftex
21432
21433@ifnottex
21434@smallexample
21435@group
21436(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21437 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST.
21438Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21439specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21440each column."
21441@end group
21442@group
21443;; Value of symbol-width and full-Y-label-width
21444;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21445 (let* ((leading-spaces
21446 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
21447 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
21448 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
21449 (X-length (length numbers-list))
21450@end group
21451@group
21452 (X-tic
21453 (concat
21454 (make-string
21455 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
21456 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21457 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
21458 ? )
21459@end group
21460@group
21461 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
21462 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21463 (tic-number
21464 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
21465 (/ X-length tic-width)
21466 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
21467@end group
21468
21469@group
21470 (print-X-axis-tic-line
21471 tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
21472 (insert "\n")
21473 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21474 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step)))
21475@end group
21476@end smallexample
21477
21478@smallexample
21479@group
21480(defun print-graph
21481 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
09e80d9f 21482 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
8cda6f8f
GM
21483The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21484@end group
21485
21486@group
21487Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21488specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
21489each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
21490each row is five units.
21491@end group
21492
21493@group
21494Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21495specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21496each column."
21497 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
21498 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
21499 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
21500 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
21501@end group
21502@group
21503 (height-of-top-line
21504 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21505 height
21506 ;; @r{else}
21507 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21508 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
21509@end group
21510@group
21511 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
21512 (full-Y-label-width
21513 (length
21514 (concat
21515 (number-to-string
21516 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
21517 Y-axis-tic))))
21518@end group
21519@group
21520 (print-Y-axis
21521 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
21522 (graph-body-print
21523 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
21524 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step)))
21525@end group
21526@end smallexample
21527@end ifnottex
21528
21529@c qqq
21530@ignore
21531Graphing Definitions Re-listed
21532
21533@need 1250
21534Here are all the graphing definitions in their final form:
21535
21536@smallexample
21537@group
21538(defvar top-of-ranges
21539 '(10 20 30 40 50
21540 60 70 80 90 100
21541 110 120 130 140 150
21542 160 170 180 190 200
21543 210 220 230 240 250)
21544 "List specifying ranges for `defuns-per-range'.")
21545@end group
21546
21547@group
21548(defvar graph-symbol "*"
21549 "String used as symbol in graph, usually an asterisk.")
21550@end group
21551
21552@group
21553(defvar graph-blank " "
21554 "String used as blank in graph, usually a blank space.
21555graph-blank must be the same number of columns wide
21556as graph-symbol.")
21557@end group
21558
21559@group
21560(defvar Y-axis-tic " - "
21561 "String that follows number in a Y axis label.")
21562@end group
21563
21564@group
21565(defvar Y-axis-label-spacing 5
21566 "Number of lines from one Y axis label to next.")
21567@end group
21568
21569@group
21570(defvar X-axis-tic-symbol "|"
21571 "String to insert to point to a column in X axis.")
21572@end group
21573
21574@group
21575(defvar X-axis-label-spacing
21576 (if (boundp 'graph-blank)
21577 (* 5 (length graph-blank)) 5)
21578 "Number of units from one X axis label to next.")
21579@end group
21580@end smallexample
21581
21582@smallexample
21583@group
21584(defun count-words-in-defun ()
21585 "Return the number of words and symbols in a defun."
21586 (beginning-of-defun)
21587 (let ((count 0)
21588 (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
21589@end group
21590
21591@group
21592 (while
21593 (and (< (point) end)
21594 (re-search-forward
21595 "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
21596 end t))
21597 (setq count (1+ count)))
21598 count))
21599@end group
21600@end smallexample
21601
21602@smallexample
21603@group
21604(defun lengths-list-file (filename)
21605 "Return list of definitions' lengths within FILE.
21606The returned list is a list of numbers.
21607Each number is the number of words or
21608symbols in one function definition."
21609@end group
21610
21611@group
21612 (message "Working on `%s' ... " filename)
21613 (save-excursion
21614 (let ((buffer (find-file-noselect filename))
21615 (lengths-list))
21616 (set-buffer buffer)
21617 (setq buffer-read-only t)
21618 (widen)
21619 (goto-char (point-min))
21620@end group
21621
21622@group
21623 (while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t)
21624 (setq lengths-list
21625 (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
21626 (kill-buffer buffer)
21627 lengths-list)))
21628@end group
21629@end smallexample
21630
21631@smallexample
21632@group
21633(defun lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
21634 "Return list of lengths of defuns in LIST-OF-FILES."
21635 (let (lengths-list)
21636;;; @r{true-or-false-test}
21637 (while list-of-files
21638 (setq lengths-list
21639 (append
21640 lengths-list
21641@end group
21642@group
21643;;; @r{Generate a lengths' list.}
21644 (lengths-list-file
21645 (expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))))
21646;;; @r{Make files' list shorter.}
21647 (setq list-of-files (cdr list-of-files)))
21648;;; @r{Return final value of lengths' list.}
21649 lengths-list))
21650@end group
21651@end smallexample
21652
21653@smallexample
21654@group
21655(defun defuns-per-range (sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
21656 "SORTED-LENGTHS defuns in each TOP-OF-RANGES range."
21657 (let ((top-of-range (car top-of-ranges))
21658 (number-within-range 0)
21659 defuns-per-range-list)
21660@end group
21661
21662@group
21663 ;; @r{Outer loop.}
21664 (while top-of-ranges
21665
21666 ;; @r{Inner loop.}
21667 (while (and
21668 ;; @r{Need number for numeric test.}
21669 (car sorted-lengths)
21670 (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
21671
21672 ;; @r{Count number of definitions within current range.}
21673 (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range))
21674 (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
21675@end group
21676
21677@group
21678 ;; @r{Exit inner loop but remain within outer loop.}
21679
21680 (setq defuns-per-range-list
21681 (cons number-within-range defuns-per-range-list))
21682 (setq number-within-range 0) ; @r{Reset count to zero.}
21683
21684 ;; @r{Move to next range.}
21685 (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges))
21686 ;; @r{Specify next top of range value.}
21687 (setq top-of-range (car top-of-ranges)))
21688@end group
21689
21690@group
21691 ;; @r{Exit outer loop and count the number of defuns larger than}
21692 ;; @r{ the largest top-of-range value.}
21693 (setq defuns-per-range-list
21694 (cons
21695 (length sorted-lengths)
21696 defuns-per-range-list))
21697
21698 ;; @r{Return a list of the number of definitions within each range,}
21699 ;; @r{ smallest to largest.}
21700 (nreverse defuns-per-range-list)))
21701@end group
21702@end smallexample
21703
21704@smallexample
21705@group
21706(defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height)
21707 "Return list of MAX-GRAPH-HEIGHT strings;
21708ACTUAL-HEIGHT are graph-symbols.
21709The graph-symbols are contiguous entries at the end
21710of the list.
21711The list will be inserted as one column of a graph.
21712The strings are either graph-blank or graph-symbol."
21713@end group
21714
21715@group
21716 (let ((insert-list nil)
21717 (number-of-top-blanks
21718 (- max-graph-height actual-height)))
21719
21720 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-symbols}.}
21721 (while (> actual-height 0)
21722 (setq insert-list (cons graph-symbol insert-list))
21723 (setq actual-height (1- actual-height)))
21724@end group
21725
21726@group
21727 ;; @r{Fill in @code{graph-blanks}.}
21728 (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0)
21729 (setq insert-list (cons graph-blank insert-list))
21730 (setq number-of-top-blanks
21731 (1- number-of-top-blanks)))
21732
21733 ;; @r{Return whole list.}
21734 insert-list))
21735@end group
21736@end smallexample
21737
21738@smallexample
21739@group
21740(defun Y-axis-element (number full-Y-label-width)
21741 "Construct a NUMBERed label element.
21742A numbered element looks like this ` 5 - ',
21743and is padded as needed so all line up with
21744the element for the largest number."
21745@end group
21746@group
21747 (let* ((leading-spaces
21748 (- full-Y-label-width
21749 (length
21750 (concat (number-to-string number)
21751 Y-axis-tic)))))
21752@end group
21753@group
21754 (concat
21755 (make-string leading-spaces ? )
21756 (number-to-string number)
21757 Y-axis-tic)))
21758@end group
21759@end smallexample
21760
21761@smallexample
21762@group
21763(defun print-Y-axis
21764 (height full-Y-label-width &optional vertical-step)
21765 "Insert Y axis by HEIGHT and FULL-Y-LABEL-WIDTH.
21766Height must be the maximum height of the graph.
21767Full width is the width of the highest label element.
21768Optionally, print according to VERTICAL-STEP."
21769@end group
21770@group
21771;; Value of height and full-Y-label-width
21772;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21773 (let ((start (point)))
21774 (insert-rectangle
21775 (Y-axis-column height full-Y-label-width vertical-step))
21776@end group
21777@group
21778 ;; @r{Place point ready for inserting graph.}
21779 (goto-char start)
21780 ;; @r{Move point forward by value of} full-Y-label-width
21781 (forward-char full-Y-label-width)))
21782@end group
21783@end smallexample
21784
21785@smallexample
21786@group
21787(defun print-X-axis-tic-line
21788 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces X-axis-tic-element)
21789 "Print ticks for X axis."
21790 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21791 (insert X-axis-tic-symbol) ; @r{Under first column.}
21792@end group
21793@group
21794 ;; @r{Insert second tic in the right spot.}
21795 (insert (concat
21796 (make-string
21797 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21798 ;; @r{Insert white space up to second tic symbol.}
21799 (* 2 (length X-axis-tic-symbol)))
21800 ? )
21801 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21802@end group
21803@group
21804 ;; @r{Insert remaining ticks.}
21805 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21806 (insert X-axis-tic-element)
21807 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics))))
21808@end group
21809@end smallexample
21810
21811@smallexample
21812@group
21813(defun X-axis-element (number)
21814 "Construct a numbered X axis element."
21815 (let ((leading-spaces
21816 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21817 (length (number-to-string number)))))
21818 (concat (make-string leading-spaces ? )
21819 (number-to-string number))))
21820@end group
21821@end smallexample
21822
21823@smallexample
21824@group
21825(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list height symbol-width)
21826 "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
21827The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21828HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
21829SYMBOL-WIDTH is number of each column."
21830@end group
21831@group
21832 (let (from-position)
21833 (while numbers-list
21834 (setq from-position (point))
21835 (insert-rectangle
21836 (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list)))
21837 (goto-char from-position)
21838 (forward-char symbol-width)
21839@end group
21840@group
21841 ;; @r{Draw graph column by column.}
21842 (sit-for 0)
21843 (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))
21844 ;; @r{Place point for X axis labels.}
21845 (forward-line height)
21846 (insert "\n")))
21847@end group
21848@end smallexample
21849
21850@smallexample
21851@group
21852(defun Y-axis-column
21853 (height width-of-label &optional vertical-step)
21854 "Construct list of labels for Y axis.
21855HEIGHT is maximum height of graph.
21856WIDTH-OF-LABEL is maximum width of label.
21857@end group
21858@group
21859VERTICAL-STEP, an option, is a positive integer
21860that specifies how much a Y axis label increments
21861for each line. For example, a step of 5 means
21862that each line is five units of the graph."
21863 (let (Y-axis
21864 (number-per-line (or vertical-step 1)))
21865@end group
21866@group
21867 (while (> height 1)
21868 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
21869 ;; @r{Insert label.}
21870 (setq Y-axis
21871 (cons
21872 (Y-axis-element
21873 (* height number-per-line)
21874 width-of-label)
21875 Y-axis))
21876@end group
21877@group
21878 ;; @r{Else, insert blanks.}
21879 (setq Y-axis
21880 (cons
21881 (make-string width-of-label ? )
21882 Y-axis)))
21883 (setq height (1- height)))
21884@end group
21885@group
21886 ;; @r{Insert base line.}
21887 (setq Y-axis (cons (Y-axis-element
21888 (or vertical-step 1)
21889 width-of-label)
21890 Y-axis))
21891 (nreverse Y-axis)))
21892@end group
21893@end smallexample
21894
21895@smallexample
21896@group
21897(defun print-X-axis-numbered-line
21898 (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces
21899 &optional horizontal-step)
21900 "Print line of X-axis numbers"
21901 (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing)
21902 (horizontal-step (or horizontal-step 1)))
21903@end group
21904@group
21905 (insert X-axis-leading-spaces)
21906 ;; line up number
21907 (delete-char (- (1- (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))))
21908 (insert (concat
21909 (make-string
21910 ;; @r{Insert white space up to next number.}
21911 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21912 (1- (length (number-to-string horizontal-step)))
21913 2)
21914 ? )
21915 (number-to-string (* number horizontal-step))))
21916@end group
21917@group
21918 ;; @r{Insert remaining numbers.}
21919 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21920 (while (> number-of-X-tics 1)
21921 (insert (X-axis-element (* number horizontal-step)))
21922 (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing))
21923 (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
21924@end group
21925@end smallexample
21926
21927@smallexample
21928@group
21929(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step)
21930 "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST.
21931Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21932specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21933each column."
21934@end group
21935@group
21936;; Value of symbol-width and full-Y-label-width
21937;; are passed by `print-graph'.
21938 (let* ((leading-spaces
21939 (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ))
21940 ;; symbol-width @r{is provided by} graph-body-print
21941 (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing))
21942 (X-length (length numbers-list))
21943@end group
21944@group
21945 (X-tic
21946 (concat
21947 (make-string
21948 ;; @r{Make a string of blanks.}
21949 (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)
21950 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))
21951 ? )
21952@end group
21953@group
21954 ;; @r{Concatenate blanks with tic symbol.}
21955 X-axis-tic-symbol))
21956 (tic-number
21957 (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width))
21958 (/ X-length tic-width)
21959 (1+ (/ X-length tic-width)))))
21960@end group
21961
21962@group
21963 (print-X-axis-tic-line
21964 tic-number leading-spaces X-tic)
21965 (insert "\n")
21966 (print-X-axis-numbered-line
21967 tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step)))
21968@end group
21969@end smallexample
21970
21971@smallexample
21972@group
21973(defun one-fiftieth (full-range)
21974 "Return list, each number of which is 1/50th previous."
21975 (mapcar '(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
21976@end group
21977@end smallexample
21978
21979@smallexample
21980@group
21981(defun print-graph
21982 (numbers-list &optional vertical-step horizontal-step)
09e80d9f 21983 "Print labeled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
8cda6f8f
GM
21984The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
21985@end group
21986
21987@group
21988Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21989specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
21990each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
21991each row is five units.
21992@end group
21993
21994@group
21995Optionally, HORIZONTAL-STEP, a positive integer,
21996specifies how much an X axis label increments for
21997each column."
21998 (let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
21999 ;; @code{height} @r{is both the largest number}
22000 ;; @r{and the number with the most digits.}
22001 (height (apply 'max numbers-list))
22002@end group
22003@group
22004 (height-of-top-line
22005 (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
22006 height
22007 ;; @r{else}
22008 (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
22009 Y-axis-label-spacing)))
22010@end group
22011@group
22012 (vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
22013 (full-Y-label-width
22014 (length
22015 (concat
22016 (number-to-string
22017 (* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
22018 Y-axis-tic))))
22019@end group
22020@group
22021
22022 (print-Y-axis
22023 height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
22024 (graph-body-print
22025 numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
22026 (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step)))
22027@end group
22028@end smallexample
22029@c qqq
22030@end ignore
22031
22032@page
22033@node Final printed graph, , Another Bug, Print Whole Graph
22034@appendixsubsec The Printed Graph
22035
22036When made and installed, you can call the @code{print-graph} command
22037like this:
22038@sp 1
22039
22040@smallexample
22041@group
22042(print-graph fiftieth-list-for-graph 50 10)
22043@end group
22044@end smallexample
22045@sp 1
22046
22047@noindent
22048Here is the graph:
22049@sp 2
22050
22051@smallexample
22052@group
220531000 - *
22054 **
22055 **
22056 **
22057 **
22058 750 - ***
22059 ***
22060 ***
22061 ***
22062 ****
22063 500 - *****
22064 ******
22065 ******
22066 ******
22067 *******
22068 250 - ********
22069 ********* *
22070 *********** *
22071 ************* *
22072 50 - ***************** * *
22073 | | | | | | | |
22074 10 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
22075@end group
22076@end smallexample
22077
22078@sp 2
22079
22080@noindent
22081The largest group of functions contain 10 -- 19 words and symbols each.
22082
22083@node Free Software and Free Manuals, GNU Free Documentation License, Full Graph, Top
22084@appendix Free Software and Free Manuals
22085
22086@strong{by Richard M. Stallman}
22087@sp 1
22088
22089The biggest deficiency in free operating systems is not in the
22090software---it is the lack of good free manuals that we can include in
22091these systems. Many of our most important programs do not come with
22092full manuals. Documentation is an essential part of any software
22093package; when an important free software package does not come with a
22094free manual, that is a major gap. We have many such gaps today.
22095
22096Once upon a time, many years ago, I thought I would learn Perl. I got
22097a copy of a free manual, but I found it hard to read. When I asked
22098Perl users about alternatives, they told me that there were better
22099introductory manuals---but those were not free.
22100
22101Why was this? The authors of the good manuals had written them for
22102O'Reilly Associates, which published them with restrictive terms---no
22103copying, no modification, source files not available---which exclude
22104them from the free software community.
22105
22106That wasn't the first time this sort of thing has happened, and (to
22107our community's great loss) it was far from the last. Proprietary
22108manual publishers have enticed a great many authors to restrict their
22109manuals since then. Many times I have heard a GNU user eagerly tell me
22110about a manual that he is writing, with which he expects to help the
22111GNU project---and then had my hopes dashed, as he proceeded to explain
22112that he had signed a contract with a publisher that would restrict it
22113so that we cannot use it.
22114
22115Given that writing good English is a rare skill among programmers, we
22116can ill afford to lose manuals this way.
22117
8cda6f8f
GM
22118Free documentation, like free software, is a matter of freedom, not
22119price. The problem with these manuals was not that O'Reilly Associates
31b62755
GM
22120charged a price for printed copies---that in itself is fine. The Free
22121Software Foundation @uref{http://shop.fsf.org, sells printed copies} of
22122free @uref{http://www.gnu.org/doc/doc.html, GNU manuals}, too.
8cda6f8f
GM
22123But GNU manuals are available in source code form, while these manuals
22124are available only on paper. GNU manuals come with permission to copy
22125and modify; the Perl manuals do not. These restrictions are the
22126problems.
22127
22128The criterion for a free manual is pretty much the same as for free
22129software: it is a matter of giving all users certain
22130freedoms. Redistribution (including commercial redistribution) must be
22131permitted, so that the manual can accompany every copy of the program,
22132on-line or on paper. Permission for modification is crucial too.
22133
22134As a general rule, I don't believe that it is essential for people to
22135have permission to modify all sorts of articles and books. The issues
22136for writings are not necessarily the same as those for software. For
22137example, I don't think you or I are obliged to give permission to
22138modify articles like this one, which describe our actions and our
22139views.
22140
22141But there is a particular reason why the freedom to modify is crucial
22142for documentation for free software. When people exercise their right
22143to modify the software, and add or change its features, if they are
22144conscientious they will change the manual too---so they can provide
22145accurate and usable documentation with the modified program. A manual
22146which forbids programmers to be conscientious and finish the job, or
22147more precisely requires them to write a new manual from scratch if
22148they change the program, does not fill our community's needs.
22149
22150While a blanket prohibition on modification is unacceptable, some
22151kinds of limits on the method of modification pose no problem. For
22152example, requirements to preserve the original author's copyright
22153notice, the distribution terms, or the list of authors, are ok. It is
22154also no problem to require modified versions to include notice that
22155they were modified, even to have entire sections that may not be
22156deleted or changed, as long as these sections deal with nontechnical
22157topics. (Some GNU manuals have them.)
22158
22159These kinds of restrictions are not a problem because, as a practical
22160matter, they don't stop the conscientious programmer from adapting the
22161manual to fit the modified program. In other words, they don't block
22162the free software community from making full use of the manual.
22163
22164However, it must be possible to modify all the technical content of
22165the manual, and then distribute the result in all the usual media,
22166through all the usual channels; otherwise, the restrictions do block
22167the community, the manual is not free, and so we need another manual.
22168
22169Unfortunately, it is often hard to find someone to write another
22170manual when a proprietary manual exists. The obstacle is that many
22171users think that a proprietary manual is good enough---so they don't
22172see the need to write a free manual. They do not see that the free
22173operating system has a gap that needs filling.
22174
22175Why do users think that proprietary manuals are good enough? Some have
22176not considered the issue. I hope this article will do something to
22177change that.
22178
22179Other users consider proprietary manuals acceptable for the same
22180reason so many people consider proprietary software acceptable: they
22181judge in purely practical terms, not using freedom as a
22182criterion. These people are entitled to their opinions, but since
22183those opinions spring from values which do not include freedom, they
22184are no guide for those of us who do value freedom.
22185
22186Please spread the word about this issue. We continue to lose manuals
22187to proprietary publishing. If we spread the word that proprietary
22188manuals are not sufficient, perhaps the next person who wants to help
22189GNU by writing documentation will realize, before it is too late, that
22190he must above all make it free.
22191
22192We can also encourage commercial publishers to sell free, copylefted
22193manuals instead of proprietary ones. One way you can help this is to
22194check the distribution terms of a manual before you buy it, and prefer
22195copylefted manuals to non-copylefted ones.
22196
22197@sp 2
22198@noindent
22199Note: The Free Software Foundation maintains a page on its Web site
22200that lists free books available from other publishers:@*
22201@uref{http://www.gnu.org/doc/other-free-books.html}
22202
22203@node GNU Free Documentation License, Index, Free Software and Free Manuals, Top
22204@appendix GNU Free Documentation License
22205
22206@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
e41dfb1e 22207@include doclicense.texi
8cda6f8f
GM
22208
22209@node Index, About the Author, GNU Free Documentation License, Top
22210@comment node-name, next, previous, up
22211@unnumbered Index
22212
22213@ignore
22214MENU ENTRY: NODE NAME.
22215@end ignore
22216
22217@printindex cp
22218
22219@iftex
22220@c Place biographical information on right-hand (verso) page
22221
22222@tex
a9097c6d 22223\par\vfill\supereject
8cda6f8f 22224\ifodd\pageno
8cda6f8f
GM
22225 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
22226 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
a9097c6d 22227 %\page\hbox{}\page
8cda6f8f 22228\else
a9097c6d 22229% \par\vfill\supereject
8cda6f8f
GM
22230 \global\evenheadline={\hfil} \global\evenfootline={\hfil}
22231 \global\oddheadline={\hfil} \global\oddfootline={\hfil}
a9097c6d
KB
22232 %\page\hbox{}%\page
22233 %\page\hbox{}%\page
8cda6f8f
GM
22234\fi
22235@end tex
22236
a9097c6d 22237@c page
8cda6f8f
GM
22238@w{ }
22239
22240@c ================ Biographical information ================
22241
22242@w{ }
22243@sp 8
22244@center About the Author
22245@sp 1
22246@end iftex
22247
22248@ifnottex
22249@node About the Author, , Index, Top
22250@unnumbered About the Author
22251@end ifnottex
22252
22253@quotation
22254Robert J. Chassell has worked with GNU Emacs since 1985. He writes
22255and edits, teaches Emacs and Emacs Lisp, and speaks throughout the
22256world on software freedom. Chassell was a founding Director and
22257Treasurer of the Free Software Foundation, Inc. He is co-author of
22258the @cite{Texinfo} manual, and has edited more than a dozen other
22259books. He graduated from Cambridge University, in England. He has an
22260abiding interest in social and economic history and flies his own
22261airplane.
22262@end quotation
22263
a9097c6d
KB
22264@c @page
22265@c @w{ }
22266@c
22267@c @c Prevent page number on blank verso, so eject it first.
22268@c @tex
22269@c \par\vfill\supereject
22270@c @end tex
22271
22272@c @iftex
22273@c @headings off
22274@c @evenheading @thispage @| @| @thistitle
22275@c @oddheading @| @| @thispage
22276@c @end iftex
8cda6f8f
GM
22277
22278@bye